Books
- Digitalby Dániel Margócsy, Mark Somos, Stephen N. Joffe.Summary: This book provides bibliographic information, ownership records, a detailed worldwide census and a description of the handwritten annotations for all the surviving copies of the 1543 and 1555 editions of Vesalius' 'De humani corporis fabrica'. It also offers a groundbreaking historical analysis of how the Fabrica traveled across the globe, and how readers studied, annotated and critiqued its contents from 1543 to 2017. This book sheds a fresh light on the book's vibrant reception history and documents how physicians, artists, theologians and collectors filled its pages with copious annotations. It also offers a novel interpretation of how an early anatomical textbook became one of the most coveted rare books for collectors in the 21st century.
Contents:
A valuable book
Provenance
Reading and annotating the Fabrica : the sporadic reader
Censorship : controlling reading.Digital Access BRILL 2018 - DigitalMaria SiemionowSummary: This book creatively communicates the human and professional sides of the journey to the first ever near total face transplant, the response to this milestone in the medical community, and the effect it has had on the individuals involved. It focuses on the evolution of Professor Maria Siemionow as a microsurgeon and the processes by which she sensationally overcame the challenges her team encountered including the successful manipulation of the immune system to avoid rejection of the face tissue by the recipient. Face to Face: A Short History of Face Transplantation combines the medical and human elements of the development of face transplant surgery. It is not only targeted at the surgical professional and trainee, but also the general public who wish to read about the journey of how a significant medical advancement was made. It is also great reading to inspire girls of an age where they are thinking about career paths to believe they can do something extraordinary and could persuade some to pursue a career in an STEM subject.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Inching Ahead
Chapter 2: Anatomy Lessons
Chapter 3: Wanderings
Chapter 4: Of Scalpels and Family
Chapter 5: Becoming a Microsurgeon
Chapter 6: The Face Is Different from the Heart
Chapter 7: Louisville Fellows
Chapter 8: Transplants
Chapter 9: Ethical Considerations
Chapter 10: The Candidate
Chapter 11: The Time Comes
Chapter 12: Ten Years Pass
Addendum
Appendix.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalJuan P. Barret, Veronica Tomasello.Summary: This book brings together all the relevant available science behind face transplants. It is comprehensive in its coverage, encompassing patient and donor evaluation, ethics, legal issues, psychological issues, types of transplant, surgical technique, issues relating to immunosuppression, follow-up protocols, and current outcomes. Facial transplantation, which allows the replacement of missing anatomy with a perfect match based on transplant medicine principles, has become the most striking innovation in plastic surgery of the twenty-first century as surgeons and scientists progress from reconstructive surgery to restorative surgery. A robust team approach is, however, necessary to produce safe and efficient outcomes, and numerous questions are arising, from technical issues to ethical dilemmas. The reader will discover in this volume all the information required in order to understand this new discipline and to be able to set up a program of facial transplantation.
Contents:
Introduction and Background
History of the Face Transplantation
Composite Tissue Allotransplantation (CTA)
Indications of Facial Transplantation
Evaluation of the Candidate for Facial Transplantation
Evaluation of Donors
Legal, Ethical and Psychological Issues in Facial Transplantation
Face as an Organ: Functional Anatomy
Types of Face Transplants
Requirements for a Multidisciplinary Team
Surgical Technique of Facial Transplantation
Immunological Issues and Immunomodulation
An Overview of the World`s Global Experience.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalRod J. Rohrich, MD, FACS, Founding Professor and Chair, Department of Plastic Surgery, Distinguished Teaching Professor, UT Southwestern Medical Center, Founding Partner, Dallas Plastic Surgery Institute, Dallas, Texas, James M. Stuzin, MD, Plastic Surgeon, Institute of Aesthetic Medicine, Chair, Baker-Gordon Cosmetic Surgery meeting, Professor of Plastic Surgery (Voluntary), University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, Erez Dayan, MD, Harvard trained Plastic Surgeon, Dallas Plastic Surgery Institute, Dallas, Texas, E. Victor Ross, MD, Director, Scripps Clinic Laser and Cosmetic Dermatology Center, Scripps Clinic Carmel Valley, San Diego, California ; illustrations by Amanda Tomasikiewicz, CMI.Summary: "The goal of this book is three-fold: - Optimal knowledge of facial anatomy is germane to obtaining the best results and safe outcomes in facial aesthetic surgery. This is especially the case with the intricate anatomy of the facial nerve in facelift surgery as discussed by Dr. James Stuzin. - Refine and define your knowledge on the vascular anatomy of the face to stay safe when performing facial fillers to prevent dreaded complications including blindness and skin loss, as discussed by Dr. Rod Rohrich. - Define the limitations and safety areas for the use of laser and minimally invasive technology from laser to Radiofrequency to ultrasound technology to optimize results and maximize safety in the face and neck areas as discussed by Dr. Erez Dayan and Dr. Vic Ross"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] William H. Slattery III, MD, Babk Azizzadeh, MD, FACS.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Orlando Guntinas-Lichius, MD, Professor and Chairman, Department of Otorhinolaryngology and Facial Nerve Center, Jena University Hospital, Jena, Germany, Barry M. Schaitkin, MD, Professor, Facial Nerve Center, Department of Otolaryngology, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, USA.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology 2016
- DigitalRicki Nusser-Müller-Busch, Karin Gampp Lehmann, editors.Summary: The book offers a comprehensive approach to the assessment and treatment of disturbances in facial expression, oral movement, swallowing, breathing, voice and speech production caused by developmental and acquired neurological conditions. The principles outlined are used in patients with different etiologies (e.g. stroke, tumors, traumas). F.O.T. T., developed by Kay Coombes, is a hands-on approach based on an understanding of neurological functions and the way we learn from experience. The approach aims to give the patient experience of physiological posture and movement using facial-oral functions in normal activities of daily living (ADL). Rather than mere "exercises", F.O.T.T involves meaningful activities aiming to promote participation, according to ICF criteria. Four main areas are covered: nutrition, oral hygiene, nonverbal communication and speech. Each chapter summarises the problems of severely ill patients and shows the clinical reasoning behind the solutions offered. Separate chapters discuss tracheostomy management and the training of the carers involved, including relatives. The chapter authors are experienced specialists (physio-, occupational- and speech-language therapists and physicians), whose contributions aim to provide interdisciplinary perspectives and translate latest research into clinical practice.
Contents:
Chapter 1 The F.O.T.T. Approach: Functional - Complex - Relevant to Daily Living
Chapter 2 F.O.T.T. Consensus Recommendations
Chapter 3 F.O.T.T.: Motor Control and Motor Learning
Chapter 4 Posture and Function: What Helps Us Swallow
Chapter 5 Eating and Drinking - Involves More Than Swallowing
Chapter 6 Oral Hygiene: An Interprofessional Concern
Chapter 7 Treating the Entire Face as a Functional Entity: More than Practicing Facial Muscles
Chapter 8 Breathing and Voice: Speaking Again
Chapter 9 Tracheostomy Tubes: A Blessing and A Curse
Chapter 10 The F.O.T.T. Approach to Tracheostomy Tube Management (TTM): Return to Physiology
Chapter 11 F.O.T.T. Assessment: An Ongoing Process
Chapter 12 The F.O.T.T. Algorithm: A Clinical Decision Making Tool
Chapter 13 F.O.T.T. in Paediatrics: Swallowing, Eating and Drinking
With Confidence!. - DigitalChieh-Han John Tzou, Andrés Rodríguez-Lorenzo, editors.Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of the surgical techniques available in reconstruction of the paralyzed face. It is divided into six parts. The first part introduces the topic of facial palsy, and the following parts provide detailed information on facial nerve reconstruction techniques, management of eye closure and smile reanimation. The book highlights symmetrization techniques and synkinesis and presents innovations and new frontiers in facial palsy. Written by an international group of experts who are committed to maintaining high standards and service in treating this condition and improving outcomes, it is a valuable source of information for clinicians and practitioners in plastic and reconstructive surgery, neurosurgeons and oral-and-maxillofacial surgeons, but also useful for researchers in this field.
Contents:
Facial Palsy
Facial Nerve Reconstruction
Smile Reanimation
Management of Eye Closure and Ectropion
Symetrization Techniques and Synkinesis
Innovations and New Frontiers in Facial Palsy. - Digital[edited by] Ira D. Papel, John L. Frodel, G. Richard Holt, Wayne F. Larrabee Jr., Nathan E. Nachlas, Stephen S. Park, Jonathan M. Sykes, Dean M. Toriumi.Digital Access
- DigitalBrian J.-F. Wong, Michelle G. Arnold, Jacob O. Boeckmann, editors.
- DigitalDigital Access Thieme v. 1-15, 1983-99.
- DigitalDigital Access ClinicalKey v. 15-, 2007-
- DigitalJames F. Thornton, Jourdan A. Carboy.Contents:
Special considerations for Mohs patients / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Anesthesia for reconstruction of facial Mohs defects / Jayne Coleman and Javier Marul
Mohs micrographic surgery / Sean Chen, Divya Srivastava, and Rajiv I. Nijhawan
Cellular- and tissue-based wound care / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Full-thickness skin grafts / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Split-thickness skin grafting / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Cartilage grafts / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Pedicled flaps / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Local flaps / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Scalp reconstruction / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Forehead reconstruction / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Introduction to nose and simple nasal defects / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Complex nasal defects / James Thornton, Jourdan Carboy, and Nicholas T. Haddock
Nasal reconstruction based on subunits / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Eyelid reconstruction / Ronald Mancini
Cheek reconstruction /
James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Chin reconstruction / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Lip reconstruction / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Ear reconstruction / James Thornton, Jourdan Carboy, and Christopher Derderian
Intraoperative complications and initial management / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Management of complications in the acute healing stage / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Management of complications in the late healing stage / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Skin graft revisions / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Local flap revisions / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
Pedicled flap revisions / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy.Digital Access - Digitaleditors, Mack Cheney, Tessa A. Hadlock ; with illustrations by Bob Galla, Tiffany Slaybaugh Davanzo, Sarah J. Taylor.Summary: "This landmark work covers the full range of aesthetic and reconstructive techniques in facial plastic surgery. Because of the coupling of aesthetics and function mandated by modern surgical standards, this book is organized by facial zone, rather than separated into aesthetic and reconstructive segments. The first six chapters highlight the basic principles of facial plastic and reconstructive surgery, including anatomy, proportions and beauty, visual documentation, and the principles of wound healing, aging, and flap design. Thereafter, sections are organized by facial zone or structure: the scalp and forehead, the eyelids and orbit, the nose, the ear, the bony facial skeleton, and the facial skin and soft tissue. Each section covers the range of aesthetic and reconstructive subjects relevant to the zone or structure in question. A separate section addresses conditions which affect multiple facial zones or tissues. The final section targets emerging trends and new directions in facial plastic and reconstructive surgery, designed to keep the reader both abreast of emerging technology, and intrigued and excited about the future possibilities for the specialty"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part I: General Principles
Surgical Anatomy of the Face;
Mark Varvares, Caroline A. Banks, Patrick Trev́idic, Mack L. Cheney
Attractiveness, Proportions, and Ethnic Reflections of Allure;
Michael Sullivan, Caroline A. Banks, Mack L. Cheney
Imaging for Facial Surgery;
Robin W. Lindsay, Peter Liacouras
Wound Healing and Optimization, Including Skin Grafting, Tissue Expansion, and Soft Tissue Techniques;
Marc Hale Hohman
Flap Reconstruction: Local, Regional, and Free Tissue Design Principles;
Brittany E. Howard, Richard E. Hayden
Principles of Facial Aging;
Prabhat K. Bhama, Alyn J. Kim, Peter A. Adamson
Part II: Facial Surgery by Anatomic Site
Section I: Scalp and Forehead
Scalp Reconstruction;
Kevin S. Emerick, Alice C. Lin
Hair Restoration and Scalp Surgery;
Marcelo B. Antunes, Vito C. Quatela
Brow Lift;
Marcelo B. Antunes, Vito C. Quatela
Section II: The Eyelids and Orbit
Eyelid Malpositions: Entropion and Ectropion;
Suzanne K. Freitag, Nahyoung Grace Lee
Eyelid Reconstruction;
Christine Nelson, Blake Fausett
Ptosis Repair;
Cody A. Koch, Ali Mokhtarzadeh, Elizabeth A. Bradley, Wayne F. Larrabee, Jr.
Orbital Fractures;
Aaron Fay, Dawn K. DeCastro
Blepharoplasty;
Gustavo Miery
Section III: The Nose
Acute Nasal Injuries;
Andrew J. Kleinberger, Jeffrey H. Spiegel, Caroline A. Banks
Surgery of the Nasal Septum;
Jaimie DeRosa
Closed Rhinoplasty;
Hesham Saleh, Elias Khoury
Open Rhinoplasty;
Jaimie DeRosa
Revision Rhinoplasty;
Thomas J. Walker, Dean M. Toriumi
Local Flaps for Nasal Reconstruction;
Jeffrey Moyer
Special Problems in Nasal Reconstruction;
Thomas J. Walker, Dean M. Toriumi
The Total Rhinectomy Defect;
Gary C. Burget
Section IV: The Ear
Acute Auricular Injuries;
Mack L. Cheney, Tessa A. Hadlock
Local Flaps for Auricular Reconstruction;
Mack L. Cheney, Tessa A. Hadlock
Microtia Reconstruction;
Tessa A. Hadlock, Mack L. Cheney, Ralph Magritz
Otologic Considerations in Microtia and Atresia;
Alicia M. Quesnel, Michael S. Cohen
Otoplasty: Surgical Correction of the Prominent Ear;
Ryan M. Manz, Brian J.F. Wong
Section V: Bony Facial Skeleton
Nasoethmoid Complex, Frontal Sinus, and Skull Base Fractures;
Robert M. Kellman
Midface Fractures;
Jason P. Ulm, Michael J. Yaremchuk
Mandibular Fractures;
Rachel M. Gilardetti, Yedeh Ying, Maria J. Troulis
Implants and Skeletal Modifications;
Vartan A. Mardirossian, Jeffrey H. Spiegel
Free Tissue for Reconstruction of the Bony Facial Skeleton;
Saral Mehra, Adam S. Jacobson, Mark L. Urken
Section VI: Facial Skin and Soft Tissue
Soft Tissue Injuries of the Face;
Tessa A. Hadlock, Mack L. Cheney
Scar Revision;
Callum Faris, Hade ́Vuyk
Local Flaps for Facial Reconstruction, Including Cheek and Lip Defects;
Jon-Paul Pepper, Jennifer Kim
Pedicled Flaps for Facial Reconstruction;
Marc W. Herr, Kevin S. Emerick
Free Flaps for Facial Skin and Soft Tissue Reconstruction;
Marc W. Herr, Daniel Deschler
Benign and Malignant Cutaneous Neoplasms;
Jessica L. Fewkes
Melanoma of the Head and Neck;
Audrey Baker Erman, Kevin S. Emerick
Rhytidectomy;
Garrett Griffin,
Babak Azzizadeh
Skin Resurfacing: Laser, Chemical Peels, and Mechanical Dermabrasion;
Lori A. Brightman, Kavitha K. Reddy, Caitlyn D. Clark, Oon Tian Tan
Volume Replacement and Chemodenervation in the Aging Face;
Roxana Cobo
Part III: Conditions Affecting Multiple Facial Zones or Tissues
Impaired Facial Movement: Paralysis, Synkinesis, and Spasm;
Tessa A. Hadlock, Mack L. Cheney
Craniofacial Surgery;
David C. Kim, Anthony D. Holmes, John G. Meara
Cleft Lip and Palate Repair
; Carolyn R. Rogers,
John G. Meara
Secondary Cleft Palate and Velopharyngeal Function;
Derek J. Rogers, Christopher J. Hartnick
Congenital Vascular Anomalies of the Head and Neck;
Milton Waner, Teresa M. O
Part IV: Emerging Trends and New Directions in Facial Plastic Surgery
Facial Transplantation;
Daniel S. Alam, John J. Chi
Evaluating Patient Outcomes in Facial Plastic Surgery;
Richard Gliklich, Regan Bergmark, Prabhat K. Bhama
Tissue Engineering for Facial Plastic Surgery;
Cathryn A. Sundback, Joseph P. Vacanti
The Role of Facial Surgery in Global Health and Surgical Education;
Roy Ahn, Nadia Shaikh, Wendy Williams, Thomas F. Burke; With an Introduction by
Paul E. Farmer, Mack L. Cheney.Digital Access - Digital[edited by] Amir H. Dorafshar, Eduardo D. Rodriguez, Paul N. Manson.Summary: "Facial Trauma Surgery: From Primary Repair to Reconstruction is the first comprehensive textbook of its kind on treating primary facial trauma and delayed reconstruction of both the soft tissues and craniofacial bony skeleton. This unique volume is a practical, complete reference for clinical presentation, fracture pattern, classification, and management of patients with traumatic facial injury, helping you provide the best possible outcomes for patients’ successful reintegration into work and society"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Section 1: Primary injury. Assessment of the patient with traumatic facial injury
Radiological evaluation of the craniofacial skeleton
Intraoperative imaging and postoperative quality control
Primary repair soft tissue injury & soft tissue defects
Traumatic facial nerve injury
Diagnosis and multi-modality management of skull base fractures and cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) leaks
Frontal bone and frontal sinus
Endoscopic approaches to frontal and maxillary sinus fractures
Orbital fractures
Nasal fractures
Noe fractures
Orbital zygomaticomaxillary complex fractures
Le fort fractures
Mandible fractures
Fractures of the condylar process of the mandible
Complications of mandibular fractures
Temporal bone
Dental injury; dento-alveolar and segmental fractures of the mandible and maxilla
Management of panfacial fractures
Characteristics of ballistic and blast injuries
Geriatric and edentulous maxillary and mandibular fractures
Section 2: Pediatric facial injury. Pediatric skull fractures
Superior pediatric orbital and frontal skull fractures
Pediatric orbital fractures
Pediatric midface fractures
Pediatric mandible fractures
Section 3: Secondary reconstruction and restoration
Reconstruction of full thickness fronto-cranial defects
Pediatric cranial reconstruction
Secondary reconstruction of facial soft tissue injury and defects
Ocular considerations: blink, ectropion, entropion, ocular lubrication, DCR
Secondary nasoethmoid fracture repair
Post-traumatic nasal deformities
Secondary orbital reconstruction
Secondary midfacial reconstruction
Secondary osteotomies of the maxilla and mandible, and management of occlusion
Secondary traumatic TMJ reconstruction
Maxillofacial prosthodontics
Custom craniofacial implants
Secondary microvascular reconstruction of the traumatic facial injury
Virtual surgical planning
Post-traumatic facial pain
Secondary nerve reconstruction
Facial transplantation.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - Digital[edited by] Jerome Paul Lamb, MD, FACS, Plastic Surgeon Diplomate, American Board of Plastic Surgery, Inc., Centerpoint Medical Center, Truman Medical Center, Independence, Missouri, United States, Christopher Chase Surek, MD, Chief Resident, Department of Plastic Surgery, University of Kansas Medical Center, Overland Park, Kansas, United States.Digital Access
- DigitalKyle K. Seo.Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to the use of injectable fillers for facial volumization. Traditionally, fillers have been used for anti-aging purposes such as for wrinkle treatments, but they are increasingly being applied in various ways to achieve beautification such as the augmentation of the nose, chin and lips, leveraging the volumizing effect of fillers. This trend is especially evident in Asian countries but can be expected to flourish elsewhere in the future. The book opens by explaining the specifics of pretreatment assessment and relevant aspects of the basic science of fillers. It then provides a detailed description of the anatomy, injection depth and injection amount relevant to each regional indication, easy to follow for even a novice injector, based on a rich assortment of anatomical illustrations, ultrasound imaging and cadaveric photos provided to assist their understanding. And guidance is also provided on combination treatments in conjunction with botulinum toxin, thread lifting, fat-dissolving injection, etc. Potential complications and countermeasures specific to volumization with fillers are identified. The book features a wealth of illustrations showing the relevant anatomy and before and after appearances, as well as video clips for each indication. Written by a specialist with extensive experience, it provides safe and effective guidance for both beginners and advanced practitioners.
Contents:
Pretreatment Assessment
Volumizing Fillers
Hyaluronic Acid (HA) Filler Injection Procedure
Regional particulars
Complications. - Digitalby Patricia McCarthy Veach, Bonnie S. LeRoy, Nancy P. Callanan.Contents:
Guidelines for Book Users: Instructors, Supervisors, and Students
Overview of Genetic Counseling: History of the Profession and the Reciprocal Model of Practice
Listening to Patients: Attending Skills
Listening to Patients: Primary Empathy Skills
Gathering Information: Asking Questions
Structuring Genetic Counseling Sessions: Initiating, Contracting, Ending, and Referral
Collaborating with Patients: Providing Information and Facilitating Patient Decision Making
Responding to Patient Cues: Advanced Empathy and Confrontation Skills
Patient Factors: Resistance, Coping, Affect, and Styles
Providing Guidance: Advice and Influencing Skills
Counselor Self-Reference: Self-Disclosure and Self-Involving Skills
Genetic Counseling Dynamics: Transference, Countertransference, Distress, Burnout, and Compassion Fatigue
Professionalism: Ethically-Based Reflective Practice
Appendix A: ACGC (2015) Practice-Based Competencies
Appendix B: NSGC Code of Ethics (2017). - Digitaledited by Martin D. Cheatle, Perry G. Fine.Contents:
Facilitating treatment adherence in pain medicine : adherence--the great confounder! / Martin D. Cheatle and Perry G. Fine
Treatment adherence in chronic pain : predictors, models, and a role for psychological flexibility / Anthony M. Harrison, Christopher Graham, and Lance M. McCracken
Adherence In pharmacotherapy : maximizing benefit and minimizing risk / Marc O. Martel and Robert N. Jamison
The use of drug testing in promoting treatment adherence in pain medicine / Howard A. Heit and Douglas L. Gourlay
Adherence to weight loss and physical activity / E. Amy Janke and David E. Goodrich
Biopsychosocial approach to improving treatment adherence in chronic pain / Martin D. Cheatle and Lara Dhingra
Adherence in pain medicine : ethical considerations / Michael E. Schatman and Oscar J. Benitez.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - DigitalWilson, Helen W.; Khan, Christina T.Summary: Emotional distress, difficulty concentrating and focusing on academic work, mood changes, excessive substance use, self-harming behaviors--when it comes to campus sexual assault and intimate partner violence, the consequences are numerous and serious. This new volume leverages the wisdom of psychiatry, college mental health, and higher education to develop a holistic approach to addressing sexual and relationship violence on campuses.
Contents:
It's Never Too Early, It's Never Too Late : Fostering Sexual Citizenship in Humans of All Ages / Helen W. Wilson
Prevention in Primary Education : Effective School lBased Interventions for Middle and High School
Students / Samantha Ludin, Katrina Debnam
Prevention at the University Level : Effective Interventions for College and Graduate Students / Carley Flanery
Navigating Through Institutional Responses Following Sexual Violence / Lauren Knudsen Schoenthaler
Trauma-Informed Campus Care / Melissa Murphy-Pucillo, Grace Poon Ghaffar, Helen W. Wilson
State of the Evidence for Treatment of Survivors of Campus Sexual Assault / Stacy L. Lin
Unique Considerations for Graduate Students / Amy Alexander, Angie Hawkins, Vanika Chawla
Effective Interventions for Perpetrators / Raina V. Lamade, Jackson Tay Bosley, Courtney Dwyer
Queer Communities and Patriarchal Violence : Healing Through Interpersonal, Cultural, and Systemic Work / Marissa Floro, Stephanie N. Wong
Trans and Gender-Expansive Students' Experience : Rethinking Gender-Based Violence / Elliot Ruggles, Deb Schneider
Centering the Cultural Wealth of Survivors of Color in Healing and Support / Grace Poon Ghaffar, Tolulope A. Taiwo, Allison L. Thompson
Culturally Specific Approaches to Sexual Assault and Intimate Partner Violence Prevention and Response / Pierre R. Berastain, Rose Poyau.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2023 - PrintJim deMaine.Summary: Is it possible to have a good death, free from unnecessary pain and trauma? What if our final days were designed to bring about reconciliation and release? In this wise and large-hearted book, Dr. Jim deMaine offers advice pointing the way toward a grace-filled transition out of life. Facing Death is both a memoir-in-vignettes and a handbook full of practical advice from Dr. deMaine's forty years in busy hospitals and ICUs. Using stories from his own life and practice, the veteran physician walks readers through ethical questions around "heroic" interventions: Do we fully understand what we're asking when we tell doctors to "do everything" to prolong life, even in cases when a patient has no chance of regaining consciousness? If we write advance directives outlining the kinds of care we would, or would not want, how can we ensure that they will be followed? As a pulmonary and critical care specialist, Dr. deMaine developed deep experience navigating such quandaries with patients and their families. In Facing Death he also treads into territory many physicians avoid, such as the role of spirituality; conflicts between doctors and families; cultural traditions that can aid or impede the goal of a peaceful transition, and ways to leave a moral legacy for our descendants.
- Digital/PrintSummary: Includes information on number of office visits, diagnostic procedures, economic status, and liability insurance of family practitioners.Digital Access 1987-Current tables
- DigitalFelix H. Savoie III, Emilio Calvo, Augustus D. Mazzocca, editors.Summary: Rotator cuff surgery is currently the most common surgical procedure involving the shoulder. Unfortunately despite major technical advances, there is still a significant rate of failure of primary rotator cuff repair, ranging from 10% to 40%. This book describes the diagnosis, classification, assessment, and management of failed rotator cuff repairs. It also explores the etiology of the failed repairs, presents a series of treatment options, and discusses the complications. In a multidisciplinary format it addresses both how to prevent failure and how to diagnose and manage the failed rotator cuff, including imaging, laboratory testing, nutrition, surgery and rehabilitation. This comprehensive book, published in collaboration with ISAKOS, appeals to all stakeholders in orthopedic medicine and surgery.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Part I: Basic Science
1: The Failed Rotator Cuff: Diagnosis and Management-Rotator Cuff Anatomy/Blood Supply
1.1 Supraspinatus Muscle
1.1.1 Structure and Humeral Insertions
1.1.2 Innervation
1.1.3 Blood Supply
1.1.4 Variations
1.2 Subscapularis Muscle
1.2.1 Structure and Humeral Insertions
1.2.2 Innervation
1.2.3 Blood Supply
1.2.4 Variations
1.3 Infraspinatus
1.3.1 Structure and Humeral Insertions
1.3.2 Innervation
1.3.3 Blood Supply
1.3.4 Variations
1.4 Teres Minor Muscle 1.4.1 Structure and Humeral Insertions
1.4.2 Innervation
1.4.3 Blood Supply
1.4.4 Variations
1.5 Conclusion
References
2: Failed Rotator Cuff Repairs: Building an International Perspective
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Definitions in the Literature
2.3 Subjective Failure
2.3.1 The Literature Reports Several Subjective Aspects of RCR Failure
2.3.1.1 Worsening of Preoperative Clinical Status
2.3.1.2 Patients Can Consider Persistent Pain as Failure
2.3.1.3 Postoperative Stiffness
2.3.1.4 Loss of Strength
2.3.1.5 Pseudoparalysis 2.3.1.6 Inability to Return to Work
2.4 Objective Failure
2.4.1 Table of Failure Criteria
2.5 Conclusion
References
3: Biomechanical Consequences of Rotator Cuff Tears on the Glenohumeral Joint
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Biomechanics of the Intact Glenohumeral Joint
3.2.1 The Concept of Concavity Compression
3.2.2 Muscular Force Couples and the Concept of the Suspension Bridge Model
3.3 Biomechanical Consequences of Rotator Cuff Tears
3.4 Conclusion
References
4: The Failed Rotator Cuff: Diagnosis and Management-New Concepts in Biology of Repair 4.1 Introduction
4.2 Biologic Adjuvants for Repair Augmentation
4.2.1 Platelet-Rich Plasma
4.2.1.1 Basic Science Evidence
4.2.1.2 Clinical Outcomes
4.3 Cell-Based Therapies
4.4 Concentrated Bone Marrow Aspirate (BMAC)
4.4.1 Basic Science Evidence
4.4.2 Clinical Outcomes
4.5 Subacromial Bursa-Derived Cells (SBDCs): The Future?
4.5.1 Basic Science Evidence
4.5.2 Clinical Experience and Future
4.6 Further Considerations
4.7 Summary
References
5: Reasons for Structural Failure of Rotator Cuff Repair
References 6: Imaging of Failed Rotator Cuff Tears
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Imaging Modalities
6.2.1 Radiography
6.2.2 Ultrasonography (US)
6.2.3 Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
6.2.4 Magnetic Resonance Arthrography (MRA)
6.2.5 Computed Tomography (CT)
6.3 Expected Findings
6.3.1 Artefacts
6.3.2 Osseous Findings
6.3.3 Soft Tissue Findings
6.4 Pathologic Findings
6.4.1 Recurrent Tear
6.4.2 Displacement of Suture Anchors
6.4.3 Infection
6.4.4 Iatrogenic Injuries
6.4.5 Diagnostic Errors
References - DigitalKyriakos Anastasiadis, Stephen Westaby, Polychronis Antonitsis, editors.Summary: This book provides an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of the etiology, diagnosis, and treatment of conditions affecting the structure and function of the right heart, comprising the right atrium, right ventricle, tricuspid valve, and pulmonary circulation. The right ventricle works against a reduced afterload as compared to the left ventricle, and the clinical picture of heart failure is generally dominated by the symptoms of left heart failure and hence initially neglected until they evolve into overt right heart failure with splanchnic congestion. When picked up at the very late stage, medical management and mechanical support of right heart failure are considered ineffective, and heart transplantation offers the only treatment option. The Failing Right Heart will be an essential reference for cardiac surgeons, cardiologists, cardiac anesthesiologists and cardiac intensivists on the diagnosis and treatment of patients with congenital or acquired right heart disease. The book deals with anatomy and physiology of the right heart, the etiology and the role of imaging of right heart failure, as well as the treatment options, from pharmacological regimes to surgery. Algorithms and flow diagrams are included to provide the reader with illustrated snapshots of the decisions involved in the management of these patients.
Contents:
Introduction
Anatomy of the failing right heart
Physiology of the failing right heart
Pharmacologic approach to the failing right heart
Echocardiographic evaluation of right heart failure
Right heart catheterization for the failing right heart
Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the failing right heart
The failing right heart in congenital diseases
Surgery of the tricuspid valve in right heart failure
Pulmonary embolism and right heart failure
Anaesthetic consideration and perioperative management in right heart failure
Mechanical support and the right heart
Special considerations.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJoyce Vachani, editor.Summary: Failure to Thrive (FTT) is a multifactorial illness requiring the systematic application of evidence in conjunction with a multidisciplinary team-based approach. Evidence suggests most cases of FTT can be diagnosed using key elements of the patient history and physical examination including appropriate growth assessment, and that laboratory testing is usually unhelpful in determining an etiology. Despite this, there is wide variation in the definition, evaluation, treatment, costs, and outcomes of FTT patients, with subsequent burdens on the healthcare system. A suggested approach to the differential diagnosis and management of FTT is to review calories inadequate caloric intake, excessive calorie losses, and/or increased caloric intake (i.e. increased metabolic demand) while acknowledging the available resources along the continuum of patient care. Implementing evidence-based practice for FTT provides improvement opportunities for providers and potentially has significant impact on the healthcare system. This book is designed to present a practical and concise handbook on the diagnosis and management of failure to thrive (FTT)/ malnutrition for quick reference by trainees and practitioners by using case examples and available evidence in the current literature. This book is divided into 7 chapters in a logical progression of defining, diagnosing, and managing FTT with cases in each chapter to further illustrate evidence-based care.
Contents:
Definition
Differential Diagnosis of Failure to Thrive
Growth Assessment and Its Significance
Management Approach: Enteral Nutrition
Management Approach: The Continuum of Care
Failure to Thrive and Population Health: The Impact of Disparities and Social Determinants
Improvement Opportunities for Practitioners: Developing a Clinical Pathway. - DigitalP. Ann Solari-Twadell, Deborah Jean Ziebarth, editors.Summary: A multi-authored book, with editors and authors who are leaders in Faith Community Nursing (FCN) that aims to address contemporary issues in faith-based, whole person, community based health offering cost effective, accessible, patient centered care along the patient continuum while challenging contemporary health policy to include more health promotion services. Twenty-five chapters take the reader from a foundational understanding of this historic grass-roots movement to the present day international specialty nursing practice. The book is structured into five sections that describe both the historical advancement of the Faith Community Nursing, its current implications and future challenges, taking into account the perspectives of the pastor, congregation, nurse, health care system and public health national and international organizations. The benefits of this book are that it is intended for a mixed audience including lay, academic, medical professionals or health care executives. By changing the mindset of the reader to see the nurse as more than providing illness care, the faith community as more than a place one goes to on Sunday and health as more than physical, creative alternatives for promoting health emerge through Faith Community Nursing.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Case in Point; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Part I: Changing the Understanding of Health: Foundational Implications for Faith Community Nursing;
1: Faith Community Nursing: A Professional Specialty Nursing Practice; 1.1 Faith Community as a Profession; 1.2 Characteristics of a Profession; 1.3 Specialization in Nursing; 1.4 Faith Community Nursing as a Specialty Practice; 1.5 Looking at Health; 1.6 Specialty Knowledge and Specialty Practice; 1.7 Research in Faith Community Nursing Practice Using NIC; 1.8 Conclusion; Appendix; Exercise 1; Personal Values Identifying What Is Important; Exercise 2; What Is Health????; Exercise 3; Personal Values Related to Health: Identifying What Is Important; Exercise 4; Assessing My Motivation for Change; References;
2: Faith Community Nursing: As Health Ministry; 2.1 Faith Community as the Center of Spiritual and Moral Development; 2.2 Integrator of Faith and Health; 2.3 Personal Health Advisor; 2.4 Health Educator; 2.5 Trainer of Volunteers; 2.6 Developer of Support Groups; 2.7 Referral Agent and Liaison with Faith Community and Community Resources; 2.8 Health Advocate; 2.9 Strategies for Initiating the Practice of Faith Community Nursing2.10 Visibility and Communication; 2.11 Health Cabinet or Wellness Committee; 2.12 Staff Member; 2.13 Self-Care; 2.14 Conclusion; References;
3: Faith Community Nursing: A Wholistic and Holistic Nursing Practice; 3.1 Wholistic or Holistic?; 3.2 Origins; 3.3 Underpinnings: Wholistic; 3.4 Delivery of Care: Wholistic; 3.5 Recent Exploration of Wholistic Health Care; 3.6 Underpinnings: Holistic; 3.7 Core Values; 3.7.1 Core Value One: Holistic Philosophy, Theory, and Ethics 3.7.2 Core Value Two: Holistic Caring Process3.7.3 Core Value Three: Holistic Communication, Therapeutic Healing Environment, and Cultural Diversity; 3.7.4 Core Value Four: Holistic Education and Research; 3.7.5 Core Value Five: Holistic Nurse Self-Reflection and Self-Care; 3.8 Delivery of Care: Holistic Nursing; 3.9 Synopsis (Table 3.1 in Appendix); 3.10 Significant Works; 3.11 Specialty Nursing Organization; 3.12 Certification, Scope of Nursing Practice, Ongoing Education, and Research; 3.13 Medical Subject Heading: MeSh Term; 3.14 Implications and Conclusion; Appendix - DigitalManuel Montero-Odasso, Richard Camicioli, editors.Summary: This book provides practical tools for fall prevention in cognitively impaired older adults. The text presents a comprehensive and state-of-the-art update that covers the pathophysiology, epidemiology, and clinical presentation of the event, which affects up to 60 percent of aging patients with cognitive impairment. Written by transdisciplinary experts in experts in geriatric medicine, rehabilitation, neurology, and physiotherapy, the text presents practical, evidence-based guidelines for the assessment, approach, and treatment of these patients and includes illustrations and resources for quick reference. Falls and Cognition in Older Persons is a unique contribution to the literature serving geriatricians, family medicine physicians, emergency medicine physicians, neurologists, rehabilitation and physiotherapy specialists, geriatric nurses, and those interested in public health.
Contents:
Falls as a manifestation of brain Failure (Gait and Cognition)
Dysmobility in aging and the role of cognition
Epidemiology and Falls risk factors in cognitively impaired older adults
Depression, Fear of falling, cognition and falls
Consequences of falls in cognitively impaired people
Dual-task gait, cognition and Falls
Gait variability and Falls
Assistive devices, falls, and cognitive aspects
Imaging in "gait and cognition syndrome" and falls
PD and Lewy Body Disease
MCI: MMO and SMH
AD and other dementias
Approaches' in Hospitals and Nursing home settings
Current gaps in Guidelines and Recommendations
Physical exercises in cognitively vulnerable older adults and falls
Cognitive training and falls reduction risk
Vitamin D, falls and cognition
Virtual Reality
Cognitive enhancers
Dual-task gait training
Non-invasive brain stimulation
Falls in cognitively impaired population: evidence, assumptions, and prospect research needed. - DigitalMarco Gattorno, editor.Summary: This book, written by very well known opinion leaders in the field, covers all aspects of familial Mediterranean fever, the most common monogenic autoinflammatory disease. The opening chapters explain the genetic basis of the disease and provide insights into the pathogenesis derived from recent experimental studies. A large part of the book is then devoted to a detailed description of the typical and atypical clinical presentations, the disease course, and potential complications in both pediatric and adult patients. Guidance is provided on the measurement of disease severity and the management of patients in daily practice. The advice regarding treatment is based on the best currently available evidence and attention is also paid to important emerging treatments. The book is part of Springer's series Rare Diseases of the Immune System, which presents recently acquired knowledge on pathogenesis, diagnosis, and therapy with the aim of promoting a more holistic approach to these conditions. Monogenic autoinflammatory diseases are hereditary disorders that are caused by single-gene defects in innate immune regulatory pathways and are characterized by a clinical and biological inflammatory syndrome in which there is limited, if any, evidence of autoimmunity. Familial Mediterranean fever itself is due to a mutation in the MEFV gene, which codes for the protein pyrin; it is characterized by periodic fever and episodes of painful inflammation in the abdomen, chest, and joints. Familial Mediterranean Fever will be an invaluable source of up-to-date information for all practitioners involved in the care of patients with the disease.
Contents:
Preface
1 Genetics.- 2 Pathogenesis.- 3 Clinical Picture in Childhood
4 Clinical Picture in Adulthood and Unusual Clinical Features.- 5 FMF in Western Countries.- 6 Long Term Complications in FMF
7 Recent advances in quantitative assessment of FMF
8 How to Manage FMF Patients in Daily Practice
9 New Emerging Treatments.- Subject Index.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalGiora Netzer, editor.Summary: This text is one of the first comprehensive resources on understanding and working with families in the intensive care unit. The text provides a conceptual overview of the Family ICU Syndrome, a constellation of physical morbidity, psychopathology, cognitive deficits, and conflict. Outlining its mechanisms, the book presents a guide to combating the syndrome with an interdisciplinary team. The text represents the full array of the interdisciplinary team by also spotlighting administrative considerations for health care management and approaches to training different members of the health care team. Family voices are featured prominently in the text as well. The book also addresses the complete trajectory of needs of care, including survivorship and end-of-life care. Written by experts in the field, Families in the Intensive Care Unit: A Guide to Understanding, Engaging and Supporting at the Bedside is a state-of-the-art reference for all clinicians who work with families in the ICU.
Contents:
Chapter 1 An Introduction and Overview of Why Families Matter in the Intensive Care UnitGiora NetzerChapter 2 Family Voices from the Intensive Care UnitEileen Rubin, Sal ColianniChapter 3 Cognitive Barriers to Effective Surrogate Decision MakingJoanna L. Hart, Scott D. HalpernChapter 4 Emotional Processing/Psychological Morbidity in the ICURamona O. HopkinsChapter 5 Family Psychological Morbidity after the Intensive Care UnitKristina Stepanovic, Julie Van, James C. JacksonChapter 6 Sleep and Sleep Deprivation Among Families in the ICUStuti J. Jaiswal, Robert L. OwensChapter 7 Taking the Lead: Changing the Experience of Family ICUSyndrome by Changing the Organization of CareDonald L. ZimmermanChapter 8 Unique Challenges for Family Members of Patients with Acute and Chronic Critical Illness
The Older CaregiverNicole Roeder, Margaret A. PisaniChapter 9 Family Support and ICU Survivorship: Lessons Learned from the Pediatric Critical Care ExperienceBree Andrews, Nilu Rahman, Neethi PintoChapter 10 Life After the ICU: Post-Intensive Care Syndrome in Family MembersJason H. Maley, Julie Rogan, Mark E. MikkelsenChapter 11 Humanizing Intensive Care: Questions, Balance, and Tragic TradeoffsSamuel M. Brown, Michael E. Wilson, Chris Benda, Negin Hajizadeh, Ramona O. HopkinsChapter 12 Intensive Care Unit Conflicts and the FamilyO. Joseph BienvenuChapter 13 Identifying, Analyzing, & Combating Family Intensive Care Unit Syndrome in Long Term Acute Care HospitalsArunmozhi Aravagiri, Waqas Bhatti, Jetina Okereke, Avelino C. VercelesChapter 14 Personalized Interventions to Support Families in the Intensive Care UnitChristopher E. CoxChapter 15 Family-Centered Care Interventions to Minimize Family Intensive Care Unit Syndrome and Post-Intensive Care Syndrome-FamilyJudy Elisa Davidson, Janet Marty Mendis, Truong-Giang Huynh, Samantha Gambles Farr, Suzette Jernigan, Steffanie A. Strathdee, Thomas PattersonChapter 16 Strategies to Facilitate Communication with Families in the ICUAndre Carlos Kajdacsy-Balla AmaralChapter 17 End-of-Life CareJennifer L. McAdamChapter 18 The Integrative Approach to Supporting Families in the ICUDelia ChiaramonteChapter 19 The Role of Ethics Consultation In Enhancing Family-Centered CareHenry J. SilvermanChapter 20 Family Role in Patient Safety in the Intensive Care UnitDoran Bostwick, Sarah J BeesleyChapter 21 Family and Patient Spiritual Narratives in the ICU: Bridging Discourses Through CompassionSimon Lasair, Shane SinclairChapter 22 The Role of the Pharmacist in Family Engagement in the Intensive Care Unit and During Transitions of CareJoanna L. StollingsChapter 23 Respiratory Therapy and Family Engagement in the Intensive Care UnitDeborah Linehan, Giora NetzerChapter 24 The Role of the ICU Social Worker in Supporting FamiliesJohn G. Cagle, Morgan BuntingChapter 25 RehabilitationKimberley HainesChapter 26 Training Providers in Family Centered CareErin K. Kross, Catherine L. HoughChapter 27 Child Life in the Adult ICU: Including the Youngest Members of the FamilyJaime E. Bruce, Kathleen McCueChapter 28 How to Study the Family ICU Syndrome: A Basic Approach to Research MethodologyChristiane S. Hartog. - Digitaledited by Jennifer L. Allen, David J. Hawes, Cecilia A. Essau.Summary: The most effective treatments for child and adolescent psychopathology are often family-based, emphasising the active involvement of family members beyond the referred individual. This book details the clinical skills, knowledge, and attitudes that form the core competencies for the delivery of evidence-based family interventions for a range of mental health problems. Offering practical case studies to illustrate treatment principles, and discussing barriers to treatment and problem-solving in relation to common difficulties. Covers topics such as anxiety, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, sleep, and eating disorders. Therapist competencies are thoroughly examined, from the role they play in severe/complex cases and in achieving successful outcomes to commonly misunderstood aspects of family-based interventions and how they can be enhanced. Clinical approaches to working with diverse families, and those of children affected by parental psychopathology, child maltreatment and family violence are also explored. Essential reading for psychologists, psychiatrists, paediatricians, mental health nurses, counsellors and social workers.Digital Access Cambridge 2021
- DigitalJames D. Lock.Summary: "This book describes the theoretical and clinical rationale for the use of family-based treatment (FBT) for Avoidant Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (ARFID). Based on years of clinical care and systematic study of children and adolescents with ARFID using Family-based Treatment for Avoidant/Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (FBT-ARFID), the manual provides guidance about assessment of ARFID. Topics covered include how to incorporate the medical, nutritional, and psychiatric problems that are common with this disorder and how to evaluate the principle maintaining behaviors related to lack of interest or appetite, extreme sensory sensitivities to food, and fear of physical repercussions of eating (e.g. pain, vomiting, allergic reactions). Step by step illustrations of the key interventions in FBT-ARFID are provided and detailed case discussions demonstrate how these are implemented in a range of cases. Ideal for clinical practitioners who treat children and adolescents with eating disorders, specifically, psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, and allied health practitioners"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
What is avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder?
An overview of family-based treatment for avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder
Scientific support for family-based treatment for avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder
Challenges in diagnosis and assessment of avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder
Applying family-based treatment for avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder through a developmental lens
Managing medical and psychiatric co-morbidity in family-based treatment for avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder
Empowering the family for change: phase 1 of family-based treatment for avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder
Changing eating behaviors in the family and social context: phase 2 of family-based treatment for avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder
Returning to developmental norms: phase 3 of family-based treatment for avoidant restrictive food intake disorder
Family-based treatment for low interest avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder / contributed by Nina Kirz
Family-based treatment for sensory sensitivity avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder / contributed by Danielle Colborn
Family-based treatment for fear of adverse consequences avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder / contributed by Shiri Sadeh-Sharvit.
Where to from here.Digital Access TandFonline 2022 - PrintDolores Gallagher-Thompson (Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Palo Alto, CA), Ann Choryan Bilbrey (Optimal Aging Center for Training and Research Consultation, Sunnyvale, CA), Sara Honn Qualls (University of Colorado Colorado Springs, CO), Rita Ghatak (Aging 101, Center for Care and Innovation, Los Altos, CA), Ranak B. Trivedi (Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Palo Alto, CA, Center for Innovation to Implementation, VA Palo Alto Health Care System, Palo Alto, CA), Lynn C. Waelde (Palo Alto University, Palo Alto, CA).Summary: "Science-based guidance on assessing and supporting family caregivers to maintain good mental health. This is the first book that takes a "deep dive" to answer questions that mental health providers encounter when caregivers are referred to them or seek services on their own--namely, what unique issues family caregivers face that impact their mental health. Based on the science and clinical experience the authors have accumulated over years of research and direct service, the volume focuses on examining the issues that caregivers of people with Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia face. Practitioners learn about the best tools for assessment and which evidence-based interventions help reduce caregiver distress, including cognitive behavioral therapy, acceptance and commitment therapy and multicomponent intervention programs. The book is interspersed with clinical vignettes that also highlight issues of diversity, equity, and inclusion. This is an essential text for mental health providers from a variety of disciplines, including psychology, psychiatry, nursing, social work, marriage and family counselors as well as trainees. Resources in the appendix can be used in clinical practice, including a caretaker intake interview."-- Provided by publisher.
- DigitalDolores Gallagher-Thompson (Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Palo Alto, CA), Ann Choryan Bilbrey (Optimal Aging Center for Training and Research Consultation, Sunnyvale, CA), Sara Honn Qualls (University of Colorado Colorado Springs, CO), Rita Ghatak (Aging 101, Center for Care and Innovation, Los Altos, CA), Ranak B. Trivedi (Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Palo Alto, CA, Center for Innovation to Implementation, VA Palo Alto Health Care System, Palo Alto, CA), Lynn C. Waelde (Palo Alto University, Palo Alto, CA).Summary: "Science-based guidance on assessing and supporting family caregivers to maintain good mental health. This is the first book that takes a "deep dive" to answer questions that mental health providers encounter when caregivers are referred to them or seek services on their own--namely, what unique issues family caregivers face that impact their mental health. Based on the science and clinical experience the authors have accumulated over years of research and direct service, the volume focuses on examining the issues that caregivers of people with Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia face. Practitioners learn about the best tools for assessment and which evidence-based interventions help reduce caregiver distress, including cognitive behavioral therapy, acceptance and commitment therapy and multicomponent intervention programs. The book is interspersed with clinical vignettes that also highlight issues of diversity, equity, and inclusion. This is an essential text for mental health providers from a variety of disciplines, including psychology, psychiatry, nursing, social work, marriage and family counselors as well as trainees. Resources in the appendix can be used in clinical practice, including a caretaker intake interview."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Description
Theories and models
Assessment
Interventions to reduce caregiver distress
Professional practice issues
Case vignette. - DigitalNatalie Digate Muth, MD, MPH, RDN, FAAPSummary: "This dynamic plan will help the whole family kick-start their health and wellness and set the stage for long-term, lasting improvements in nutrition, fitness, sleep, stress, and screen use habits. Dr. Natalie Digate Muth walks families through this thirty-day transformation that establishes a baseline and goals, creates routines and healthy habits, and provides strategies for overcoming frustration and recognizing obstacles. At the end of thirty days, parents and children will have laid the ground work to continue a lifetime of healthy habits. The plan also includes family-friendly recipes, health and fitness experiments for the kids, and additional wellness tools." -- back cover.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
- PrintDoug Knutson, Robin Devine.Summary: "The closest you can get to the Family Medicine clerkship shelf exam without actually taking it Family Medicine: PreTest Self-Assessment & Review, Fourth Edition is the perfect way to assess your knowledge of Family Medicine for the USMLE Step 2 CK and clerkship shelf exam. You'll find approximately 500 USMLE-style questions and answers that target the clerkship's core competencies, along with detailed explanations of both correct and incorrect answers. All questions have been reviewed by students who recently passed the boards and completed their clerkship to ensure they match the style and difficulty level of the exam, so you know you are studying the most relevant, high-yield material possible. Approximately 500 USMLE-style questions, just like you will see on the exam. Detailed explanations for right and wrong answers, that zero-in on must-know information. Targets what you really need to know for exam success. Thoroughly reviewed by students who aced their clerkship"-- Provided by publisher. "Family Medicine: PreTest gives you hundreds of review questions and answers, along with high yield rationale to prepare you for your clerkship shelf exam, as well as the USMLE Step 2. Both the scope of content, as well as the format of the questions, parallels what you will see on your actual exams"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Prevention medicine
Doctor-patient issues
Acute complaints
Chronic conditions. - DigitalPaul M. Paulman, Robert B. Taylor, editors-in-chief ; Audrey A. Paulman, Laeth S. Nasir, assoiciate editors.
- DigitalPaul M. Paulman, Robert B. Taylor, Audrey A. Paulman, Laeth S. Nasir, editors.Summary: This book is organized into short, focused chapters almost exclusively dedicated to topics relevant to daily practice. All lead authors are themselves accomplished family physicians who can specifically address the needs, concerns, and interests of this crucial profession. As one of the key reference textbooks for family medicine, it is very important to provide the most up-to-date knowledge to support learners and practitioners of family medicine in the face of rapidly expanding clinical knowledge and the extensive self-examination of family medicine. Family Medicine: Principles and Practice, 8th Edition, is a must-have reference for medical students, residents, practicing physicians, nurse practitioners and physician assistants with an active role in patient care.Digital Access Springer 2022
- Digitaledited by Leslie Neal-Boylan.Summary: "The purpose of this book is to help clinicians and students better understand how to diagnose and manage typical (and some atypical) patient cases. While the focus is on the Nurse Practitioner role, this book will be useful to other patient care providers, such as physicians and physician's assistants. The contributing authors have worked hard to update cases from the first edition of the book to better reflect patient-centered language and advances in care. We have developed several new cases, such as one on climate change, to assist clinicians with scenarios that were not as predominant as they are today. We have presented a variety of patients in these cases with regard to age, gender preference, socioeconomic status, family status and other considerations. However, please don't hesitate to alter these demographics to tailor the cases for your specific needs"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The neonate
The infant
The toddler/preschool child
The school aged child
The adolescent
Women's health
Men's health
General adult health
Mental health
The older adult
Resolutions for all cases.Digital Access Wiley 2021 - DigitalMaria T. Codina Leik.Summary: "If you are studying for the family nurse practitioner certification exam, Maria T. Codina Leik's highly acclaimed Family Nurse Practitioner Certification Intensive Review is a must-have resource, and with interactive digital prep included with purchase, it is easier than ever to study for the FNP exam. Lauded for its concise, well-organized format, this fourth edition has been significantly revised and updated to feature key information about the new AANPCB and ANCC certification exams, all new end-of-chapter review questions, and new full-color images. Leik's Family Nurse Practitioner Certification Intensive Review, fourth edition also features four practice tests with hundreds of new questions and rationales -- 800 questions in total. Extensive test-taking techniques and question dissection and analysis chapters help you identify the best clues during the problem-solving process so that you can strategically master the certification exam. Designed to help FNP candidates boost their confidence through intensive review and high-quality questions, the fourth edition continues to provide succinct, precisely targeted “need-to-know” details of diseases and classic presentations you can expect to see in practice in patients across the life span. Organized by body system, chapters are consistently formatted to include Danger Signals, Normal Findings, Lab Findings, Benign Variants, and Disease Review topics. Each chapter features valuable Exam Tips and Clinical Pearls that highlight key considerations and information likely to be encountered on the exam, ideal for a last-minute refresher before test day. Ensure success by making this essential family nurse practitioner resource -- praised by thousands for helping them pass their certification -- a key part of your exam prep study regimen. Note to readers: The new ExamPrepConnect Fourth Edition online course will launch March 2021. In the interim, your book purchase includes access to the current ExamPrepConnect Third Edition online course. Your 6-month digital subscription to the Fourth Edition will begin as soon as that course is live, and we will notify you by email."--Publisher's description.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- DigitalJill C. Cash, MSN, APRN, FNP-BC, editor.Summary: "We are excited to collaborate on this new sixth edition of Family Practice Guidelines. The guidelines have been written and updated by experienced nurse practitioners. This valuable resource is designed to assist nurse practitioners in organizing and using the content in a quick-reference format"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
I. Guidelines
1. Health Maintenance Guidelines
2. Public Health Guidelines
3. Pain Management Guidelines
4. Dermatology Guidelines
5. Eye Guidelines
6. Ear Guidelines
7. Nasal Guidelines
8. Throat and Mouth Guidelines
9. Repiratory Guidelines
10. Cardiovascular Guidelines
11. Gastrointestinal Guidelines
12. Genitourinary Guidelines
13. Obstetrics Guidelines
14. Gynecological Guidelines
15. Sexually Transmitted infections Guidelines
16. Infectious Disease Guidelines
17. Systemic Disorders Guidelines
18. Musculoskeletal Guidelines
19. Neurological Guidelines
20. Endocrine Guidelines
21. Rheumatological Guidelines
22. Psychiatric Guidelines
23. Assessment Guide for Sport Participation
II Procedures
III Client Teaching Guides
IV. AppendicesLimited to 1 simultaneous user. - DigitalJill C. Cash, Cheryl A. Glass, Jenny Mullen, editors.Digital Access R2Library 2020Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- DigitalAndreas Otte.Summary: The life and death, but also the creative work of famous musicians is closely linked to their personal medical histories. In "Famous Composers Diseases Reloaded" these case histories are vividly reconstructed on the basis of authentic biographical testimonies and closely linked to the personalities of the musicians. The latest research findings on the pathophysiology of these composers will be woven into the overall picture. Was Paganini's "devilishness" caused by a hereditary disease? Did Scarlatti have strange signs of illness on his fingers? What did Bach really die of? How did "Christel" from a dubious milieu change Schumann's entire life? What aggravated Ravel's underlying illness so that he did not complete a single composition in the last five years before his death? How did Tarrega manage to play the guitar again after his stroke with hemiplegia? Did the Brazilian Villa-Lobos' worldwide reputation help him live longer thanks to the best treatment available to him? Andreas Otte, physician and musician, has incorporated the latest medical history research into the composers' pathographies. This book is an exciting and "well-tempered" reading experience not only for physicians, music lovers, musicologists and musicians, but for all readers who want to develop a basic understanding of the pathophysiology and life scores of these great masters under current conditions from today's perspective.
Contents:
Diseases of Famous Composers Put into Context of Their General Historical Framework
Johann Sebastian Bach (1685-1750)
Domenico Scarlatti (1685-1757)
Nicolò Paganini (1782-1840)
Robert Schumann (1810-1856)
Maurice Ravel (1875-1937)
Heitor Villa-Lobos (1887-1959)
Epilogue. - Digital[edited by] Richard J. Martin, Avroy A. Fanaroff ; associate editor, Michele C. Walsh.Summary: A must-have reference for both general physicians and advanced practice providers, Fanaroff and Martin's Neonatal-Perinatal Medicine: Diseases of the Fetus and Infant provides trusted, time-tested guidance on the management and evidence-based treatment of problems in the mother, fetus, and neonate. The fully revised 12th Edition is an ideal resource for every stage of practice and remains the most comprehensive, multidisciplinary text in the field. Drs. Richard J. Martin and Avroy A. Fanaroff from Rainbow Babies and Children's Hospital bring you up to date with everything from diagnosis and treatment selection through post-treatment strategies and management of complications--all with a dual focus on neonatology and perinatology, and all designed to help you improve the quality of life and long-term outcomes of your patients.
Contents:
The field of neonatal-perinatal medicine
The fetus
Pregnancy disorders and their impact on the fetus
The delivery room
Resuscitation of the newborn
The physical environment in neonatal care
Provisions for neonatal care
Developmental pharmacology
The immune system
The central nervous system
The respiratory system
The cardiovascular system
The blood and hematopoietic system
The gastrointestinal tract
Metabolic and endocrine disorders
Neonatal jaundice and liver disease
The kidney and urinary tract
The skin
The eye
Neonatal orthopedics.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digitaledited by Leswin Laubscher, Derek Hook and Miraj U. Desai.Summary: "Fanon, Phenomenology and Psychology is the first edited collection dedicated to exploring the explicitly phenomenological foundations underlying Frantz Fanon's most important insights. Featuring contributions from many of the world's leading scholars on Fanon, this volume foregrounds a series of crucial phenomenological topics - inclusive of the domains of experience, structure, embodiment, and temporality - pertaining to the analysis and interrogation of racism and anti-Blackness. Chapters highlight and expand Fanon's ongoing importance to the discipline of psychology while opening compelling new perspectives on psychopathology, decolonial praxis, racialized time, Whiteness, the 'racial ontologizing of the body', Black Consciousness and Africana phenomenology. Topics explored include the colonial gaze, black subjectivity, the language of oppression, colonized consciousness, and the trauma of racism. In an era characterized by resurgent forms of anti-Blackness and racism this book is essential reading for students, scholars, and activists who remain inspired by Fanon's legacy"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Cover
Endorsement Page
Half Title
Series Page
Title Page
Copyright Page
Dedication
Table of Contents
List of Contributors
Foreword: Hospitality and Psychiatry: Just a Gut Feeling
Acknowledgments
Of Bodies That Matter: Fanon, Phenomenology, and Psychology
Part I Situating Fanon's Phenomenology
Chapter 1 Decolonizing Madness: The Psychiatric Writings of Frantz Fanon
Chapter 2 My Body, This Skin, This Fire
Chapter 3 Frantz Fanon's Phenomenology of Black Mind: Sources, Critique, Dialectic
Part II Fanon and the Psychological
Chapter 4 Psychology, the Psychological, and Critical Praxis: A Phenomenologist Reads Frantz Fanon
Chapter 5 Frantz Fanon and the Decolonial Turn in Psychology: From Modern/Colonial Methods to the Decolonial Attitude
Chapter 6 Frantz Fanon and Psychopathology: The Progressive Infrastructure of Black Skin, White Masks
Chapter 7 Racial Ontologizing Through the Body
Part III Fanon's Uses of Phenomenology
Chapter 8 Corporeal Schemas and Body Images: Fanon, Merleau-Ponty, and the Lived Experience of Race
Chapter 9 The Facticity of Blackness: A Non-Conceptual Approach to the Study of Race and Racism in Fanon's and Merleau-Ponty's Phenomenology
Chapter 10 "The Place Where Life Hides Away": Merleau-Ponty, Fanon, and the Location of Bodily Being
Chapter 11 Fanon, Merleau-Ponty, and the Difference of Phenomenology
Part IV Temporality and Racism
Chapter 12 Too Late: Fanon, the Dismembered Past, and a Phenomenology of Racialized Time
Chapter 13 From "Get Over It" to "Tear It Down": Racialized Temporalities, "White Time," and Temporal Contestations
Chapter 14 To Dwell for the Postcolonial
Part V Phenomenology after Fanon
Chapter 15 A Phenomenology of Biko's Black Consciousness
Chapter 16 A Phenomenology of Whiteness
Chapter 17 Africana Phenomenology: Its Philosophical Implications
Index - PrintArthur Allen.Summary: The story of "Jewish prisoner-scientists in Buchenwald who made a vaccine against ... typhus. Their untold secret: they provided the real vaccine to camp inmates but a fake one to German troops at the eastern front"--Dust jacket back. Describes the true story of how the eccentric Polish scientist tasked by the Nazis to create a typhus vaccine hid the intelligentsia from the Gestapo by hiring them to work in his laboratory.
Contents:
1. Lice, war, typhus, madness
2. City on the edge of time
3. The Louse feeders
4. The Nazi doctors and the shape of things to come
5. War and epidemics
6. Parasites
7. The Fantastic laboratory of Dr. Wiegl [sic]
8. Armies of winter
9. The Terrifying clinic of Dr. Ding
10. "Paradise" at Auschwitz
11. Buchenwald - rabbit stew and fake vaccine
12. Imperfect justice. - DigitalBoris Boincean, David Dent.Summary: 'This book deals with the sustainability of agriculture on the Black Earth by drawing on data from long-term field experiments. It emphasises the opportunities for greater food and water security at local and regional levels. The Black Earth, Chernozem in Russian, is the best arable soil in the world and the breadbasket of Europe and North America. It was the focus of scientific study at the very beginnings of soil science in the late 19th century-as a world in itself, created by the roots of the steppe grasses building a water-stable granular structure that holds plentiful water, allows rapid infiltration of rain and snow melt, and free drainage of any surplus. Under the onslaught of industrial farming, Chernozem have undergone profound but largely unnoticed changes with far-reaching consequences-to the point that agriculture on Chernozem is no longer sustainable. The effects of agricultural practices on global warming, the diversion of rainfall away from replenishment of water resources to destructive runoff, and the pollution of streams and groundwater are all pressing issues. Sustainability absolutely requires that these consequences be arrested.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Acknowledgements; Overview; Introduction; A New Paradigm for Sustainable Intensification of Farming on Chernozem. As the Best Arable Soil in the World, It is Under the Greatest Pressure; Lessons from Long-Term Field Experiments on Chernozem; Similarity of the Yields of Different Crops and the Productivity of the Whole Crop Rotation Regardless of the Kind and Frequency of Tillage; Inherent Soil Fertility Makes a Big Contribution to Crop Yields; Restoring Soil Fertility Through Carbon Sequestration; References; Contents; About the Authors; 1 Changing the Farming Paradigm 1.1 Introduction1.2 Changing the Paradigm; 1.2.1 Indiscriminate Agricultural Intensification and Its Consequences; 1.2.2 Input-Based Agricultural Intensification and Food Security; 1.2.3 Ecological Consequences of the Industrial Model of Agricultural Intensification; 1.2.4 Societal Consequences of Indiscriminate and Excessive Industrial Inputs; 1.3 Holistic Approach to Farm Management: CNPK versus NPK; 1.3.1 Classical Agronomy and the Importance of Soil Fertility; 1.3.2 Feeding the Soils versus Feeding the Crops; 1.4 A New Paradigm; 1.5 Conclusions; References 2 Agroecology: Science for Sustainable Intensification of Agriculture2.1 Sustainable Intensification of Agriculture; 2.1.1 Agroecology; 2.2 Natural Ecosystems as Models for Sustainable Agroecosystems; 2.3 Conclusions; References; 3 Land Use, Soil Quality and Management of Soil Organic Matter; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Land-Use Change and Soil Management; 3.3 Soil Health and Quality; 3.4 Soil Organic Matter and Its Transformation in Chernozem; 3.5 Soil Structure: The Most Revealing Indicator of Soil Fertility in Chernozem; 3.6 Conclusions; References; 4 Carbon Sequestration and Climate Change 4.1 Introduction4.2 Carbon Sequestration Under Different Farming Practices; 4.2.1 Annual versus Perennial Cropping; No-till versus Conventional Cultivation; 4.2.2 Crop Rotation and Continuous Monocropping; 4.2.3 Topsoil versus Subsoil; Roots versus Shoots; 4.2.4 Fertilization; 4.2.5 Irrigation; 4.2.6 Tillage; 4.3 Climate Change; 4.4 Conclusions; References; 5 Crop Rotation; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Principles for Building Crop Rotations; 5.2.1 Diversity of Crops; 5.2.2 Alternation of Crops with Different Rooting Depths; 5.2.3 Restoration of Soil Organic Matter 5.2.4 Preventing Soil Erosion and Droughts5.2.5 Increasing the Innate Capacity of Crops and Soils to Suppress Weeds, Pests and Disease, and Avoid Soil Exhaustion; 5.3 Conclusions; References; 6 Tillage and Conservation Agriculture; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 To Plough or Not to Plough?; 6.3 Yields and Soil Fertility under No-till and Conventional Tillage; 6.4 The Role of Crop Residues in No-till; 6.5 Conservation Agriculture; 6.5.1 Lessons Learned; 6.5.2 Pros and Cons; 6.6 Weed Management: No-till, Agrochemicals, Biodiversity and Public Health; 6.7 Conclusions; References - Digitaledited by Robert Schleip, Carla Stecco, Mark Driscoll, Pete Huijing ; foreword by Professor Andry Vleeming, PhD.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2022
- DigitalDinesh Kumar Singh, Vinay Kumar Singh, Raghubir Narayan Singh, Pradeep Kumar.Summary: This book provides an up-to-date review of fasciolosis, a disease caused by Fasciola hepatica and Fasciola gigantica, including its biology, transmission, epidemiology, host distribution, economic impact, and novel approaches for its diagnosis, treatment and prevention. It first offers a brief overview of the history of the disease, the genetic diversity of the parasite and its distribution, and the ecology of the vector snail, which belongs to the Lymnaeidae/Planorbidae family. It also examines the current strategies and novel approaches for controlling the parasite, diagnosing infections and vaccine development. Importantly, it highlights issues relating to the control of fasciolosis, including drug resistance, lack of effective diagnostics, and the parasites long-term survival strategies based on regulation and modulation of the host immune system. Lastly, it discusses the novel control snail vectors using bait formulations, and synergetic and phototherapy treatment with chlorophyllin, which does not kill the vector.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
About the Book
Contents
About the Authors
1: Fasciolosis
1.1 Fasciolosis Status
1.2 Economic Importance
1.3 Human Fasciolosis
1.4 Animal Fasciolosis
1.5 Life Cycle of Fasciola
1.5.1 Miracidium
1.5.2 Sporocyst
1.5.3 Redia
1.5.4 Cercaria
1.5.5 Metacercaria
1.6 Genetic Characterization of Fasciola
1.7 Evolutionary Origin
References
2: Fasciolosis Constrain in India
2.1 Humid Subtropical Climate with Dry Winter
2.1.1 Uttar Pradesh
2.1.2 Uttarakhand
2.1.3 Haryana
2.1.4 Delhi
2.1.5 Punjab 2.1.6 West Bengal
2.1.7 Odisha
2.1.8 Bihar
2.1.9 Jharkhand
2.2 Tropical Rain Forest Region
2.2.1 Meghalaya
2.2.2 Assam
2.2.3 Andaman and Nicobar Islands
2.2.4 Arunachal Pradesh
2.2.5 Sikkim/Manipur/Nagaland/Mizoram
2.3 Tropical Steppe
2.3.1 Gujarat
2.3.2 Rajasthan
2.4 Tropical Semi-Eric Steppe
2.4.1 Maharashtra
2.4.2 Tamil Nadu
2.4.3 Karnataka
2.4.4 Andhra Pradesh
2.4.5 Kerala
2.5 Tropical Savanna Region
2.5.1 Madhya Pradesh
2.5.2 Chhattisgarh
2.6 Mountain Climate
2.6.1 Himachal Pradesh
2.7 Temperate/Subtemperate Region 2.7.1 Jammu and Kashmir
References
3: Distribution and Ecology of Lymnaeidae/Planorbidae Snails in India
3.1 Family: Lymnaeidae
3.1.1 Subgenus Pseudosuccinea
3.1.2 Lymnaea (Pseudosuccinea) biacuminata: (Mitra et al. 2005)
3.1.3 Lymnaea luteola Lamark, 1822
3.1.4 Lymnaea ovalior, Annandale and Prashad 1921
3.1.5 Lymnaea horae Annandale and Rao 1925
3.1.6 Lymnaea gedrosiana (Annandale and Prashad 1921)
3.1.7 Lymnaea mimetica Annandale, 1918
3.1.8 Lymnaea shanensis Annandale, 1918
3.2 Subgenus Galba
3.3 Subgenus Radix Montfort
3.3.1 Subgenus Lymnaea 3.3.2 Subgenus Stagnicola
3.3.3 Family Planorbidae
3.3.4 Genus Indoplanorbis Annandale and Prashad 1921
References
4: Fasciolosis Control
4.1 Diagnosis
4.2 Clinical Diagnosis
4.3 Blood Parameters and Enzyme Diagnosis
4.4 Parasitological Diagnosis
4.5 Immunodiagnosis
4.6 Vaccination
4.7 Fatty Acid-Binding Proteins
4.8 Cysteine Peptidase
4.9 Leucine Aminopeptidase
4.10 Glutathione S-Transferase
4.11 Treatment
References
5: Snail Control
5.1 Biological Control
5.2 Mechanical Control
5.3 Chemical Control
5.3.1 Metaldehyde 5.3.2 Niclosamide
5.3.3 Carbamate
5.3.4 Organophosphorous
5.3.5 Synthetic Pyrethroids
5.4 Plant-Derived Molluscicides
5.5 Cow Urine as Molluscicides
5.5.1 Cow Urine
5.5.2 Pesticidal Use of Cow Dung/Urine
5.6 Combined Action of Molluscicides
5.7 Bait Formulations in Snail Control
5.8 Phytotherapy of Snails to Control Fasciolosis
5.9 Photosensitivity of Host/Parasite and Molluscicide in Control of Fasciolosis
References - DigitalTyler Traister.Summary: "I wrote this book to provide nurses from all practice settings and experience levels the knowledge and understanding of how to care for the LGBTQ population. The first of its kind, this book offers the nurse concise and pragmatic information to deliver culturally competent and inclusive care. Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, and other gender minorities (LGBTQ) face unique challenges and barriers to accessing healthcare, resulting in poor health outcomes. Studies have consistently shown the greater risk for poor health outcomes due to fear or mistrust of healthcare providers, such as nurses, because of past discrimination and refusal of care and acceptance, which have created systemic health disparities. Nursing textbooks and education predominantly focus on cisgender heteronormative populations - leaving the nurse without the knowledge and information needed to care for this diverse population"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The ABCs of LGBTQ
Brief history of LGBTQ
Understanding sexual orientation and gender identity
LGBTQ cultural competence
Health disparities of LGBTQ people
Stigma and discrimination against LGBTQ people
LGBTQ substance use & substance use disorders
LGBTQ behavioral health
Self-awareness and bias
Communication best practices
History and physical examination of LGBTQ
Transgender health and nursing care
Understanding hormone therapy
Caring for LGBTQ youth
Caring for LGBTQ older adults
Creating inclusive environments
Advocacy, policy, and legal issues for LGBTQ populations
Healthcare equality index
Developing and integrating LGBTQ content into nursing education.Digital Access R2Library 2022 - DigitalGregory L. Smith, MD, MPH, Kevin F. Smith, MD, MPH.Summary: "This book is an overview about how cannabinoids can play an integral part in a patient's pain management treatment plan. It is a resource for anyone working with patients experiencing chronic non-cancer related pain, including physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, and bedside nurses"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Chronic Pain and Opioids
Current Cost of the Opioid Epidemic
Opioid Use Disorder
History and Legality of Cannabis
Overview of the Endocannabinoid System (ECS)
Cannabinoids and Terpenes
Synthetic Cannabinoid Pharmaceuticals
Isolate Cannabinoid Pharmaceuticals
Medical Marijuana and Bioavailability
Side Effects of Cannabis Use
Causes of Chronic Pain
Treating Chronic Pain with Opioids
Treating Chronic Pain with Cannabinoids
Cannabinoid and Opioid Interactions
Cannabis as an Adjunct to Opioids
Opioid Sparing with Cannabinoids.Digital Access R2Library 2021 - DigitalMaryann Godshall.Contents:
Introduction to evidence-based practice
Asking the compelling question
The Iowa method of EBP to promote quality care
A basic understanding of research
Quantitative research
Qualitative research
Finding the evidence
Evaluating the evidence
Barriers to disseminating the evidence
EBP in the nurse residency program
Examples of a PICO/T process.Digital Access R2Library 2020Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalDina Hewett, PhD, RN, CCRN, NEA-BC.Summary: "This book is designed for a new graduate or recent graduate transitioning into the critical care environment. Designed as a quick reference of the most common admitting diagnoses in critical care including causes, signs and symptoms and interventions, this text will be used every day"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library 2020
- DigitalFrank J. Domino.Contents:
Pediatrics
Internal medicine
Obstetrics and gynecology
Psychiatry
Surgery/emergency care
Geriatrics
General facts.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - DigitalTrisha Myers.Summary: ""Wounds" - What a broad term! The Original Roget's International Thesaurus gives all of the following terms for "wounds": trauma, injury, hurt, lesion, cut, incision, scratch, gash, puncture, stab, laceration, mutilation, abrasion, gangrene, necrosis, and more. If Roget were a healthcare provider looking at a wound for the first time, he would not stop with just a simple surface term. In a split second, he would send all that information to his mental search engine for processing. His simple surface term, abrasion, would generate more sensory input such as: classifications - common, complex, or atypical, chronic, or acute, and bioburden - clean, dirty, infected, and so on. Before heaving a big sigh, he might have contemplated nutrition and pain management. After all this was sufficiently processed, another broad concept would surface. "I need a remedy." Roget's brain interface system would go into overdrive, bouncing from one neuron to neuron as more definitions came to mind, such as : relief, help, restorative, medicine, drug, soothing, debridement, salve, antibiotics, poultices, bandage, healing, curative, restorative, palliative, protective...oh, and coming up for air...preventive. Whew!"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Attacking the Basics: What Fuels a Wound
The Phases of Wound Healing and Types of Wound Closure
Acute Wounds
Chronic Lower Extremity Wounds
Pressure Injuries
Atypical, Complex Wounds
Assessing Wounds
Documenting and Photographing Wounds
Selecting the Correct Dressings
Biologic Agents and Skin Substitutes
Wound Debridement
Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy
Caring for Ostomies and Fistulas
The Promotion of Skin Integrity
Selecting Optimal Support Surfaces and Patient Positioning
Qualifications and Certifications for Wound Care
Facility Accreditation
The Center for Medicare and Medicaid Healthcare's Common Procedural Coding SystemDigital Access R2Library 2022Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalLynda R. Hardy, PhD, RN, FAAN, editor.Summary: "This book begins with a description of what is data and why it is important. The chapters explain how you can influence the quality of data and gain an understanding to advocate for the effective capture and use of data to improve your knowledge and provide the best patient care possible. The book will help you understand how you can influence the effective use of technology in healthcare delivery"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Informatics and why it matters / Lynda R Hardy & Ann Deerhake
Informatics frameworks and competencies : what a nurse needs to know / Carolyn Sipes & Lynda R Hardy
The power of data / Rebecca Freeman & Helen Hill
Technology and informatics / Tami Wyatt & Xueping Li
Getting familiar with the architecture : computing systems, networks, and data security / Lisa Blair
The EHR/EMR/PHR / Angela Wilson-VanMeter, Laurel Courtney
Decision support in the age of precision health / Lisa Blair
Informatics and the floor nurse / Laurel Courtney & Judith Moore
Digital health : mHealth, telehealth, and wearables / Rebecca, Koszalinski, Marjorie Kelley, Tara R. O'Brien
Ethical, legal, and regulatory issues / Carolyn Sipes & Lynda R Hardy
The user experience / Paula Smailes & Marjorie Kelley.Digital Access R2Library 2020 - DigitalMaggie Ciocco.Summary: This pocket-sized, quick-access guide gives nurses crucial information they need to understand, identify, and effectively counter incivility, bullying, and violence in all nursing settings. Viewing nurse bullying as an institutional problem, this text expounds upon the American Nurses Association (ANA) position statement "Incivility, Bullying, and Workplace Violence" and includes definitions and statistics about nurse bullying and guidance on what nurses at any level can do when faced with a bully. Delivered in an easy-to-read, bulleted format, this resource covers all aspects of the problem, explores why nurses bully each other, and discusses and quantifies the cost and impact of bullying on individuals, the workplace, and the broader health care system. Four institutional case study chapters delineate the different forms bullying can take and provide advice on how to handle them, and a "bully-proofing" chapter offers such useful tools as a bullying checklist and a guide to "de-toxifying" the workplace, as well as an explanation of the ANA Code of Ethics as it relates to bullying. Key Features: Addresses all facets of nurse bullying, from origins and manifestations to evidence-based interventions and prevention strategies; Based on the hallmark ANA document "Incivility, Bullying, and Workplace Violence"; Contains 10 instructive case studies depicting common bullying scenarios; Proivdes a wealth of anti-bullying resources for use in all nursing settings. -- from back cover.
Contents:
Bullying, incivility, and workplace violence in nursing : the scope and impact of the problem
What is a bully?
Incivility in nursing / Latoya N. Rawlins
Bullying in nursing
Understanding workplace violence in health care
The cost of nurse bullying on the health care system
Bullying and the nurse : effects, resolution, and healing
The responsibilities of nursing leadership and the employer
Resisting a bully
Nurse bullying and the law / Jackeline Biddle Shuler
Bullying and the student nurse
Case studies : bullying and the student nurse
Bullying and the novice nurse
Case studies : bullying and the novice nurse
Bullying in nursing education
Case studies : bullying in nursing education
Case studies : bullying in nursing administration.Digital Access R2Library 2018Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaledited by Sydney R. Coleman, Riccardo Mazzola, and Lee L.Q. Pu ; illustrated by Eric Olson, Wendy Hiller Gee and Kathy M. Grey.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Mathew M. Avram.Summary: "The perception of an inadequate body shape is a cause of concern to many people, and new techniques for altering body shape are increasingly being developed and offered to patients. Of these, the removal and transfer of fat is fast growing in importance and availability. This practical guide offers a comprehensive overview of this rapidly-evolving field, and thorough coverage of the implementation of fat removal techniques, both invasive and non-invasive, in a cosmetic practice. It begins with an overview of basic fat anatomy and physiology as an important introduction to this topic. The distinction between the physiology and treatment of cellulite and fat is also discussed. The next section of the book covers invasive treatments of fat such as traditional liposuction, laser-assisted liposuction, fat transfer procedures and mesotherapy. The latter half of the book largely focuses on non-invasive treatments for fat, including radiofrequency, ultrasound, cooling and laser technologies for fat removal. Throughout, potential complications and pitfalls of the various treatments are discussed. Edited by Matthew Avram, with contributions from a group of clinical stars, this book will appeal to cosmetic dermatologists, plastic surgeons, aesthetic medical practitioners, and obstetricians/gynaecologists"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2015
- PrintGail Jarrow.Summary: Chronicles the story of the early 1900s typhoid fever epidemic in New York, providing details as to how its infamous carrier was ultimately tracked down and stopped.-- (Source of description not identified)
Contents:
Hidden
Germ detective
Death in Ithaca
"An enemy that moves in the dark"
Mysterious outbreak
A threat to the city
Pursuit
Inside the white walls
"The most dangerous woman in America"
Into thin air
Island exile
The rest of the story. - DigitalPankaj Kumar Gupta, Ram Naresh Bharagava, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This volume offers detailed information on the behaviour of various water pollutants, and on the principles and concepts of groundwater flow and transport. It will help readers to understand and execute the planning, supervision, and review of solute transport and groundwater modeling projects. The book also discusses the role and fate of elements that have been identified as major contaminants in surface and subsurface waters, and their adverse effects on ecology and human health. The book explores this theme throughout four sections - a. Understanding Soil-Water Systems, b. Fate and Transport of Pollutants, c. Physico-Chemical Treatment of Wastewater and d. Microbial Techniques Used to Decontaminate Soil-Water Systems. Introducing readers to a range of recent advances concerning the fundamentals of subsurface water treatment, it offers a valuable guide for teachers, researchers, policymakers, and undergraduate and graduate students of hydrology, environmental microbiology, biotechnology and the environmental sciences. It also provides field engineers and industrial practitioners with essential support in the effective remediation and management of polluted sites.
Contents:
Fate and transport of pollutants in subsurface: evolution of knowledge and understanding
Governing mechanisms of fate and transport of target pollutants in subsurface
Transport behaviour of gaseous contaminants through subsurface system
Aqueous two-phase system: an alternative process for industrial dye recovery
Leaching behaviors of agricultural contaminants in heterogeneous system
Contribution of ground water in the calculation of net GHG fluxes from freshwater bodies
Application of visual mod-flow in groundwater flow modeling at the left crescent of the Ganga river, Varanasi, India
Impacts of climate and land use changes on water resources at basin level
Occurrence of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) in environment: impact and remediation techniques
Fate and transport of non-aqueous phase liquids (NAPLs) in subsurface: laboratory studies
Treatment of pharmaceutical and personal care products (PPCPs) before discharging to agricultural lands
Mechanistic understanding of heterogeneous photocatalysis for the dye degradation in wastewater
Arsenic pollution in groundwater and its in-situ remediation technologies
Groundwater contamination susceptibility in watershed of stream São Lourenço in southern Brazil
Dynamic of heavy metals and environmental impact of waste phosphogypsum
Mitigation of ground water pollution: heavy metal retention characteristics of fly ash based liner material
Micropollutants in wastewater: health risk assessment, biomonitoring and bioremediation
Groundwater pollution by geogenic and industrial pollutants
Impact of climatic variabilities on groundwater resources
Salinization of coastal groundwater resource in the perspective of climate change
Impact of climate change variability on groundwater resource in southern western Nigeria as case study. - DigitalAmir Sharafkhaneh, Max Hirshkowitz, editors.Summary: In this soon-to-be gold-standard text, a distinguished panel of experts provides a comprehensive discussion of the various medical, neurological, psychiatric, and psychological factors underlying fatigue and sleepiness in the workplace and in patients. In reviewing current best practices in managing fatigue and sleepiness conditions to improve workplace safety, the book importantly begins with an overview of fatigue's definitions and concepts. It then moves into discussing the historical perspective on sleepiness and fatigue, the definitions and classifications of fatigue, and assessments of fatigue in the laboratory and in clinical settings. The book continues by exploring medical causes of fatigue in detail; how medication and recreational agents may result in fatigue; and the treatment of sleep disorders. Additional topics include best practices in the treatment of narcolepsy and hypersomnia, a review of circadian rhythm and fatigue, the treatment of heart failure and improvement in fatigue, and the management of fatigue in hospitalized patients. A major contribution to the field, this invaluable title will be of significant interest to all clinicians concerned with safeguarding safety in the workplace by accurately diagnosing and managing patients with fatigue and sleepiness problems. Researchers will also find this title of great interest.
- Printedited by Terrence L. Trentman, Brantley D. Gaitan, Bhargavi Gali, Rebecca L. Johnson, Jeffrey T. Mueller, Steven H. Rose, Toby N. Weingarten.
- PrintJeffrey V. Ravetch, Falk Nimmerjahn, editors, responsible series editor: Rino Rappuoli.Summary: This volume explores several aspects of how antibodies mediate their activity in vivo, ranging from cancer immunotherapy to autoimmunity, infection, and vaccination. Divided into seven chapters, it provides in-depth insights into how antibodies and especially the antibody fragment crystallizable (Fc) domain modulate immune responses and antibody activity. The book begins by discussing evolutionary aspects of how the family of Fc receptors that are the key molecules for antibody activity evolved. In turn, it addresses the molecular and cellular pathways underlying IgG activity in cancer immunotherapy, and focuses on how IgG glycosylation regulates IgG and IgE activity in autoimmunity, allergy and infection. In closing, it presents strategies for developing novel antibody-based vaccination approaches. The book is intended for a very broad readership, including graduate students, postdocs and principal investigators with a basic grasp of immunology.
- DigitalJeffrey V. Ravetch, Falk Nimmerjahn.Summary: This volume explores several aspects of how antibodies mediate their activity in vivo, ranging from cancer immunotherapy to autoimmunity, infection, and vaccination. Divided into seven chapters, it provides in-depth insights into how antibodies and especially the antibody fragment crystallizable (Fc) domain modulate immune responses and antibody activity. The book begins by discussing evolutionary aspects of how the family of Fc receptors that are the key molecules for antibody activity evolved. In turn, it addresses the molecular and cellular pathways underlying IgG activity in cancer immunotherapy, and focuses on how IgG glycosylation regulates IgG and IgE activity in autoimmunity, allergy and infection. In closing, it presents strategies for developing novel antibody-based vaccination approaches. The book is intended for a very broad readership, including graduate students, postdocs and principal investigators with a basic grasp of immunology.
Contents:
IgG Fc receptors: evolutionary considerations
Role of FcgRs in Antibody Based Cancer Therapy
Anti-inflammatory Activity of IgG-Fc
IgG Fc glycosylation in human immunity
IgE Glycosylation in Health and Disease
Immune Complex Vaccination
Fc receptors in anti-microbial protection. - Digital/PrintMarc Daëron, Falk Nimmerjahn, editors.Summary: This volume provides a state-of-the-art update on Fc Receptors (FcRs). It is divided into five parts. Part I, Old and New FcRs, deals with the long-sought-after Fc[micro]R and the recently discovered FCRL family and TRIM21. Part II, FcR Signaling, presents a computational model of Fc[epsilon]RI signaling, novel calcium channels, and the lipid phosphatase SHIP1. Part III, FcR Biology, addresses major physiological functions of FcRs, their glycosylation, how they induce and regulate both adaptive immune responses and inflammation, especially in vivo, FcR humanized mice, and the multifaceted properties of FcRn. Part IV, FcRs and Disease, discusses FcR polymorphism, FcRs in rheumatoid arthritis and whether their FcRs make macaques good models for studying HIV infection. In Part V, FcRs and Therapeutic Antibodies, the roles of various FcRs, including FcgRIIB and FcbRI, in the immunotherapy of cancer and autoimmune diseases using monoclonal antibodies and IVIg are highlighted. All 18 chapters were written by respected experts in their fields, offering an invaluable reference source for scientists and clinicians interested in FcRs and how to better master antibodies for therapeutic purposes.
Contents:
The Old but New IgM Fc Receptor (Fc[mu]R)
Emerging Roles for FCRL Family Members in Lymphocyte Biology and Disease
Intracellular antibody immunity and the cytosolic Fc receptor TRIM21
Computational modeling of the main signaling pathways involved in mast cell activation
Calcium channels in FcR signaling
Regulation of Fc[epsilon]RI signaling by lipid phosphatases
Fc Receptors as Adaptive Immunoreceptors
Glycosylation and Fc Receptors
Antibodies as natural adjuvants
IgA, IgA receptors and their anti-inflammatory properties
Humanized mice to study FcgR function
FcRn: from molecular interactions to regulation of IgG pharmacokinetics and functions
Human FcR polymorphism and disease
Bridging auto-antibodies and arthritis; the role of Fc Receptors
The FcgR of humans and non-human primates and their interaction with IgG: Implications for induction of inflammation, resistance to infection and the use of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies
FcgRIIB as a key determinant of agonistic antibody efficacy
Fc receptor dependent mechanisms of monoclonal antibody therapy of cancer; professionals at work
Sweet and Sour: The role of glycosylation for the anti-inflammatory activity of immunoglobulin G. - DigitalLawrence X. Yu, Bing V. Li, editors.Summary: This comprehensive reference provides an in-depth discussion on state-of-the-art regulatory science in bioequivalence. In sixteen chapters, the volume explores a broad range of topics pertaining to bioequivalence, including its origin and principles, statistical considerations, food effect studies, conditions for waivers of bioequivalence studies, Biopharmaceutics Classification Systems, Biopharmaceutics Drug Disposition Classification System, bioequivalence modeling/simulation, and best practices in bioanalysis. It also discusses bioequivalence studies with pharmacodynamic and clinical endpoints as well as bioequivalence approaches for highly variable drugs, narrow therapeutic index drugs, liposomes, locally acting gastrointestinal drug products, topical products, and nasal and inhalation products. FDA Bioequivalence Standards is written by FDA regulatory scientists who develop regulatory policies and conduct regulatory assessment of bioequivalence. As such, both practical case studies and fundamental science are highlighted in these chapters. The book is a valuable resource for scientists who work in the pharmaceutical industry, regulatory agencies, and academia as well as undergraduate and graduate students looking to expand their knowledge about bioequivalence standards.
Contents:
1 Bioequivalence History
2 Fundamentals of Bioequivalence
3 Basic Statistical Considerations
4 The Effects of Food on Drug Bioavailability and Bioequivalence
5 Bio waiver and Biopharmaceutics Classification System
6 Bioequivalence of Highly Variable Drugs
7 Partial Area under the Curve: An Additional Pharmacokinetic Metric for Bioavailability and Bioequivalence Assessments
8 Bioequivalence for Narrow Therapeutic Index Drugs
9 Pharmacodynamic Endpoint-based Bioequivalence Studies
10 Clinical Endpoint Bioequivalence Study
11 Bioequivalence for Liposomal Drug Products
12 Bioequivalence for Drug Products Acting Locally within Gastrointestinal Tract
13 Bioequivalence for Topical Drug Products
14 Bioequivalence for Orally Inhaled and Nasal Drug Products
15 Bioequivalence: Modeling and Simulation
16 Bioanalysis. - DigitalWilliam H. Eaglstein.Summary: "This book explains the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) as an institution and provides understanding of its nomenclature, societal role, policies, goals and challenges. While many readers will have some knowledge of the FDA, few have an appreciation of the many specific areas of FDA authority. The FDA for Doctors is not for those looking for detailed instruction on dealing with the FDA or its operations. Rather, it is written by a doctor with doctors in mind, with the hope that the information in this book will make physicians, and other readers, more thoughtful and insightful, especially with regards totherapeutics and the many broad societal issues underlying FDA's activities. With over 40 years of experience as a clinical investigator in many trials done for FDA registration, the author has been a member of and chaired an FDA advisory committee, and has been a consultant to several divisions of the FDA. He has also had the opportunity to serve on the U.S. Senate Labor Committee, helping with its FDA oversight activities. In addition to a long academic medical career the author has been a consultant to and a full time employee of drug and device companies"--Back cover.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalTom Brody.Summary: FDA's Drug Review Process and the Package Label provides guidance to pharmaceutical companies for writing FDA-submissions, such as the NDA, BLA, Clinical Study Reports, and Investigator's Brochures. The book provides guidance to medical writers for drafting FDA-submissions in a way more likely to persuade FDA reviewers to grant approval of the drug. In detail, the book reproduces data on efficacy and safety from one hundred different FDA-submissions (NDAs, BLAs). The book reproduces comments and complaints from FDA reviewers regarding data that are fragmentary, ambiguous, or that detract from the drug's approvability, and the book reveals how sponsors overcame FDA's concerns and how sponsors succeeded in persuading FDA to grant approval of the drug. The book uses the most reliable and comprehensive source of information available for writing FDA-submissions, namely text and data from NDAs and BLAs, as published on FDA's website. The source material for writing this book included about 80,000 pages from FDA's Medical Reviews, FDA's Clinical Pharmacology Reviews, and FDA's Pharmacology Reviews, from one hundred different NDAs or BLAs for one hundred different drugs. Each chapter focuses on a different section of the package label, e.g., the Dosage and Administration section or the Drug Interactions section, and demonstrates how the sponsor's data supported that section of the package label.
Contents:
1. Introduction; 2. FDA's decision-making process when assessing ambiguous data; 3. Food effect studies; 4. Dose modification and dose titration; 5. Contraindications; 6. Animal studies; 7. Drug-drug interactions
Part One (small molecule drugs); 8. Drug-drug interactions
Part Two (therapeutic proteins); 9. Immunosuppression, drug-induced hypersensitivity reactions, and drug-induced autoimmune reactions; 10. Drug class analysis; 11. Relatedness; 12. Adjudication of clinical data; 13. Coding; 14. PoolingDigital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalMatthieu Pelletier-Galarneau, Patrick Martineau, editors.Summary: This book is a clinically oriented, up-to-date, and in-depth review of the various applications of FDG-PET/CT and PET/MR in cardiovascular diseases with emphasis on the current available evidence. Positron emission tomography (PET) imaging with fluorodeoxyglucose (FDG) has seen increased applications in cardiovascular diseases over the last decades. Its utility is already established in a wide range of conditions, including myocardial viability imaging, assessment of inflammatory diseases such as sarcoidosis and vasculitis, as well as imaging of infectious processes, such as infective endocarditis and cardiac implantable electronic device infection. In addition, there are several emerging indications such as the imaging of left ventricular assisting device infection and native valve endocarditis as well as new applications under investigation. The first section of the book reviews the technical basis of cardiovascular PET/CT and PET/MR imaging as well as cardiac metabolism. The following chapters each present specific pathologies, presenting epidemiology, pathophysiology, and diagnostic strategies, along with high quality clinical cases to support the discussion. The final chapter is a review of 15 interesting and clinically relevant cases. This is an ideal guide for nuclear medicine physicians, cardiologists, radiologists, residents, post-graduate fellows, and technologists.
Contents:
Section I: Instrumentation and Metabolism
Cardiac Positron Emission Tomography Basics
Cardiac PET/MR basics
Review of Cardiac Metabolism and FDG
Myocardial Suppression Protocols
Section II: Inflammatory and Malignant Disorders
Cardiac Sarcoidosis
Myocarditis
Large Vessel Vasculitis
Pericardial Diseases
Ventricular Arrhythmias
FDG-PET Imaging of Cardiac Tumors
Section III: Cardiovascular Infections
Prosthetic Valve Endocarditis
Native Valve Endocarditis
Cardiac Implantable Electronic Device Infection
Vascular Graft Infection
Left Ventricular Assisting Device Infection
Sternal Wound Infection
Section IV: Atherosclerotic Disease
Peripheral Atherosclerotic Disease
Coronary Artery Disease
Viability Imaging
Section V: FDG-PET in Special Populations
Pediatrics Cardiovascular FDG-PET imaging
FDG-PET/CT in Heart Transplant
Pitfalls of FDG-PET in cardiovascular Imaging
Atlas of Cases. - Digitaledited by Sheila S. David.Contents:
1. Genetic, biochemical, and biophysical methods for studying Fe-S proteins and their assembly
2. De novo design of iron-sulfur proteins
3. In vitro studies of cellular iron-sulfur cluster biosynthesis, trafficking, and transport
4. Combined biochemical, biophysical, and cellular methods to study Fe-S cluster transfer and cytosolic aconitase repair to MitoNEET
5. Defining the architecture of the core machinery for the assembly of Fe-S clusters in human mitochondria
6. Fe-S cluster Hsp70 chaperones: the ATPase cycle and protein interactions
7. B. subtilis as a model for studying the assembly of Fe-S clusters in gram-positive bacteria
8. Structural characterization of poised states in the oxygen sensitive hydrogenases and nitrogenases
9. Nitorgenase assembly: strategies and procedures
10. TsrM as a model for purifying and characterizing cobalamin-dependent radical S-adenosylmethionine methylases
11. Mechanism-based strategies for structural characterization of radical SAM reaction intermediates
12. A polymerase with potential: the Fe-S cluster in human DNA primase
Author index
Subject index.Digital Access - PrintSabrina Strings.Summary: "There is an obesity epidemic in this country and poor black women are particularly stigmatized as "diseased" and a burden on the public health care system. This is only the most recent incarnation of the fear of fat black women, which Sabrina Strings shows took root more than two hundred years ago. Strings weaves together an eye-opening historical narrative ranging from the Renaissance to the current moment, analyzing important works of art, newspaper and magazine articles, and scientific literature and medical journals--where fat bodies were once praised--showing that fat phobia, as it relates to black women, did not originate with medical findings, but with the Enlightenment era belief that fatness was evidence of "savagery" and racial inferiority. The author argues that the contemporary ideal of slenderness is, at its very core, racialized and racist. Indeed, it was not until the early twentieth century, when racialized attitudes against fatness were already entrenched in the culture, that the medical establishment began its crusade against obesity. An important and original work, Fearing the Black Body argues convincingly that fat phobia isn't about health at all, but rather a means of using the body to validate race, class, and gender prejudice."--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction : the original epidemic
Being Venus
Plump women and thin, fine men
The rise of the big black woman
Birth of the ascetic aesthetic
American beauty : the reign of the slender aesthetic
Thinness as American exceptionalism
Good health to uplift the race
Fat, revisited
Epilogue : the obesity epidemic. - Digital/PrintDigital Access Google Books 1966-
- Digitaledited by Chengyu Liu, Jianqing Li.Summary: This book discusses feature engineering and computational intelligence solutions for ECG monitoring, with a particular focus on how these methods can be efficiently used to address the emerging challenges of dynamic, continuous & long-term individual ECG monitoring and real-time feedback. By doing so, it provides a "snapshot" of the current research at the interface between physiological signal analysis and machine learning. It also helps clarify a number of dilemmas and encourages further investigations in this field, to explore rational applications of feature engineering and computational intelligence in ECG monitoring. The book is intended for researchers and graduate students in the field of biomedical engineering, ECG signal processing, and intelligent healthcare.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Feature engineering and computational intelligence in ECG monitoring
an introduction
Chapter 2. Representative Databases for Feature Engineering and Computational Intelligence in ECG Processing
Chapter 3. An Overview of signal quality indices on dynamic ECG signal quality assessment
Chapter 4. Signal quality features in dynamic ECGs
Chapter 5. Motion Artifact Suppression Method in Wearable ECG
Chapter 6. Data Augmentation for Deep Learning based ECG analysis
Chapter 7. Study on Automatic Classification of Arrhythmias
Chapter 8. ECG Interpretation with deep learning
Chapter 9. Visualizing ECG contribution into Convolutional Neural Network classification
Chapter 10. Atrial fibrillation detection in dynamic signals
Chapter 11. Applications of Heart rate variability in Sleep Apnea
Chapter 12. False Alarm Rejection for ICU ECG Monitoring
Chapter 13. Respiratory Signal Extraction from ECG Signal
Chapter 14. Noninvasive Recording of Cardiac Autonomic Nervous Activity
Whats behind ECG?
Chapter 15. A questionnaire study on artificial intelligence and its effects on individual health and wearable device.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalMarco Cascella, Elvio De Blasio.Summary: This book underlines how COVID-19 is a multisystem inflammatory disease and how its pathophysiology can predispose to an increased risk of neurological issues. Several scientific pieces of evidence showes the mechanisms underlying the neuroinvasive capacity of the SARS-CoV-2 through direct viral damage and indirect processes entering the CNS by different routes including the vasculature, the olfactory and trigeminal nerves, the cerebrospinal fluid, and the lymphatic system inducing a direct neurotoxicity. Furthermore, the pro-inflammatory cytokine storm and oxidative stress can induce microglial activation and damage to the blood-brain barrier, culminating in widespread neuroinflammatory process. This acute neurotoxicity is clinically expressed as anosmia and ageusia, headache, nausea and vomiting, but other neurologic manifestations such as acute cerebrovascular diseases, consciousness impairment due to encephalitis, and meningitis are also described. The PNS can also be affected by infectious damage and clinical manifestations including Guillain-Barré syndrome, polyneuritis cranialis, and Miller Fisher Syndrome. A special issue concerns the neurocognitive dysfunction and altered consciousness manifested as delirium, agitation and confusion. Non-specific symptoms such as dizziness, seizures can accompany clinical pictures. Regardless of the admission diagnosis, a high percentage of patients discharged from ICUs develop disabilities affecting physical, cognitive and psychological activities. The symptoms such as asthenia, memory disturbances, depression, sleep disturbances, anxiety, and Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), configure the so-called Post-intensive Care Syndrome (PICS). Multimodal management during the ICU stay and implementation of follow-up programs at patient discharge can reduce the incidence of this syndrome, improving the quality of life of surviving patients. In this complex scenario, a careful clinical approach through reliable diagnostic tools, and epidemiological studies aimed at evaluating the dimensions of the problem also in economic terms, is urgently needed. This book represents a valuable aid for all those healthcare professionals (intensivists, neurologist and psychiatrists, as well) involved in the management of these critically ill patients.
Contents:
Introduction
Part I. Pathophysiology of COVID-19-associated neurotoxicity
An update on preclinical findings
Ongoing clinical investigations
Perspectives
Part II. Clinical manifestations of acute neurotoxicity
Clinical features
CNS complications
PNS complications
Diagnosis.-Management
Perspectives
Part III. Neurological and psychiatric sequelae in COVID-19 survivors.-Clinical features
Neurological late complications
psychological and psychiatric sequelae.-Diagnosis
Tools
The role of imaging
Preventive strategies
Social and economic impact.-Multidisciplinary management
Perspectives. - DigitalJean A. Klastersky, Consultant, Medical Oncology, Institut Jules Bordet, Centre des Tumeurs de l'Universite Libre de Bruxelles, Brussels, Belgium.Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Prevention of febrile neutropenia
3. Prediction of the risk of complications associated with febrile neutropenia
4. Management of low-risk patients
5. Management of non-low-risk patients with febrile neutropenia
6. Management of persistent fever in patients with neutropenia despite empirical antibiotic administration
7. Costs associated with febrile neutropenia
8. At the extremes of age, febrile neutropenia in children and elderly - Print
- DigitalVincent Bels, Ian Q. Whishaw, editors.Summary: This book provides students and researchers with reviews of biological questions related to the evolution of feeding by vertebrates in aquatic and terrestrial environments. Based on recent technical developments and novel conceptual approaches, the book covers functional questions on trophic behavior in nearly all vertebrate groups including jawless fishes. The book describes mechanisms and theories for understanding the relationships between feeding structure and feeding behavior. Finally, the book demonstrates the importance of adopting an integrative approach to the trophic system in order to understand evolutionary mechanisms across the biodiversity of vertebrates.
Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1. Introduction: The trophic system: a complex tool in a complex world
Part I. Overview: from structure to behavior
Chapter 2. Feeding, function, and phylogeny: status-of-the-art on biomechanics and form-function relationships in vertebrates
Chapter 3. What does the mechanics of the skeleton tell us about evolution of form and function in vertebrates?
Chapter 4. Food capture in Vertebrates: a complex integrative performance of the cranial and postcranial systems
Chapter 5. Transitions from water to land: terrestrial feeding in fishes
Chapter 6. The evolution of the hand as a tool in feeding behavior: the multiple motor channel theory of reaching
Part II. Anatomy, Biomechanics and Behavior in chordate and vertebrate lineages
Chapter 7. Feeding in jawless fishes
Chapter 8. Feeding in cartilaginous fishes: An interdisciplinary synthesis
Chapter 9. Functional Morphology and Biomechanics of Feeding in Fishes
Chapter 10. Evolutionary specialization of the tongue in vertebrates: structure and function
Chapter 11. Tetrapod Teeth: Diversity, Evolution, and Function
Chapter 12. Feeding in amphibians: evolutionary transformations and phenotypic diversity as drivers of feeding system diversity
Chapter 13. Feeding in lizards: form -function and complex multifunctional system
Chapter 14. Feeding in snakes: form, function, and evolution of the feeding system
Chapter 15. Feeding in crocodylians and their relatives: functional insights from ontogeny and evolution
Chapter 16. Feeding in turtles: understanding terrestrial and aquatic feeding in a diverse but monophyletic group
Chapter 17. Feeding in Birds: Thriving in Terrestrial, Aquatic, and Aerial Niches
Chapter 18. F Feeding in mammals: comparative, experimental and evolutionary insights on form and function
Chapter 19. Feeding in Aquatic Mammals: An Evolutionary and Functional Approach
Chapter 20. Evolution, constraint and optimality in primate feeding systems
Chapter 21. The Masticatory Apparatus of Humans (Homo sapiens): Evolution and Comparative Functional Morphology. - DigitalHarold N. Levinson.Summary: In this ground-breaking book, Dr. Harold Levinson provides his follow-up work about truly understanding and successfully treating children and adults with many and diverse dyslexia-related disorders such as those found on the cover. This fascinating, life-changing title is primarily about helping children who suffer from varied combinations and severities of previously unexplained inner-ear-determined symptoms resulting in difficulties with: reading, writing, spelling, math, memory, speech, sense of direction and time grammar, concentration/activity-level, balance and coordination headaches, nausea, dizziness, ringing ears, and motion-sickness frustration levels and feeling dumb, ugly, klutzy, phobic, and depressed impulsivity, cutting class, dropping out of school, and substance abuse bullying and being bullied as well as anger and social interactions later becoming emotionally traumatized and scarred dysfunctional adults Feeling Smarter and Smarter is thus also about and for the millions of frus-trated and failing adults who are often overwhelmed by similar and even more complicated symptoms—as well as for their dedicated healers. Having laid the initial foundations for his many current insights in an earlier bestseller, Smart But Feeling Dumb, Dr. Levinson now presents a compelling range of enlightening new cases and data as well as a large number of highly original discoveries—such as his challenging illumination that all dyslexia-related manifestations are primarily inner-ear or cerebellar-vestibular—not cerebrally—determined and so do not impair IQ, and an “ingeniously simple” explanatory theory of symptom formation. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Dyslexia by any other name
The bottom line
A bit of history and discovery
The turning point : solving the dyslexia riddle
Listening to dyslexics : my simple clinical path proved key to discovery
Kathy : the intriguing complexity of dyslexia
The self-diagnostic test : evaluating patients and theories
Kathy and the mistaken theories of dyslexia
The CVS theory of dyslexia : a theory's value is entirely dependent on its explanatory and predictive capabilities
Only the CVS theory can explain all of Kathy's dyslexic symptoms and mechanisms
Some important Q&As : especially about the higher cerebellum and Kathy
Another remarkable case : highlighting the dyslexia/ADD/ADHA/phobia connection
Making the connections : an introductory overview
New insights into ADD/ADHD
The CVS/phobia link : three steps toward conviction
The reading process in dyslexia
The "super-ten" basic mechanisms explaining the dyslexia syndrome
Many helpful therapies
Four steps to a certain diagnosis
"I didn't want medical treatment, but..." : depression vs. "dyslexia without 'dyslexia'"
Real smart drugs and treatment
An effective partial medical treatment for autism (ASD) and autistic trait disorder or pseudo-autism
Kathy's favorable response to medical treatment
Summary
Closure : the end is just a new beginning.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalWilliam F. Armstrong, Thomas Ryan.Summary: "Publisher's Note: Products purchased from 3rd Party sellers are not guaranteed by the Publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. Continuing the long-standing Feigenbaum tradition as an authoritative, comprehensive echocardiography resource, the thoroughly revised Feigenbaum's Echocardiography, Eighth Edition, helps echocardiographers, fellows, clinicians, and sonographers master the art and science of echocardiography and stay current with all that's new in the field. Written by William F. Armstrong and Thomas Ryan, it guides you through pertinent physics, technology, clinical applications, and new developments in the field. As in the past, the book is written primarily for the practitioner who uses echocardiographic methods to care for and manage patients, with a focus on appropriate clinical applications.Features enhanced online content including echo clips, case studies, and more.Includes new content specifically for cardiac sonographers. Reflects new training guidelines for cardiology fellows emphasizing the importance of echocardiography in the general practice of cardiology.Describes the interrelationship of other imaging technologies with echocardiography and the role of echo as part of a multimodality approach to patients. Contains more than 1,600 high-quality illustrations - 600 in full color.Covers the use of 3D echocardiography and perfusion imaging; current AHA/ACC guidelines, appropriate use guidelines, and the mechanics and utility of strain and strain rate imaging.Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities! Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone Customize for your language</B>, including right-to-left reading, vertical writing, and enhanced annotation in over 30 languages Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
History
Physics
Contrast
Normal exam
Systolic Function
Diastole
LA, RA, RV
Hemodynamics
Pericardial
Aortic valve
Mitral valve
TV and PV
IE
Pros valves
CAD
Stress echo
Dilated CM
HCM and other CM
CHD
Aorta
ICU and Periop
Systemic diseases
Masses, tumors, and source of embolus.Digital Access - Digital[edited by] James D. Cherry, Gail J. Harrison, Sheldon L. Kaplan, William J. Steinbach, Peter J. Hotez.Summary: "Offering unparalleled coverage of infectious diseases in children and adolescents, Feigin & Cherry's Textbook of Pediatric Infectious Diseases 8th Edition, continues to provide the information you need on epidemiology, public health, preventive medicine, clinical manifestations, diagnosis, treatment, and much more. This extensively revised edition by Drs. James Cherry, Gail J. Demmler-Harrison, Sheldon L. Kaplan, William J. Steinbach, and Peter J. Hotez, offers a brand-new full-color design, new color images, new guidelines, and new content, reflecting today's more aggressive infectious and resistant strains as well as emerging and re-emerging diseases"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Part 1: Host-parasite relationships and the pathogenesis of infectious diseases
Part 2: Infection of specific organ systems. Upper respiratory tract infections
Lower respiratory tract infections
Infections of the heart
Central nervous system infections
Genitourinary tract infections
Gastrointestinal tract infections
Liver diseases
Other intra-abdominal infections
Musculoskeletal infections
Skin infections
Ocular infectious diseases
Systemic infectious diseases
Infections of the fetus and newborn
Infections of the compromised host
Unclassified infectious diseases
Part 3: Infections with specific microorganisms
Bacterial infections
Gram-positive cocci
Gram-negative cocci
Gram-positive bacilli
Gram-negative bacilli
Treponemataceae
Anaerobic bacteria
Viral Infections. Classification and nomenclature of viruses. DNA viruses.
Parvoviridae
Polyomaviridae
Adenoviridae
Hepatoviridae
Herpesviridae
Poxviridae
RNA viruses. Picornaviridae
Caliciviridae
Reoviridae
Togaviridae
Flaviviridae
Orthomyxoviridae
Paramyxoviridae
Rhabdoviridae
Arenaviridae and Filoviridae
Coronaviridae and Toroviridae
Bunyaviridae
Retroviridae
Prion-related diseases
Chlamydia
Rickettsial diseases
Mycoplasma
Fungal diseases
Parasitic diseases
Protozoa
Nematodes
Cestodes
Trematodes
Arthropods
Global health
Part 4: Therapeutics. Antibiotic resistance
Part 5: Prevention of infectious diseases. Other preventative considerations
Part 6: Approach to the laboratory diagnosis of infectious diseases.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - PrintMüller, Otfried.Contents:
Bd.
1. Zur normalen Anatomie und Physiologie sowie allgemeinen Pathologie des feinsten Gefässabschnittes beim Menschen. - PrintKäfer, Hans.
- Printedited by Martin Hewison [and five others].Summary: Vitamin D deficiency is a worldwide problem linked to numerous diseases affecting men, women, and children of all ages. Enormous progress in the study of vitamin D has been made since the first edition of this highly-acclaimed book was published nearly 20 years ago, and current research continues to draw headlines. Feldman and Pike's Vitamin D, Fifth Edition continues to build on the successful formula from previous editions, taking the reader from the basic elements of fundamental research to the most sophisticated concepts in therapeutics. The two comprehensive volumes provide investigators, clinicians, and students with a comprehensive, definitive, and up-to-date compendium of the diverse scientific and clinical aspects of vitamin D, where each area is covered by both basic and clinical experts in the field. In Volume I: Biochemistry, Physiology and Diagnostics, international experts in endocrinology, bone biology, and human physiology take readers through the basic research of vitamin D. This impressive reference presents a comprehensive review of the multi-faceted actions of vitamin D relating both to skeletal and extra-skeletal action. Researchers from all areas of vitamin D will gain insight into how clinical observations and practices can feed back into the research cycle and will, therefore, be able to develop more targeted genomic, proteomic and metabolomic insights into the mechanisms of disease.
- Printedited by Martin Hewison [and five others].Summary: Vitamin D deficiency is a worldwide problem linked to numerous diseases affecting men, women, and children of all ages. Enormous progress in the study of vitamin D has been made since the first edition of this highly-acclaimed book was published nearly 20 years ago, and current research continues to draw headlines. Feldman and Pike's Vitamin D, Fifth Edition continues to build on the successful formula from previous editions, taking the reader from the basic elements of fundamental research to the most sophisticated concepts in therapeutics. The two comprehensive volumes provide investigators, clinicians, and students with a comprehensive, definitive, and up-to-date compendium of the diverse scientific and clinical aspects of vitamin D, where each area is covered by both basic and clinical experts in the field. In Volume II: Health, Disease and Therapy authoritatively covers the evidence for new roles of vitamin D, ranging from organ transplantation to cancer, diabetes, inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis, and renal disease. The coverage is appropriately broad, drawing on aspects of internal medicine, pediatrics, nutrition, orthopedics, oncology, neurology, obstetrics and gynecology, and immunology, as well as, new areas for vitamin D including liver metabolism, veterinary medicine and ICU care - including COVID-19. Clinical researchers will gain a strong understanding of the molecular basis for a particular disease and better understand future directions for research in this still-growing field.
- Digitaledited by Martin Hewison, Roger Bouillon, Edward Giovannucci, David Goltzman, Mark Meyer, JoEllen Welsh.Summary: Vitamin D deficiency is a worldwide problem linked to numerous diseases affecting men, women, and children of all ages. Enormous progress in the study of vitamin D has been made since the first edition of this highly-acclaimed book was published nearly 20 years ago, and current research continues to draw headlines. Feldman and Pike's Vitamin D, Fifth Edition continues to build on the successful formula from previous editions, taking the reader from the basic elements of fundamental research to the most sophisticated concepts in therapeutics. The two comprehensive volumes provide investigators, clinicians, and students with a comprehensive, definitive, and up-to-date compendium of the diverse scientific and clinical aspects of vitamin D, where each area is covered by both basic and clinical experts in the field. In Volume I: Biochemistry, Physiology and Diagnostics, international experts in endocrinology, bone biology, and human physiology take readers through the basic research of vitamin D. This impressive reference presents a comprehensive review of the multi-faceted actions of vitamin D relating both to skeletal and extra-skeletal action. Researchers from all areas of vitamin D will gain insight into how clinical observations and practices can feed back into the research cycle and will, therefore, be able to develop more targeted genomic and proteomic insights into the mechanisms of disease. Volume II: Health, Disease and Therapy authoritatively covers the evidence for new roles of vitamin D, ranging from organ transplantation to cancer, diabetes, inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis, and renal disease. The coverage is appropriately broad, drawing on aspects of internal medicine, pediatrics, nutrition, orthopedics, oncology, neurology, obstetrics and gynecology, and immunology, as well as, new areas for vitamin D including sports medicine, opthalmology, veterinary medicine and ICU care - including COVID-19. Clinical researchers will gain a strong understanding of the molecular basis for a particular disease and better understand future directions for research in this still-growing field.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023]
- Digitaledited by Paulo V.M. Steagall, Sheilah A. Robertson, Polly Taylor.Contents:
Handling, restraint, and pre-anesthetic assessment
Anatomy, physiology, and pharmacology
Sedation and premedication
Injectable anesthetics and induction of anesthesia
Local anesthetics and loco-regional techniques
Inhalation and balanced anesthesia
Monitoring
Fluid therapy
Anesthetic management of special conditions
Anesthetic complications
Mechanisms of pain
Assessment and recognition of acute pain
Treatment of acute (adaptive) pain
Assessment and recognition of chronic (maladaptive) pain
Treatment of chronic (maladaptive) pain.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalChiara Noli, Silvia Colombo, editors.Summary: This richly-illustrated handbook covers all aspects of modern feline dermatology, from the approach to different signs and symptoms to the description of the etiology, pathogenesis, clinical manifestation, diagnosis and current treatment of each feline dermatological disease. Thus this manual serves as essential practical guide to the busy practitioner to quickly and surely tackle cats with dermatological conditions, and offers a current and complete reference tool for the feline veterinarian and the veterinary dermatologist.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword for Feline Dermatology
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Introductory Chapters
Structure and Function of the Skin
The Skin Organ
Epidermis
Epidermal Basement Membrane
Dermis
Panniculus
Skin Adnexa (Skin Appendages)
Hair Follicles
Skin Glands
Claws
External Ear (Chapter, Otitis)
Skin Pigmentation
General Skin Functions
Physical Barrier Function
Immune Defense
Thermoregulation
Metabolic Functions
Communication
Sensory Perception
References
Coat Color Genetics
The Coat
Function
Morphology Blue
Chocolate
Lilac
Cinnamon
Fawn
Red and Tortoiseshell
Red
Cream
Blue-Cream
Siamese Pattern
cb Burmese
cs Siamese
ca Blue-Eyed Albino
c Pink-Eyed Albino
White Spotting
Mitted
Bicolour
Harlequin
Van
Sacred Cat of Birman
Dominant White
Silver Coats
Smoke
Shaded
Chinchilla
Silver Tabby
Cameo
Golden
The Vibrissae
General References
Approach to the Feline Patient: General and Dermatological Examination
Introduction
Before the Cat Arrives
The Waiting Room
The Consultation Room Hair Growth Cycle
Melanin Synthesis
The Genes Controlling Hair Length, Structure and Texture
Length Genes
Structure and Texture
r genes
Cornish Rex
Devon Rex
h genes
Sphynx/Bambino/Elf/Dwelf
Hrbd genes
Donskoy/Peterbald/Levkoy
Wh Genes
Wirehair
The Genes Controlling Coat Coloration and Patterns
Tabby
Agouti and Non-agouti
Patterns
Ticked Tabby or Abyssinian (Ta Gene)
Mackerel Tabby (T Gene)
Spotted Tabby (T Gene)
Blotched Tabby (tb Gene)
Differences Between Tabby and Self-Coloured
Self or Solid Colours
Dilution
Black Signalment and History
Clinical Presentation
Miliary Dermatitis
Diagnostic Algorithm
References
General References
Plaques, Nodules and Eosinophilic Granuloma Complex Lesions
Definitions
Pathogenesis
Diagnostic Approach
Signalment and History
Clinical Presentation
Diagnostic Algorithm
References
Further Readings
Excoriations, Erosions and Ulcers
Definitions
Pathogenesis
Diagnostic Approach
Signalment and History
Clinical Presentation
Head and Neck Pruritus
Diagnostic Algorithm
References
General References
Scaling The Consultation Process
History Taking
Physical Examination
Diagnostic Investigations
Trichogram
Skin Scraping
Tape Strip Test ("Scotch Tape" or "Acetate Tape" Test)
Coat Brushings
Wood's Lamp Illumination
Cytology
Skin Biopsy
References
Part II: Problem Oriented Approach to...:
Alopecia
Definitions
Pathogenesis
Diagnostic Approach
Signalment and History
Clinical Presentation
Diagnostic Algorithm
References
General References
Papules, Pustules, Furuncles and Crusts
Definitions
Pathogenesis
Diagnostic ApproachDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalLawrence R. Goodman.Contents:
The radiographic examination : the basics
Cross-sectional imaging techniques
The normal chest x-ray : reading like the pros
Chest CT : putting it all together
Lobar anatomy
The silhouette sign
The air bronchogram sign
Signs of lung and lobar collapse
Patterns of lung disease
Understanding the mediastinum
The pleural and extrapleural spaces
Cardiovascular disease.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - DigitalLawrence R. Goodman.Contents:
Felson’s ten axioms for a lifetime of learning in medicine
The radiographic examination: the basics
Cross-sectional imaging techniques
The normal chest x-ray: reading like the pros
Chest CT: putting it all together
Lobar anatomy
The silhouette sign
The air bronchogram sign
Signs of lung and lobar collapse
Patterns of lung disease
Understanding the mediastinum
The pleural and extrapleural spaces
Cardiovascular disease
Quiz: ten great cases.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - DigitalMaria Cristina Meriggiola, Kristina Gemzell-Danielsson, editors.Summary: This book provides healthcare professionals, the medical community, residents and students with an up-to-date handbook on current female and male contraceptive options. It illustrates the process of contraceptive development, from ancient times to steroid discovery up to the most recent formulations that provide not only an optimal contraceptive efficacy but also complimentary health benefits for women. It offers a comprehensive overview of the current knowledge on this topic, ranging from biological contraceptive mechanisms to the challenges of contraceptive use in different clinical conditions. It also presents reviews of the current latest, including preclinical and clinical research, to provide detailed and up-to-date information on recently developed contraceptives. It also features a section on counseling, which is highly relevant to optimal contraceptive provision and compliance. Each chapter has been written by a leading expert in the field and provides a comprehensive reference on the topic as well as practical implications. As such, this book provides accessible and authoritative information for clinicians in their everyday practice and for students interested in expanding their knowledge on the topic.
Contents:
Part I Overview on contraception: Birth control methods: from ancient times to the future
Best practices for contraceptive counseling
Contraception and sexuality
Contraception and mood
Part II Female contraceptives: Non-hormonal contraceptives
The SARCs: combined hormonal contraceptives and progestin-only pills
The advantages of LARC methods
Medical eligibility criteria for contraceptive use
Venous and arteriosus risks associated with old and new oral contraceptive formulations
Non-contraceptive benefits of hormonal methods
Oncologic risks and prevention
Emergency contraception
Part III Management of female contraception throughout women's lifetime: Contraception and issues specific to adolescents
Post-partum and peri-abortion contraception
Contraception in the premenopausal women
Contraceptive choice in women with PCOS
Part IV Management of female contraception in women with medical conditions: Contraception in women with cardiovascular diseases
Contraception in women with metabolic diseases
Contraception in women with neurological diseases
Contraception in women with oncological conditions
Contraception in women with rheumatologic diseases and post transplantation
Drug interactions with contraceptives
Bone health and contraception
Part V Male contraception: current options and ongoing research : The male role in family planning today
Acceptability of male hormonal contraception
Male contraception: non-hormonal methods
Male contraception: hormonal methods. - DigitalMichael Grynberg, Pasquale Patrizio, editors.Summary: This book comprehensively addresses female and male fertility preservation. It discusses in detail all major aspects of fertility preservation in both sexes, explains the basis of fertility preservation, and highlights the currently available techniques; further chapters are dedicated to specific diseases. The book offers an essential reference guide for all physicians, specialists or not, seeking to improve their grasp of female and male fertility preservation.
Contents:
Part I FEMALE FERTILITY PRESERVATION Normal ovarian ageing
The effect of chemotherapy and radiotherapy on female reproductive tract
Pediatric cancer and fertility
ART in cancer survivors: including egg donation
Fertility sparing surgery in gynecologic cancers
Ovarian transposition
Hormonal suppression for ovarian protection
Oocyte and embryo cryopreservation: methodology and clinical results
Ovarian stimulation for fertility preservation (different protocols)
In vitro maturation of oocytes
Ovarian tissue cryopreservation
Techniques of ovarian transplantation
Assessing safety in ovarian transplantation
Whole ovary cryopreservation and transplantation
Fertility preservation in breast cancer patients
Fertility preservation and endometriosis
Fertility preservation in autoimmune diseases
Fertility preservation in transgender males
Fertility preservation in Turner syndrome and other gonadal dysgeneses
Tissue preparation and follicle activation by physical methods
Fertility preservation in children and adolescents
Social egg freezing
Ovarian tissue banking to postpone menopause
Endometrial stem cells transplantation
Uterine transplantation
Surrogacy
Medical treatments for ovarian protection
Transplantation of isolated follicles
In vitro folliculogenesis
Artificial ovary
Gamete production from stem cells
Part II MALE FERTILITY PRESERVATION Impact of cancer treatments on sperm chromatin integrity
ART in cancer patients including sperm donation
Sperm cryopreservation
Indications and methods of Epididymal or Testicular sperm retrieval for cryopreservation
Testis sparing surgery
Hormonal suppression for FP in male
Fertility preservation in hypogonadal men
Fertility preservation in prepubertal boys
Fertility preservation in transgender females
Testicular tissue transplantation
Removal of malignant cells prior to autotransplantation of spermatogonial stem cells
Transplantation of cryopreserved spermatogonia
In vitro spermatogenesis
Part III FEMALE AND MALE FERTILITY PRESERVATION Psychological aspects of fertility preservation
Ethical considerations of fertility preservation
Legal aspects. - Digitaledited by Rachel M. Frank ; associate editors, Elizabeth G. Matzkin, Mary K. Mulcahey.Digital Access
- DigitalCatherine M. Gordon, Meryl S. LeBoff, editors.Summary: This is the first book of its kind to focus solely on the female athlete triad - its origins, its recognition, and most importantly, its management. Since the symptoms themselves cover a range of medical specialties, chapters are written by experts in a number of relevant fields - sports medicine, orthopedics, endocrinology, and pediatrics - with an eye toward overall care of the young female athlete. Additionally, each chapter includes suggestions on how to educate and communicate with young athletes and their parents, as well as trainers and coaches, on how to manage the illness outside of the direct clinical setting. The female athlete triad is often seen in sports where low body weight is emphasized, such as gymnastics, figure skating, and running, though it can appear in any sport or activity. The interrelated symptoms - eating disorders, amenorrhea, and low bone mass - exist on a spectrum of severity and are serious and potentially life-threatening if not properly treated. Psychological problems, in addition to medical ones, are not uncommon. The Female Athlete Triad: A Clinical Guide discusses all of these areas for a well-rounded and in-depth approach to the phenomenon and will be a useful reference for any clinician working with female athletes across the lifespan.
Contents:
Definition and Epidemiology of the Female Athlete Triad
Sports Nutrition
The Menstrual Cycle
Exercise and the Female Skeleton
Assessment of Bone Health in the Young Athlete
Neuroendocrine Abnormalities in Female Athletes
Eating Disorders
Stress Fractures
Female Athlete Triad: Rehabilitation and Psychological Implications
Strategies to Promote Bone Health in Female Athletes
Future Directions and Research Agenda.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalNikhil Khattar, Rishi Nayyar, Arabind Panda, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: Urinary symptoms in women have a very high prevalence rate. While the storage function of the bladder is similar in both genders, voiding function has marked differences with obvious anatomic and physiological genitourinary distinctions. Despite all advances in contemporary diagnostics and imaging, female bladder outlet obstruction and urethral stricture disease remain a conundrum to be deciphered in clinical practice. It is also seen that the female voiding symptoms and bladder outlet obstruction are poorly understood entities; which is also evident from the fact that Urethral dilatation in women is still a widely practiced procedure. This book provides a comprehensive understanding of female voiding disorders leading to bladder outlet obstruction and helps identify the women who will actually need reconstructive surgeries. The book begins with what is normal female voiding and then goes on to describe the various definitions of female bladder outlet obstruction along with controversies in Urodynamic diagnosis . As the functional causes are more common than actual strictures, this book elucidates on the knowledge of each of these differentials with their basic understanding and treatment outline, further throwing knowledge on the anatomical causes like pelvic organ prolapse and female urethral stricture. A separate section is dedicated to female urethral surgical anatomy and urethral reconstruction for urethral stricture as well as pelvic fracture urethral injury in females.
Contents:
Part 1: Pathophysiology and differential diagnoses of female bladder outlet obstruction
Physiology of female Voiding: Are there many normals?
Female bladder outlet obstruction: Whom to work up and what to look for?
Controversies in Diagnosis of Bladder Outlet Obstruction in women: A urodynamic perspective
Dysfunctional voiding in women
Primary bladder neck obstruction as a cause for female bladder outlet obstruction
Fowler's syndrome
Pelvic organ descent as a cause of bladder outlet obstruction
Female urethral stricture
Bladder outlet obstruction after sling surgery for stress urinary incontinence
Working algorithm for female voiding LUTS
Part 2: Treatment modalities for female bladder outlet obstruction and urethral reconstruction
Pharmacotherapy for female bladder outlet obstruction
Urethral dilatation and minimally invasive surgical options for female bladder outlet obstruction
Applied anatomy of urethra for female urethral reconstruction
Dorsal (Anterior) Onlay Urethroplasty for female urethral stricture
Ventral (Posterior) Onlay Augmentation Urethroplasty For Female Urethral Stricture
Dorsal (Anterior) Inlay technique for buccal mucosal graft for female urethroplasty
Ventral (Posterior) Inlay technique for female urethroplasty
Labial and Vaginal Flaps in female urethroplasty
Female Pelvic Fracture associated Urethral Injury and Stricture: Principles of Management
Female Anastomotic Urethroplasty. - Digitaledited by Christine A. Hamori, Paul E. Banwell, Red Alinsod.Contents:
Anatomy and classification of the female genitalia : implications for surgical management / Paul E. Banwell
Psychosocial issues and social mores in female genital aesthetic surgery : what is normal? / Kharen Ichino, Jennifer L. Walden
Informed consent and liability in cosmetic genital surgery / Neal R. Reisman
Labial reduction : surgical wedge technique / Christine Hamori
Labia minora reduction surgery : curved linear resection / Red Alinsod
Labia majora reduction surgery : majoraplasty / Red Alinsod
Clitoral hood reduction techniques / Otto J. Placik
Augmentation of the labia majora with fat grafting / Lina Triana, Mildred M. Martínez, Paul E. Banwell
Augmentation of the labia majora with fillers / Nicolas Berreni
Complications of female cosmetic genital surgery / Christine Hamori
Perineoplasty and vaginoplasty / Marco Pelosi II, Marco Pelosi III
Hymenoplasty / Otto J. Placik
Auxiliary procedures / Clara Santos, Red Alinsod
Future avenues and advances / Colin C.M. Moore
O-shot / Charles Runels
Transcutaneous temperature-controlled radiofrequency for vulvovaginal rejuvenation / Red Alinsod
Fractional erbium laser for vaginal rejuvenation / Evgenii Leshunov.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery 2017 - DigitalPentti M. Rautaharju.Summary: This book reviews the promising new electrocardiographic (ECG) predictors of cardiac morbidity and mortality with the primary objective being to evaluate gender differences in special ECG features and in ECG predictors for the risk of adverse cardiac events and to explore mechanisms for gender differences in risk predictors. The Female Electrocardiogram elucidates the emergence of gender differences in ECG features and evaluates repolarization-related ECG predictors of various clinical disease categories with a special scope to interpret the mechanism and gender differences of the findings. The author examines how the predictors of adverse cardiac events are linked to basic electrophysiological finding whenever adequate information is available in this rapidly advances realm of research. The overall goal of the book is to facilitate understanding of the mechanisms and clinical relevance of repolarization abnormalities in both clinical and epidemiological applications, and as such will be of great interest to all who manage patients using ECG whether they be cardiac electrophysiologists, clinical cardiologists, critical care physicians or any medical professional in the disciplines covered.
Contents:
Special Features of the female electrocardiogram
Gender Differences Emerging During Adolescence in Heart Rate, QRS Duration and ST Elevation
The Repolarization Model
Conceptual Considerations
Electrocardiographic Predictors Coronary Heart Disease Death in Women
ECG Predictors of Atrial Fibrillation and Heart Failure
ECG Predictors of Sudden Cardiac Death
The Utility of the Electrocardiogram in Left Ventricular Hypertrophy
Ventricular Conduction Defects in Women
ST-T waveform features, QT and mortality risk
Statistical expressions for peaked vs. flat T wave and T wave asymmetry.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Sarah M. Creighton, Lih-Mei Liao.Summary: An analysis of the cultural and economic drivers of the growing phenomenon of FGCS, written by cross-disciplinary experts, this book challenges the concept of individual consumer choice in FGCS: a decision that is rarely exercised in a socio-cultural vacuum. Four distinct aspects of FGCS are covered: variations in female genital anatomy; surgical techniques and evidence; historical contexts and ethical dilemmas; norm-critical understandings to inform professional responses. Rendering philosophical critiques accessible, and exposing dubious social values that underpin the practice, this text is crucial in driving a broader understanding of FGCS as a cultural phenomenon of our times. Only with a fuller understanding of the multiple perspectives of FGCS, can there be sensible alternatives for women and girls psychologically troubled by their natural, healthy form. Offering explanations and interventions at individual, institutional and societal levels, this text will be valued by both professional and non-professional audiences.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- DigitalNgianga-Bakwin Kandala, Paul Nzinga Komba.Summary: This book uses global household data to examine the prevalence, trends and geographic variation of female genital mutilation (FGM) around the world. It also addresses the underlying legal and policy aspects as well as explores the medical consequences, both immediate and long term, for those undergoing the practice. The book analyses the position of victims of this gender-based violence both from the medical and legal perspective and adopts a largely practical approach to the study of the practices, offering a fresh thinking into one of the challenges in global health and the law. In addition, it offers some insights into how health professionals can approach this category of victims and how legal practitioners can obtain a good legal result for their clients before domestic and international forums. The book addresses fundamental issues such as state liability and defences in enforcement proceedings for actions or omission of state or non-state actors, and due diligence standard in international human rights law, the main gateways available for obtaining relief for the victims of FGM. This book goes beyond the traditional debate between zero tolerance and those who wish to see the practice medicalised and tolerated and favours an advocacy programme standing firmly in favour of the right of FGM victims. This book offers a unique perspective likely to assist victims and their representatives to secure a remedy against perpetrators and the state. As such this book will be of interest to medical professionals, national and international lawyers, academics and policymakers in the field of public health.
- DigitalJasmine Abdulcadir, Noémie Sachs Guedj, Michal Yaron, editors.Summary: This open access illustrated guide focuses on Female Genital Mutilation/Cutting (FGM/C) in children and adolescents. FGM/C comprises all procedures that involve partial or total removal of the external female genitalia or injury to the female genital organs for nonmedical reasons. It is mainly carried out during childhood, before the age of 15. The signs of FGM/C can be subtle, and the examiner must be trained with a wide range of normal genitalia both before and after puberty, FGM/C types and subtypes, complications and differential diagnosis. This volume is a reference containing iconographic material of both pre and post pubertal genitals with and without genital cutting. This book will guide health care professionals in making the correct diagnosis, outline the clinical management, enhance patients provider communication, and will enable accurate recording and reporting to governments where required.
Contents:
1. Assessing the child/young person with suspected FGM/C
2. How does the child first present?
3. Clinical Setting
4. Taking the history
5. The examination
6. Where FGM/C is confirmed
7. When FGM/C is not identified
8. Conclusion
9. Appendix 1: Consent and photography
10. Appendix 2: Informed Consent
11. Appendix 3: Trauma-informed care
12. Appendix 4 : Photography : Technical Tips. - Digitaledited by Michael P. Goodman.Contents:
Genital plastics : the history of development / Michael P. Goodman, with contributions from David Matlock
Anatomic considerations / Orawee Chinthakanan, Robert D. Moore, John R. Miklos
Definitions / Michael P. Goodman
Philosophy, rationale, and patient selection / Michael P. Goodman
Ethical considerations of female genital plastic/cosmetic surgery / Andrew T. Goldstein, Sarah L. Jutrzonka
Patient protection and pre-operative assessment / Michael P. Goodman
Surgical procedures I : vulva and mons pubis / Michael P. Goodman, with contributions from David Matlock, Alex Simopoulos, Bernard W. Stern, Otto J. Placik
Surgical procedures II : perineoplasty, vaginoplasty, colpoperineoplasty ("vaginal rejuvenation") / Robert D. Moore, John R. Miklos, Orawee Chinthakanan
The biomechanics and physiology of clitoral and vaginally activated orgasm : impact of vaginal tightening operations / Michael P. Goodman
The G-spot / Dudley Robinson, Linda Cardozo
Post-operative care / Michael P. Goodman
Aesthetic male-to-female transsexual surgery / Marci Bowers
Anesthetic choices and office based surgery / Michael P. Goodman
Non-surgical cosmetic vulvo-vaginal procedures / Gustavo Leibaschoff, Pablo Gonzalez Isaza
Surgical risks and untoward outcomes / Otto J. Placik
Revisions and re-operations / Michael P. Goodman
Psychosexual issues / Michael P. Goodman
Outcomes / Michael P. Goodman
Pearls for practice / Michael P. Goodman
Standards of care / Michael P. Goodman.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - DigitalGrigoris F. Grimbizis [and more], editors.Contents:
Part 1: basics
1. Normal embryological development of the female genital tract
2. Pathogenesis and aetiology of female genital malformations
3. Implantation in women with uterine congenital malformations
4. Classification of female genital malformations.-Part 2: Screening and diagnosis of female genital malformations
5. Hysterosalpingography
6. 2D Ultrasound and sonohysterography for the diagnosis of Female Genital Anomalies
7. 3D Ultrasound
8. Magnetic resonance imaging for the Diagnosis of Female Genital Anomalies
9. Diagnosis of Uterine Congenital Anomalies: Endoscopy
10. Current Work-Up for Screening And Diagnosing Female Genital Malformations
Part 3: Clinical implications of the female genital malformations
11. Prevalence in the general and selected populations
12. Health problems related to female genital malformations: obstructive and complex anomalies
13. Fertility in women with uterine anomalies
14. Pregnancy outcome in women with uterine anomalies
15. Cervical Weakness in women who have uterine anomalies: Impact on pregnancy outcomes.- Part 4: Treatment of vaginal aplasia / techniques and results
16. Frank dilators
17. Vulvo-Perineoplasty Creatsas Vaginoplasty
18. Neovagina formation with expansion of vaginal vault
19. Neovagina formation with the use of peritoneum
20. Neovagina formation with the use of bowel
21. Vaginal Aplasia: Critical Overview of Available Treatment Options
Part 5: Treatment of obstructive anomalies
22. Vaginal septae and imperforate hymen
23. Treatment of Obstructing Anomalies: Cervical aplasia
24. Treatment of Patients with Non-communicating Horns with Cavity
Part 6: Treatment of uterine malformations
25. T-shaped uterus
26. Septum resection: Techniques and Post-Treatment Reproductive Performance
27. Bicorporeal uterus: treatment options
28. Bicorporeal Uterus: Laparoscopic Metroplasty
Part 7: Disorders of sex development
29. Disorders of Sex Development: Classification and Treatment. - PrintInternational Agency for Research on Cancer ; [edited by the] WHO Classification of Tumours Editorial Board.
- DigitalKathleen Kobashi, Steven Wexner, editors.Summary: This book is designed as a guide for management of advanced clinical scenarios encountered by the contemporary pelvic floor surgeon. It is organized by pelvic floor disorder (PFD) and covers the evaluation and treatment of urinary incontinence, fecal incontinence, and pelvic organ prolapse. Opening chapters in each section cover the fundamentals of proper and comprehensive assessment of patient PFDs, as well as the treatment options that are available for each disorder. The book then focuses on more complex and challenging situations that are becoming more frequently encountered as the number of patients being treated for PFD increases and the length of patient follow-up grows. Each chapter finally includes an expert commentary to address these new scenarios and offers a shifted approach from that required for treatment-naive patients. Female Pelvic Medicine: Challenging Cases with Expert Commentary teaches the reader how to approach the most difficult of clinical situations in a multidisciplinary fashion. .
Contents:
Basic Evaluation of the Patient with Pelvic Floor Dysfunction (General Review)
The Role of Urodynamics
Anorectal Physiology Testing
Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis of Fecal Incontinence
Imaging in Pelvic Floor Medicine: Roles of Fluoroscopy, Ultrasound, CT, MRI
The Importance of a Multidisciplinary Approach to Pelvic Floor Disorders
Overview of treatment of urinary incontinence
Mixed Urinary Incontinence: Strategic Approach
Complex Cases of SUI
Refractory Overactive Bladder
Treatment for Fecal Incontinence: Non-Surgical Approaches
Treatment for Fecal Incontinence: Sphincteroplasty and Postanal Repair
Treatment for Fecal Incontinence: Muscle Transposition
Treatment for Fecal Incontinence: Stimulation
Approach to Pelvic Organ Prolapse
Addressing Recurrent Pelvic Organ Prolapse: Unique Challenges of Recurrent Prolapse
High Grade Prolapse
Voiding Dysfunction or Urinary Retention Following Pelvic Floor Reconstruction
Addressing Pelvic Floor Disorders in Patients with Neurogenic Bladder
Mesh Complications in the Female Lower Urinary Tract
Severe Urethral Stenosis/Complete Urethral Obliteration. - DigitalFarzeen Firoozi, editor.Summary: Female Pelvic Surgery provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art surgical review of this field and will serve as a valuable resource for clinicians and surgeons. The text reviews the basic indications for treatment and details the many surgical approaches to the management of all pelvic floor disorders. In addition to step-by-step description in text, the volume provides illustrations/photographs of surgical techniques. Integration of surgical methods demonstrating the major repairs described in each section augment the textbook and serve as the tool for the education of clinicians and surgeons. Female Pelvic Surgery provides a concise and comprehensive review of all the surgical approaches to female pelvic surgery and thus it will serve as an extremely useful resource for physicians dealing with and interested in the treatment of pelvic floor disorders.
Contents:
Anatomy of the Female Genitourinary Tract
Instrumentation for Female Pelvic Surgery
Surgical Management of Stress Urinary Incontinence
Sacral Neuromodulation
Transvaginal Prolapse Repair
Obliterative Vaginal Procedures
Open Transabdominal Sacrocolpopexy
Laparoscopic and Robotic Assisted Laparoscopic Sacrocolpopexy
Transvaginal Urethrolysis for Urethral Obstruction
Vaginal Fistula Repairs
Repair of Urethral Diverticula
Augmentation Cystoplasty
Urethroplasty for Female Urethral Stricture
Excision of Vaginal Cysts
Transvaginal Closure of Bladder Neck
Surgical Therapy for Fecal Incontinence
Botulinum Toxin Therapy for Voiding Dysfunction and the Female Pelvic Floor
Construction of the Neovagina. - DigitalFarzeen Firoozi, editor.Summary: The fully updated edition of this text provides a state-of-the-art surgical review of female pelvic surgery, and will serve as a valuable resource for clinicians and surgeons dealing with, and interested in the treatment of pelvic floor disorders. The book reviews the basic indications for treatment and details the many surgical approaches to the management of all pelvic floor disorders, including stress urinary incontinence, transvaginal prolapse, transabdominal sacrocolpopexy, robotic/laparoscopic sacrocolpopexy, vaginal and vulvar cysts, and interstitial cystitis/bladder pain syndrome. In addition to step-by-step descriptions, the text is augmented with illustrations and photographs of surgical techniques demonstrating the major repairs described in each section. Written by experts in their fields, the second edition of Female Pelvic Surgery provides a concise and comprehensive review of all surgical approaches to female pelvic surgery.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalJennifer E. Dietrich, editor.Summary: Female Puberty: A Comprehensive Guide for Clinicians is a practical reference, covering the full range of issues related to pubertal development. Developed to answer pointed clinical questions and to provide a thorough review of the literature, the book covers both the basics and the complexities of puberty, encompassing psychosocial development to pubertal nuances in highly specialized populations. Comprehensive in scope, this title offers concepts that are concisely conveyed and chapters that complement each other well. Complex subjects such as details of the hypothalamic-pituitary-ovarian axis are covered in a readily understandable manner, and bullet points throughout the text serve as helpful reminders to the reader. An invaluable contribution to the literature, Female Puberty: A Comprehensive Guide for Clinicians will be of great interest to all health providers concerned with female reproductive health - including obstetrician gynecologists, reproductive endocrine specialists, pediatricians, pediatric specialists, family practitioners, and allied health professionals.
Contents:
History and Trends of Pubertal Development in Females
Normal Pubertal Physiology in Females
Genetics of Puberty
Psychology and Neurobiology of Puberty
Fetal and Neonatal Puberty
Central Precocious Puberty
Peripheral Precocious Puberty
Isolated Precocious Puberty
Constitutional Delay of Puberty
Hormonal Causes of Delayed Puberty
Anatomic Causes for Delayed Puberty
Genetic Causes of Delayed Puberty
Consideration of Pubertal Events Among Patients with Disorders of Sexual Differentiation
Puberty in Developmentally Delayed or Physically Challenged Patients. - DigitalFelice Petraglia, Bart C. Fauser, editors.Contents:
Part I Hypothalamic-Pituitary-ovary axis disorders: The hypothalamus-pituitary-ovary axis
The menstrual cycle and related disorders
The Polycystic ovary syndrome
Menstrual disorders related to endocrine diseases
The menstrual disorders related to systemic diseases
Hormones and sex behaviour
Hormonal contraception
Part II Uterine disorders: Endometriosis
Uterine fibroids and adenomyosis
Abnormal uterine bleeding
Part III Infertility: Infertility
Diagnostic protocols
Hormonal treatments
Assisted reproductive technologies
Part IV Menopause: Premature ovarian insufficiency
Climacteric syndrome
Long-term consequences of menopause
Hormone replacement therapy (HRT)
Menopause and bone metabolism
Part V Pregnancy: Endocrinology of maternal-placental axis
The "great obstetrical syndromes"
Part VI Breast: Hormones, breast disorders and lactation.Digital Access - DigitalElisabetta Costantini, Donata Villari, Maria Teresa Filocamo, editors.Contents:
Sociocultural considerations / Donata Villari
Anatomical and physiological description of women's sexuality / Serena Maruccia and Angela Maurizi
Female sexuality: a state of mind / Linda Vignozzi
Evaluation systems of female sexual function / Maria Teresa Filocamo and Nadine Di Donato
Becoming a woman: when and why gender dysphoria may challenge the basic steps of women's sexual identity / Alessandra Graziottin
Endometriosis and sexuality / Nadine Di Donato and Renato Serachhioli
POP and impact of surgery on female sexual life / Montserrat Espuña Pons, Franca Natale, and Elisabetta Costantini
Urinary incontinence and mid-urethral slings: which is the impact on female sexual life? / Elisabetta Costantini
Female sexual life during malignancies / Donata Villari
Sexuality in couples with reproductive difficulties / Lucia Alves Silva Lara
Sexuality after abuse / Valeria Dubini
Female sexual dysfunction in alcohol and drug abuse / Marina Ziche
Female sexual function during male sexual dysfunction and vice versa / Maria Antonella Bertozzi and Valeria Ales
Female sexuality in chronic pelvic pain / Antonella Giannantoni
Female sexual function and neurological disease / Elena Andretta
Female genital cosmetic surgery / Sushma Srikrishna and Linda Cardozo
Role of physical therapy in the treatment of female dysfunction / Merete Kolber Tennfjord, Marie Ellström Engh, and Kari Bø.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalAnne P. Cameron, editor.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the etiology, anatomy, diagnosis, treatments, and future directions of care for female incontinence. It includes a historical review of past treatments many women have undergone and resultant altered anatomy. This book discusses conservative treatments such as patient and provider handouts on behavioral modification and how to perform pelvic floor exercises. It also covers medical therapy from minimally invasive treatments to radical surgical approaches and management of treatment failures. Addressing the treatment of stress incontinence with chapters progressing from least invasive to most invasive therapies, it also describes mesh complications and treatment failures. The book illuminates the intersection of prolapse with female incontinence, incontinence diagnosis and management after major reconstructions such as neobladder or penile inversion, vaginoplasty, and incontinence due to rarer conditions such as fistulas. Further chapters explore female urinary incontinence in special populations including pediatric patients, the elderly, and women with neurogenic lower urinary tract dysfunction, as well as poorly understood populations such as older children, women post-reconstruction, and trans-women. It also addresses research needs and the ever-expanding horizon of new developments in the field of incontinence in women. Female Urinary Incontinence provides a comprehensive text directed towards urologists, gynecologists, and those trained in female pelvic medicine and reconstructive surgery (FPMRS). Given the topic of incontinence specifically in women and the burgeoning rise of women in the field of FPMRS, the book features an all-female author list comprised of an international group of female urologists and urogynecologists selected to author chapters on their particular expertise.
Contents:
Epidemiology, definitions and cost of incontinence in women
Anatomy and pathophysiology of female incontinence
Diagnosis of Urinary Incontinence in Women
Historical treatment of SUI and UUI in women
Behavioral therapy and lifestyle modifications for the management of urinary incontinence in women
Physical Therapy and Continence Inserts
Medical Therapy with Antimuscarinics and Ç3-agonists
Posterior Tibial Nerve Stimulation for Female Urge Urinary Incontinence
Sacral and Pudendal neuromodulation (SNM)
Botulinum toxin (BTXA) (in the non NGB patient)
Augmentation Cystoplasty in the Non-neurogenic Bladder Patient
Advanced Options for Treatment of Refractory Urgency Urinary Incontinence
Urethral Bulking Agents
BURCH COLPOSUSPENSION
Mesh slings (TOT, TVT, mini)
Autologous Fascial Sling
Managing complications after surgical treatment of stress urinary incontinence
FAILURE OF TREATMENT OF Stress Urinary Incontinence
Prolapse as a Contributing Factor to Stress and Urgency Urinary Incontinence
Incontinence following major reconstruction
Rare conditions causing incontinence and their treatment
Incontinence in Older Girls and Adolescents
Incontinence in Older Girls and Adolescents
Urinary Incontinence in the Elderly
Maximizing Intraoperative Performance and Safety during Incontinence Surgery
Maximizing Intraoperative Performance and Safety during Incontinence Surgery
Experimental therapies and research needs for urinary incontinence in women. - DigitalBob Yang, Steve Foley, editors.Summary: This book comprehensively covers the latest consensus in the diagnosis and management of patients with recurrent Urinary Tract Infections (UTIs). It features a broad overview of the basic science and the spread of antibiotic resistance in UTIs. Guidelines are provided on the recommended approaches for using antibiotics including dosage, duration, resistance rates for a range of antibiotics, and available methods for combating antibiotic resistance. Further topics covered include prophylaxis, including conservative lifestyle modifications as well as preventative therapies. Female Urinary Tract Infections in Clinical Practice summarises the basic science, use of antibiotics, and preventative strategies for UTIs and represents a timely and valuable resource for all practising and trainee medical professionals who encounter these patients in their practice. .
Contents:
Intro; Introduction; Contents;
Chapter 1: Pathophysiology of UTIs; 1.1 Six Categories of UTIs; 1.2 How Do UTIs Occur?; 1.3 Natural Defences; 1.4 What Are the Risk Factors and Why?; 1.5 Gender-Related; 1.6 Functional; 1.7 Disease-Related/Iatrogenic; 1.8 Genetic; 1.9 Asymptomatic Bacteriuria; References;
Chapter 2: Presentation and Diagnosis; 2.1 Clinical Symptoms; 2.2 History; 2.3 Examination; 2.4 Urine Analysis; 2.5 Further Investigations; References;
Chapter 3: Role of Imaging in UTIs; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Diagnostic Indications; 3.3 Imaging Modalities; 3.4 Uncomplicated UTI 3.5 Complicated UTI3.6 Imaging Findings in Acute UTI; 3.6.1 Cystitis; 3.6.2 Pyelonephritis; 3.6.3 Hydronephrosis and Pyonephrosis; 3.6.4 Pyonephrosis; 3.6.5 Renal Abscess; 3.7 Imaging in Recurrent UTIs; 3.7.1 Chronic Pyelonephritis; 3.7.2 Urinary Tract Tuberculosis; References;
Chapter 4: Antibiotics; 4.1 Trimethoprim; 4.2 Nitrofurantoin; 4.3 Penicillin; 4.4 Fluoroquinolones; 4.5 Aminoglycosides; 4.6 Fosfomycin; 4.7 Cephalosporin; 4.8 Carbapenems; 4.9 Multidrug-Resistance Bacteria; 4.10 Antibiotics Prophylaxis; References;
Chapter 5: Lifestyle Modifications; 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Oral Hydration5.3 Sexual Hygiene; 5.4 Personal Hygiene; 5.5 Voiding; 5.6 Weight Loss; References;
Chapter 6: Cranberry; 6.1 Introduction and Mechanism of Action; 6.2 Clinical Evidence; References;
Chapter 7: d-Mannose; 7.1 Introduction and Mechanism of Action; 7.2 Clinical Evidence; References;
Chapter 8: Methenamine Hippurate (Hiprex); 8.1 Introduction and Mechanism of Action; 8.2 Clinical Evidence; References;
Chapter 9: Oestrogen Replacement Therapy; 9.1 Introduction and Mechanism of Action; 9.2 Clinical Evidence; 9.3 Oral Oestrogen; References;
Chapter 10: Traditional Chinese Medicine 10.1 Introduction and Mechanism of Action10.2 Formulations; 10.3 Clinical Evidence; 10.4 Acupuncture; References;
Chapter 11: Intravesical Therapies; 11.1 Introduction; 11.2 The Procedure Itself; 11.3 Intravesical Antibiotics (IVA); 11.4 Clinical Evidence; 11.5 Non-antibiotic Instillations (GAG Layer Replacement); 11.6 Clinical Evidence; 11.7 Limitation of Intravesical Therapies; References;
Chapter 12: Fractional CO2 Thermo-Ablative Vaginal Laser Therapy; 12.1 Introduction and Mechanism of Action; 12.2 Clinical Evidence; References;
Chapter 13: Immunomodulation Vaccines 13.1 Introduction and Mechanism of Action13.2 Clinical Evidence; 13.2.1 UroVaxom®; 13.2.2 Urovac®; 13.2.3 ExPEC4V; 13.2.4 Uromune®; References;
Chapter 14: Urinary Tract Infections of the Neurogenic Bladder; 14.1 Pathophysiology; 14.1.1 Precipitating Factors; 14.1.1.1 Voiding; 14.1.1.2 Catheters; 14.1.1.3 Stones; 14.1.1.4 Obstruction; 14.1.1.5 Bowel Dysfunction; 14.2 Definition of UTI in NLUT; 14.2.1 Urine Analysis; 14.2.2 Positive Urine Culture; 14.3 Clinical Evaluation of Neurogenic Bladder; 14.3.1 Clinical Examination and InvestigationsDigital Access Springer 2020 - Printbell hooks.Summary: "What is feminism? In this short, accessible primer, bell hooks explores the nature of feminism and its positive promise to eliminate sexism, sexist exploitation, and oppression. With her characteristic clarity and directness, hooks encourages readers to see how feminism can touch and change their lives--to see that feminism is for everybody"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. Feminist politics : where we stand
2. Consciousness-raising : a constant change of heart
3. Sisterhood is still powerful
4. Feminist education for critical consciousness
5. Our bodies, ourselves : reproductive rights
6. Beauty within and without
7. Feminist class struggle
8. Global feminism
9. Women at work
10. Race and gender
11. Ending violence
12. Feminist masculinity
13. Feminist parenting
14. Liberating marriage and partnership
15. A feminist sexual politic : an ethics of mutual freedom
16. Total bliss : lesbianism and feminism
17. To love again : the heart of feminism
18. Feminist spirituality
19. Visionary feminism. - DigitalBell Hooks.Summary: When Feminist Theory: From Margin to Center was first published in 1984, it was welcomed and praised by feminist thinkers who wanted a new vision. Even so, individual readers frequently found the theory "unsettling" or "provocative". Today, the blueprint for feminist movement presented in the book remains as provocative and relevant as ever. Written in hook's characteristic direct style, Feminist Theory embodies the hope that feminists can find a common language to spread the word and create a mass, global feminist movement. hooks is Distinguished Professor in Residence in Appalachian Studies at Berea College, and resides in her home state of Kentucky. (Back cover).
Contents:
Preface to the new edition: seeing the light: visionary feminism
Preface to the first edition
Black women: Shaping feminist theory
Feminism: A movement to end sexist oppression
The significance of feminist movement
Sisterhood: Political solidarity among women
Men: Comrades in struggle
Changing perspectives on power
Rethinking the nature of work
Educating women: A feminist agenda
Feminist movement to end violence
Revolutionary parenting
Ending female sexual oppression
Feminist revolution: Development through struggle.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2015 - DigitalBernd Fink.Summary: This practical book combines thorough literature review with extensive clinical experience to provide a clear overview of femoral revision arthroplasty, with the aim to present all available surgical techniques and critically discuss pros and cons and evidence-based recommendation for each of them. A wealth of figures and several videos complement the book and guide the reader through the management of potential pitfalls and complications during and after surgery. Particular emphasis is further put on the comparison of different approaches, stem types, and fixation techniques, assisting readers in identifying the best indication. Designed as a practically-oriented tool this book offers an excellent resource for all specialist hip surgeons and fellows wishing to gain insights into this complex and challenging surgical procedure.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
List of Videos
1: Introduction
References
2: Reasons for Femoral Revision
2.1 Aseptic Loosening
2.2 Instability
2.3 Periprosthetic Infection
2.4 Periprosthetic Fractures
References
3: Classification of Femoral Bone Defects
3.1 Paprosky Classification
3.1.1 Paprosky Type I Defect
3.1.2 Paprosky Type II Defect
3.1.3 Paprosky Type IIA Defect
3.1.4 Paprosky Type IIB Defect
3.1.5 Paprosky Type IIC Defect
3.1.6 Paprosky Type III Defect
3.1.7 Paprosky Type IV Defect
3.2 AAOS Classification by D'Antonio 3.3 Endo-Clinic Classification
References
4: Principles of Femoral Revision
5: Cemented Revision Stems
5.1 Cemented Fixation of Stems Analogous to Primary Implantation
5.1.1 Surgical Technique
5.1.2 Outcomes
5.2 Cement-in-Cement Revision
5.2.1 Surgical Technique
5.2.2 Outcomes
5.3 Impaction Bone Grafting
5.3.1 Surgical Technique
5.3.2 Outcomes
References
6: Cementless Revision Stems
6.1 Nonmodular Cementless Revision Stems for Proximal Fixation
6.1.1 Surgical Technique
6.1.2 Outcomes 6.2 Cementless Proximal-Fixing Modular Revision Stems
6.2.1 Surgical Technique
6.2.2 Outcomes
6.3 Cementless Nonmodular Revision Stems for Distal Fixation
6.3.1 Extensively Porous-Coated Stems
6.3.1.1 Surgical Technique
6.3.1.2 Outcomes
6.3.2 Corundum-Blasted, Tapered Titanium Stems
6.3.2.1 Surgical Technique
6.3.2.2 Outcomes
6.3.3 Cementless Distal Fixation Modular Revision Stems
6.3.3.1 Surgical Technique
6.3.3.2 Outcomes
References
7: Principles of Cementless Distal Fixation
7.1 Scratch Fit (Cylinder-in-Cylinder Fixation) 7.2 Cone-in-Cylinder Fixation
7.3 Cone-in-Cone Fixation
7.3.1 Length of Fixation Zone
7.3.2 Distal Interlocking
References
8: Differences in Distal Fixated Revision Stems
References
9: Allograft Prosthesis Composite (APC) and Megaprostheses
9.1 Allograft Prosthesis Composite (APC)
9.1.1 Surgical Technique
9.1.2 Outcomes
9.2 Proximal Femoral Replacement (Megaprostheses)
9.2.1 Surgical Technique
9.2.2 Outcomes
9.3 Total Femoral Replacement
9.3.1 Surgical Technique
9.3.2 Outcomes
References 10: Choice of the Implant Depending on the Type of Defect
10.1 Paprosky Type I Defects
10.2 Paprosky Type IIA Defects
10.3 Paprosky Type IIB Defects
10.4 Paprosky Type IIC Defects
10.5 Paprosky Type IIIA Defects
10.6 Paprosky Type IIIB Defects
10.7 Paprosky Type IV Defects
References
11: Preoperative Planning
11.1 Exclusion of a Periprosthetic Infection
11.2 Prosthesis Planning
11.3 Re 1: Analysis of the Shape of the Femur
11.4 Re 2: Analysis of the Mechanical Stability of the Femur
11.5 Re 3: Necessity for Osteotomies - Digital[edited by] H. Burkhard Dick, Ronald D. Gerste, Tim SchulzSummary: The femtosecond laser has emerged as a groundbreaking game-changer in ophthalmic surgery. It was first introduced for corneal refractive surgery in flap creation during LASIK, and subsequently for cataract surgery in 2008. The femtosecond laser cuts deeply on a single plane without collateral damage. Its high precision and safety result in excellent outcomes in the hands of experienced eye surgeons, benefiting virtually everyone. Femtosecond Laser Surgery in Ophthalmology fills an unmet need for a comprehensive, up-to-date resource on growing applications of this state-of-the-art technology.
Contents:
1 Basics of Femtosecond Technology; 2 The Advent of the Femtosecond Laser in Medicine and Ophthalmology; 3 Femtosecond Laser-Assisted In Situ Keratomileusis (LASIK); 4 All-in-One Femtosecond Refractive Laser Surgery; 5 Pearls in Femtosecond Laser-Assisted In Situ Keratomileusis LASIK Surgery; 6 Femtosecond Laser-Assisted In Situ Keratomileusis: Clinical Outcomes 7 Femtosecond Laser-Assisted In Situ Keratomileusis: Complications and Management; 8 The Future of Laser-Assisted In Situ Keratomileusis: Femtosecond Laser versus Other Technologies; 9 Femtosecond Laserâ#x80;#x93;Assisted Keratoplasty: Lamellar Anterior and Posterior; 10 Femtosecond Laser-Assisted Keratoplasty: Penetrating with Different Cut Profiles; 11 Correction of Astigmatism with a Femtosecond Laser; 12 Why Femtosecond Laser for Intracorneal Rings?; 13 New Innovative Applications of Femtosecond Laser Technology 14 Laser's Place in CXL: Excimer Laser and Refractive Surgery Combined with Corneal Cross-Linking, Femto-LASIK Combined with CXL; 15 The Femtosecond Laser in the Surgical Treatment of Presbyopia in the Cornea: Options and Limitations; 16 The Femtosecond Laser in the Surgical Treatment of Presbyopia in the Lens: Options and Limitations; 17 The Basics of Femtosecond Laser Cataract Surgery; 18 Femtosecond Laser Cataract Surgery: Setting and Infrastructure; 19 Crucial Steps I: Capsulotomy; 20 Crucial Steps II: Lens Fragmentation; 21 Crucial Steps III: Corneal Incision, Main and Side 22 Posterior Capsulotomy, Bag-in-the-Lens and Evolving Techniques; 23 Pediatric Cataract Surgery with the Femtosecond Laser; 24 Femtosecond Laser-Assisted Cataract Surgery in Ocular Comorbidities; 25 The Rise of the Femto-Intraocular Lens; 26 Incorporating the Femtosecond Laser in Daily Practice; 27 The Femtosecond Laser and the Posterior Segment; 28 Pitfalls: Femtosecond Laser-Induced Complications; 29 The Femtosecond Laser: Future Directions; IndexDigital Access Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology 2018 - Digitalauthors: J. Eric Piña-Garza, Kaitlin C. James.Contents:
Paroxysmal disorders
Altered states of consciousness
Headache
Increased intracranial pressure
Psychomotor retardation and regression
The hypotonic infant
Flaccid limb weakness in childhood
Cramps, muscle stiffness, and exercise intolerance
Sensory and autonomic disturbances
Ataxia
Hemiplegia
Paraplegia and quadriplegia
Monoplegia
Movement disorders
Disorders of ocular motility
Disorders of the visual system
Lower brainstem and cranial nerve dysfunction
Disorders of cranial volume and shape.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - PrintHarvey J. Makadon, MD, Kenneth H. Mayer, MD, Jennifer Potter, MD, Hilary Goldhammer, MS.Contents:
Providing optimal health care for LGBT people: changing the clinical enviroment and education professionals
What we know and don't know about LGBT demographics: informing clinical practice
Intersectionality: implications for clinical care of LGBTQ people
Coming out: the process of forming a positive identity
Caring for LGBTQ youth
LGBT relationships and family lives
Caring for LGBT older adults
Principles for taking an LGBTQ-inclusive health history and conducting a culturally competent physical exam
Mental health care for LGBT people
Clinical management of substance use and substance use disorders among LGBT individuals
Intimate partner violence and hate crimes: recognition, care, and prevention for LGBT people
Sexual health of LGBTQ people
HIV/AIDS prevention for sexual and gender minority people
Community, structural, and policy approaches to improve HIV prevention and related health concerns among racial/ethnic minority gay, bisexual, and other men who have sex with men
Self-discovery: a toolbox to help clinicians communicate with clarity, curiosity, creativity, and compassion
Gender nonconformity and gender discordance in childhood and adolescence: development considerations and the clinical approach
Creating a foundation for improving trans health: understanding trans identities and health care needs
Medical and surgical management of the transgender patient: what the primary care clinician needs to know
Policy and legal issues affecting LGBT health
LGBT health: global perspectives and experiences
Appendix A: Suggestions for creating an inclusive and welcoming environment for LGBT patients and staff
Appendix B: Sample sexual orientation and gender identity questions for patient registration and intake forms
Appendix C: Selected resources on LGBT health
Appendix D: Patient registration and medical history forms. - Printvon Carl Oppenheimer.
- DigitalPeter J. Taub, Pravin K. Patel, Steven R. Buchman, Mimis N. Cohen, editorsSummary: Ferraro's Fundamentals of Maxillofacial Surgery, 2e is the newly revised and updated second edition of the text originally edited by James W. Ferraro. Written for trainees and students, as well as experts in oral and maxillofacial surgery, and experts in related subspecialties such as otolaryngology and plastic surgery, this highly illustrated text is an invaluable source of hands-on, practical knowledge for those taking the ASMS Basic Course, or for any specialist seeking a comprehensive review of maxillofacial surgery.
Contents:
Part I. The Basics
1. Embryology and Craniofacial Growth
2. Surgical Anatomy of the Head and Neck
3. Dental Anatomy
4. Facial Aesthetics
5. Regional Anesthesia
6. Imaging Techniques
7. Fixation Techniques
8. Bone Grafting
9. Biomaterials
Part II. Maxillofacial Fractures
10. Clinical Assessment of the Trauma Patient
11. Management of Soft Tissue Injuries
12. Dento-Alveolar Fractures
13. Mandible Fractures
14. Mid-Facial Fractures
15. Nasal Fractures
16. Zygoma Fractures
17. Orbital Fractures
18. Nasoorbitoethmoid (NOE) Fractures
19. Frontal Sinus Fractures
20. Panfacial Fracture Management
21. Gunshot Wounds
22. Microvascular Reconstruction
23. Pediatric Fractures
24. Secondary Skeletal Reconstruction
25. Secondary Soft Tissue Reconstruction
Part III. Orthognathic Surgery
26. Facial Evaluation in Orthognathic Surgery
27. Surgical Planning: 2D to 3D
28. Orthodontics
29. Genioplasty
30. Maxillary Osteotomies
31. Mandibular Osteotomies
32. Dental Extractions
33. Maxillofacial Augmentation and Reduction
34. Distraction Osteogenesis
Part IV. Laboratory
35. Impressions, Models, and Splints.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digital/PrintFerri, Fred F.Digital Access
- Digitaleditor, Fred F. Ferri ; associate editors, James E. Fitzpatrick, Lori Prok.Contents:
Evaluation of skin disorders
Differential diagnosis
Diseases and disorders
Appendices. Topical steroids
Cutaneous manifestations of internal disease
Nail diseases
Stings and bites.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalAndrés F. Florez, Hamed Alborzinia, editors.Summary: This book focuses on the emerging role of ferroptosis in human diseases. It gives a detailed perspective on how to induce or suppress ferroptosis to treat challenging conditions such as infectious diseases, including COVID-19, tuberculosis, parasitic diseases and cancer. The book serves as a practical guide by providing a valuable collection of all currently known activators or inhibitors of ferroptosis. It will enable readers to choose molecules for experimental design for in vitro and in vivo studies of ferroptosis. Furthermore, this volume highlights the aspects of iron metabolism and its connection to ferritinophagy, a ferritin selective autophagy, with profound implications in neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer, Parkinson, Huntington and ALS. Lastly, it describes necroptosis, another important form of cell death, along with its connections to human disorders and potential crosstalk with ferroptosis. While covering basic concepts, the book delves into mechanisms and modulation of ferroptosis for treating a wide variety of human diseases thus offering a valuable and informative resource for both, scientists and clinical researchers.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Contents
About the Editors
1: Ferroptosis: Concepts and Definitions
References
2: Overcoming Therapeutic Challenges for Pancreatic Ductal Adenocarcinoma with xCT Inhibitors
2.1 Pancreatic Cancer Therapeutic Challenges
2.2 Ferroptosis and PDAC
2.2.1 xCT-Based Ferroptosis Inducers as Systemic Therapeutics for PDAC
2.2.2 xCT-Based Early Detection of Metastasized PDAC
2.3 Metabolic Status Dictates Sensitivity Toward Ferroptosis
2.4 Promoting Ferroptosis and Antigenicity in PDAC 2.5 How Stromal Compartment Influences Sensitivity to Ferroptosis
2.6 Concluding Remarks
References
3: Iron Homeostasis and Metabolism: Two Sides of a Coin
3.1 Iron in Physiology and Disease
3.1.1 Iron: Origin, Chemical Properties and Evolution
3.1.2 Insights into the Redox Chemistry of Iron
3.1.3 Strategies for Iron Assimilation and Transport
3.2 Concluding Remarks
References
4: The Role of NCOA4-Mediated Ferritinophagy in Ferroptosis
4.1 Introduction
4.2 NCOA4-Mediated Ferritinophagy
4.3 NCOA4-Mediated Ferritinophagy and Ferroptosis 4.4 Ferritinophagy and Ferroptosis in Cancer
4.5 Ferritinophagy and Ferroptosis in Neurodegeneration
4.5.1 Neuroferritinopathy
4.5.2 Alzheimer's Disease
4.5.3 Parkinson's Disease
4.5.4 Huntington's Disease
4.5.5 Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
4.5.6 Brain Injury
4.6 Conclusions and Future Directions
References
5: Emerging Role for Ferroptosis in Infectious Diseases
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Necrosis in Infectious Diseases
5.2.1 Pyroptosis and Necroptosis in Infectious Diseases
5.3 Ferroptosis in Infectious Diseases 5.3.1 Pathogen-Induced Ferroptotic Cell Death
5.3.1.1 Bacterial Infections
Salmonella Typhimurium Infection
Mycobacterium tuberculosis Infection
Pseudomonas aeruginosa Infection
Polymicrobial Sepsis
5.3.1.2 Viral Infection
5.3.1.3 Parasitic Infection
5.4 Concluding Remarks
References
6: Small Molecule Regulators of Ferroptosis
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Activators of Ferroptosis
6.2.1 Targeting GPX4 Activity and Lipid Production
6.2.1.1 Deficiency of GPX4 Production (Scheme 6.1
Fig. 6.2)
6.2.1.2 Boost of Lipid Production (Scheme 6.1 Fig. 6.3)
6.2.2 GSH Depletion and Nuclear Factor (Erythroid-Derived 2)-like 2 (NrF2) Inhibition
6.2.2.1 System Xc- Inhibition (Scheme 6.1
Fig. 6.4)
6.2.2.2 Alteration of GSH Metabolism (Scheme 6.1
Fig. 6.5)
6.2.2.3 NrF2 Inhibition (Scheme 6.1
Fig. 6.6)
6.2.3 Iron and ROS Production
6.2.3.1 Labile iron Pool Enrichment (Scheme 6.2
Fig. 6.7)
6.2.3.2 Inducing ROS (Scheme 6.2
Fig. 6.9)
6.2.3.3 A Small molecule Inducer of Membrane Leakage (Scheme 6.2
Fig. 6.10)
6.3 Inhibitors of Ferroptosis - DigitalDaolin Tang, editor.Summary: This book sheds new light on ferroptosis, as an only recently recognised form of regulated cell death. Its respective chapters address the numerous implications that ferroptosis can have for virtually all aspects of metabolism. They also share insights on the morphological characterisation of ferroptosis and highlight the different pathways of induction. Accordingly, the book offers a unique perspective on a mechanism that is involved in a multitude of pathologies, including cancer cell death, neurotoxicity, neurodegenerative diseases, acute renal failure, drug-induced hepatotoxicity, tissue ischemia/reperfusion injury, and T cell immunity. Readers will learn in which cell types this form of regulated cell death is likely to occur, and how it can be pharmacologically influenced, making the book a fascinating and informative read not only for scientists working in cell biology, but also for clinicians in the field of cancer research.
Contents:
Intro; Contents;
Chapter 1: Lipid Metabolism and Ferroptosis; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Lipids Are a Diverse Class of Molecules that Mediate Cellular Life and Death; 1.2.1 The Composition and Function of Lipids in Cell Membranes; 1.2.2 Lipid Peroxidation: A Balance Between Signaling and Survival; 1.3 Ferroptosis Is a Lipid-Dependent Form of Cell Death; 1.4 The Role of Lipids and Lipid Metabolism in Ferroptosis; 1.4.1 Lipid Signatures of Cells Undergoing Ferroptosis; 1.4.2 Specific PUFA-Modifying Enzymes Are Required for Ferroptosis 1.4.3 The Role of Other Lipids and Lipid Metabolic Enzymes in Ferroptosis1.5 Lipid Peroxidation: Mechanism, Location, and Consequences; 1.5.1 How Do LOOHs Form in Ferroptosis?; 1.5.1.1 The Role of Lipoxygenase Enzymes; 1.5.1.2 Evidence for Non-enzymatic Lipid Autoxidation; 1.5.2 Where Are LOOHs Localized in Ferroptosis?; 1.5.2.1 The Role of the Plasma Membrane; 1.5.2.2 The Role of Mitochondria; 1.5.2.3 The Role of the Lysosome; 1.5.2.4 The Role of the ER; 1.5.2.5 The Role of Lipid Droplets; 1.5.3 How Does Lipid Peroxidation Kill Cells? 1.5.3.1 The Effect of Lipid Peroxidation on Membrane Dynamics1.5.3.2 The Effect of Lipid Peroxidation on Membrane-Embedded Protein Function; 1.5.3.3 The Effect of LOOH Breakdown Products on Essential Cellular Processes; 1.6 Conclusions and Future Perspectives; References;
Chapter 2: Iron Metabolism and Ferroptosis; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Iron Metabolism in Circulation; 2.3 Iron Metabolism in Cells; 2.4 Excess Iron and Cancer; 2.5 Ferroptosis in Iron Excess; 2.6 Ferroptosis and Ferritinophagy; 2.7 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 3: Regulation and Function of Autophagy During Ferroptosis 3.1 Introduction3.2 The Core Autophagy Machinery; 3.2.1 The ULK1/2 Complex; 3.2.2 The PIK3C3 Complex; 3.2.3 The Ubiquitin-Like Conjugation Systems; 3.3 Role of Autophagy in Ferroptosis; 3.3.1 Ferritinophagy Promotes Iron Accumulation in Ferroptosis; 3.3.2 Lipophagy Promotes Lipid Peroxidation in Ferroptosis; 3.3.3 BECN1-Mediated Lipid Peroxidation and Iron Accumulation in Ferroptosis; 3.3.4 STAT3-Mediated Lysosomal Cell Death in Ferroptosis; 3.3.5 CMA-Mediated GPX4 Degradation in Ferroptosis; 3.3.6 Clockophagy-Mediated ARNTL Degradation in Ferroptosis 3.3.7 Autophagy Promotes DAMP Release in Ferroptosis3.4 Conclusions and Perspectives; References;
Chapter 4: Heat Shock Proteins: Endogenous Modulators of Ferroptosis; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Classification and Function of HSPs; 4.2.1 sHSPs; 4.2.2 HSP40; 4.2.3 HSP60; 4.2.4 HSP70; 4.2.5 HSP90; 4.2.6 HSP100; 4.3 The Core Mechanisms of Ferroptosis; 4.3.1 Iron Accumulation; 4.3.2 Lipid Peroxidation; 4.3.3 HSPs in Ferroptosis; 4.3.3.1 HSPB1; 4.3.3.2 HSPA5; 4.3.3.3 HSP90 and HSPA8; 4.4 Conclusions and Perspectives; References - DigitalM. Eda Ertorer, editor.Summary: This book covers all forms of Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia (CAH) and provides a comprehensive overview of accompanying reproductive problems. Affected individuals may exhibit low fecundability, infertility, recurrent miscarriages, painful sexual intercourse, sexual orientation changes, etc. If not diagnosed and treated properly, their children may also experience developmental disorders of the external genitalia. Depending on the defects in enzymes, severity of the mutations and residual enzymatic activities, the clinical presentation may differ from patient to patient. As these disorders are encountered relatively rarely, many cases are either undiagnosed or inappropriately treated. Given its scope, this book offers a valuable guide for gynecologists, endocrinologists, pediatricians, and professionals in reproductive medicine, as well as GPs, practicing physicians, medical students and residents.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia (CAH): Definition and Enzymatic Defects in Various Forms
Introduction
Enzymatic Defects in Various Forms
21-Hydroxylase Deficiency
11-Beta Hydroxylase Deficiency
17-Alpha Hydroxylase Deficiency
3-Beta Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase Deficiency
P450 Oxidoreductase (POR) Deficiency
Lipoid Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia (StAR Deficiency)
Side Chain Cleavage Enzyme Deficiency (P450scc)
References Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia Due to 21-Hydroxylase Deficiency: Genetic Characterization and the Genotype-Phenotype Correlation
Introduction
The Structure of the CYP21A2 Gene
The Origin of CYP21A2 Alterations
CYP21A2 Genetic Modifications
Large Deletions and Conversions
Point Mutations and Small Deletions/Insertions
Other Pathogenic Variants
Polymorphisms
Genotyping and Pregnancy
Genotype-Phenotype Correlations
Genetic Sequencing
General Considerations
DNA Sanger Sequencing
MLPA
Final Considerations
References Classical Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia (CAH) in Childhood and Adolescence: Diagnosis and Management for Future Reproductive Life
Introduction
21-Hydroxylase Deficiency
General Features of Classical Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia due to 21-OHd
Diagnosis
Genetic
Treatment
Steroid Treatment
Additional Treatment Regimen to Glucocorticoids
11-Beta Hydroxylase (CYP11B1) Deficiency
Diagnosis
Treatment
Gender Determination and Surgical Treatment
The Aims of Surgical Intervention in Virilized Females The Effects of Contemporary CAH Treatment in Childhood on Future Reproductive Life
References
Diagnostic Challenges in Nonclassical Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
Introduction
Reasons to Diagnose NCAH
Indications for the Screening of NCAH
Current Challenges with Diagnostic Methods and Assays
Serum 17-OHP Concentrations
Molecular Genetic Analysis of CYP21A2
Adrenal Steroid Profiles
Conclusions
References
Mechanisms of Reproductive Dysfunction in Classical and Nonclassical Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia: From an Endocrinologist's Perspective
Introduction 21-Hydroxylase Deficiency
Female Patients with 21-Hydroxylase Deficiency: Fertility and Pregnancy
Male Patients with 21-Hydroxylase Deficiency
11-Beta-Hydroxylase Deficiency
17-Alpha-Hydroxylase and 17,20-Lyase Deficiency
Male Patients with 17-Alpha-Hydroxylase and 17,20-Lyase Deficiency
3-Beta-Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase Type 2 Deficiency
P450 Oxidoreductase Deficiency
Lipoid Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
Conclusion
References
Reproductive Dysfunction in Classical and Nonclassical Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia Due to 21-Hydroxylase Deficiency
Introduction - DigitalHatem A. Azim Jr, Isabelle Demeestere, Fedro A. Peccatori, editors.Summary: This book, written by global experts in the field, provides a thorough overview on fertility and pregnancy challenges and solutions in women who are being or have been treated for cancer. The book addresses several topics, including pregnancy outcomes after a cancer diagnosis, the impacts of systemic anticancer therapy on fertility, the essentials of fertility preservation approaches in cancer patients, and fertility counseling. This is in addition to controversial topics like the role of ovarian stimulation in breast cancer patients, fertility preservation in cancer patients with BRCA mutation and the evolving role of GnRH analogues. Within this context, key open questions are discussed with reference to the latest evidence. The aim is to provide clinicians with a reliable resource that documents the most up-to-date knowledge on the feasibility and safety of the different approaches to fertility preservation and on the management of female cancer patients who would like to preserve fertility and achieve a pregnancy following their treatment.
Contents:
PART I OVERVIEW ON PREGNANCY IN CANCER SURVIVORS AND FERTILITY PRESERVATION OPTIONS Chapter 1 Epidemiology and General Considerations of Pregnancy Following Cancer Diagnosis
Chapter 2 Safety and Challenges of Pregnancy in Women with History of Endocrine-sensitive Breast Cancer
Chapter 3 Pregnancy After Gynecological Cancer
Chapter 4 Overview of Fertility Preservation Approaches in Cancer Patients
Chapter 5 Fertility Preservation in Women with Hematological Cancers
PART II CHALLENGES AND SOLUTION TO FERTILITY PRESERVATION IN WOMEN WITH CANCER Chapter 6 Organizational Strategies to Overcome Barriers to Addressing Fertility Preservation in the Oncology Setting
Chapter 7 Impact of Systemic Anticancer Therapy on Fertility
Chapter 8 Fertility Counselling in Routine Practice: Why, When and How?
Chapter 9 Challenges in Fertility Counselling of Cancer Patients: A Developing Nation Perspective
PART III CONTROVERSIAL TOPICS IN FERTILITY COUNSELING OF BREAST CANCER PATIENTS Chapter 10 Ovarian Stimulation in Women with Breast Cancer
Chapter 11 Role of GnRH Agonists for Fertility Preservation in Breast Cancer
Chapter 12 Fertility and Pregnancy Counselling of Breast Cancer Patients with BRCA Mutation. - DigitalMichael von Wolff, Frank Nawroth, editors.Summary: This practical book focuses on the most recent advances in fertility preservation in oncological and non-oncological patients. It presents the steps that need to be followed prior to treatment for successful fertility preservation, and describes in detail the medical conditions requiring fertility preservation, including precise information on the risk of fertility loss, prognosis, risk of ovarian metastasis and other possible risks. The book also provides information on how to perform the preservation techniques (success rates, risks, etc.) and on what to do after the treatment (in cases of bleeding during chemotherapy, menopause, wish to conceive, etc.). Written by experts in the field, including members of the globally known network FertiPROTEKT and leading oncologists and specialists, this practical and easy-to-use book is a valuable resource for all clinicians involved in fertility preservation for patients with specific diseases.
Contents:
Before fertility preservation: Networks for fertility preservation
Logistics for fertility preservation counselling in adults and children
Indication for and against fertility preservation
How to use the book
Fertility preservation
diseases: Breast cancer
Hodgkins lymphoma
Ovarian tumors
Cervical cancer
Endometrial hyperplasia and endometrial carcinoma
Pediatric oncological cancer
Other malignancies
Stem cell transplantation in non-malignant diseases
Rheumatism
severe autoimmune diseases
Endometriosis
Turner syndrome
Transgender
Fertility preservation
techniques: Ovarian stimulation to collect oocytes
Cryopreservation of unfertilized and fertilized oocytes
Removal of ovarian tissue
Transportation
cryopreservation and storage of ovarian tissue
Transplantation of ovarian tissue
GnRH agonists
Transposition of ovaries
Cryopreservation of sperm and testicular tissue
Further techniques
After fertility preservation: Therapy of uterine bleeding during chemotherapy
Infertility treatment after transplantation of ovarian tissue
Pregnancy after chemotherapy and radiation of the pelvis
Premature ovarian insufficiency
Hormone replacement therapy and follow up.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalBrian Dale.Summary: "This book introduces readers to the fascinating interaction of specialized gamete cells, forming the early embryo and a blueprint of new life. Gain a thorough understanding of the complex physiological events and biochemical processes--such as ionic regulation, metabolism and intracellular signalling--to decipher cause and effect in fertilization. Wide-ranging in its approach, this book describes fertilization as a highly conserved mechanism throughout the animal kingdom, taking case studies from echinoderms, ascidians, amphibians, mammals through to other phyla. An excellent companion to undergraduate and postgraduate students of medicine, veterinary and biological sciences; this text provides an underpinning of the mechanisms of fertilization that will inform assisted reproduction practice and research in medicine and agriculture. Explore the detailed phases before fertilization: the oocyte as a quiescent cell, attracting its partner gamete, followed by a cascade of pre-determined physiological events, to form the dynamic zygote cell; setting the scene for the early embryo, and beyond."--Page 4 of cover.
Contents:
Introduction
Producing gametes
The players
Sperm-oocyte interaction
Oocyte activation
The dynamics of fertilization
The zygote and early embryo
Basic cell biology.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - DigitalStephen Kralik, Nilesh Desai, Avner Meoded, Thierry A. G. M. Huisman.Digital Access
- DigitalOmar A. Abdul-Rahman, Christie L. M. Petrenko, editors.Summary: Fetal alcohol spectrum disorders (FASD) represent a range of physical, mental, and behavioral disabilities caused by alcohol use during pregnancy, or prenatal alcohol exposure (PAE). FASDs are considered to be one of the leading causes of developmental disability, with an estimated 2-5% of children being born with FASD each year in the world. Despite its high prevalence, FASD is often misdiagnosed or underdiagnosed, making intervention more challenging. A multidisciplinary team of providers who understand the diagnostic requirements is crucial for an accurate FASD diagnosis. This text provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of this field, and serves as a valuable resource for clinicians and researchers with an interest in FASD. The book provides a detailed overview for clinicians of various backgrounds on the diagnostic process, extensive mechanistic and embryologic data, neuropsychologic aspects of the condition, prevention and treatment approaches, and the ethical, legal, and policy perspectives that impact patients and families. The chapters are organized parallel to the journey of individuals who experience alcohol-related conditions, beginning with the prenatal period addressing epidemiology of alcohol exposure, prevention and interventions, continuing through the fetal experience with a focus on embryology. Challenges of children and their families are considered next including the diagnostic process and health effects. Finally, issues related to systems of care for individuals with FASD and the broader community are addressed. The global context of FASD is presented throughout the textbook. Written by experts in the field, Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorders provides a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of this issue that helps guide prevention efforts, the diagnostic process, school and community interventions, and global policy efforts.
Contents:
1.
Epidemiology of prenatal alcohol exposure/ Svetlana Popova and Danijela Dozet
2.
Protective and risk factors/ Gretchen Bandoli and Christina D. Chambers
3.
Prevention of exposure during the preconception period/ Jessica Hanson
4.
Care during the prenatal period/ Katherine N. DeJong and Jamie O. Lo
5.
Mechanisms of teratogenesis/ Siara Kate Rouzer, Dae Chung, Marisa Pinson, Natalie Collins, Jordan Kuhlman, and Rajesh Miranda
6.
Alcohol and embryology/ Scott E. Parnell and Johann K. Eberhart
7.
Care during the newborn period/ Vincent C. Smith
8.
Evolution of diagnostic systems/ Diego A. Gomez and H. Eugene Hoyme
9.
The diagnostic process/ Omar A. Abdul-Rahman, Christie L. M. Petrenko, and Lynn L. Cole
10.
Neuroimaging findings in FASD across the lifespan/ Madeline N. Rockhold, Kirsten A. Donald, Carson Kautz-Turnbull, and Christie L.M. Petrenko. 11.
Neuropsychological outcomes in FASD across the lifespan/ Matthew T. Hyland, Natasia S. Courchesne-Krak, Chloe M. Sobolewski, Carissa Zambrano, and Sarah N. Mattson
12.
Physical and mental health in FASD/ Karen M. Moritz, Lisa K. Akison, Nicole Hayes, and Natasha Reid
13.
FASD-Informed care and the future of intervention/ Heather Carmichael Olson, Misty Pruner, Nora Byington, and Tracy Jirikowic
14.
Ethical and social issues in FASD/ Christina Tortorelli, Dorothy Badry, Peter Choate, and Kerryn Bagley
15.
FASD and child welfare/ Dorothy Badry, Ana Hanlon Dearman, Peter Choate, Lenora Marcellus, Christina Tortorelli, and Robyn Williams
16.
Educating school-aged children with FASD/ Molly N. Millians
17.
The justice system and FASD/ Jacqueline Pei, Jessica J. Joseph, Kaitlyn McLachlan, and Mansfield Mela. - DigitalGianfranco Butera, John Cheatham, Carlos A.C. Pedra, Dietmar Schranz, Gerald Tulzer, editors.Contents:
Part I-Introductory aspects in fetal procedures/Ethical aspects of fetal heart interventions
Tools in fetal heart procedures
Role of Multicenter Registries to Assess Outcomes of Fetal Interventions
Role of Counseling in Fetal Congenital Heart Diseases
Part II
Aortic valve disease/Fetal Anatomy: the aortic valve in the fetal aortic valve diseases
Fetal aortic stenosis
natural history and echocardiographic evaluation
Fetal Aortic Valvuloplasty (FAV)
Fetal aortic valvuloplasty: state of art
Part III
Pulmonary valve disease/Fetal anatomy: the pulmonary valve in the fetal pulmonary valve disease
Fetal pulmonary valvuloplasty: Natural history and echocardiographic evaluation of Critical Pulmonary stenosis/ Pulmonary atresia with intact ventricular septum
Indications for fetal pulmonary valvuloplasty
Center experience and step-by-step approach for fetal pulmonary valvuloplasty
Pulmonary valvuloplasty: Fetal, neonatal and follow up outcomes
Literature on fetal therapy after pulmonary valvuloplasty
Future perspectives on fetal pulmonary valvuloplasty
Part IV
Procedures on the interatrial septum/The embryology of the interatrial septum
Fetal anatomy: the inter atrial septum in the fetus with congenital heart disease
Literature on fetal therapy on interatrial septum
Procedures on the Atrial Septum
Part V
Fetal procedures: Other treatments and approaches/Perspectives On Fetal Pacing
Alternative vascular access in fetus
Part VII
Introductory aspects in hybrid procedures/Physician's Perspective
Parents' Perspective on the Hybrid Approach
The Hybrid Catheterization Laboratory
Part VIII
Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome (HLHS)/Hypoplastic left heart syndrome natural and surgical history
The engineering perspective
General principles of the hybrid approach in Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome
Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome: The Giessen approach
history, technique and results
Hybrid Approach: The Columbus way
The Brazilian Hybrid Approach for Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome
Canadian approach to hybrid HLHS.-Prolonged Right Ventricle To Left Ventricle Support (Hybrid Or Surgical) To Delay Decision Making In Borderline Left Ventricles
The Anatomical or Functional Borderline Left Ventricle and Strategies for Staged Rehabilitation
Part IX
Pulmonary Arteries/Pulmonary arteries: surgical point of view
Exit Angiography
Role of 3-Dimensional Rotational Angiography in Imaging the Pulmonary Arteries
Hybrid Approach to Pulmonary Artery Stenosis
Literature and Results
Part X
Ventricular Septal Defect/Hybrid Closure of Muscular Ventricular Septal Defects: anatomy, clinical scenarios and techniques
Hybrid Muscular Ventricular Septal Defect Closure: Literature And Results
Perimembranous VSD
Part XI
Other Hybrid Procedures/Hybrid Atrial Septal Defect Closure
Treatment of RV Outflow Tract Dysfunction: New Valve Technologies
Mitral Valve Replacement with Melody Valve Prosthesis
A Hybrid Approach to Aortic Stent Implantation
Other hybrid treatments: tetralogy of Fallot
Other hybrid treatments: RV-to-PA hybrid conduit
Hybrid VSD creation or enlargement.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalRobert M. Verdijk; Martina C. Herwig-CarlSummary: This richly illustrated book discusses the fetal eye, offering a brief introduction to the topic and discussing its development and treatment. The high-quality reference images allow the morphological fetal age to be determined, and the authors provide examples of artifacts and real-world findings to simplify histopathological diagnosis. The book also discusses findings in fetal eyes, presenting typical examples of common malformations, including clinical and histological pictures as well as additional findings from other specialties (such as neuropathology, genetics). In addition, it covers non-specific ocular malformations. It particularly addresses documentation and interpretation of cases of suspected Shaken-Baby Syndrome, which is of forensic importance. In the context of retinopathy of prematurity, histopathological and clinical findings are correlated.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalPolin, Richard A.; Abman, Steven H.; Benitz, William E.; Rowitch, David H.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
- Digital[edited by] Richard A. Polin, Alan R. Spitzer.Summary: Drs. Richard Polin and Alan Spitzer, uses the success formula of the Secrets Series to offer fast answers to the most essential clinical questions in fetal and neonatal medicine. With its user-friendly Q & A format, practical tips from neonatologists and fetal medicine experts, and "Key Points" boxes, this portable and easy-to-read medical reference book provides rapid access to the practical knowledge you need to succeed both in practice and on board and recertification exams. New to this edition: Apply all the latest pediatric advances in clinical fetal neonatology techniques, technology, and pharmacology.
Contents:
Care of the term infant / Alan R. Spitzer
Fetal growth and development / Karin M. Fuchs
Obstetric issues, labor, and delivery / Thomas J. Garite and C. Andrew Combs
Family-centered and developmental care in the neonatal intensive care unit / Karen D. Hendricks-Munoz and Carol C. Prendergast
NICU environment and principles of infection control / Saima Aftab and Jacquelyn R. Evans
Cardiology secrets / Mitchell I. Cohen and Christopher L. Lindblade
Dermatology / Victoria R. Barrio, Kimberly D. Morel, and Lawrence F. Eichenfield
Endocrinology and metabolism / Marisa Censani ... [et al.]
Fluid, electrolyte, acid-base, and renal-developmental phisiology and disorders / John M. Lorenz and Patricia L. Weng
Gastroenterology and nutrition / Sarah A.Taylor and Joel E. Lavine
Genetics / Wendy K. Chung
Hematology and transfusion medicine / Robert D. Christensen
Infection and immunity / Beatriz Larru and Theoklis Zaoutis
Neurology / Courtney J. Wusthoff and Robert Ryan Clancy
Neonatal ophthalmology / Daniel A. Greninger and Michael F. Chiang
Orthopedics / Qusai Hammouri and Joshua E. Hyman
Pain management in the neonate / K.J.S. Anand, Fabio Savorgnan, and R. Whit Hall
Pulmonology / Reese H. Clark
Surgery / Alejandro Garcia and William Middlesworth.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014 - DigitalJohn Simpson, Vita Zidere, Owen I. Miller, editors.Summary: This practical book describes a systematic approach to the ultrasound examination of the fetal heart based on accepted screening recommendations. The written content is enhanced by images and videos of both normal and abnormal sonographic findings. Fetal Cardiology: A Practical Approach to Diagnosis and Management goes further than simply describing core screening views. It includes extended views of the fetal heart, the use of Doppler techniques and assessment of fetal cardiac function. “Variants” which can be encountered in practice are described as well as the features of the major groups of cardiac abnormalities and fetal arrhythmias. Because the authors include experienced fetal and paediatric cardiologists, the focus is not only on diagnostic features but also the approach to postnatal care and prognosis. This content is enhanced by inclusion of chapters relating to associated fetal abnormalities, the genetics of congenital heart disease and new imaging modalities such as MRI of the fetal heart. The book equips all those using ultrasound to image the fetus with a clear concise reference to meet the challenge of new guidelines and to expand their knowledge of complementary echocardiographic techniques and management. It details why prenatal recognition of congenital heart disease is being prioritised to allow for parental choice, recognition of associated abnormalities and improvement of postnatal outcome. As such, this book will be important for all professionals, whether they be a cardiologist, fetal medicine specialist, sonographer or midwife.
- Digitaleditors Luciano Marcondes Machado Nardozza, Edward Araujo Júnior, Giuseppe Rizzo and Russell Lee Deter.Digital Access Springer 2019
- Digital[edited by] Pranav P. Pandya, Dick Oepkes, Neil J. Sebire, Ronald J. Wapner.Contents:
Early concepts and terminology
Cellular mechanisms and embryonic tissues
Staging embryos in development and the embryonic body plan
Teratology
Early pregnancy failure
The immunology of implantation
Development of the placenta and its circulation
Placental function in maternofetal exchange
Placental pathology and implications for fetal medicine
Development of the heart and cardiovascular system in relation to cardiac abnormalities
Lung growth and maturation
Development of the kidneys and urinary tract in relation to renal anomalies
The perinatal postmortem examination
Epidemiologic and research methods in fetal medicine
Ethical issues in maternal-fetal medicine
Principles of screening
Conveying information about screening and diagnosis
Ultrasound and biochemical screening for fetal aneuploidy
Ultrasound screening for fetal abnormalities in the first trimester
Evidence for routine ultrasound screening for fetal abnormalities in the second and third trimesters
Noninvasive screening for cytogenetic disorders (fetal aneuploidy including microdeletions)
Noninvasive prenatal diagnosis for single-gene disorders
Invasive diagnostic procedures
Prenatal diagnosis of chromosome abnormalities
Advances in molecular genetics including fetal sequencing
Expanded carrier screening
Prenatal screening for thalassemias
Sonography of the fetal central nervous system
The heart
Fetal lung lesions
Congenital diaphragmatic hernia
Abdomen
Kidney and urinary tract disorders
Diagnosis and management of fetal skeletal abnormalities
Diagnosis and management of abnormalities of the face
Fetal hydrops
Fetal tumours
Open fetal surgery
Fetal growth and growth restriction
Haemolytic disease of the fetus and newborn
Fetal platelet disorders
Fetal infections
Disorders of amniotic fluid
Multiple pregnancy
In utero stem cell transplantation
Fetal gene therapy
The developmental origins of health and disease
Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics
Neonatal management and outcome in extreme prematurity
Self-assessment.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalChinmayee Ratha, Ashok Khurana.Summary: This book provides an overview of Fetal Medicine practice focusing on various aspects of fetal health such as screening for fetal aneuploidies and imaging for fetal anomalies, their basic management and technological breakthroughs.Although the field of Fetal Medicine is very wide, this book has condensed the important issues and is written in an " easy to read" format to simplify concepts for the readers. Fetal Medicine has emerged as a separate specialization and has an interdisciplinary appeal for clinicians. With the advent of knowledge and awareness in this field there are emerging challenges in counseling patients regarding available options. This book aims to be a ready reference for clinicians in Obstetrics and Radiology who encounter patients with fetal anomalies, growth disorders, multiple pregnancies and genetic /chromosomal problems. This is a highly informative and carefully presented book providing insights for clinicians with an interest in Fetal Medicine.
Contents:
Introduction to fetal medicine
Time line of fetal evaluation in normal pregnancy
Basics of screening for fetal aneuploidies
Basics of imaging for fetal anomalies
Evaluation of fetal biometry
System wise evaluation of fetus common problems and solutions
CVS
Musculoskeletal
Renal
Gastro intestinal
Facial
Thoracic
Fetal growth disorders
Basics of doppler imaging
Application of doppler - Fetal doppler in growth restriction Maternal doppler in PE
Lacental and cord related issues
Basics of genetics
Role of perinatal pathology
Recurrent fetal problems
Essentials of counseling. - Digitaledited by Donald Gibb, Sabaratnam Arulkumaran.Contents:
<P>1 Introduction </p> <p>2 Clinical assessment and recording </p> <p>3 Auscultation of the fetal heart rate </p> <p>4 Electronic fetal monitoring
terminology and interpretation </p> <p>5 Pathophysiology of fetal heart rate (FHR) </p> <p>6 NICE and FIGO guidelines for interpretation of FHR patterns </p> <p>7 Antepartum fetal surveillance </p> <p>8 The admission test by cardiotocography or by auscultation </p> <p>9 Assessment of uterine contractions </p> <p>10 Oxytocin and fetal heart rate changes </p> <p>11 Meconium, infection, anaemia, bleeding </p> <p>12 Cardiotocographic interpretation: additional clinical scenarios </p> <p>13 Cardiotocographic interpretation: more difficult problems </p> <p>14 Fetal scalp blood sampling pH and lactate </p> <p>15 Fetal ECG waveform analysis </p> <p>16 Medico legal issues with CTG and current strategies to reduce litigation </p> <p>17 Competency testing in CTG interpretation prior to practice </p> <p>New Chapter: Machine Learning </p> <p>New Chapter: Fetal Monitoring in the Future </p>Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2024 - DigitalHideaki Masuzaki, editor.Summary: This book explores the recent clinical and research findings in the field of prenatal screening and diagnosis. It presents new devices and tests such as real-time 3D ultrasound, ultrafast fetal MRI, and next-generation sequencing and discusses genetic counseling and fetal therapy. Written by pioneering scientists, the book is divided into six themed parts: ultrasound examination, genetic tests, genetic disorders, chromosomal diseases, genetic counseling, and techniques, presenting carefully prepared original data.This thought-provoking, instructive and informative book is intended for geneticists, obstetricians, pediatricians, genetic counselors and nurses. Although the incidence of congenital abnormalities such as structural, chromosomal and genetic disorders is very low, it is important to have accurate information on their incidence and likely outcome, and on the screening and diagnosis of congenital abnormalities during pregnancy care. This book provides valuable insights into prenatal screening, genetic counseling and fetal diagnosis.
Contents:
Part I Ultrasound examination
1.Ultrasonic Screening
2.Abnormal findings in Ultrasound examination
Part II_ Genetic tests
3.Screening tests
4.Diagnostic test
Part III_Genetic Disorders
5.Mendelian Diseases
6.Abnormalities in fetal brain(congenital hydrocephalus etc)
7.Muscular Dystrophy
8.Skeletal dysplasia
9.Genito-urinary tract abnormality
10.Genomic imprinting disorders ( including mesenchymal placental dysplasia)
11.Genetics in Multiple gestation
12.Fetal Therapy
Part IV_Chromosoma disease
13.Autosomal disease
14.Sex chromosome-linked diseases
Part V_Genetic counseling
15.fetal anomaly and genetic counseling
16.Soft marker test (NT, Nasal bone etc) and genetic counseling
17.NIPT and genetic counseling
18.Trisomy and genetic counseling
19.Sex chromosomel abnormality and genetic counseling
20.Chromosome structural abnormalities and genetic counseling
21.Chromosome Mosaic and Genetic Counseling
22.Gene disorders and genetic counseling
Part VI_Technical
23. G-banding
24. FISH
25. PCR
26. Microarray and Next generation sequencing
27. How to get the licenses for prenatal diagnosis. - Digitaledited by Mark D. Kilby, Anthony Johnson, Dick Oepkes.Summary: Updated by a team of internationally renowned experts, this book gives a thorough overview of fetal pathophysiology and an evidence base for in utero: both medical (non-invasive) and surgical treatments. Many topics are expanded to cover recent advances, including: stem cell transplantation; tissue scaffolding; minimally invasive approaches to 'open fetal surgery'; the etiology, prevention and treatment of preterm birth and PROM; the genetic etiologies of fetal disease; and gene therapy. In addition, there are in-depth discussions as to the role of open fetal myelomeningocele repair and several fetoscopic approaches to therapy. The international editors have added important new chapters on reducing stillbirth and prenatal counselling. This book is an invaluable reference guide to the latest fetal therapy options, and an essential, in-depth study book for maternal-fetal and neonatology specialists.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- DigitalXiaokun Li.Summary: "Fibroblast Growth Factors presents research and results from the leading global research group on FGF, providing up-to-date and comprehensive coverage of the field. The book describes the history, basic research and growth engineering technology involved with FGFs, while also introducing detailed research methods. It comprises eight chapters that detail successes and problems in relation to wound healing of engineered growth factors and considers injury repair and regeneration, non-mitogenic mutants, structure modification, pathology, physiology, pharmacology, development, FGF/FGFR inhibitors, bioengineering, and new drug development. It will serve as a key reference book for researchers working on FGFs."Publisher's descriptionDigital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalErin Lawson, Mark S. Wallace, editors.Contents:
Preface
The Epidemiology and Prevalence of Fibromyalgia
Fibromyalgia Diagnosis
Etiology
Prognosis
Lifestyle Modification and Fibromyalgia
Psychological Treatment for Fibromyalgia
Medications
Adjuvant Treatments for Fibromyalgia
Utilizing Clinical Treatments with a Limited Evidence Base
Treatment of Special Groups: Children, Pregnant, Elderly and Mentally-disabled
Emerging Developments
Nutrition.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJacob N. Ablin, Yehuda Shoenfeld, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of fibromyalgia syndrome that focuses on integrating concepts relevant to the pathogenesis, epidemiology and treatment of the condition. Details of how to manage sleep disorders, assess related disabilities, use pharmacological and complementary treatments are provided. Relevant aspects of neuromodulation, genetics, and neuromodulation are also covered. Therefore, enabling the reader to develop a deep understanding of the underlying triggers of and tools for assessing and treating fibromyalgia. Fibromyalgia Syndrome features a wealth of information on the basic science and contains guidance on how to make clinical decisions when treating patients with this condition, and is a valuable resource for any medical professional or trainee seeking a dedicated up-to-date resource on the topic.
Contents:
Overview and definition of the fibromyalgia syndrome
History of fibromyalgia and evolution of nomenclature
Chronic fatigue-definition and overlap with fibromyalgia
Chronic pain as a pathogenetic and clinical entity
Etiology and triggers in the development of fibromyalgia
Epidemiology of fibromyalgia and chronic pain
Pharmacological treatment of fibromyalgia
Complementary and alternative treatments
Neuromodulation for the treatment of fibromyalgia, including neurofeedback
Classification, criteria diagnosis
Psychiatric comorbidity
Fibromyalgia genetics
The clinical spectrum of fibromyalgia and overview of approach to treatment
Functional syndromes as fibromyalgia comorbidities
Cognitive behavioral treatment and other types of psychotherapy
Pediatric fibromyalgia
The neuroscience of fibromyalgia and central sensitization
Role of the immune system in fibromyalgia
The autonomic nervous system inn fibromyalgia
Sleep disorders and management in fibromyalgia and chronic pain
Assessing disability in fibromyalgia
Comorbidity of fibromyalgia in non-functional disorders-clinical and research implications
Cannabinoids in the fibromyalgia syndrome
Infections and vaccinations
Fibromyaliga and vaccinations
Small fiber neuropathy
Conclusion. - DigitalFlorian Rieder, editor.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive account of the pathogenesis and treatment of intestinal fibrosis, covering both the clinical and molecular aspects of the disease. It begins by describing the epidemiology and genetics of fibrostenosing IBD in Crohn’s disease and Ulcerative colitis as well as the epigenetics and cellular and molecular mechanisms of the disease. Readers will obtain an in-depth overview of the disease from biomarkers and histology to surgical intervention, imaging and current and future drug therapies. Medical management of fibrosis, endoscopy and imaging as well as surgical approaches are all discussed. Through the links to videos contained in the book, the reader will become familiar with interventional procedures such as endoscopic balloon dilation and surgical techniques for stricturing IBD, such as resection and strictureplasties. This is an indispensable volume for anyone working on fibrostenotic IBD, such as gastroenterologists, internists, radiologists, colorectal surgeons, pathologists and researchers. It has been written by a team of top experts from North America, Asia and Europe.
- DigitalDinesh Kumar Maheshwari, Shrivardhan Dheeman, editors.Summary: This book discusses the most challenging task ahead of researchers from India and around the globe: providing disease-free field crops for the ever-growing world population. In Asia, despite being cultivated in massive volumes, major crops, including cereals, oil seed, tuber and non-tuber vegetables, and fruit, are not meeting the demands of the increasing population. This book showcases naturally occurring beneficial microbes in the form of plant growth promoting rhizobacteria, or PGPR, which make it possible to grow field crops without applying synthetic chemicals. Our understanding of PGPR has increased exponentially in recent decades. They play a multifarious role in developing sustainable systems of crop production and protection. The book focuses on the mechanistic behaviors of PGPRs, their use to develop sustainable cultivation techniques, and their application to enhance crop growth and productivity at the cutting edge of tech-oriented agriculture and to replace hazardous chemicals with microbial inoculants. The book is useful to agronomists, microbiologists, ecologists, plant pathologists, molecular biologists, environmentalists, policy makers, conservationists, and NGOs working on organically grown field crops.
Contents:
Microbes in Agriculture : An Introduction
Role of Chemotactic and root colonizing rhizobacteria in plant growth promotion and yield improvement of Sesamum indicum L
Plant Growth Promotion and Suppression of Fungal Pathogens in Rice by Plant Growth-Promoting Bacteria
Problem of mercury toxicity in crop plants: Can plant growth promoting rhizobacteria (PGPR) be an effective solution?
Regulatory role of rhizobacteria to induce drought and salt stress tolerance in plants
Bacterial mixture, the future generation of inoculants for sustainable crop production
In Sustainable Agriculture: Assessment of Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria in Cucurbitaceous Vegetable Crops
Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria Induced Defense against Insect Herbivores In Field Crops
Azospirillum brasilense Az39 as a PGPR model: from the genomics to the field performance and soil traceability Fabricio Cassán, Argentina
Plant growth-promoting rhizobacteria (PGPR): their potential effect on enhancing protection against viral disease
Harnessing beneficial mechanisms of Aerobic Endospore forming Bacteria (AEFB) in productivity improvement of native crop of Himalayan biodiversity
Utilization of endophytic bacteria isolated from legume root nodules for plant growth promotion
Beneficial impact on crop productivity enhancement of leguminous crop using ACC-deaminase producing rhizobacteria
Conclusion. - DigitalSection on Transport Medicine, American Academy of Pediatrics, author ; Keith Meyer, Caraciolo J. Fernandes, editor, Hamilton P. Schwarz, editor, S. Niccole Alexander, AAP Staff.Summary: The Field Guide for Air and Ground Transport of Neonatal and Pediatric Patients is a brand-new clinical transport resource brought to you by the American Academy of Pediatrics Section on Transport Medicine. The guide is written by clinicians with extensive transport expertise and is a must for every clinician in the field of neonatal and pediatric transport. A concise, outline format makes this resource the convenient go-to reference for all your transport questions and needs. The pathophysiology of common illnesses and transport management pearls are at your fingertips.
Contents:
Before the transport
Challenges of transport environment
Special considerations
Diagnostic tests
Procedural skills
Radiology pearls
Neonatal content
Pediatric content
Approach to selected signs and symptoms.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018 - DigitalJames Alan Chambers.Summary: "While serving as a physician overseas in resource-poor countries, Dr. James Chambers recognized the need for a practical, portable reference for non-specialist healthcare providers to orient them to common issues when serving in new situations, whether due to geography, austere environments, or complex humanitarian disasters. Field Guide to Global Health and Disaster Medicine draws on the experience, training, and perspectives of committed healthcare providers from diverse nations and backgrounds to provide the most essential information for maximum utility in the field -- whether in a refugee camp, operating room, disaster response scene, or other demanding environment"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Before you leave home: immunizations and preventive measures for travel
Global infectious diseases: four steps toward a differential diagnosis
Specific infectious diseases
Laboratory techniques and procedures
Nutritional diseases of low- and middle-income countries
Sexually transmitted diseases
Bites and stings
Global toxicology
Environmental diseases and injuries
Public health and field epidemiology
Refugees and internally-displaced persons
Austere surgery and anesthesia
Mental health in crisis regions
Radiological, biological, and chemical agents
Medical response to disasters
Considerations for pandemic preparedness and response
Strengthening and supporting health systems.Digital Access - Digitaledited by Christopher A. Clyne, Britton JewellSummary: "Today's health care is much more than medicine. Health care professionals and administrators must be familiar with the non-medical aspects of health care if they are to be successful. From the basics of government and private insurance, to reimbursement methods, payment models, practice paradigms and new industry trends this indispensable guide provides much-needed information for medical students and residents, emerging health care professionals, and anyone who wants a clear perspective on the requisites, protocols, and regulations of today's health care system. Delivers up-to-date, must-know information on today's changing health care system, recent reforms, and the economics of practicing medicine - areas that are critical to career decision making and professional success. Uses an easy-to-read, quick-reference format that features numerous tables, diagrams, and links for efficient learning. Covers practical business and administrative challenges not often addressed in medical school and other formal health care training: credentialing, schedule planning, budgeting, benefits coverage, and much more. Includes practical coverage of insurance plans, physician reimbursement, documentation, billing and coding, medical malpractice and health law, social media, and more...."--Provided by publisher
Contents:
Fundamentals of health insurance : Medicare and Medicaid
Primer on health plans : private insurance
Physician reimbursement : how doctors are paid
Non-profit or not : how hospitals are paid
The mighty midlevel : how other providers are paid
If it ain't written it ain't done : documentation integrity and electronic medical records
Charging responsibly : billing and coding
Big brother is watching : quality and compliance
Your virtual presence : navigating social media
Protect yourself : medical malpractice and health law
Piles of paperwork : licensing, certification, and credentialing
It takes a village : social work and the community
Carving your niche : practice paradigms
From bedside to board room : the C-suite
The healthcare executive : industry as a career
The game changer : the Affordable Care Act and its future?
Spotting the horizon : future directions in healthcareDigital Access LWW Health Library 2019 - DigitalPaul S. Auerbach MD, MS, FACEP, MFAWM, FAAEM, Benjamin B. Constance MD, MBA, FACEP, FAWM, DiMM and Luanne Freer MD, FACEP, FAWM.Summary: "Based on Dr. Auerbach's renowned Wilderness Medicine text, Field Guide to Wilderness Medicine, 5th Edition, is your portable, authoritative guide to the full range of medical and emergency situations that occur in non-traditional settings. Useful for experienced physicians as well as advanced practice providers, this unique medical guide covers an indispensable range of topics in a well-illustrated, highly condensed format - in print or on any mobile device - for quick access anytime, anywhere"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
High-altitude medicine
Avalanche safety and rescue
Hypothermia
Frostbite and other cold-induced tissue injuries
Heat illness
Wildland fires
Burns and smoke inhalation
Solar radiation and photoprotection
Lightning injuries
Emergency airway management
Emergency oxygen administration
Trauma emergencies : assessment and stabilization
Shock
Head injury
Chest trauma
Intraabdominal injuries
Maxillofacial trauma
Orthopedic injuries, splints, and slings
Firearm and arrow injuries/fishhook injury
Lacerations, abrasions, and dressings
Sprains and strains
Foot problems and care
Bandaging and taping techniques
Pain management
Life-threatening emergencies (rescue breathing/CPR/choking)
Allergic reactions
Cardiopulmonary emergencies
Neurologic emergencies
Diabetes emergencies
Genitourinary tract disorders
Gynecologic and obstetric emergencies
Wilderness eye emergencies
Ear, nose, and throat emergencies
Dental emergencies
Mental health
Global humanitarian relief and disaster medicine
Snake and other reptile bites
Arthropod and mosquito bites and stings
Protection from blood-feeding arthropods
Toxic plants
Mushroom toxicity
Animal attacks
Zoonoses
Diarrhea and constipation
Field water disinfection
Hydration and dehydration
Malaria
Travel-acquired illnesses
Immunizations for travel
Drowning and cold-water immersion
Scuba diving-related disorders
Injuries from nonvenomous aquatic animals envenomation by marine life
Seafood toxidromes
Aquatic skin disorders
Search and rescue
Improvised litters and carries
Aeromedical transport
Survival
Knots
Wilderness medical kits
Children in the wilderness
Emergency veterinary medicine
Leave no trace
Appendices. Avalanche resources
Glasgow coma scale, simplified motor score, and other measures of responsiveness
SCAT5 sport concussion assessment tool
Lake Louise score for the diagnosis of acute mountain sickness
Contingency supplies for wilderness travel
Repair supplies for wilderness travel
Priority medical equipment
Antimicrobials
Wilderness eye kit
Recommended oral antibiotics for prophylaxis of domestic animal and human bite wounds
Therapy for parasitic infections
Suggested basic contents of a survival kit for temperate to cold weather sample winter survival kit
Sample desert survival kit
Sample camp and survival gear for jungle travel
Vehicle cold weather survival kit
Pediatric wilderness medical kit: basic supplies
Drug stability in the wilderness
Guide to initial dosage of certain antivenoms for treating bites by medically important snakes outside the Americas.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - Digitaleditors-in-chief, Peter M. Howley, David M. KnipeDigital Access
- Digitaleditors, Peter M. Howley, David M. Knipe ; associate volume editors, Blossom Damania, Jeffrey I. Cohen ; associate editors, Sean P.J. Whelan, Eric O. Freed, Lynn Enquist.Summary: "Now in four convenient volumes, Fields Virology remains the most authoritative reference in this fast-changing field, providing definitive coverage of virology, including virus biology as well as replication and medical aspects of specific virus families. This volume of Fields Virology: Emerging Viruses, Seventh Edition covers recent changes in emerging viruses, providing new or extensively revised chapters that reflect these advances in this dynamic field."-- Amazon
Contents:
Polyomaviridae
Papillomaviriae : the viruses and their replication
Papillomaviruses
Adenoviridae: the viruses and their replication
Adenoviruses
Parvoviridae
Circoviridae and anelloviridae
The family herpesviridae: a brief introduction
Herpes simplex viruses: mechanisms of lytic and latent infection
Herpes simplex viruses: pathogenesis and clinical insights
Epstein-barr virus
Cytomegalovirus
Varicella-zoster virus
Human herpesviruses 6A, 6B, and 7
Kaposi's sarcoma herpesvirus
Poxviridae: the viruses and their replication
Poxviruses
Hepadnaviridae
Hepatitis D (Delta) virus
Mimiviridae.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022 - Digitaleditors-in-chief, Peter M. Howley, David M. Knipe ; associate volume editors, L.W. Enquist, Jeffrey I. Cohen, Eric O. Freed, Blossom Damania, Sean P.J. Whelan.Summary: "Now in four convenient volumes, Field's Virology remains the most authoritative reference in this fast-changing field, providing definitive coverage of virology, including virus biology as well as replication and medical aspects of specific virus families. This volume of Field's Virology: Fundamentals, Seventh Edition, edited by Drs. Peter Howley and David M. Knipe, along with volume associate editors Drs. Lynn Enquist, Jeffrey I. Cohen, Eric O. Freed, Blossom A. Damania, and Sean P. J. Whelan, focuses on the basic principles of virology and reflects recent advances in this dynamic field. Bundled with the eBook, which will be updated regularly as new information about each virus is available, this text serves as the authoritative, up-to-date reference book for virologists, infectious disease specialists, microbiologists, and physicians, as well as undergraduate and graduate students interested in virology." -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library [2024]
- PrintFobes, Joseph Henry.
- PrintMichael V. McConnell, MD, MSEE.Summary: "This work reframes the narrative of heart disease through stories of patients and the author's own family history"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Introduction
Straight talk: Heart disease is like cancer, only worse: Blunt language; A tragic missed opportunity on my watch; Granddaughter's wishes
How did we get here?: The twin pandemics of heart disease and cancer; The rise and fall and rise of heart disease; Framingham, the start of our understanding of heart disease; How did we get to this point, will all that we know?
Learning from cancer in my family and myself: My early career misconceptions; Cancer gets personal; More cancer strikes
Understanding your heart and its vulnerability: An ever-beating pump; My introduction to the heart; Starting my imaging career; Understanding our heart's Achilles Heel; MRI and the tenth of an inch problem
How can "tumors" cause heart attacks?: "Tumors" in the heart; Narrowed pipes are not the full story; Silent growth, like cancer; "Malignant" plaques; Imaging under the "tip of the iceberg"
Beyond "tumors" in the heart: Women get heart disease too, in more than one way; Extra heart muscle in the wrong place; Preventing strokes ("brain attacks"); Quivering heart; Failing heart; Bulging vessels
Cancer and heart disease intertwined: Shared risk factors; Intertwined biology and therapy; Imaging plaque "biology"; Imaging heart disease like an oncologist
Prevention over imaging: Health happens every day; Health and research go mobile; Reengineering health care; Turning heart disease benign
Prevent like it's cancer: Move more; Eat healthy; Flatten the weight curve; Quit cigs and vaping; Sleep and the 24-hour cycle; Drink less; Be well; Why bother? Isn't it all in our genes?; Key takeaways: prevention
Screen like it's cancer: How to do a heart "self-exam"; Know your numbers: The big three; Is there a mammogram for heart disease?; What about the executive stress test?; Seeing heart disease from cancer screening?; Eyes as a window to heart disease; Key takeaways: Screening
Treat it like it's cancer: Uplevel care; Reverse the biology: Cholesterol; Revers the biology: Glucose; Reverse the biology: Inflammation; Unlocking our immune system; Starving plaques?; Editing our genes; What about aspirin?' What about those blockages?; Key takeaways: Treatment
Treating cancer and heart disease can overlap: "Cardio-oncology"; How cancer therapies can impact the heart and vice-versa; What cancer therapy can learn from heart disease; Don't forget heart disease prevention in cancer patients!
Digital health and AI to the rescue?: Self-driving health?; Digital health for prevention, screening, and care; Consumer devices filled with sensors; Care management and digital therapeutics; What is "artificial" intelligence and how can it help?
The bigger picture: Going beyond individual effort: From personalized health to public health; Our food is killing us; Equitable access to healthy choices; Health equity: Zip codes, COVID-196, and a "new" Framington; Crashing planes; Screen every man over 50 and woman over 60; Universal familial hypercholesterolemia and BRCA screening; Combined prevention of heart disease and cancer
My next (work) chapter
My next (life) chapter
Conclusion - Digital/PrintSteffen Backert, editor.Summary: This edited volume explores Campylobacter species, which are some of the most important foodborne pathogens. Above all, contaminated poultry meat can cause human gastroenteritis in both developed and developing countries. The respective contributions reveal how these infections can also increase the risk of generalized paralytic diseases such as Guillain-Barre syndrome, Miller-Fisher syndrome, and Chinese paralytic syndrome. Due to their influence on the nervous system, circulatory system, and various organs, Campylobacter infections represent a serious public health concern. Campylobacter can be effectively combated by addressing the hygienic conditions in both food production and human lifestyles. Accordingly, the authors put forward a One Health perspective, which provides readers with essential insights into the basic biology of Campylobacter, as well as practical guidance on aspects ranging from food production to the clinical treatment of infections. Chapter 'Natural Competence and Horizontal Gene Transfer in Campylobacter is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.
Contents:
Human campylobacteriosis - a serious infectious threat in a One Health perspective
The data behind risk analysis of Campylobacter jejuni and Campylobacter coli infections
Population biology and comparative genomics of Campylobacter species
Management strategies for prevention of Campylobacter infections through the poultry food chain: a European perspective
Emission sources of Campylobacter from agricultural farms, impact on environmental contamination and intervention strategies
Phage biocontrol of Campylobacter: a One Health approach
Campylobacter virulence factors and molecular host-pathogen interactions
Diarrheal mechanisms and the role of intestinal barrier dysfunction in Campylobacter infections
Murine models for the investigation of colonization resistance and innate immune responses in Campylobacter jejuni infections
Natural competence and horizontal gene transfer in Campylobacter
Molecular mechanisms of Campylobacter biofilm formation and quorum sensing.Print - Digitaledited by Jacob P. Thyssen, Howard Maibach.Summary: Filaggrin proteins are expressed in several human tissues, including the skin, oral mucosa, conjunctivae, esophagus, cervix, and testes. While filaggrin guarantees both structural and functional normality of the human epidermis, its role in other tissues is largely unknown. Epidermal deficiency of filaggrin causes dry and scaly skin, but also strongly increases the risk of skin diseases, in particular ichthyosis vulgaris and atopic dermatitis. Importantly, the risk of related asthma, hay fever, and food allergy is also increased although filaggrin is not expressed in the airways and gastrointestinal tract. Common FLG mutations, leading to reduced filaggrin expression, have mainly been identified in Europeans and Asians, reaching a prevalence of 5-10%. Even in the absence of atopic dermatitis, the skin of individuals with FLG mutations differs fundamentally from normal skin, for example by generating more vitamin D and allowing chemicals and allergens to more widely penetrate across the stratum corneum. This textbook provides comprehensive and detailed coverage of the effects of filaggrin and filaggrin gene (FLG) mutations in health and disease (cutaneous and non-cutaneous) and also discusses the basic science, epidemiology, management, and future research areas. It will be of value to scientists and clinicians from different specialties.
- DigitalFiller Complications : Filler-induced Hypersensitivity Reactions, Granuloma, Necrosis, and BlindnessIk Soo Koh, Won Lee.Summary: This book is a comprehensive, up-to-date, and clearly organized guide to the avoidance, identification, and treatment of complications associated with filler injections. With the aid of a wealth of high-quality illustrations, the various complications that may be encountered when performing filler injections are described and documented. There is a particular focus on granulomas, skin necrosis, and blindness and vision loss, but the full range of less serious complications is also covered, with complete description of the current treatment guidelines for each complication. In addition, the classification of filler complications is clearly explained and regions especially susceptible to adverse events are identified. The book, written by plastic surgeons with vast experience in the field, is exceptional in the breadth and depth of its coverage of filler complications. It will be invaluable for aesthetic and plastic surgeons, dermatologists, and all other providers of filler injections.
Contents:
1. Classification of filler complications
2. Hyaluronic acid filler and hyaluronidase
3. Granulomas and chronic inflammation
4. Danger zones
5. Skin necrosis- 6. Visual complications of filler injections. - PrintPalva, Antti.Contents: <br/
>1. Basic studies with Finnish speech towards the creation of a method for the diagnosis of central hearing disorders.Access via Acta oto-laryngologica. 1965; 210 - DigitalMaria Letizia Focarete, Chiara Gualandi, Seeram Ramakrishna, editors.Summary: This book covers the state-of-the-art on electrospun materials for the use of filters for water remediation, ion-exchange membranes and affinity membranes for the capture of selected chemical and biochemical species, as well as filtering applications covering air treatment, defense and protective applications, and oil-water separation. The book also provides an overview of the landscape of marketed electrospun filters and of technical approaches for the large scale production of nanofibrous non-woven filter media. This is an ideal book for biomaterials and polymer researchers interested in the applications of filtering media by electrospinning. Covers the latest research on ion-exchange membranes and affinity membranes for capture of cells and biological substances Broadens reader understanding of antimicrobial electrospun filters and sieving filters for liquid microfiltration Reviews exhaustively the key recent research into electrospun filters for oil-water separation, heavy metals removal, and defense and protective applications.
Contents:
Intro; Contents;
Chapter 1: Electrospinning Technology for Filtering Membranes Fabrication; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Electrospun Fibers for Filter Fabrication; 1.2.1 Electrospinning by Polymer Solution; 1.2.2 Other Processing Routes; 1.2.3 Optimization of Spinnerets and Collectors for Large-ƯScale Production; 1.3 Strategies to Design Complex Micro- and Nano-porous Membranes; 1.4 Fiber Membrane Post-treatments; 1.4.1 Physical Modifications; 1.4.2 Chemical Modifications; 1.5 Conclusions and Future Outlooks in Filtering Applications; References.
Chapter 2: Current Advances on Nanofiber Membranes for Water Purification Applications2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Electrospinning Technology; 2.2.1 Brief History; 2.2.2 Single-Jet Electrospinning; 2.2.3 Electroblowing Technology; 2.2.4 Double-Jet Electrospinning; 2.2.5 Multiple-Jet Electrospinning; 2.2.6 Electrospinning Technology: Current Commercial Status; 2.3 Unique Properties of Electrospun Nanofibrous Membranes; 2.3.1 Tunable Structural Characters; 2.3.2 Materials Selection for Nanofibrous Membranes in Water Purification; 2.4 Summary and Outlook; References.
Chapter 3: Electrospun Filters for Air Filtration: Comparison with Existing Air Filtration Technologies3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The History and Filtration Mechanism of Electrospun Filters; 3.2.1 The History of Electrospun Filters; 3.2.2 Filtration Mechanism of Electrospun Filters; 3.3 Materials for Electrospun Filters; 3.3.1 Polymers; 3.3.2 Ceramics; 3.4 Applications of the Electrospun Filters; 3.4.1 Industrial Dust Filtration; 3.4.2 Locomotive Air Filtration; 3.4.3 Indoor Air Filtration; 3.5 Conclusions and Prospects; References.
Chapter 4: Electrospun Filters for Defense and Protective Applications4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Motivation; 4.1.2 Chemical and Biological Warfare Agents (CBWAs); 4.2 Chemical and Biological Warfare Agents (CBWAs) Degradation; 4.2.1 Electrospun Fibrous Membrane for CBWAs Degradation; 4.2.1.1 Chemical Degradation; 4.2.1.2 Enzymatic Degradation; 4.2.1.3 Photocatalytic Degradation; 4.2.1.4 Biological Warfare Agent Degradation; 4.3 Smart Protective Textiles; 4.3.1 Sensing and Control; 4.3.2 Energy Harvesting/Storage and Communication; 4.3.3 Self-Cleaning; 4.3.4 Mechanical Strength; 4.4 Conclusion. - Digital/PrintThe Work Group for Studying the Effects of the Specific Health Checkups and Specific Health Guidance on Health Care Expenditures ; translation by Akiko S. Hosler.Digital Access 2015
- DigitalPhilip C. Cory.Summary: Finding the Nerve: The Story of Impedance Neurography discusses research that elucidates the nature of nerve simulation via externally applied electrical fields, and how it has led to an entirely new understanding of neuronal cell membrane biophysics and defined a novel nerve imaging technology. It details how these discoveries came about and the nature of research that derives from unexplained clinical observations. The primary technology, impedance neurography, is a wholly new way of nerve-specific visualization in 2-D or 3-D, with the ability to define both normal and abnormal functioning of nerves, heretofore unavailable from techniques such as MRI neurography. This is of particular importance with respect to the obesity epidemic where physicians performing nerve-related procedures cannot use ultrasound visualization due to the depth limitations of that technology.
Contents:
Initial impedance neurography findings
Skin surface impedance
The varieties of neuronal cell membrane reactance
Anisotropicity
Depth determination of peripheral nerves using impedance neurography.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalPranab Dey.Summary: This book discusses a broad selection of interesting cases of fine needle aspiration cytology (FNAC), which offer valuable insights into the diagnosis of cytology cases in routine practice. It provides the salient clinical history along with representative microphotographs of the routine smears. The content is divided into 100 chapters, with each chapter covering an individual case in detail. The book also addresses immunocytochemistry and other ancillary techniques that can help to diagnose lesions. Richly illustrated with more than 900 images, the book offers a valuable guide to diagnosis and self-evaluation for students/trainees/examinees of pathology and cytology practitioners alike.
Contents:
Fine needle aspiration cytology of head and neck region lesions
Fine needle aspiration cytology of salivary gland
Fine needle aspiration cytology of thyroid
Fine needle aspiration cytology of breast.-Fine needle aspiration cytology of lymph node
Fine needle aspiration cytology of lung and mediastinum
Fine needle aspiration cytology of intra-abdominal lesions
Fine needle aspiration cytology of ovary and testis
Fine needle aspiration cytology of soft tissue, skin and bone.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalLeo M. Rozmaryn, editor.Contents:
Anatomy and Physiology of the Fingertip
Closed Injuries: Bone, Ligament and Tendon
Injuries to the Nail Apparatus
High Pressure Injection Injuries
Fingertip Amputations: Supermicrosurgery and Replantation
Fingertip Amputations: Coverage ? Local and Regional Flaps
Reconstruction of the Thumb Tip
Free Tissue Transfer for Fingertip Coverage
Fingertip Burns
Pediatric Fingertip Injuries
Rehabilitation of the Fingertip.Digital Access Springer 2015 - PrintUnited States Office of Civilian Defense.Contents:
No.
1. Fire defense organization. - Digital/Printedited by Jesmyn Ward.Summary: "National Book Award-winner Jesmyn Ward takes James Baldwin's 1963 examination of race in America, The Fire Next Time, as a jumping off point for this groundbreaking collection of essays and poems about race from the most important voices of her generation and our time. In light of recent tragedies and widespread protests across the nation, The Progressive magazine republished one of its most famous pieces: James Baldwin's 1962 "Letter to My Nephew," which was later published in his landmark book, The Fire Next Time. Addressing his fifteen-year-old namesake on the one hundredth anniversary of the Emancipation Proclamation, Baldwin wrote: "You know and I know, that the country is celebrating one hundred years of freedom one hundred years too soon." Award-winning author Jesmyn Ward knows that Baldwin's words ring as true as ever today. In response, she has gathered short essays, memoir, and a few essential poems to engage the question of race in the United States. And she has turned to some of her generation's most original thinkers and writers to give voice to their concerns. The Fire This Time is divided into three parts that shine a light on the darkest corners of our history, wrestle with our current predicament, and envision a better future. Of the eighteen pieces, ten were written specifically for this volume. In the fifty-odd years since Baldwin's essay was published, entire generations have dared everything and made significant progress. But the idea that we are living in the post-Civil Rights era, that we are a "post-racial" society is an inaccurate and harmful reflection of a truth the country must confront. Baldwin's "fire next time" is now upon us, and it needs to be talked about. Contributors include Carol Anderson, Jericho Brown, Garnette Cadogan, Edwidge Danticat, Rachel Kaadzi Ghansah, Mitchell S. Jackson, Honoree Jeffers, Kima Jones, Kiese Laymon, Daniel Jose Older, Emily Raboteau, Claudia Rankine, Clint Smith, Natasha Trethewey, Wendy S. Walters, Isabel Wilkerson, and Kevin Young"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The Tradition / by Jericho Brown
Introduction / by Jesmyn Ward
Part I: Legacy
Homegoing, AD / by Kima Jones
The Weight / by Rachel Ghansah / Lonely in America / by Wendy S. Walters
Where Do We Go from Here? / by Isabel Wilkerson
"The Dear Pledges of Our Love": A Defense of Phillis Wheatley's Husband / Honoree Jeffers
White Rage / by Carol Anderson
Cracking the Code / by Jesmyn Ward
Part II: Reckoning
Queries of Unrest / by Clint Smith
Blacker Than Thou / by Kevin Young
Da Art of Storytellin' (a prequel) / by Kiese Laymon
Black and Blue / by Garnette Cadogan
The Condition of Black Life is One of Mourning / by Claudia Rankine
Know Your Rights! / by Emily Raboteau
Composite Pops / by Mitchell Jackson
Part III: Jubilee
Theories of Time and Space / by Natasha Trethewey
Love in the Time of Contradiction / by Daniel Jose Older
Message to My Daughters / by Edwidge Danticat.Digital Access EBSCO 2016Limited to 3 simultaneous users - DigitalGary S. Firestein, Ralph C. Budd, Sherine E. Gabriel, Gary A. Koretzky, Iain B. McInnes, and James R. O'Dell.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
- Digital[edited by] Tao Le , Richard A. Giovane.Contents:
Biochemistry
Immunology
Microbiology
Pharmacology
Public health sciences
Cardiovascular
Endocrine
Gastrointestinal
Hematology and oncology
Musculoskeletal, skin, and connective tissue
Neurology and special senses
Psychiatry
Renal
Reproductive
Respiratory.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2019 - Digital[editors] Tao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Connie Qiu, Anup Chalise, Panagiotis Kaparaliotis, Caroline Coleman, Kimberly Kallianos.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2023
- Digitalsenior editors, Tao Le, William L. Hwang ; editors, Luke R.G. Pike, M. Scott Moore.Contents:
Anatomy and histology
Behavioral science
Biochemistry
Embryology
Microbiology
Immunology
Pathology
General pharmacology.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2017 - Digitalsenior editors Tao Le, MD, MHS (Associate Clinical Professor, Chief, Section of Allergy and Immunology, Department of Medicine, University of Louisville School of Medicine), William L. Hwang, MD, PhD (Resident, Harvard Radiation Oncology Program, Massachusetts General Hospital, Brigham & Women's Hospital) ; editors Vinayak Muralidhar, MD, MSc (Resident, Harvard Radiation Oncology Program, Massachusetts General Hospital, Brigham & Women's Hospital), Jared A. White, MD (Resident, Department of Surgery, Division of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, University of Florida College of Medicine), M. Scott Moore, DO (Clinical Research Fellow, Affiliated Laboratories).Contents:
Cardiovascular
Endocrine
Gastrointestinal
Hematology and oncology
Musculoskeletal, skin, and connective tissue
Neurology and special senses
Psychiatry
Renal
Reproductive
Respiratory.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2017 - DigitalBarbara K. Blok, Dickson S. Cheung, Timothy Fortescue Platts-Mills.Contents:
Resuscitation
Cardiovascular emergencies
Trauma
Orthopedics
Pediatrics
Toxicology
Endocrine, metabolic, fluid, and electrolyte disorders
Infectious disease
Hematology, oncology, allergy, and immunology
Thoracic and respiratory disorders
Abdominal and gastrointestinal emergencies
Obstetrics and gynecology
Environmental emergencies
Head, eyes, ear, nose, and throat (HEENT) and dental emergencies
Neurology
Psychobehavioral disorders
Dermatology
Renal and genitourinary emergencies
Procedures and skills
EMS and disaster medicine
Ethical/legal issues.Digital Access - Digitaleditors, David S. Howes, John R. Dayton, James Ahn, Navneet Cheema, Janis Tupesis.Summary: "Real exam strategies to help avoid pitfalls and errors on the Emergency Medicine Oral Boards"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2018
- Digital[edited by] Tao Le, Michael D. Mendoza, Diana Coffa, Lamercie Saint-Hilaire.Summary: The insider's guide to excelling on the Family Medicine Boards. Includes: Essential information for certification or recertification preparation; Concise summaries of thousands of board-tested topics; Hundreds of high-yield tables, diagrams, and color illustrations; Resident-tested study strategies and test-taking tips; Mnemonics make learning and memorization fast, fun, and easy; Key facts in the margins reference must-know information; Integrated vignette Q&As prepare you for what you will see on exam day. -- Publisher description
Contents:
Guide to the ABFM examination
Community and preventive medicine
Cardiology
Endocrinology
Gastroenterology
Infectious diseases
Hematology/oncology
Pulmonary
Nephrology
Dermatology
Neurology
Surgery
Child and adolescent medicine
Psychiatry and behavioral science
Geriatric medicine
Reproductive health
Sports medicine and musculoskeletal disorders
Emergency/urgent care.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2018 - DigitalTao Le, Peter V. Chin-Hong, Thomas E. Baudendistel, Cindy J. Lai.Summary: The insider's guide to acing the internal medicine boards written by physicians who passed Apply the proven First Aid formula for exam success! Following the traditional First Aid format, this review provides high-yield information residents & physicians need to know to pass the American Board of Internal Medicine (ABIM) licensure examination for certification and/or re-certification. Includes background information (what to expect, how to apply, how to succeed), high-yield facts organized by subject, and a review section of relevant exam review resources.
Contents:
Allergy and immunology
Ambulatory medicine
Cardiovascular disease
Pulmonary and Critical care
Dermatology
Endocrinology
Gastroenterology and hepatology
Geriatric Medicine
Hematology
Hospital medicine
Infectious diseases
Nephrology
Neurology
Oncology
Psychiatry
Rheumatology
Women's health.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2017 - PrintAmin, Chirag; Berk, S. L.; Bhushan, Vikas; Collisson, Eric; Le, Tao.
- Digital/Printeditors, Matthew S. Kaufman, Latha Ganti, , Dennis Chang, Alfredo J. Mena Lora.Summary: "First Aid for the Medicine Clerkship is a high-yield review of the clerkship's core competencies presented in the trusted First Aid format"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Basics
Physical Examination Pearls
Chest Radiograph
Electrocardiogram
Evidence-Based Medicine
Cardiology
Endocrinology
Hematology/Oncology
Infectious Diseases
Pulmonology
Dermatology
Psychiatry
Gastroenterology and Hepatology
Nephrology/Acid Base Disorders
Rheumatology
Neurology
Ambulatory Medicine
Inpatient Emergencies
Palliative Care.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2021 - DigitalMichael S. Rafii, MD, PhD, Director, memory Disorders Clinic, Medical Director, Alzheimer's Disease Cooperative Study, Director, Neurology Residency Training Program, Assistant Professor of Neurosciences, University of California San Diego Health System, La Jolla, California, Thomas I. Cochrane, MD, PhD, Assistant Professor of Neurology, Division of Neuromuscular Disease, Department of Neurology, harvard Medical School, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts.Contents:
Guide to the ABPN examination
Neuroanatomy
Neuropharmacology
Neuroimmunology
Neurodegenerative disorders
Headache and pain
Neuro-oncology
Neuro-ophthalmology and neuro-otology
Stroke and neurocritical care
Neurological infections
Neuromuscular disease
Pediatric neurology and neurogenetics
Seizures, epilepsy, and sleep disorders
Substance abuse and dependence
Delirium
Anxiety disorders
Somatoform disorders
Bipolar disorder
Major depressive disorder
Primary psychotic disorders.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2015 - Digitaleditor, Michael S. Rafii.Summary: "First Aid for the Neurology Clerkship is a high yield, clinically relevant resource covering all important topics and principles needed to succeed in the neurology clerkship and shelf examination. The content organization is mirrored directly after standard clerkship objectives and the Neurology shelf exam blueprint. It focuses on clinical scenarios and provide details to help the reader understand the disease process and how to differentiate the process from other disorders. The pharmacology content focuses on medications specifically targeting neurologic diagnoses, as well as recreational or street drugs. Overall, it gives students a high yield content foundation for everything they will be expected to know"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction to the neurology clerkship
Neurological history and examination
Neuroanatomy
Cerebrovascular diseases
Neuroinfectious diseases
Delirium and dementia
Demyelinating disorders
Movement disorders
Neuromuscular disorders
Epilepsy and seizure disorders
Headache disorders
Neuroplastic disorders
Embryology and congenital disorders
Sleep disorders.Digital Access AccessNeurology [2023] - Digital/PrintLatha Ganti, Matthew Kaufman, Shireen Madani Sims.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2018
- PrintShireen Madani Sims, Sarah Dotters-Katz, Latha Ganti, Matthew Kaufman.Summary: "Each of the chapters in this book contain the major topics central to the practice of obstetrics and gynecology and closely parallel the medical student learning objectives of the American Professors of Gynecology and Obstetrics and this book also targets the obstetrics and gynecology content on the USMLE Step 2 examination"-- Provided by publisher.
- Digital/PrintLatha Ganti ; Matthew S. Kaufman.Contents:
1. How to succeed in the pediatrics clerkship
2. Gestation and birth
3. Prematurity
4. Growth and development
5. Nutrition
6. Health supervision and prevention of illness and injury in children and adolescents
7. Congenital malformations and chromosomal anomalies
8. Metabolic disease
9. Immunologic disease
10. Infectious disease
11. Gastrointestinal disease
12. Respiratory disease
13. Cardiovascular disease
14. Renal , gynecologic, and urinary disease
15. Hematologic disease
16. Endocrine disease
17. Neurologic disease
18. Special organs: eye, ear, nose
19. Musculoskeletal disease
20. Dermatologic disease
21. Psychiatric disease
22. Pediatric life support
Index.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2018 - DigitalRobert J. Yetman, Mark D. Hormann, Latha Ganti, Matthew Kaufman.Summary: "The goals of this book are to assist students in success on the clerkship exam and also to help guide them in the clinical diagnosis and treatment of many of the problems seen by pediatricians"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2023
- PrintMark D. Hormann, Robert J. Yetman, Latha Ganti, Matthew S. Kaufman.Summary: The goals of this book are to assist students in success on the clerkship exam and also to help guide them in the clinical diagnosis and treatment of many of the problems seen by pediatricians.
- Digital/PrintLatha Ganti, Matthew S. Kaufman, Sean M. Blitzstein.Contents:
Examination and diagnosis
Psychotic disorders
Mood disorders
Anxiety and adjustment disorders
Personality disorders
Substance-related disorders
Cognitive disorders
Geriatric psychiatry
Psychiatric disorders in children
Dissociative disorders
Somatoform and factitious disorders
Impulse control disorders
Eating disorders
Sleep disorders
Sexual disorders
Psychotherapies
Psychopharmacology
Forensic psychiatry.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2016 - Digital/PrintLatha Ganti, MD, MS, MBA, FACEP, Director, VACO Southeast Specialty Care, Center of Innovation, Orlando VA Medical Center, Professor of Emergency Medicine, University of Central Florida, Orlando, Florida, Matthew S. Kaufman, MD, Associate Director, Department of Emergency Medicine, Richmond University Medical Center, New York, New York, Sean M. Blitzstein, MD, Director, Psychiatry Clerkship, Clinical Associate Professor of Psychiatry, University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, Illinois.Summary: "Completely updated to reflect current psychiatry practice. Filled with mnemonics, ward tips, and exam tips, this best-selling guide to the psychiatry clerkship covers everything you need to know to excel"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2019
- Digital/PrintSean M. Blitzstein, Lantha Ganti, Matthew S. Kaufman.Summary: "Each of the chapters in this book contains the major topics central to the practice of psychiatry and has been specifically designed for the medical student learning level, to excel in the clerkship (shelf exams), as well as the USMLE Step 2 and 3 exams"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
How to succeed in the psychiatry clerkship
Examination and diagnosis
Psychotic disorders
Mood disorders
Anxiety, obsessive-compulsive, trauma, and stressor-related disorders
Personality disorders
Substance-related and addictive disorders
Neurocognitive disorders
Geriatric psychiatry
Psychiatric disorders in children
Dissociative disorders
Somatic symptom and factitious disorders
Impulse control disorders
Eating disorders
Sleep-wake disorders
Sexual dysfunctions and paraphilic disorders
Psychotherapies
Psychopharmacology
Forensic psychiatry.Digital Access - Digital/PrintLatha Ganti, Matthew S. Kaufman, Nitin Mishra.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2016
- PrintTao Le, Vikas Bhushan.
- DigitalTao Le, MD, MHS (Associate Clinical Professor, Chief, Section of Allergy and Immunology, Department of Medicine, University of Louisville School of Medicine), Vikas Bhushan, MD (Boracy), Matthew Sochat, MD (Fellow, Department of Hematology/Oncology, St. Louis University School of Medicine), Kimberly Kallianos, MD (Assistant Professor, Department of Radiology and Biomedical Imaging, University of California, San Francisco), Yash Chavda, DO (Resident, Department of Emergency Medicine, S. Barnabas Hospital, Bronx), Andrew Zureick (University of Michigan Medical School, Class of 2018), Mehboob Kalani, MD (Resident, Department of Internal Medicine, Allegheny Health Network Medical Education Consortium).Contents:
Section 1: Guide to efficient exam preparation
Introduction
USMLE Step 1: the basics
Defining your goal
Learning strategies
Timeline for study
Study materials
Test-taking strategies
Clinical Vignette Strategies
If you think you failed
Testing agencies
References
Section I Supplement: Special situations
Secion II: High-yield general principles
How to use the database
Biochemistry
Immunology
Pathology
Pharmacology
Public health sciences
Section III: High-yield organ systems
Approaching the organ systems
Cardiovascular
Endocrine
Gastrointestinal
Hematology and oncology
Musculoskeletal, skin, and connective tissue
Neurology and special senses
Psychiatry
Renal
Reproductive
Respiratory
Rapid review
Section IV: Top-rated review resources
How to use the database
Question banks
Question books
Web and mobile apps
Comprehensive
Anatomy, embryology, and neuroscience
Behavioral science
Biochemistry
Cell biology and histology
Microbiology and immunology
Pathology
Pharmacology
Physiology
Abbreviations and symbols
Image Acknowledgments.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2018 - Digital/Print[editors] Tao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Matthew Sochat, Yash Chavda, Kimberly Kallianos, Jordan Abrams, Mehboob Kalani, Vaishnavi Vaidyanathan.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2019
- Digital/PrintTao Le, Matthew Sochat, Sarah Schimansky, Kimberly Kallianos, Vikas Bhushan, Vaishnavi Vaidyanathan, Jordan Abrams.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2020
- Digital/Print[editors], Tao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Matthew Sochat, Humood Boqambar, Kristina Damisch, Connie Qiu, Jordan Abrams, Caroline Coleman, Kimberly Kallianos.Summary: "First Aid for the USMLE Step 1 began over 30 years ago as a resource to prepare aspiring physicians for their first medical board exam. Since then, it has become one of the most well-known textbooks used by medical students worldwide. Features include : a complete framework for USMLE Step 1 preparation, annually updated with crowdsourced contributions from thousands of students ; updated exam preparation advice for USMLE Step 1 pass / fail and Step 1 blueprint changes ; new section on communication skills reflects the latest Step 1 content ; new focus on diversity, equity and inclusion incorporates race and ethnic considerations, as well as gender neutral terminology ; nearly 1,400 must-know topics to focus your study ; 1,200+ color photos and illustrations help you visualize processes, disorders, and clinical findings ; and a Rapid Review section for efficient last-minute preparation."--adapted from Foreword, page xi and back cover.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2021
- Digital/Print[editors], Tao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Matthew Sochat, Connie Qui, Panagiotis Kaparaliotis, Kimberly Kallianos, Caroline Coleman, Anup Chalise,, Stephanie Jones.Summary: "First Aid for the USMLE Step 1 began over 30 years ago as a resource to prepare aspiring physicians for their first medical board exam. Since then, it has become one of the most well-known textbooks used by medical students worldwide. Features include : a complete framework for USMLE Step 1 preparation, annually updated with crowdsourced contributions from thousands of students ; updated exam preparation advice for USMLE Step 1 pass / fail and Step 1 blueprint changes ; new section on communication skills reflects the latest Step 1 content ; new focus on diversity, equity and inclusion incorporates race and ethnic considerations, as well as gender neutral terminology ; nearly 1,400 must-know topics to focus your study ; 1,200+ color photos and illustrations help you visualize processes, disorders, and clinical findings ; and a Rapid Review section for efficient last-minute preparation."Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2022
- DigitalTao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Connie Qiu, Anup Chalise, Panagiotis Kaparaliotis.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library [2024]
- Digital/PrintTao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Vincent L. Chen, Michael R. King.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2015
- Digital/PrintTao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Maniver Deol, Gabriel Reyes.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2019
- DigitalTao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Daniel Griffin, Marina Boushra, Mona Ascha, Abhishek Bhardwaj.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2022
- Digital/PrintTao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Mae Sheikh-Ali, Kachiu Cecilia Lee.Contents:
Part one : Guide to the USMLE Step 2 CS. Introduction
USMLE Step 2 CS : the basics
Preparing for the Step 2 CS
Test-day tips
First Aid for the IMG
Supplement : The USMLE Step 2 CS travel guide
Part two : The patient encounter. Introduction
Doorway information
Taking the history
The physical exam
Closure
How to interact with special patients
Challenging questions and situations
Counseling
The patient note
Part three : Minicases
Part four : Practice cases
Part five : Top-rated review resources
Appendix
About the authors.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2014 - Digital/PrintTao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Kachiu Lee, Maniver Deol.Summary: The USMLE Step 2 CS review got just got even better! The sixth edition of First Aid for the USMLE Step 2 CS has been completely updated to reflect the latest exam format, including proven study and exam strategies for clinical encounters based on the patient-centered interview. This book has 44 full-length practice cases that simulate the real exam and test your ability to document the patient's most likely diagnosis and how it is supported by the history and physical findings. It also presents hundreds of minicases representing 39 common presentations to help you rapidly develop a working set of differential diagnoses. In addition, there are expanded guidelines on how to deal with challenging situations, including those that pose ethical and confidentiality issues. -- Publisher description
Contents:
1. Guide to the USMLE Step 2 CS :
Introduction ; USMLE Step 2 CS, the Basics ; Preparing for the Step 2 CS ; Test-Day Tips ; First Aid for the IMG ; USMLE Step 2 CS Test Center information
2. The Patient Encounter :
Introduction ; Doorway Information ; Taking the History ; The Physical Exam ; Closure ; How to Interact with Special Patients ; Challenging Questions and Situations ; Counseling ; The Patient Note.
3. Minicases :
Headache ; Confusion/Memory loss; Loss of vision; Depressed mood; Psychosis; Dizziness; Loss of Consciousness; Numbness/weakness; Fatigue and sleepiness; Night sweats; Insomnia; Sore throat; Cough/shortness of breath; Chest pain; Palpitations; Weight loss; Weight gain; Dysphagia; Neck mass; Nausea/Vomiting; Abdominal pain; Constipation/diarrhea; Upper GI bleeding; Blood in stool; Hematuria; Other urinary symptoms; Erectile dysfunction; Amenorrhea; Vaginal bleeding; Vaginal discharge; Dyspareunia; Abuse; Joint/limb pain; Low back pain; Child with fever; Child with GI symptoms; Child with red eye; Child with short stature; Behavioral problems in childhood ;
Practice Cases.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2018 - Digital/PrintTao Le, Vikas Bhushan, James S. Yeh, Kachiu Cecelia Lee.Contents:
Chapter 1. Guide to the USMLE Step 3 and Supplement: Guide to the CSS
Chapter 2. Ambulatory Medicine
Chapter 3. Cardiovascular
Chapter 4. Emergency medicine
Chapter 5. Endocrinology
Chapter 6. Ethics and statistics
Chapter 7. Gastroenterology
Chapter 8. Hematology
Chapter 9. Oncology
Chapter 10. Infectious disease
Chapter 11. Musculoskeletal
Chapter 12. Nephrology
Chapter 13. Neurology
Chapter 14. Obstetrics
Chapter 15. Gynecology
Chapter 16. Pediatrics
Chapter 17. Psychiatry
Chapter 18. Pulmonary
Chapter 19. High-yield CCS cases.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2016 - Digital/PrintTao Le, MD, MHS (Associate Clinical Professor of Medicine and Pediatrics, Chief, Section of Allergy and Immunology, Department of Medicine, University of Louisville School of Medicine), Kachiu Cecilia Lee, MD, MPH (Assistant Professor of Dermatology, Department of Dermatology, Brown University), Marina Boushra, MD (Chief Resident, Department of Emergency Medicine, Vidant Medical Center, East Carolina University, Brody School of Medicine).Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2019
- DigitalLakshmy Ravi Selvaraj, Thasleem Ziyaullah.Summary: This book aims to highlight all the existing information available on first and mid-trimester imaging of palate in prenatal ultrasound and to develop a methodical approach in imaging the palate. As formation of the palate is completed by 11 weeks of gestation and as there are no evolving changes in palatine anatomy at the mid-trimester, diagnosis of palatine clefts can now completely be shifted to late first-trimester. First-trimester evaluation of palate is now gaining importance and a number of techniques have currently been proposed by different authors. This book covers the existing literature and recent 2D and 3D techniques in evaluating palate and helps in the early detection of palatine clefts in the first trimester. Orofacial clefting is one of the most common birth defects and the burden of it in developing countries is substantial. This book helps in improving the counseling options for the obstetrician and the couple early in gestation. It includes 2D and 3D images of various types of palatine clefts and the nuances in imaging the secondary palate extensively. 3D images of the palate also help the multi-disciplinary team especially the maxillofacial surgeons involved in managing orofacial clefts. It also includes videos for easy understanding. This book is a ready reckoner for the imaging specialists and students /trainees involved in prenatal diagnosis. It provides essential information in diagnosing orofacial cleft both to the novice and to the skilled professionals involved in the field of diagnostic fetal ultrasound.
Contents:
Orofacial clefting
Embryology
Classification of clefts / Nomenclature
Sonoanatomy of palate at 11-14 weeks
Described markers to detect first trimester palatine clefts
Multiplanar imaging at 11-14 week
Defining type and extent of cleft in first trimester
Sonoanatomy of palate at 20 weeks
3D techniques to evaluate palate in second trimester
Evaluation of facial cleft in second trimester
Isolated cleft of palate
Syndromes and associations [micrognathia]
MRI in orofacial cleft. - DigitalUlrich C. Schreiber, Christian Mayer.Summary: This book introduces a fresh perspective on the conditions for the genesis of the first cell. An important possible environment of the prehistoric Earth has long been overlooked as a host to the perfect biochemical conditions for this process. The first complexes of continental crust on the early Earth must have already contained systems of interconnected cracks and cavities, which were filled with volatiles like water, carbon dioxide and nitrogen. This book offers insights into how these conditions may have provided the ideal physical and chemical setting for the formation of protocells and early stages of life. The authors support their hypothesis with a number of astonishing findings from laboratory experiments focusing on a variety of organic compounds, and on the formation of key cellular ingredients and of primitive cell-like structures. Moreover, they discuss the principles of prebiotic evolution regarding the aspects of order and complexity. Guiding readers through various stages of hypotheses and re-created evolutionary processes, the book is enriched with personal remarks and experiences throughout, reflecting the authors' personal quest to solve the mystery surrounding the first cell.
Contents:
Introduction
Global Requirements
The Narrower General Conditions: Chemistry, Physics and Physical Chemistry-We Can't Live Without Them
Really Helpful: A Brief Outline of What Happens in Biological Cells Today
The Previous Models: Sighting the Great Nebula
The RNA world: A Beginning with a Very Special Molecule?
The New Model: Hydrothermal Systems in the Early Continental Crust
A Hypothetical Approach: Hydrothermal Systems in the Early Continental Crust
Life = Order + Complexity
After LUCA: What Happened Next?.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digital/PrintKatherine Twombley.Contents:
Intro
Half-Title
Full-Title
Contents
Copyright
Acknowledgements
Part
Introduction
1
Every Seasoned Physician Was Once A Child: Healing From Early Pain
2
Medical School And Residency: Surviving The Challenges
3
Receiving Your Medical License: Out Of The Frying Pan And Into The Fire
4
Who Am I? The Identity Crisis
5
Burnout And The Missing Off Switch
6
Early Career Through Retirement
7
Doctors Don'T Need To Succumb To The Perfect Storm
Conclusion: A Call To Action
BibliographyDigital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2024 - DigitalJacques S. Abramowicz, editor.Contents:
1. Ultrasound in the first trimester and earlier: how to keep it safe
2. Ultrasound and infertility
3. Maternal comorbidities and first-trimester ultrasound examination
4. First-trimester embryology: an overview
5. Elements of teratology
6. First-trimester ultrasound: guidelines
7. Normal first treimester of pregnancy
8. Aneuploidy screening: the ongoing role of first-trimster ultrasound
9. Fetal biometry in early pregnancy
10. Threshold, discriminatory zone, and "The New Rules"
11. The fetal heart in early pregnancy
12. Doppler sonography in early pregnancy
13. Three-dimensional ultrasound: a role in early pregnancy
14. Multiple gestations-- multiple headaches
15. First-trimester ultrasound: early pregnancy failure
16. Ectopic pregnancy: pregnancy of unknown location (PUL)
17. A consequence of Cesarian delivery: first-trimester Cesarean scar pregnancy
18. First-trimester ultrasound in gestational trophoblastic disease
19. Fetal anomalies
20. Invasive procedures in the first trimester
21. Sonography of pelvic masses associated with early pregnancy
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalAlfred Abuhamad, Rabih Chaoui.Contents:
Guidelines to fetal imaging in the first trimester
Physical principles and bioeffects of first trimester ultrasound
Technical aspects of the first trimester ultrasound examination
Fetal biometry and pregnancy dating in the first trimester
The detailed first trimester ultrasound examination
First trimester screening for chromosomal aneuploidies
Multiple pregnancies in the first trimester
The fetal central nervous system
The fetal face and neck
The fetal chest
The fetal heart and great vessels
The fetal gastrointestinal system
The fetal urogenital system
The fetal skeletal system
The placenta and umbilical cord.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - Digital[edited by] Frances Talaska Fischbach, Margaret A. Fischbach.Contents:
Diagnostic testing
Blood studies : hematology and coagulation
Urine studies
Stool studies
Cerebrospinal fluid studies
Chemistry studies
Microbiologic studies
Immunodiagnostic studies
Nuclear medicine studies
X-ray and computed tomography (CT) studies
Cytologic, histologic, and genetic studies
Endoscopic studies
Ultrasound studies
Pulmonary function, arterial blood gases (ABGs), and electrolyte studies
Prenatal diagnosis and tests of fetal well-being
Special diagnostic studies.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - Digitaleditors, E. Christopher Ellison, Gilbert R. Upchurch Jr. ; associate editors, Philip A. Efron [and 16 others].Summary: "Many of us who trained over the last 40 years have used Mastery of Surgery (MOS) as the primary textbook prior to entering the operating room (OR) in order to best prepare ourselves to perform a surgical procedure. First edited by Nyhus and Baker, and then masterfully continued by Dr. Fischer, we as editors of this new edition understood the significant role this textbook has played in helping to train generations of surgeons. We as an editorial board, along with a stated commitment from the editorial team at Wolters Kluwer, wanted to reimagine and improve MOS to ensure that it would remain the primary resource that many future generations of surgeons use prior to going to the operating room or in preparing for board examinations. We fully embraced this responsibility to not only carry on what previous editors had generated with its classic presentation and content, but we also committed our team to modernizing and improving this edition"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digitaleditor, Josef E. Fischer ; associate editors, E. Christopher Ellison [and 4 others] ; assistant editors, Peter K. Henke, Steven N. Hochwald, Greg Tiao.Digital Access
- Digital/PrintJoseph A. Sisneros, editor.Summary: Fish Hearing and Bioacoustics is an anthology of review papers that were presented at a special symposium to honor Arthur Popper and Richard Fay on May 25th 2013 at the Mote Marine Laboratory in Sarasota, FL. The research presentations at this conference spanned the range of disciplines covered by Fay and Popper during their long and productive careers. The book includes the following thematic areas for the papers in this special volume: morphology and anatomy of the inner ear and lateral line systems; physiology of inner ear, lateral line, and central auditory systems; acoustically mediated behavior, including communication and sound localization; and environmental influences on fish hearing and bioacoustics, including anthropogenic effects of noise on fishes. Each chapter reviews and summarizes the past studies of particular area that will lead the reader up to the current work presented at the symposium. In addition, each chapters includes a perspective of how Arthur Popper and Richard Fay have influenced their particular area of fish bio acoustic research. Each manuscript also includes a hypotheses for future studies. These hypotheses will provide a springboard for future work in each field.
Contents:
Preface
Fishy hearing: a short biography of Arthur N. Popper
A most interesting man of science: the life and research of Richard Rozzell Fay
It started in Hawai'I Kai: reminiscences of 43 years (and counting) of collaboration and friendship.- A soliloquy for Art and Dick by Robert J. Dooling
Acoustic communication in butterfly fishes: Anatomical novelties, physiology, evolution and behavioral ecology
Convergent aspects of acoustic communication in darters, scuplins and gobies
Directional hearing and sound source localization in fishes
Revisiting psychoacoustic methods for the assessment of fish hearing
Hearing in cavefishes
What the toadfish ear tells the toadfish brain about sound
Comparison of electrophysiological auditory measures in fishes
The potential overlapping roles of the ear and lateral line in driving 'acoustic' responses
Multimodal sensory input in the utricle and lateral line of the toadfish, Opsanus tau
The development of structure and sensitivity of the fish inner ear
Peripheral hearing structures in fishes: diversity and sensitivity of catfishes and cichlids by Friedrich Ladich
Diversity of inner ears in fishes: possible contribution towards hearing improvements and evolutionary considerations
Causes and consequences of sensory hair cell damage and recovery in fishes
Chemical ototoxicity of the fish inner ear and lateral line
Neuroanatomical evidence for catecholamines as modulators of audition and acoustic behavior in a vocal teleost. - DigitalAlexandra Adams, editors.Contents:
Fish disease causing economic impact in global aquaculture
Overview of the fish adaptive immune system
Development of fish vaccines
focusing on methods
Adjuvants and delivery methods -current and novel
Fish vaccines
the regulatory process and requirements from the laboratory bench to a final commercial product, including field trials
Methods for measuring efficacy, safety and potency of fish vaccines
Potential of DIVA Vaccines for Fish.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Printprepared through the co-operation of the Commissioner of Fisheries and the Superintendent of the tenth Census by George Brown Goode ... and a staff of associates ...Contents:
sec. I. Natural history of useful aquatic animals by G.B. Goode, J.A. Allen, H.W. Elliot, F.W. True, E. Ingersoll, J.A. Ryder, R. Rathbun. 2 v.
sec. II. A geographical review of the fisheries industries and fishing communities for the year 1880 / R.E. Earll, W.A. Wilcox, A.H. Clark, F. Mather, J.W. Collins, M. McDonald, S. Stearns, D.S. Jordan, F.W. True
sec. III. The fishing grounds of North America / R. Rathbun, J.W. Collins, D.S. Jordan, T.H. Bean, L. Kumlien, F.W. True
sec. IV. The fishermen of the United States / G.B. Goode, J.W. Collins
sec. V. History and methods of fisheries / G.B. Goode, J.W. Collins, N.P. Scudder, T.H. Bean, A.H. Clark, R.E. Earll, S. Stearns, F.W. True, M. McDonald, W.A. Wilcox, C.G. Atkins, D.S. Jordan, C.H. Gilbert, L. Kumlien, A.H. Clark, J.T. Brown, H.W. Elliot, J.H. Swan, E. Ingersoll, R. Rathbun. 3 v. - Digitaleditor-in-chief, Michael A. Grippi ; co-editors, Jack A. Elias, Jay A. Fishman, Robert M. Kotloff, Allan I. Pack, Robert M. Senior ; video editor, Mark D. Siegel.Contents:
Part 1: Perspectives. Milestones in the history of pulmonary medicine
Part 2: Scientific basis of lung function in health and disease. Genetic, cellular, and structural basis of normal lung function
Functional design of the human lung for gas exchange
The respiratory muscles
Molecular regulation of lung development
Pulmonary surfactant and disorders of surfactant homeostasis
The genetic basis of respiratory disorders
Stem cells and respiratory disease: prospects for the future
Personalized pulmonary medicine
Physiological principles of normal lung function
Pulmonary mechanics
Control of ventilation
Circadian rhythms and sleep biology
Pulmonary circulation
Ventilation, pulmonary blood flow, and ventilation-perfusion relationships
Blood-gas transport
Diffusion, chemical reactions, and diffusing capacity
Acid-base balance
The lungs in different physiological states
Respiratory system response to exercise in health
Aging of the respiratory system
Lung immunology
Innate and adaptive immunity in the lung
Lymphocyte- and macrophage-mediated inflammation in the lung
Mast cells and eosinophils
Leukocyte accumulation in pulmonary disease
Antibody-mediated lung defenses and humoral immunodeficiency
Lung injury and repair
T lymphocytes in the lung
Chemokines, adipokines, and growth factors in the lung
Redox signaling and oxidative stress in lung diseases
Fibroblasts in lung homeostasis and disease.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015 - DigitalMichael A. Grippi, Danielle E. Antin-Ozerkis, Charles S. Dela Cruz, Robert M. Kotloff, Camille N. Kotton, Allan I. Pack.Summary: "A presentation of pulmonary and critical care medicine with the underlying basic and applied science upon which the clinical material is based. The book includes relevant respiratory biology and underlying cellular and molecular mechanisms, and incorporates of a number of videos designed to complement and, at times, accentuate information contained within the text."-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Perspectives
Scientific basis of lung function in health and disease
Symptoms and signs of respiratory disease
Obstructive lung diseases
Interstitial and inflammatory lung diseases
Drug-induced lung diseases
Other infiltrative and airspace disorders
Disorders of the pulmonary circulation
Disorders of the pleural space
Diseases of the mediastinum
Disorders of the chest wall, diaphragm, and spine
Occupational and environmental disorders
Pulmonary complications of nonpulmonary disorders
Sleep and sleep disorders
Surgical aspects of pulmonary medicine
Cancer and other malignancies of the lungs
Infectious diseases of the lungs
Respiratory failure – Appendices. Terms and symbols in respiratory physiology
Normal values for a healthy 20-year old seated man.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2023 - DigitalDietgar Mathias.Summary: Nutrition and exercise are the cornerstones of our health. But why actually? What exactly do weight training and endurance sports do? And how do certain foods influence our metabolism? How does sore muscles actually develop? The author, a chemist and doctor, explains in an understandable way how the body works and the influence of nutrition and exercise on our health. At the same time, he scientifically presents the correlations based on current studies, including intervention and long-term studies. He clearly describes the interactions of nutrition and exercise on body weight, metabolism, fatty tissue and hormones, the cardiovascular system, bone structure and the immune system. Each topic is clearly described on one page. A non-fiction book for all those who are interested in doing something for their health and want to know why. Plus: glossary to look up medical terms and extensive literature references around studies on nutrition, exercise and health. The author Dietger Mathias, studied chemistry and medicine in Berlin and Heidelberg, doctorate in both subjects, habilitation in medicine, one-year research stay at New York University with Severo Ochoa. Two years as a research assistant at the Hannover Medical School and 18 years at the University Hospital in Heidelberg. There also further training as a specialist in laboratory medicine/transfusion medicine. From 1992 to 2012, practising physician in Geesthacht and Berlin. Author of numerous non-fiction and specialist books on the subject of nutrition and exercise. .
Contents:
I Nutrition
II Exercise
III Appendix. - DigitalCarrière, Beate; Ickes, Dawn-Marie; Carrière, Beate.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2023
- DigitalEstomih Mtui, Gregory Gruener, Peter Dockery.Summary: "itzgerald's Clinical Neuroanatomy and Neuroscience, 8th Edition, uses clear, understandable text and outstanding artwork to make a complex subject easily accessible. This award-winning title is known for superb illustrations and high readability, expertly integrating clinical neuroanatomy with the clinical application of neuroscience"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Embryology
Cerebral topography
Midbrain, hindbrain, spinal cord
Blood supply of the brain
Meninges
Neurons and neuroglia
Electrical events
Transmitters and receptors
Peripheral nerves
Innervation of muscles and joints
Innervation of skin
Electrodiagnostic examination
Autonomic nervous system
Nerve roots
Spinal cord: ascending pathways
Spinal cord: descending pathways
Brainstem
The lowest four cranial nerves
Vestibular nerve
Cochlear nerve
Trigeminal nerve
Facial nerve
Ocular motor nerves
Reticular formation and the neuromodulatory system
Thalamus, epithalamus
Basal ganglia
Cerebellum
Cerebral cortex
Electroencephalography
Evoked potentials
Visual pathways
Hemispheric asymmetries
Olfactory and limbic systems
Pituitary and hypothalamus
Cerebrovascular disease.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - DigitalKlaus Wolff, Richard Allen Johnson, Arturo P. Saavedra, Ellen K. Roh.Contents:
Part I: Disorders presenting in the skin and mucous membranes. Disorders of sebaceous, eccrine and apocrine glands
Eczema/dermatitis
Psoriasis, psoriasiform, and pityriasiform dermatoses
Ichthyoses
Miscellaneous epidermal disorders
Genetic and acquired bullous diseases
Neutrophil-mediated diseases
The acutely ill and hospitalized patient
Benign neoplasms and hyperplasias
Photosensitivity, photo-induced disorders, and disorders by ionizing radiation
Precancerous lesions and cutaneous carcinomas
Melanoma precursors and primary cutaneous melanoma
Pigmentary disorders
Part II: Dermatology and internal medicine. The skin in immune, autoimmune, autoinflammatory, and rheumatic disorders
Endocrine, metabolic, and nutritional diseases
Genetic diseases
Skin signs of vascular insufficiency
Skin signs of renal insufficiency
Skin signs of systemic cancers
Skin signs of hematologic disease
Cutaneous lymphomas and sarcoma
Skin diseases in organ and bone marrow transplantation
Adverse cutaneous drug reactions
Disorders of psychiatric etiology
Part III: Diseases caused by microbial agents. Bacterial colonizations and infections of skin and soft tissues
Fungal infections of the skin, hair, and nails
Viral diseases of skin and mucosa
Arthropod bites, stings, and cutaneous infestations
Systemic parasitic infections
Sexually transmitted diseases
Part IV: Skin signs of hair, nail, and mucosal disorders. Disorders of hair follicles and related disorders
Disorders of the nail apparatus
Disorders of the mouth
Disorders of the genitalia, perineum, and anus
Generalized pruritus without skin lesions (pruritus sine materia)
Appendices. Differential diagnosis of pigmented lesions
Drug use in pregnancy
Dermatologic manifestations of diseases inflicted by biologic warfare/bioterrorism
Chemical bioterrorism and industrial accidents.Digital Access - Digitaleditors, Sewon Kang, Masayuki Amagai, Anna L. Bruckner, Alexander H. Enk, David J. Margolis, Amy J. McMichael, and Jeffrey S. Orringer.Summary: "The gold-standard text in dermatology, completely updated for today's practice by an all-new editorial board. Encyclopedic in scope, yet skillfully edited to make it easy to read and understand, this trusted classic delivers everything clinicians need to know about skin, skin symptoms, and skin diseases. Presented in full color, Fitzpatrick's covers all the essentials, from the basic science of skin to the day-to-day clinical issues of managing common skin disorders such as acne, skin cancer, and psoriasis. Backed by the expertise of more than 500 world-renowned contributors, and the reference of choice for clinicians, students, and educators, Fitzpatrick's is enhanced by thousands of full-color photographs and a wealth of newly enhanced tables and diagrams. The Ninth Edition is bolstered by a new global editorial team; a reorganized table of contents; a more simple, readable, and direct writing style, the incorporation of more genetic, syndromic, and treatment information into each chapter; the addition of first, second, and third line treatment options; and improved table presentation. The reorganized table of contents reflects how disease presents rather than its cause"-- Provided by publisher. "Important general basic science concepts are extensively covered in dedicated chapters appearing in an early section of the book, allowing subsequent clinical chapters to focus on relevant disease-specific pathophysiology in addition to clinical features, diagnosis, clinical course, and management"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- PrintJames McBride.Summary: "An antiques dealer discovers that a legendary toy commissioned by Civil War General Robert E. Lee now sits in the home of a black minister in Queens. Five strangers find themselves thrown together and face unexpected judgment. An American president draws inspiration from a conversation he overhears in a stable. And members of The Five-Carat Soul Bottom Bone Band recount stories from their own messy and hilarious lives."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The under Graham railroad box car set
The five-carat Soul Bottom Bone Band. 1. Buck boy ; 2. Ray-Ray's picture box ; 3. Blub ; 4. Goat
Father Abe
The moaning bench
The Christmas dance
The fish man angel
Mr. P & the wind. - Digital/PrintDomino, Frank J.Digital Access
- DigitalMichelle P. King, PhD.Summary: "In the vein of #Girlboss and Nice Girls Don't Get the Corner Office, discover how to thrive at work from the director of inclusion at Netflix with this "passionate, practical roadmap for addressing inequality and finally making our workplaces work for women" (Arianna Huffington)"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction: it's not a woman problem, it's a work problem
Part I. Awareness
Who broke the workplace? A brief history
Gender denial
Privilege at work: how denial feeds and breeds inequality
It's a path, not a ladder: becoming aware of your workplace
Part II. Understanding
The achievement phase: six invisible barriers from graduate to manager
The endurance phase: balancing management and motherhood
The contribution phase: six barriers women leaders face
Part III. Action
Breaking up with Don: why men need gender equality just as much as women
Equality a call to lead
It's our workplace so, let's fix it like our futures depend on it. - DigitalPadhraig Fleming, Jadbinder Seehra.Summary: This guide to fixed appliance-based orthodontics is designed to serve as a comprehensive 'how to' manual. With the aid of a wealth of superb illustrations, instruction is provided on all aspects of fixed appliance treatment, including bracket placement and positioning, archwire selection and engagement, use of auxiliaries, placement of fixed retainers, and wire bending. The supporting text presents important information underpinning the selection of attachments and mechanics, emphasising the relative merits and demerits of the various approaches with appropriate use of key referencing. It will offer detailed support on the use of fixed orthodontic appliances for undergraduates and postgraduates and those starting with practical orthodontic treatments, while providing a valuable refresher and reference for more experienced clinicians.
- PrintMike Curato.Summary: In the summer between middle school and high school, Aiden Navarro is away at camp. While there, he navigates friendships, deals with bullies, and spends time with Elias (a boy he can not stop thinking about), and he finds himself on a path of self-discovery and acceptance. "It's the summer between middle school and high school, and Aiden Navarro is away at camp. Everyone's going through changes--but for Aiden, the stakes feel higher. As he navigates friendships, deals with bullies, and spends time with Elias (a boy he can't stop thinking about), he finds himself on a path of self-discovery and acceptance."--Page 4 of printed paper wrapper.
- DigitalOlga Golubnitschaja, editor.Summary: Unmet healthcare needs of young populations and individuals in suboptimal health conditions are the key issue of currently observed epidemics of non-communicable disorders. Moreover, an unprecedented decrease in the average age of onset of these disorders is recorded. The majority of non-communicable disorders carry a chronic character by progressing over a couple of years from a reversible suboptimal health condition to irreversible pathology with collateral complications. The time-frame between both conditions is the operational area for predictive diagnosis and identification of persons at risk by innovative screening programmes followed by the most cost-effective personalised treatment possible, namely primary prevention tailored to the person. The book propagates the paradigm change from delayed, costly but frequently ineffective medical services to the holistic approach by predictive, preventive and personalised medicine clearly demonstrating multifaceted benefits to the individual, healthcare sector and society as a whole. The book is focused on the needs of young people: teenagers, adolescents and young adults; regardless of the age, individuals in suboptimal health conditions, who are interested in remaining healthy by optimising their modifiable risk factors - both endogenous and exogenous ones; several patient cohorts demonstrating similar phenotype of Flammer syndrome. The book is based on the multi-professional expertise, scientific excellence and practical experiences of the world-acknowledged experts in Flammer syndrome, predictive diagnostics, targeted prevention and personalised medicine, amongst others. The topic of this book is particularly relevant to general practitioners, experts in non-communicable diseases, phenotyping, genotyping, multilevel diagnostics, targeted prevention, personalised medicine, as well as the readers interested in advancing their health literacy.
Contents:
Intro; What This Book Series Is About ... ; Current Healthcare: What Is Behind the Issue?; Advanced Healthcare Tailored to the Person: What Is Beyond the Issue?; Why Integrative Medical Approach by PPPM as the Medicine of the Future?; Contents; About the Book Series Editor; Flammer Syndrome in the Global Context
The "U-Shape" of Health Risks; 1 Unmet Healthcare Needs of Young Populations Is the Key Issue of the "Reactive" Medicine: The Paradigm Shift to PPPM Is Crucial; 2 Opposed Trends in Adolescents; 3 Association Between Abnormal Weight and Increased Mortality: The "U-Shape" of Risks 4 Innovative Screening Programmes Focused on Phenotype Are DueReferences; General Lessons Learned from Flammer Syndrome; 1 Flammer Syndrome; 2 The Downsides of Medical Specialization; 3 The Intellectual Processing of Results; 4 The Need for Interdisciplinary Cooperation; 5 Education Requirements; 6 The Role of the General Practitioner (GP); 7 The Power of Habit; 8 The Role of Opinion Leaders; 9 The Power of the Textbook, A Double-Edged Sword; 10 Leadership; 11 The Link Between Basic Science and Clinical Science; 12 Animal Studies; 13 The Pressure of Academic Selection; 14 Conclusion "Conflict-Mitigating" Behavioural Pattern in the Family3 Mood Disorders: Paradigm Change in Diagnostics and Treatment Approaches; 3.1 Diagnosis; 3.2 Treatment; 3.3 Prevention; 4 Outlook and Expert Recommendations; References; Flammer Syndrome: Psychological Causes and Consequences of Visual Impairment; 1 Stress and Vision Loss: What Is First
"The Hen or The Egg"?; 2 Flammer Syndrome and Stress; 3 Mental Stress and Personality: Psychological Aspects of Coping with Impaired Vision and Blindness; 4 The Stress Response; 4.1 Stress Response Systems; The Sympathetic Adreno-Medullary System Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis4.2 Brain Circuits Implicated in the Stress Response; 4.3 Stress and Inflammation; 5 Stress and Vision Loss in Glaucoma; 5.1 Stress and Intraocular Pressure; 5.2 Blood Flow, Vascular Dysregulation and Stress Hormones; 5.3 Autonomic Nervous System Imbalance; 5.4 Inflammation; 6 Psychosomatic Aspects in Other Pathologies Related to Vision Loss; 6.1 Non-organic Vision Loss; 6.2 Glaucoma; 6.3 AMD; 6.4 Retinitis Pigmentosa (RP); 6.5 Myopia; 6.6 Other Ocular Diseases; 7 Psychological Treatments to Reduce Stress in Vision Loss; 7.1 Meditation; 7.2 Music Therapy 7.3 BiofeedbackDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalFlanging Techniques in Anterior Segment Surgery : Mastering Aphakia, IOL-exchange and IOL-refixationMichael Amon, editor.Summary: This book highlights the great achievements made in order to overcome challenging situations with different flanging techniques. Liliana Werner will discuss the different causes of IOL luxation. Shin Yamane, Sergio Canabrava, Gabor Scharioth and Ehud Assia will describe their disruptive techniques for scleral IOL fixation. Even though it is impossible to describe and discuss the plethora of surgical techniques, implants and instruments completely, we also tried to create a systematic approach for decision making and give an overview on instrumentation. As flanging techniques represent a very demanding surgery, the aim of this book is to steepen the learning curve and to encourage surgeons to add the presented techniques to their surgical armamentarium.
Contents:
Causes of intraocular lens dislocation
Sutureless Intrascleral Haptic Fixation
Flanging 3-piece IOLs
History and evolution of double flanged suture fixation: The Canabrava technique
Flanging intraocular lenses and devices in special situations
Decision-making: IOL refixation, IOL exchange and correction of aphakia
Utilizing optimized instruments and implants
Pearls from the authors and answers to important questions. - Digital[edited by] Kayvan Shokrollahi, Iain S. Whitaker, Foad Nahai.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Thomas E. Rohrer, Jonathan L. Cook, Andrew J. Kaufman.Contents:
Anatomy / Stuart J. Salasche and Stephen H. Mandy
Basic principles in flap reconstruction / Ashley Wysong and Shauna Higgins
Second intention healing and primary closure / MIchael Cosulich, Jeremy Etzkorn, Thuzar Myo Shin, and Christopher J. Miller
Advancement flaps / Christie R. Travelute and Roberta Sengelmann
Rotation flaps / Glenn Goldman
V-Y flaps and island flaps / Joel Cook
Transposition flaps / Ashish C. Bhatia, Joe Overman, and Thomas E. Rohrer
Staged interpolation flaps / Tri H. Nguyen and Janet Li
Skin grafts / Gerardo Marrazzo and John Albertini
Scalp reconstruction / Justin J. Leitenberger and Ken K. Lee
Forehead and temple repair / Mary L. Stevenson and John A. Carucci
Periocular reconstruction / Andrea Willey
Cheek reconstruction / Richard G. Bennett
Ear reconstruction / Hayes B. Gladstone and Greg S. Morganroth
Reconstruction of the nose / Jonathan L. Cook
Perioral reconstruction / Joseph F. Sobanko
Neck reconstruction / Anna Bar and Spring Golder
Surgical complications and revision of scars / Cheryl Janene Gustafson and C. William Hanke.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018 - Digital[edited by] Fu-Chan Wei, Samir Mardini.Contents:
Problem analysis in reconstructive surgery : reconstructive ladders, elevators, and surgical judgment
Classification of flaps
Considerations in flap selection
Emerging technology in reconstructive surgery
Prefabrication and prelamination
Tissue engineering
Percutaneous aponeurotomy and lipofilling (palf) : a regenerative alternative to the flap
Lymphedema : microsurgical reconstruction
Robotic applications in plastic and reconstructive surgery
Clinical anatomy of the head and neck, and recipient vessel selection
Clinical anatomy and recipient vessel selection in the chest, abdomen, groin, and back
Clinical anatomy and recipient vessel selection in the upper extremity
Clinical anatomy and recipient vessel selection and exposure in the lower extremity
Head and neck reconstruction
Facial reanimation : evolution and refinements
Breast reconstruction
Chest and back reconstruction
Abdominal wall reconstruction
Pelvic and urogenital reconstruction
Upper extremity reconstruction
Adult brachial plexus injury (a-bpi) reconstruction
Lower extremity reconstruction
Functional muscle transfers for various purposes
Nerves
Vessels
Thinning and tailoring
Avoiding complications
Flap re-exploration and salvage
Postoperative care
Reconstructive options following flap failure
Local flaps in the head and neck : forehead, famm, submental, nasolabial and cervicofacial flaps
Temporoparietal fascia flap
Supraclavicular artery flap
Pectoralis major flap
Deltopectoral flap and internal mammary artery perforator flap
Omentum, superior epigastric, and external/internal oblique flaps
Rectus abdominis flap
Jejunum flap
Trapezius flap
Scapular and parascapular flaps
Latissimus dorsi flap
Iliac flap
Groin flap and superficial circumflex iliac artery perforator flap
Gluteus flap
Pedicled flaps of the hand
Lateral arm flap
Radial forearm flap
Local flaps in the foot
Gracilis flap
Gastrocnemius flap
Soleus flap
Fibula flap
Glabrous skin flaps
Toe flaps and toe transplantation
Medial femoral condyle and descending genicular artery perforator flaps
Perforator flaps in the lateral thoracic region
Deep and superficial inferior epigastric artery perforator flaps
Superior and inferior gluteal artery perforator flaps
Anterolateral and anteromedial thigh flaps
Tensor fascia lata flap
Posterior tibial artery perforator flap
Free-style flaps
Starting a reconstructive transplantation program
Face transplantation
Hand and upper extremity transplantation
Laryngeal, abdominal wall, and uterus transplantation
Immunology and research in reconstructive transplantation
Peripheral nerve allotransplantation.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016 - Digitaledited by Stefan Weber, Erik Schleicher.Contents:
Structure and General Properties of Flavins
Recent advances in Riboflavin Biosynthesis
Natural Riboflavin Analogs
A Roadmap to the Isotopolog Space of Flavocoenzymes
Electron Transferases
Aldonolactone Oxidoreductases
Flavins and Flavoproteins: Applications in Medicine
Practical Aspects on the Use of Kinetic Isotope Effects as Probes of Flavoprotein Enzyme Mechanisms
On the in vivo Redox State of Flavin-Containing Photosensory Receptor Proteins
Computational Spectroscopy, Dynamics and Photochemistry of Photosensory Flavoproteins
NMR Spectroscopy on Flavins and Flavoproteins
Solid-State NMR of Flavins and Flavoproteins.-EPR on Flavoproteins
FTIR Spectroscopy of Flavin-Binding Photoreceptors
Resonance Raman Spectroscopy
Photoactivation Mechanisms of Flavin-binding Photoreceptors Revealed through Ultrafast Spectroscopy and Global Analysis Methods
Excited State Chemistry of Flavoproteins. . - Digitaleditors, Arthur C. Fleischer, Jacques S. Abramowicz, Luis F. Gonçalves, Frank A. Manning, Ana Monteagudo, Ilan E. Timor-Tritsch, Eugene C. Toy.Summary: This acclaimed guide is a clinically relevant reference text, atlas, and teaching/learning resource. Presented in full color and enriched by more than 2,000 illustrations, it expertly examines the full spectrum of disorders and conditions likely to be encountered in gynecologic and maternal-fetal care. You will find up-to-date, all-inclusive coverage of everything from sonographic operating instruments, screening the fetal patient for syndromes and anomalies, to diagnosing the female patient for cysts, infertility, and incontinence. -- From publisher's description.
Contents:
Ultrasound bioeffects and safety : what the practitioner should know / Abramowicz, Sheiner
Normal pelvic anatomy as depicted with transvaginal sonography / Fleischer, Diette, Trotter
Transvaginal sonography of early intrauterine pregnancy / Fleischer, Rebele
Transvaginal sonography of ectopic pregnancy / Fleischer, Desai, New, Kanter, Diamond
US of the 11-18 wk fetus / New, Monteagudo, Timor
Fetal biometry / Toy
Placenta, cord, and membranes / Toy, Mastrobattista
Prenatal sonographic diagnosis of abnormally adherent placenta / New, Agteli, Timor
Enhanced myometrial vascularity / Timor
Fetal growth restriction / Harman
Doppler US of the uteroplacental circulation / Bujold, Gonçalves
Doppler US of fetal circulation / Toy
Doppler US in fetal anemia, hydrops assessment of lung maturity / New, Mari
Color doppler sonography in obstetrics / Paladini, Sglavo, Volpe
Sonography in multiple gestation / Toy
US in the labor and delivery suite / New, Abramowicz
Fetal anomalies : overview / Gonçalves
Prenatal diagnosis of cerebrospinal anomalies / Pilu
Fetal neck and chest anomalies / Cannie, Jani
Prenatal diagnosis of congenital heart disease / Huhta, Neves
Fetal gastrointestinal anomalies / Volpe, Paladini, Robertis, Rossi, Rembouskos
Fetal genitourinary system / Benson, Doubilet
LG fetal skeletal anomalies
LG ultrasound detection of chromosomal anomalies and syndromes
First trimester screening / Abramowicz.Digital Access - Digitaleditors in chief, Robert J. Hoffman, Vincent J. Wang.Summary: "The second edition of Fleisher & Ludwig's 5-Minute Pediatric Emergency Medicine Consult helps anyone working in a busy emergency or urgent care setting diagnose, treat and manage over 500 diseases and common pediatric conditions. You'll instantly find clear answers--summarized succinctly--on clinical orientation, differential diagnosis, medications, management, discharge criteria and more. Practice guidelines are evidence-based, and the book is formatted for quick reference, double-checking or a 5-minute refresher."--Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digitalsenior editors, Kathy N. Shaw, Richard G. Bachur ; associate editors, James Chamberlain, Jane Lavelle, Joshua Nagler, Joan E. Shook.Contents:
Sect. I: Resuscitation and stabilization
Sect. II: Signs and symptoms
Sect. III: Clinical pathways
Sect. IV: Medical emergencies
Sect. V: Trauma
Sect. VI: Surgical emergencies
Sect. VII: Behavioral health emergencies
Sect. VIII: Procedures and appendices.Digital Access - Digitalsenior editors, Kathy N. Shaw, Richard G. Bachur ; associate editors, James M. Chamberlain, Jane Lavelle, Joshua Nagler, Joan E. Shook.Summary: "Our primary goal as practitioners is to provide high-quality, safe care for each child who arrives in our emergency department. The ability to stay current with knowledge and clinical skills across all possible conditions is impossible for any clinician. Furthermore, the evidence may be poor, inconsistent, or changing for the management of many diseases or injuries. This leads to a wide variation in practice, high rates of inappropriate care, patient harm, and wasted resources. Additionally, the model of optimal care in emergency departments is challenged by high acuity and crowding that demands teamwork, resources, a well-structured quality program, and a culture of high reliability. With this new edition of the Textbook of Pediatric Emergency Medicine, we provide easy web-based access for use in practice, links to clinical pathways based on the latest evidence and expert consensus, and a new, streamlined format that emphasizes the goals of quality care"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- PrintMonique Kornell ; with contributions by Thisbe Gensler, Naoko Takahatake, Erin Travers.Summary: "Focused on the intersection of science and art, this book explores themes of anatomy from the Renaissance to modern times"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The Illustration of Anatomy / Monique Kornell
The Living Dead: Animated Anatomy / Monique Kornell
Artists and Anatomy Books / Monique Kornell
Anatomy and the Antique / Monique Kornell
"As Large as Nature": Life-Size Anatomical Illustration / Monique Kornell
Surface Anatomy: From the Inside Out / Monique Kornell
Restricted Access: The Body, Sex, and Reproduction in Frederik Ruysch's Anatomical Collection and Catalogs / Erin Travers
Interior Visions: Representing the Body in Three Dimensions / Thisbe Gensler
Catalog / Thisbe Gensler, Monique Kornell, Naoko Takahatake, and Erin Travers. - DigitalGuohua Zeng, Kandarp Parikh, Kemal Sarica, editors.Summary: This book describes basic information and current applications of flexible ureteroscopy in diagnosis and treatment of renal stones, covering topics on history, anatomy, preoperative preparation, clinical operation, and training for beginners. Basic as well as advanced techniques of flexible ureteroscopy for large renal stones, pediatric patients, and in special situations are presented in details with representative cases and high-resolution illustrations. In addition, disposable, wireless, and robotic flexible ureteroscopy are introduced in details to help readers to learn advanced techniques. It will be a useful reference for urologists, especially for those who are interested in improving their flexible ureteroscopy skills in clinical practice.
Contents:
1 History of Ureteroscopy
2 Anatomical Considerations during Flexible Ureteroscopy
3 Armamentarium and Endoscopes
4 Accessories, Sterilization, and Instrument Care in Flexible Ureteroscopy
5 Lasers in Flexible Ureteroscopy
6 Preoperative Assessment, Patient Preparation, and Anesthesia for Flexible Ureteroscopy
7 Indications and Contraindications for Flexible Ureteroscopy
8 Clinical and Operating Room Set Up for Flexible Ureteroscopy
9 How to Perform Flexible Ureteroscopy for Renal Stones
10 Irrigation Mechanisms and Intra Pelvic Pressure in Flexible Ureteroscopy
11 Double J Stents in Flexible Ureteroscopy
12 Flexible Ureteroscopy for Large Renal Stones
13 ECIRS
14 Flexible Ureteroscopy in Pediatric Patients
15 Flexible Ureteroscopy in Special Situation
16 Complications of Flexible Ureteroscopy
17 Postoperative Care and Quality of Life After Flexible Ureteroscopy
18 Disposable Flexible Ureteroscopy
19 Robotic Flexible Ureteroscopy
20 Diagnostic Flexible Ureteroscopy
21 Flexible Ureteroscopy in UPJ and Ureteral Stenosis
22 Flexible Ureteroscopy for Upper Tract Transitional Cell Carcinoma
23 Training. - DigitalArthur O. Tucker, Jules Janick.Summary: The Voynich Codex is one the most fascinating and bizarre manuscripts in the world. The manuscript (potentially equivalent to 232 pages), or more properly a codex, consists of many foldout pages. It has been divided by previous researchers into sections known as Herbal/Botanical/Pharmacology; Balenological/Biological; Cosmology; one page known as The Rosette; and a final Recipe section. All the sections contain text in an unknown writing system, yet to be deciphered. Cryptological analyses by modern computer programs nevertheless have determined that the language is real and not a hoax, as has been suggested by some. Despite the fact that this codex is largely an herbal, the interpreters of this manuscript with two exceptions, have not been botanists. To this end, our recent research suggests that the Voynich is a 16th century codex associated with indigenous Indians of Nueva España educated in schools established by the Spanish. This is a breakthrough in Voynich studies. We are convinced that the Voynich codex is a document produced by Aztec descendants that has been unfiltered through Spanish editors. The flora of New Spain is vast, and the medicinal and culinary herbs used by the Aztecs were equally as copious. Even though it is our hypothesis that the Voynch Codex was written as a private herbal in 16th century New Spain, many of these herbs have relevance today because they or closely related species have been noted to be medicinal or have culinary value. The Voynich Codex has an estimated 359 illustration of plants (phytomorphs), 131 in the Herbal Section (large images) and 228 in the Pharmaceutical Section (small images of plant parts). In our book "Unraveling of the Voynich Codex", to be published by Springer this summer, Tucker and Janick have partially identified species in the Herbal Section. In this proposed work, all of the plants of the Herbal Section will be identified along with those plants of the Pharmacology Section where identification is fe asible. Each plant identification will include subdivisions to include descriptors (formal botanical identification), names in English, Spanish, and Mesoamerican names where known, ecology and range, and properties (medicinal and culinary) of these and related species. Photographs of the phytomorphs and contemporary plants will be included. These identifications represent hard evidence that the Voynich Codex is a 16th Century Mexican manuscript. Exploring the herbs of the Aztecs through the Voynich Codex will be a seminal work for all Voynich researchers and also of interest to a wider audience in medicinal and culinary herbs, artists, and historians. In summary, our new book project Flora of the Voynich Codex will provide a photo-illustrated guide to complete the botanical evidence related to the Voynich Codex, one of the most valuable historic texts of the 16th century.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Literature Cited; Contents;
Chapter 1: An Introduction to the Voynich Codex; The Mysterious Codex; Provenance; Dating and Origin of the Codex; Description of the Work; Illustrations; Decipherment; Objectives; Literature Cited;
Chapter 2: Aztec Botany, Agriculture, Trade, and Medicine; Mexico and the Aztec Empire; Trade; Agriculture; Medical Knowledge; Botanical Gardens; Conclusions; Literature Cited;
Chapter 3: Iconography and Phytomorphic Identification; Introduction and Historical Context; Guidelines for Plant Identification; Iconographic Techniques; Geographic Range Fol. 100v(1)#10. Ceratopteris pteridoides? (Fig. 4.7)Schizaeaceae; Fol. 101v(1)#12. (Fig. 4.8). Schizaea elegans (Fig. 4.8); Gymnosperms; Pinaceae; Fol. 100r#9. Picea sp.? (Fig. 4.9); Taxodiaceae; Fol. 100r#15. Taxodium sp., cf. Taxodium mucronatum (T. huegelii, T. mexicanum)? (Fig. 4.10); Angiosperms; Acanthaceae; Fol. 11v. Ruellia tuberosa (Fig. 4.11); Amaranthaceae; Fol. 3r. Amaranthus sp., cf. A. cruentus (Fig. 4.12); Apiaceae; Fol. 87v, Right Side. Cymopterus sp.? cf. C. multinervatus (Fig. 4.13); Fol. 16v. Eryngium sp., cf. E. heterophyllum (Fig. 4.14) Fol. 48v. Acourtia runcinata? (Fig. 4.24)Fol 8v. Acourtia thurberi (Fig. 4.25); Fol. 41r. Ageratina adenophora? (Fig. 4.26); Fol. 37r. Ageratina ligustrina (Fig. 4.27); Fol. 53r. Ambrosia sp., cf. A. ambrosioides (Fig. 4.28); Fol. 46v. Bartlettina sp. cf. B. sordida (Fig. 4.29); Fol. 46r. Blumea viscosa? (Fig. 4.30); Fol. 48r. Chaenactis sp.? (Fig. 4.31); Fol. 87v (Left Side). Chaptalia sp.? cf. Chaptalia tomentosa (Fig. 4.32); Fol. 50r. Cirsium sp.? (Fig. 4.33); Fol. 34v. Corethrogyne filaginifolia? (Fig. 4.34); Fol. 35r. Cosmos sp. cf. C. bipinnatus (Fig. 4.35) Folio 41v. Lomatium sp., cf. L. dissectum (Fig. 4.15)Apocynaceae; Fol. 100r#14. Gonolobus chloranthus (Fig. 4.16); Araceae; Fol. 100r#7. Philodendron sp. cf. P. goeldii (Fig. 4.17); Fol. 100r#2. Philodendron mexicanum (Fig. 4.18); Fol. 100v(2)#3. Philodendron sp.? cf. P. subincisum (Fig. 4.19); Fol. 89v(1)#5. Spathiphyllum cannifolium? (Fig. 4.20); Fol. 42r (Left Side). Syngonium podophyllum (Fig. 4.21); Araliaceae; Fol. 35v. Polyscias guilfoylei (Fig. 4.22); Asparagaceae/Agavaceae; Fol. 100r#1. Agave sp. cf. A. ellemeetiana; Fol. 100r#4. Agave sp. cf. A. atrovirens (Fig. 4.23); Asteraceae Plant UsesSources and Techniques; Nahuatl Plant Names; Conclusions; Literature Cited;
Chapter 4: Phytomorph Identification in the Voynich Codex; Lycophytes and Ferns; Huperziaceae/Lycopodiaceae; Fol. 100v(2)#6, Fol. 102r#11. Huperzia beiteliana (Fig. 4.1); Fol. 100v(1)#13. Huperzia dichotoma (Fig. 4.2); Fol. 100v(1)#12, 101r#9. Huperzia reflexa (Fig. 4.3); Hymenophyllaceae; Fol. 101v(1)#8. Trichomanes ekmanii (Fig. 4.4); Ophioglossaceae; Fol. 100v#5. Ophioglossum palmatum (Fig. 4.5); Osmundaceae; Fol. 100v(1)#6. Osmunda regalis var. spectabilis (Fig. 4.6); Pteridaceae - DigitalClaudio Ortolani.Summary: "Flow Cytometry of Hematological Malignancies contains an array of graphical outputs produced by the technique in the study of the most (and the least) common diseases. The images included allow you to compare your own results with a third party reference pattern. There is a detailed description of the main leukocyte antigens, together with a description of their distribution amongst normal and abnormal blood cells. The book also provides a comprehensive description of the phenotype of every neoplastic blood disease recorded in the WHO classification system, including all the instructions needed to recognise and classify even the least common entity. Designed to be practical, the book is perfect for quick consultation and is divided into two main sections. Section I deals with the direct object of immunophenotyping, and Section II deals with the ultimate target of the analysis. More than 50 antigens are covered and every antigen is dealt with in three main parts: general features, cytometric features and practical hints. This authoritative and state-of-the-art reference will be invaluable for clinicians directly involved in the diagnosis and analysis of hematological diseases, including hematologists, hematopathologists, oncologists, pathologists and technicians working in diagnostic laboratories"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2021
- Digital[edited by] Min S. Park, Philipp Taussky, Felipe C. Albuquerque, Cameron G. McDougall.Summary: From detachable balloons and GDC coils to the recent advent of flow diversion, practitioners of have endovascular neurosurgery been fortunate to work in an era of rapid and exciting advances. The first commercially available flow diverter in the U.S. was approved specifically for a small subset of cerebral aneurysms. Recent experience has demonstrated its utility in treating challenging or otherwise untreatable aneurysms, safely and efficaciously. The design of these devices requires learning radically different methods than those used in the deployment of other, non-braided stents. Flow Diver.
Contents:
The beginnings of flow diversion : a historical review / Ajay K. Wakhloo, Baruch B. Lieber
Theoretical basis of flow diversion / Anthony Fiorella
Review of current literature and occlusion results / Philip G.R. Schmalz, Paul M. Foreman, Avra Laarakker, Mark R. Harrigan
Coil embolization versus flow diversion / Jeffrey Steinberg, Peter Abraham, Jeffrey Pannell, Alexander Khalessi
On-label use (illustrative cases) / Lynn B. McGrath Jr., John D. Nerva, Louis J. Kim
Off-label use / Dennis J. Rivet II, John Reavey-Cantwell, Christopher J. Moran
Flow diversion in ruptured aneurysms / Arthur Wang, Michael F. Stiefel
Pharmacology for flow diversion / Amin Nima Aghaebrahim, Andrew F. Ducruet
Overview of current flow-diverting devices / Pedro Aguilar-Salinas, Bartley Mitchell, Douglas Gonsales, Ricardo A. Hanel, Eric Sauvageau
Techniques and nuances of pipeline deployment / Edison P. Valle-Giler, Ryan Hebert, Stavrapola Tjoumakaris, Pascal Jabbour, Robert Rosenwasser
Technique and nuances of silk deployment (Balt Extrusion) / Or Cohen-Inbar, Jason M. Davies, Yaaqov Amsalem, Elad I. Levy
Technique and nuances of surpass streamline flow diverter / Ajay K. Wakhloo, Baruch B. Lieber
Technique and nuances of deployment of the flow-redirection endoluminal device / Bradley A. Gross, Felipe C. Albuquerque, Karam Moon, Cameron G. McDougall
Adjuvant techniques to improve flow diversion / William R. Stetler Jr., W. Christopher Fox
Flow diverters for brain aneurysm treatment : intraprocedural complications and management / Bartley Mitchell, Pedro Aguilar-Salinas, Amin Aghaebrahim, Eric Sauvageau, Ricardo A. Hanel
Postprocedural complications / M. Yashar S. Kalani, Min S. Park, Philip Taussky, Cameron McDougall
Flow diversion grading scales / Min S. Park, Marcus Mazur, Phillip Taussky
Radiographic imaging after flow diversion / Scott Mcnally
Management of aneurysm residuals following treatment with flow diverters / R. Webster Crowley, Robert M. Starke
Hemodynamic modifications of flow-diverting stents / Shervin Rahimpour, Priya Nair, David Frakes, L. Fernando Gonzalez
Future developments/research / Adam S. Arthur, Christopher Nickele, Brandon Burnsed.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2017 - Digitaledited by José Luis Riechmann, Frank Wellmer.Summary: In Flower Development: Methods and Protocols, researchers in the field detail protocols for experimental approaches that are currently used to study the formation of flowers, from genetic methods and phenotypic analyses, to genome-wide experiments, modeling, and system-wide approaches. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and key tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Authoritative and practical, Flower Development: Methods and Protocols ?is an essential guide for plant developmental biologists, from the novice to the experienced researcher, and for those considering venturing into the field.
Contents:
Flower Development in Arabidopsis - There is More to it than Learning your ABCs
Flower Development in the Asterid Lineage
Grass Flower Development
Flower Diversity and Angiosperm Diversification
Flower Development - Open Questions and Future Directions
Genetic Screens for Floral Mutants in Arabidopsis thaliana: Enhancers and Suppressors
Genetic and Phenotypic Analysis of Shoot Apical and Floral Meristem Development
Genetic and Phenotypic Analyses of Petal Development in Arabidopsis
Cell Biological Analyses of Anther Morphogenesis and Pollen Viability in Arabidopsis and Rice
Molecular Cell Biology of Male Meiotic Chromosomes and Isolation of Male Meiocytes in Arabidopsis thaliana
Genetic and Phenotypic Analyses of Carpel Development in Arabidopsis
Microscopic Analysis of Arabidopsis Ovules
Scanning Electron Microscopy Analysis of Floral Development
Detection of mRNA Expression Patterns by Non-radioactive in situ Hybridization on Histological Sections of Floral Tissue
The GUS Reporter System in Flower Development Studies
A Floral Induction System for the Study of Early Arabidopsis Flower Development
Fluorescence Activated Cell Sorting of Shoot Apical Meristem Cell Types
Translating Ribosome Affinity Purification (TRAP) for Cell-specific Translation Profiling in Developing Flowers
Laser-assisted Microdissection Applied to Floral Tissues
Identification of Arabidopsis Knock-out Lines for Genes of Interest
Gene Expression Analysis by Quantitative Real-time PCR for Floral Tissues
Misexpression Approaches for the Manipulation of Flower Development
Next Generation Sequencing Applied to Flower Development: RNA-Seq
Next-Generation Sequencing Applied to Flower Development: ChIP-Seq
Live-Imaging of the Arabidopsis Inflorescence Meristem
Gene Regulatory Network Models for Floral Organ Determination. - DigitalKamel S. Kamel, Mitchell L. Halperin.Contents:
Principles of acid-base physiology
Tools to use to diagnose acid-base disorders
Metabolic acidosis : clinical approach
Metabolic acidosis caused by a deficit of NaHCO3
Ketoacidosis
Metabolic acidosis : acid gain types
Metabolic alkalosis
Respiratory acid-base disturbances
Sodium and water physiology
Hyponatremia
Hypernatremia
Polyuria
Potassium physiology
Hypokalemia
Hyperkalemia
Hyperglycemia.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - DigitalAlluru S. Reddi.Summary: Fluid, Electrolyte and Acid-Base Disorders: Clinical Evaluation & Management is a clear and concise presentation of the fundamentals of fluid, electrolyte and acid-base disorders frequently encountered in clinical practice. Each chapter begins with pertinent basic physiology followed by its clinical disorder. Cases for each fluid, electrolyte and acid-base disorder are discussed with answers. In addition, board-type questions with explanations are provided for each clinical disorder to increase the knowledge for the clinician. Practical and clinically oriented, this book is a handy reference for practicing physicians, students, residents and fellows.
Contents:
Body Fluid Compartments
Interpretation of Urine Electrolytes and Osmolality
Renal Handling of NaCl and Water
Intravenous Fluids: Composition and Indications
Diuretics
Disorders of Extracellular Fluid Volume: Basic Concepts
Disorders of ECF Volume: Congestive Heart Failure
Disorders of ECF Volume: Cirrhosis of the Liver
Disorders of ECF Volume: Nephrotic Syndrome
Disorders of ECF Volume: Volume Contraction
Disorders of Water Balance: Physiology
Disorders of Water Balance: Hyponatremia
Disorders of Water Balance: Hypernatremia
Disorders of Potassium: Physiology
Disorders of Potassium: Hypokalemia
Disorders of Potassium: Hyperkalemia
Disorders of Calcium: Physiology
Disorders of Calcium: Hypocalcemia
Disorders of Calcium: Hypercalcemia
Disorders of Phosphate: Physiology
Disorders of Phosphate: Hypophosphatemia
Disorders of Phosphate: Hyperphosphatemia
Disorders of Magnesium: Physiology
Disorders of Magnesium: Hypomagnesemia
Disorders of Magnesium: Hypermagnesemia
Acid-Base Physiology
Evaluation of an Acid-Base Disorder
High Anion Gap Metabolic Acidosis
Hyperchloremic Metabolic Acidosis: Renal Tubular Acidosis
Hyperchloremic Metabolic Acidosis: Nonrenal Causes
Metabolic Alkalosis
Respiratory Acidosis
Respiratory Alkalosis
Mixed Acid-Base Disorders. - Digital[edited by] Constantinos G. Hadjipanayis, Walter Stummer.Contents:
Current fluorescence-guided neurosurgery and moving forward / Remi A. Kessler, Frank Yuk, and Constantinos G. Hadjipanayis
Designing and reporting studies on intra-operative tissue imaging in the brain / Walter Stummer
5-ALA and high-grade gliomas / Ricardo Díez Valle and Walter Stummer
5-ALA and recurrent high-grade gliomas / Ramin A. Morshed, Darryl Lau, Seunggu J. Han, Barbara Kiesel, and Mitchel S. Berger
5-ALA in low-grade gliomas / Georg Widhalm, Mitchel S. Berger, and Johannes Wölfer
Intraoperative fluorescence guidance in meningiomas / Pablo A. Valdes, Alexandra Golby, and David W. Roberts
5-ALA and brain metastases / Marcel A. Kamp, Marion Rapp, Jan Frederick Cornelius, Hans-Jakob Steiger, and Michael Sabel
5-ALA and ICG : fluorescence-guided resection of spinal cord intramedullary tumors / Toshiki Endo, Tomoo Inoue, and Teiji Tominaga
5-ALA utility in pediatric brain tumors, other adult brain tumors, and photodynamic therapy (PDT) / Nikita Lakomkin, Isabelle Germano, and Constantinos G. Hadjipanayis
Fluorescein-guided tumor resection in neurosurgical oncology / Joseph F. Georges and Peter Nakaji
Fluorescein and high-grade gliomas / Justin A. Neira, Randy S. D'Amico, and Jeffrey N. Bruce
Second window ICG
near infrared optical contrast for intraoperative identification of brain tumors / Ryan Zeh, Ryan Salinas, Sunil Singhal, and John Y.K. Lee
Cancer-targeted alkylphosphocholine analogs for intraoperative visualization / Ray R. Zhang, Paul A. Clark, Jamey P. Weichert, and John S. Kuo
BLZ-100 (tozuleristide) fluorescence guided surgery of brain tumors / Harish Babu, Dennis M. Miller, Julia Parrish-Novak, David L. Kittle, Pramod V. Butte, and Adam N. Mamelak
Confocal endomicroscopy / Christina Sarris and Nader Sanai
FGS, intraoperative imaging, and brain mapping (iMRI, DTI, and cortical mapping) / Jan Coburger and Philippe Schucht
Raman spectroscopy and brain tumors / Todd Hollon, Steve Kalkanis, and Daniel Orringer
ICG and cerebral aneurysms / David Bervini and Andreas Raabe
Indocyanine green videoangiography and arteriovenous malformations / Justin Mascitelli, Jan-Karl Burkhardt and Michael Lawton
ICG and cerebral revascularization / Lars Wessels, Nils Hecht, and Peter Vajkoczy.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2018 - DigitalFernando D. Dip, Takeaki Ishizawa, Norihiro Kokudo, Raul J. Rosenthal, editors.Summary: This volume presents the experiences of leading researchers and surgeons with different fluorescence methods. Chapters range from basic science of fluorescence to current clinical applications and new horizons. The first few chapters cover the historical evolution and physical principles of fluorescence and provide the foundation for the reader to understand the current scope and limits of its use in surgery. The second section focuses on the clinical applications of intraoperative fluorescence imaging, including subsections on fluorescence cholangiography, applications to hepatectomy, lymph node navigation, applications to GI tract and pelvic surgery and identification of cancer tissues. The third section focuses on new frontiers including fluorescence probes, imaging systems and applications to photodynamic therapy. Authored by leaders in the development of fluorescent methods worldwide, Fluorescence Imaging for Surgeons: Concepts and Applications will have an impact on numerous medical specialists including general surgeons, colorectal and minimally-invasive surgeons and surgical oncologists. Researchers will find the book to be an invaluable resource on the latest advances in the utilization of nanoparticles and fluorescent probes.
Contents:
Section I: Background
Basic Concepts of Fluorescence and Fluorescent Probes
Past, Present, and Future of Fluorescence
Translation of Therapeutic Antibodies for Intraoperative Fluorescence Imaging
Review of Indocyanine Green Imaging in Surgery
Section II: Imaging Systems
D-Light P System (Karl Storz) (with video)
Robotic Surgery Using Firefly System
Fluorescence Imaging Systems (PDE, HyperEye Medical System, and Prototypes in Japan)
The Pinpoint System
Economic Impact of Fluorescent Cholangiography
Real-time Near-Infrared Fluorescent Cholangiography During Robotic Single-Site Cholecystectomy
Fluorescent Guided Liver Surgery: Paul Brousse Experiences and Perspective
Fluorescence Imaging in Laparoscopic Hepatectomy (with video)
Section III: Clinical Applications of Intraoperative Fluorescence Imaging
Identification of Hepatic Segment (with video)
Intraoperative Evaluation of Regional Portal Uptake Function (with video)
Identification of Hepatocellular Carcinoma (with video)
Identification of Metastatic Liver Cancer (with video)
Prediction for Postoperative Intrahepatic Recurrence of Hepatocellular Carcinoma
Detection of Bile Leakage after Hepatic Resection by Intraoperative Indocyanine Gren Flourescent Imaging
Near-Infrared Laser Photodynamic Therapy for Human Hepatocellular Carcinoma Cell Line Tumor with Indocyanine Green Fluorescene
Photodynamic Diagnosis of Gastric Cancer Using 5-Aminolevulinic Acid (with video)
Applications of ICG Fluorescence Imaging for Surgery in Colorectal Cancer
Fluorophore-Conjugated Chimeric Anti-CEA Antibodies for Fluorescence-Guided Surgery of Gastrointestinal (GI) Tumors
Development of a Non-Blurring, Dual-Imaging (X-ray/Fluorescence) Tissue Marker for Localization of Gastrointestinal Tumors
Sentinel Node Navigation Surgery by Infrared Imaging in Gastric Cancer
A Dual Infrared Ray Imaging System for Sentinel Node Mapping Against Early Gastric Cancer: Absorption and Florescence Methods by Infrared Ray Electronic Endoscopy Combined with Indocyanine Green
Indocyanine Green Fluorescence-Navigated Sentital Node Biopsy Showed Higher Sensitivity than the Conventional Radioisotope or Blue Dye Methods: It May Help to Reduce False-Negative Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsies in Skin Cancer
The Indocyanine Green Method is Equivalent to ther (99m) Tc-Labeled Radiotracer Method for Identifying the Sentinel Node in Breast Cancer: A Concordance and Validation Study
Photodynamic Detection of Lymph Node Metastases in Gastronintestinal Cancer by Using 5-Aminolevulinic Acid
Application of Photodynamic Treatment (with video)
Photodynamic Diagnosis Mediated by 5-Aminolevulinic Acid for Urinary Bladder Cancer (with video)
Real-time Assessment of Intestinal Perfusion by Fluorescence-Based Enhanced Reality
Fluorescent Angiography for Flap Planning and Monitoring in Reconstructive Surgery
Fluorescein-Detection of Myocardial Ischemia in an Experimental Model of Acute Coronary Occlusion
Spatial and Temporal Monitoring of Perfusing with Indocyanine Green Videoangiography in Rat Heart
Ureter Identification Using Methylene Blue and Fluorescein
Chymotrypsin Probe for Real-Time Visualization of Pancreatic Leak.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalMartin Zinkernagel, Chantal Dysli.Summary: This book focuses on the emerging non-invasive imaging technique of Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging Ophthalmoscopy (FLIO). FLIO reveals unique information on retinal diseases, ranging from age-related macular degeneration and vascular diseases to hereditary retinal dystrophies. Fluorescence lifetimes enable the evaluation of disease progression before irreversible structural changes occur. The image acquisition is suitable for diagnostic purposes and follow-up examinations to investigate the natural course of disease, and to monitor the effects of possible therapies. This book fills the gap between available literature and gives state-of-the-art guidance on the principles of the FLIO technique, image acquisition, and data analysis. Written by a team of expert leaders within this field, this book will be relevant for scientists and clinicians with an interest in ophthalmoscopy.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Contents; Abstract; Introduction; Methods; Results and Discussion; Conclusion; Abbreviations;
Chapter 1: Introduction; References;
Chapter 2: FLIO Technique and Principles; References;
Chapter 3: FLIO Historical Background; References;
Chapter 4: Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging Microscopy; References;
Chapter 5: The Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging Ophthalmoscope; References;
Chapter 6: Image Acquisition and Analysis; FLIO Reader; FLIMX; Supplementary Material; FLIO Image Acquisition Protocol; Subjects; Measurement; Preparation; Before Image Acquisition; During Measurement End of AcquisitionReferences;
Chapter 7: Fluorophores in the Eye; Introduction; Lipofuscin (Bisretinoids); Xantophyll (Yellow Carotinoids): Macular Pigment; Collagen/Elastin; Redox Coenzyme; Melanin/Oxidized Melanin; Lipid Peroxidation Endproducts; Advanced Glycation Endproducts (AGE); Other Fluorophores; References;
Chapter 8: FLIO in the Healthy Eye; References;
Chapter 9: FLIO in Retinal Diseases; References;
Chapter 10: Age-Related Macular Degeneration; FLIO in Early Disease Stages of AMD; FLIO in AMD with Drusen; FLIO in Geographic Atrophy; References
Chapter 11: FLIO in Diabetic RetinopathyReferences;
Chapter 12: Retinal Artery Occlusion; References;
Chapter 13: Central Serous Chorioretinopathy; References;
Chapter 14: Macular Telangiectasia Type 2; References;
Chapter 15: Hereditary Retinal Diseases: Stargardt, Choroideremia, Retinitis Pigmentosa; Stargardt Disease; Choroideremia; Retinitis Pigmentosa; References;
Chapter 16: Macular Pigment; Retinal Carotenoids; Carotenoid Measurement Ex Vivo; Macular Holes; Albinism; References;
Chapter 17: Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging Ophthalmoscopy in Alzheimer's Disease; References
Chapter 18: FLIO in Mouse ModelsReferences;
Chapter 19: Discussion and Summary; Index - Digitaledited by Ulrich Kubitscheck.Contents:
Front Matter
Introduction to Optics / Rainer Heintzmann, Ulrich Kubitscheck
Principles of Light Microscopy / Ulrich Kubitscheck
Fluorescence Microscopy / Jurek W Dobrucki, Ulrich Kubitscheck
Fluorescence Labeling / Gerd Ulrich Nienhaus, Karin Nienhaus
Confocal Microscopy / Nikolaus Naredi-Rainer, Jens Prescher, Achim Hartschuh, Don C Lamb
Two-Photon Excitation Microscopy for Three-Dimensional Imaging of Living Intact Tissues / David W Piston
Light Sheet Microscopy / Gopi Shah, Michael Weber, Jan Huisken
Localization-Based Super-Resolution Microscopy / Markus Sauer, Mike Heilemann
Super-Resolution Microscopy: Interference and Pattern Techniques / Udo Birk, Gerrit Best, Roman Amberger, Christoph Cremer
STED Microscopy / Travis J Gould, Lena K Schroeder, Patrina A Pellett, Joerg Bewersdorf
Fluorescence Photobleaching Techniques / Reiner Peters
Single-Molecule Microscopy in the Life Sciences / Markus Axmann, Josef Madl, Gerhard J Schütz
Förster Resonance Energy Transfer and Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging / Fred S Wouters
What Exactly is a Digital Image?
Practical Guide to Optical Alignment
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Yves Engelborghs, Antonie J.W.G. Visser.Contents:
How to collect National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) traceable fluorescence excitation and emission spectra / Adam Matthew Gilmore
Steady-state fluorescence polarization/anisotropy for the study of protein interactions / Nicholas G. James and David M. Jameson
Quantitative fluorescence spectral analysis of protein denaturation / Ivo H.M. van Stokkum and Sergey P. Laptenok
High-pressure fluorescence applications / Mariano Dellarole and Catherine A. Royer
Frequency domain fluorometry : theory and application / Carissa M. Vetromile and David M. Jameson
Polar plot representation of time-resolved fluorescence / John Paul Eichorst, Kai Wen Teng, and Robert M. Clegg
Ensemble and single-molecule detected time-resolved FRET methods in studies of protein conformations and dynamics / Tomer Orevi ... [et al.]
MD + QM correlations with tryptophan fluorescence spectral shifts and lifetimes / Patrik R. Callis and Jose R. Tusell
Analysis of time-dependent red shifts in fluorescence emission from tryptophan residues in proteins / Dmitri Toptygin
Global analysis of time-resolved fluorescence data / Anatoli V. Digris ... [et al.]
Nanometrology / David J.S. Birch and Philip Yip
Upconversion spectrophotofluorometry / Arianna Biesso, Jianhua Xu, and Jay R. Knutson
Subpicosecond Kerr-Gate spectrofluorometry / Sergey P. Laptenok ... [et al.]
Photoinduced electron transfer modeling to simulate flavoprotein fluorescence decay / Nadtanet Nunthaboot ... [et al.]
Biosynthetic incorporation of tryptophan analogs in proteins / Jaap Broos
Optimization of fluorescent proteins / Daphne S. Bindels ... [et al.]
Monitoring membrane properties and apoptosis using membrane probes of the 3-hydroxyflavone family / Zeinab Darwich, Andrey S. Klymchenko, and Yves Mély
Rectangle FRAP for measuring diffusion with a laser scanning microscope / Ranhua Xiong ... [et al.]
Quantitative protocol for intensity-based live cell FRET imaging / Clemens F. Kaminski, Eric J. Rees, and Gabriele S. Kaminski Schierle
Wide-field fluorescence lifetime imaging with multi-anode detectors / Roland Hartig ... [et al.]
Global analysis of FRET-FLIM data in live plant cells / Sergey P. Laptenok ... [et al.]
Time-resolved fluorescence anisotropy imaging / Klaus Suhling, James Levitt, and Pei-Hua Chung
Multimodal fluorescence imaging spectroscopy / Martijn H.W. Stopel, Christian Blum, and Vinod Subramaniam
Application of fluorescence correlation spectroscopy (FCS) to measure the dynamics of fluorescent proteins in living cells / Thomas Weidemann
Fluorescence cross-correlation spectroscopy (FCCS) in living cells / Xiaoxiao Ma, Yong Hwee Foo, and Thorsten Wohland
Quantifying lipid-protein interaction by fluorescence correlation spectroscopy (FCS) / Ana M. Melo, Manuel Prieto, and Ana Coutinho
PET-FCS : probing rapid structural fluctuations of proteins and nucleic acids by single-molecule fluorescence quenching / Markus Sauer and Hannes Neuweiler
Z-scan fluorescence correlation spectroscopy as a tool for diffusion measurements in planar lipid membranes / Tomáš Steinberger, Radek Macháň , and Martin Hof
Scanning fluorescence correlation spectroscopy (SFCS) with a scan path perpendicular to the membrane plane / Paul Müller, Petra Schwille, and Thomas Weidemann
Implementation and application of pulsed interleaved excitation for dual-color FCS and RICS / Jelle Hendrix and Don C. Lamb
Quantitative study of protein-protein interactions in live cell by dual-color fluorescence correlation spectroscopy / Sergi Padilla-Parra ... [et al.]
Brightness experiments / Patrick J. Macdonald ... [et al.]
Global analysis of autocorrelation functions and photon counting distributions in fluorescence fluctuation spectroscopy / Victor V. Skakun, Anatoli V. Digris, and Vladimir V. Apanasovich
Simulation of autocorrelation function and photon counting distribution in fluorescence fluctuation spectroscopy / Igor P. Shingaryov, Victor V. Skakun, and Vladimir V. Apanasovich
Single-molecule fluorescence of nucleic acids / Kaley McCluskey ... [et al.]
Photoswitchable fluorescent proteins for superresolution fluorescence microscopy circumventing the diffraction limit of light / Susana Rocha ... [et al.].Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalChristopher P. Toseland, Natalia Fili, editors.Summary: This book focuses on the application of fluorescence to study motor proteins (myosins, kinesins, DNA helicases and RNA polymerases). It is intended for a large community of biochemists, biophysicists and cell biologists who study a diverse collection of motor proteins. It can be used by researchers to gain an insight into their first experiments, or by experienced researchers who are looking to expand their research to new areas. Each chapter provides valuable advice for executing the experiments, along with detailed background knowledge in order to develop own experiments.
Contents:
Fluorescence and Labelling: How to choose and what to do
Fluorescent biosensors: design and application to motor proteins
Rapid Reaction Kinetic Techniques
Fluorescence to study the ATPase mechanism of Motor Proteins
Use of pyrene labelled actin to probe actin myosin interactions; kinetic and equilibrium studies
Fluorescent methods to study transcription initiation and transition into elongation
Single-molecule and single-particle imaging of molecular motors in vitro and in vivo
Fluorescence methods in the investigation of the DEAD-box helicase mechanism
Use of Fluorescent Techniques to Study the In Vitro Movement of Myosins
Fluorescence Tracking of Motor proteins in vitro
Measuring Transport of Motor Cargos
Measuring two at the same time: Combining Magnetic Tweezers with Single-Molecule FRET
Using fluorescence to study actomyosin in yeasts. - Digitaledited by Volker Gurtler.Summary: "Fluorescent Probes, Volume 48 in the Methods in Microbiology series, highlights new advances in the field, with this new volume presenting interesting chapters on important topics, including Hydrogel microarray technology as a tool for clinical diagnostics, The use of probes and bacteriophages for bacteria detection, Probes used with point-of-care microfluidic devices for pathogen detection, Methods for combining FIB/SEM with three-dimensional fluorescence microscopy using CLEM approaches, Probes and Microbes, Microbial signatures associated with cancers, Fluorescent Aptamers for Detection and Treatment of Pathogenic Bacteria and Cancer, Labelled and Unlabeled Probes for Pathogen Detection with Molecular Biology Methods and Biosensors, and much more."--publisher's web page, viewed May 13, 2021.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
- Digitaledited by Jin Zhang and Qiang Ni, Robert H. Newman.Contents:
Design and application of genetically encodable biosensors based on fluorescent proteins / Robert H. Newman and Jin Zhang
Introduction to fluorescence imaging techniques geared towards biosensor applications / J. Goedhart, Mark A. Hink, and Kees Jalink
Quantitative measurement of Ca²⁺ and Zn²⁺ in mammalian cells using genetically encoded fluorescent biosensors / J. Genevieve Park and Amy E. Palmer
Detecting cAMP with an epac-based FRET sensor in single living cells / J. Klarenbeek and Kees Jalink
Analysis of compartmentalized cAMP : a method to compare signals from differently targeted FRET reporters / Alessandra Stangherlin ... [et al.]
Genetically encoded fluorescent biosensors for live cell imaging of lipid dynamics / Moritoshi Sato
Live-cell imaging of cytosolic NADH-NAD⁺ redox state using a genetically encoded fluorescent biosensor / Yin Pun Hung and Gary Yellen
Measuring membrane voltage with microbial rhodopsins / Adam E. Cohen and Daniel R. Hochbaum
Imaging the activity of Ras superfamily GTPase proteins in small subcellular compartments in neurons / Ana F. Oliveira and Ryohei Yasuda
Imaging kinase activity at protein scaffolds / Maya T. Kunkel and Alexandra C. Newton
Using a genetically encoded FRET-based reporter to visualize calcineurin phosphatase activity in living cells / Sohum Mehta and Jin Zhang
Genetically encoded FRET indicators for live-cell imaging of histone acetylation / Kazuki Sasaki and Minoru Yoshida
Genetically encoded fluorescent biosensors for live-cell imaging of MT1-MMP protease activity / Mingxing Ouyang, Shaoying Lu, and Yingxiao Wang
Biosensor imaging in brain slice preparations / Marina Polito, Pierre Vincent, and Elvire Guiot
Optical calcium imaging using DNA-encoded fluorescence sensors in transgenic fruit flies, Drosophila melanogaster / Shubham Dipt, Thomas Riemensperger, and André Fiala
Multiparameter live cell imaging approach to monitor cyclic AMP and protein kinase a dynamics in parallel / Nwe-Nwe Aye-Han and Jin Zhang
FRET and BRET-based biosensors in live cell compound screens / Katie Herbst Robinson, Jessica R. Yang, and Jin Zhang
Integrating fluorescent biosensor data using computational models / Eric C. Greenwald, Renata K. Polanowska-Grabowska, and Jeffrey J. Saucerman.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaleditor, Andrew D. Westwell.Contents:
Fluorinated pharmaceuticals : advances in medicinal chemistry : introductory remarks / Andrew D. Westwell
Synthesis of fluorinated pharmaceuticals / Jan-Philip Meyer & Andrew D. Westwell
Biomedical applications of fluorinated amino acids and peptides / Adrian Fowkes & Geoff Wells
The role of fluorine in antiviral drug discovery / Marco Derudas & Silvia Meneghesso
Organofluorine-containing anti-infective agents / Carlo Franchini, Alessia Carocci, Alessia Catalano & Filomena Corbo
Organofluorine-containing anticancer therapeutics / Magdalena Slusarczyk
Development of 18F-labeled compounds for imaging of A[beta] plaques by means of PET / Behrooz H. Yousefi & Hans-Jürgen Wester
Fluorinated drugs in CNS disorders / Tristan E. Colestock & Adeboye Adejare
Organofluorine-containing therapeutics for treatment of cardiovascular disease / Modesto de Candia & Cosimo D. Altomare
Current and emerging applications of fluorine in medicinal chemistry / Maria Grazia Perrone, Paola Vitale, Andrea Panella, Anna Tolomeo & Antonio Scilimat. - DigitalStefan Pieper.Summary: In this book, Stefan Pieper supports doctors and therapists in easily diagnosing FQAD and in better and more adequately dealing with FQAD patients. Fluoroquinolones, as one of the most common and effective groups of antibiotics, are known to have a distinct spectrum of side effects. These adverse effects are rare in percentage terms, but frequent in absolute numbers due to the enormous quantities of prescriptions. Because they are usually quite severe and wide-ranging, they tend to run like a syndrome and have been classified by the FDA as a separate condition, the FQAD, because of their frequency, severity and risk of disability. This book presents for the first time a comprehensive description and classification of the clinical picture and a proposal for a clinical diagnostic tool based on diagnostic criteria.
Contents:
1 Introduction to Fluoroquinolone-Associated Disability (FQAD)
2 FQAD and Oxidative Stress and Mitochondrial Toxicity
3 FQAD and Musculoskeletal Damage / Collagen Disorder
4 FQAD and Neurotoxicity / Peripheral Neuropathy (PN) / Autonomic Neuropathy / Small Fibre Neuropathy
5 FQAD and Neuropsychiatric Adverse Effects
6 Diagnostic criteria of the FQAD
7 Inside Story - Practical experience with FQAD Patients. - DigitalStephan Ulmer, Olav Jansen, editors.Summary: This book provides a state of the art overview of fMRI and its use in clinical practice. It covers technical issues, anatomical landmarks, the full range of clinical applications, methods of statistical analysis, and special issues.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
Part I: Basics
1: Introduction
2: Neuroanatomy and Cortical Landmarks
2.1 Neuroanatomy and Cortical Landmarks of Functional Areas
2.1.1 Sensorimotor Cortex
2.1.1.1 Transverse Sections
2.1.1.2 Sagittal Sections
2.1.2 The Insula
2.1.2.1 Sagittal Sections
2.1.2.2 Transverse Sections
2.1.3 Speech-Associated Frontal Areas
2.1.3.1 Transverse Sections
2.1.3.2 Sagittal Sections
2.1.4 Auditory Cortex and Speech-Associated Temporoparietal Areas
2.1.4.1 Transverse Sections
2.1.4.2 Sagittal Sections 2.1.4.3 Coronal Sections
2.1.5 Visual Cortex
2.1.5.1 Sagittal Sections
References
3: The Electrophysiological Background of the fMRI Signal
3.1 Introduction
3.2 The Compound Neural Signal
3.3 The Passive Electric Properties of the Brain
3.4 The Neural Correlate of the BOLD Signal
3.5 The Coupling of Synaptic Activity and CBF
3.6 Conclusions
References
4: High-Field fMRI
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Benefits and Limitations of High- and Ultra-High-Field MRI
4.3 Special Aspects of High-Field fMRI
4.3.1 7 T and Beyond 4.4 Ultra-High-Field fMRI: Recent Neurocognitive Studies
4.5 Ultra-High-Field fMRI and Possible Clinical Applications
References
5: Resting-State fMRI: Preclinical Foundations
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Conceptual Overview
5.3 Basic Facts about Resting-State fMRI Scans
5.4 Basic Properties of RSFC Scans: The Bad News
5.5 Basic Properties of RSFC Scans: The Good News
5.6 Basic Properties of RSFC Scans: Links between Artifacts and Variables of Interest
5.7 Basic Properties of RSFC Scans: Signal Denoising
5.8 Clinical Uses of RSFC Data
5.9 Conclusions 8.2.3 Interface
8.2.4 File Formats
8.3 Spatial Transformations
8.3.1 Data Preparation
8.3.2 Realignment
8.3.3 Coregistration
8.3.4 Spatial Normalisation
8.3.5 Spatial Smoothing
8.4 Modelling and Statistical Inference
8.4.1 The General Linear Model
8.4.2 Contrasts
8.4.3 Topological Inference
8.4.4 Population-Level Inference
8.5 Conclusions
References
9: Meta-Analyses in Basic and Clinical Neuroscience: State of the Art and Perspective
9.1 An Introduction to Quantitative Meta-Analysis in Neuroimaging Science - DigitalHenryk A. Domanski, Charles S. Walther.Contents:
Principles in the examination and management of soft tissue lesions
Sampling and preparation techniques
Ancillary techniques
Normal elements and the cytologic features of reactive changes in soft tissue
Adipocytic tumors
Fibroblastic/myofibroblastic tumors
So-called fibrohistiocytic tumors
Smooth-muscle tumors
Pericytic (perivascular) tumors
Skeletal-muscle tumors
Vascular tumors
Gastrointestinal stromal tumor
Nerve sheath tumors
Tumors of uncertain differentiation
Undifferentiated/unclassified sarcomas
Neuroectodermal tumors
Principles in the examination and management of bone neoplasms : normal elements and the cytologic features of reactive changes in the bone
Osteogenic tumors
Cartilaginous tumors
Ewing sarcoma
Giant cell tumor of bone and other giant cell-rich lesions
Notochordal tumors
Lymphohematopoietic and histiocytic tumors
Bone metastases
Bone lesions rarely examined by fine-needle aspiration.Digital Access Karger 2017 - DigitalSummary: Designed as a last-minute gut-check before exam day, this guide is written by primary care nurse practitioners who have your back, providing you with quick, digestible nuggets of the most pertinent topics on the FNP and AGNP certification exams. Use this small but mighty book during the last month of your preparation to strengthen your knowledge and tackle the AANPCB or ANCC exam. Organized by body system, this guide covers the key 120+ conditions on the exam, with essential information on signs and symptoms, differential diagnoses, labs and other diagnostic testing, treatment, patient education, and important lifespan and special population considerations. The pharmacology review provides a succinct recap of the most important drug classes you will need to know. Also included are brief summaries of pediatric growth and development and geriatric topics such as geriatric syndromes, frailty, and polypharmacy. Key Features: Offers a succinct, rapid review of the key 120+ conditions on the exam Includes a separate pharmacology review of select drug classes Summarizes pediatric and geriatric concerns, such as growth and development, immunizations, and frailty Provides important alerts, complications, pearls, and pop quiz questions to highlight extra-important information and test your knowledge Includes essential images, such as need-to-know ECG tracings and photos of skin disordersDigital Access R2Library 2022Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- DigitalGötz Penkert, Josef Böhm, Thomas Schelle.Summary: Every neurosurgeon as well as many surgeons in other disciplines, including plastic and orthopedic surgeons, may unexpectedly be confronted with an entrapment syndrome or a nerve trauma. With a view to preventing costly transfers to expert clinics, this manual for practitioners offers optimized step-by-step figures illustrating how best to approach every relevant nerve lesion. Clear advice is also provided on differential diagnosis from inflammatory neuropathies, which will assist in avoiding false indications for surgery. This is a true manual for practitioners that offers excellent guidance for all surgeons while in the operating theater.
Contents:
Introduction
Principles of Macroscopic and Microscopic Anatomy of Peripheral Nerves
Pathophysiology
egrees of Nerve Lesion
Types of Tissue Reaction Following Nerve Lesion
Clinical Presentation of Nerve Lesion
Different Types of Pain Following Nerve Lesion
Principles of Neurophysiologic Diagnosis
Electroneurography
Electromyography
Imaging of Peripheral Nerves
Sonography
Magnetic Resonance Imaging.-Principles of Nerve Surgery
Neurolysis Steps
Grafting Following Nerve Trauma
Nerve Entrapment at Shoulder and Arm
Spinal Accessory Nerve
Brachial Plexus, Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
Suprascapular Nerve
Axillary (Circumflex) Nerve
Radial Nerve at Upper Arm
Radial Nerve at Lower Arm
Posterior Interosseous Nerve Entrapment
Superficial Radial Nerve Entrapment
Median Nerve at Elbow
Median Nerve at Lower Arm
Anterior Interosseous Nerve Entrapment
Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
Ulnar Nerve at Elbow
Ulnar Nerve at Lower Arm
Guyon?s Loge Syndrome
Deep Ulnar Branch Entrapment
Nerve Entrapment at Trunk and Leg
Genitofemoral, Ilioinguinal, Iliohypogastric Nerve
Femoral Cutaneous Nerve
Obturator Nerve
Saphenous Nerve
Infrapatellar Branch of Saphenous Nerve
Pudendal Nerve
Sciatic Nerve, Piriformis Syndrome
Fibular Nerve at Knee Joint
Fibular Nerve at Ankle, Anterior Tarsal Tunnel Syndrome
Tibial Nerve
Tibial Nerve at Ankle, Posterior Tarsal Tunnel Syndrome
Tibial Nerve at Sole, Morton?s Metatarsalgia
Non Mechanical Focal Neuropathies
Parsonage Turner Syndrome
Multifocal Motorical Neuropathy
Hereditary Multifocal Neuropathy
Lewis-Summer-Syndrome (CIDP)
Immune Vasculitis with Focal Neuropathy. .Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalStefan Thüroff, Christian G. Chaussy, editors.
- DigitalWinnok H. De Vos, Sebastian Munck, Jean-Pierre Timmermans [editors].Digital Access Springer 2016
- DigitalFelix Wong, Lian Zhang, Zhibiao Wang.Summary: This book aims to provide readers up-to-date information about focused ultrasound surgery in gynecology, an innovative technique with increasing acceptance to treat fibroids and adenomyosis. Beginning with an introductory description of the mechanism of focused ultrasound surgery (FUS) and the available HIFU device developed, this book introduce the application of FUS in uterine fibroids, adenomyosis, and other gynaecological conditions with details in its technology and procedures. This book will be an invaluable reference for practicing gynecologists and practitioners to understand this new surgical approach in the management of different gynecological conditions.
Contents:
Introduction of High-Intensity Focused Ultrasound (HIFU)
Sedation and analgesia for HIFU ablation
Ultrasound and MRI imaging
Uterine fibroids and HIFU ablation
Adenomyosis and HIFU ablation
Complications of HIFU ablation
Fertility and pregnancy outcome after HIFU ablation
Other issues of HIFU ablation
Other HIFU applications in Gynecology. - Digitalby Richard N. Fogoros, John M. Mandrola.Contents:
The cardiac electrical system
Abnormal heart rhythms
Treatment of arrhythmias
The electrophysiology study in the evaluation and therapy of cardiac arrhythmias
Principles of the electrophysiology study
The electrophysiology study in the evaluation of bradycardia : the SA node AV node and his purkinje system
The electrophysiology study in the evaluation of supraventricular tachyarrhythmias
The electrophysiology study in the evaluation and treatment of ventricular arrhythmias
Transcatheter ablation : therapeutic electrophysiology
Ablation of supraventricular tachycardias
Ablation of PVCS and ventricular tachycardia
Ablation of atrial fibrillation
Ablation of atrial flutter
Cardiac resynchronization : pacing therapy for heart failure
The evaluation of syncope
Electrophysiologic testing in perspective : the evaluation and treatment of cardiac arrhythmias.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - Digitaledited by Nathan H. Fowler.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of follicular lymphoma. The first section of the text explores the current understanding of the biology and pathogenesis of follicular lymphoma, through reviewing recent changes in the WHO classification of low-grade lymphomas, current diagnostic techniques, and emerging research on the importance of the immune microenvironment. The second section focuses on current treatment for localized disease, advanced stage disease, and transformed follicular lymphomas, and details currently FDA approved regimens and evolving radiation techniques for early stage and advanced disease. The last section of the text presents emerging approaches in targeted, immunologic, and vaccine therapy. Written by experts in the field, Follicular Lymphoma: Current Management and Novel Approaches is a valuable resource for practicing clinicians, practitioners, and researchers who manage and have an interest in follicular lymphoma.
Contents:
Follicular Lymphoma: Epidemiology, Pathogenesis and Initiating Events
Pathologic Features, Grading and Variants of Follicular Lymphoma
Genomic Drivers in Follicular Lymphoma
The Microenvironment in Follicular Lymphoma
Prognostic Factors in Follicular Lymphoma
Management of Localized Low-Grade Follicular Lymphoma
Current Management and Novel Approaches to the Management of Follicular Lymphoma
Transformed Follicular Lymphoma
Cellular Therapy for Follicular Lymphoma
Antibody Therapy in Follicular Lymphoma
Molecular Targeting in Follicular Lymphoma. - DigitalPrabhjot Kaur, editor.Summary: The book is dedicated to Follicular lymphoma and Mantle cell lymphoma and highlights major reference works that contributed significantly to the understanding of these two lymphomas. The aim is to bring the basic science adjacent to the applied science. There is significant focus on the biology of normal B cell development that forms the basis for understanding the pathobiology of these entities. This text is designed to provide a concise yet comprehensive summary of traditional and newer entities, prognostic markers, pathobiology and newer classifications based on molecular genetics/chromosomal abnormalities. The chapters are written by practicing hematopathologists, molecular pathologists, dermatopathologists and clinical haematologists with an emphasis on practical approaches to these entities. The newer technologies and their practical applications are elaborated in an easy-to-comprehend format. Follicular Lymphoma and Mantle Cell Lymphoma is an approachable read for residents and fellows and clinically relevant to practicing pathologists and hematologists. It also serves as a valuable resource for anyone with an interest in B cell lymphomas. .
Contents:
Definition, Epidemiology, Pathobiology- Lymphomagenesis, Morphology, Variants, Immunophenotype, Prognostic factors, Transformation
Mantle cell lymphoma
Primary Cutaneous B-cell Lymphomas
Technical and Interpretive Considerations in the Genetic Evaluation of Follicular and Mantle Cell Lymphomas
Management of Follicular Lymphoma
Management of Mantle Cell Lymphoma. - DigitalClaire E. Wilcox.Summary: This book is written for providers of broad training backgrounds, and aims to help those who care for people with EDs, overweight and obesity provide evidence-based care. The goal of the book is to provide these providers with a straightforward resource summarizing the current standard of care. However, it goes further by also introducing the concept of food addiction (FA) as a model to understand some forms of overeating. This book discusses the pros and cons of embracing FA and reviews the evidence for and against the validity and utility of FA. By doing so, the chapters convey a middle ground approach to help people with obesity, BED, and bulimia nervosa plus FA symptomatology who also want to lose weight. The text discusses FA by reviewing several of the main ongoing controversies associated with the construct. It reviews both the clinical and neuroscientific evidence that some individuals' eating behavior mirrors that seen in substance use disorders (SUD), such as how their relationship with food appears to be addictive. Chapters also discuss how many of the mechanisms known to underlie SUDs appear to drive overeating in animal models and humans. Finally, the text argues that the similarities between the brain mechanisms of addictive disorders and overeating behavior has the potential to open up new avenues for current treatment and treatment development ....
Contents:
Part I: Standard Approaches to Clinical Assessment and Treatment of Obesity and Binge Eating Disorder (BED)
1. Determinants of Body Weight: Metabolism and the Homeostatic System
2. Obesity
3. Binge-Related Eating Disorders (Binge Eating Disorder and Bulimia Nervosa)
Part II: Can The Food Addiction Concept Improve Treatment?
4. Problems with Current Approaches to Treating Disorders of Overeating
5. The Food Addiction Concept: History, Controversy, Potential Pitfalls and Promises
Part III: Clinical Evidence for Food Addiction
6. Clinical Evidence for the Validity of Food Addiction
Part IV: Basic Biology of Food Addiction, and Its Overlap with Substance Use Disorders
7. Neurobiology and Cognitive Neuroscience of Substance Use Disorders
8. Neurobiology and Cognitive Neuroscience of Hedonic Eating
9. Additional Biological Mechanisms of Hedonic Eating
10. Treatment-Related Evidence that Food Addiction is a Valid Construct
11. Highly Palatable Foods Are Addictive
Part V: Assessment and Treatment of Food Addiction
12. Evaluation of Food Addiction: Importance, Epidemiology, Diagnosis, and Assessment
13. How to Treat Food Addiction from a Nutritional Perspective: Consideration of Diet and Abstinence
14. Clinical Applications of the Food Addiction Concept
Part VI: Research Possibilities
15. Emerging Treatments and Areas for Future Research. - Digitaledited by Dean D. Metcalfe, Hugh A. Sampson, Ronald A. Simon, Gideon Lack.Digital Access Wiley 2014
- DigitalLinglin Fu, Bobby J. Cherayil, Haining Shi, Yanbo Wang, Yang Zhu.Summary: This book addresses the molecular mechanisms of food allergies and related control strategies. To do so, it covers a broad range of topics, including: the basic immunology of food allergies, including crosstalk between gut mucosal immunity and allergens; types of food allergens, structure of food allergen epitopes and cross-reactivity; detection and quantification methods for food allergens; in vitro and in vivo models for evaluating allergenicity; novel food processing methods for the development of hypoallergenic foods; bioactive natural compounds and functional foods for alleviating allergic reactions; modulation of the microbiota in food allergies and use of probiotics in allergic response regulation; and risk assessment and control strategies for food allergens. The information provided will enable food scientists/specialists to design safer and more functional food products, and will help regulatory agencies identify and label food allergens (and thus help consumers avoid allergic reactions). It will help clinicians and public health investigators prevent or treat outbreaks of food allergies, and will provide food producers and processors, as well as government inspectors, with valuable insights into evaluation, risk assessment and control strategies for allergens. Lastly, it will benefit upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in food science and safety, public health, medicine, nutrition and related fields.
Contents:
Intro; Contents; Abbreviations;
Chapter 1: Overview of the Immunology of Food Allergy; 1.1 Immunopathogenesis of Food Allergy; 1.1.1 Oral Tolerance; 1.1.2 Oral Tolerance Failure and the Development of Food Allergy; 1.2 Diagnosis of Food Allergy; 1.3 Management of Food Allergy; 1.4 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 2: Species and Structure of Food Allergens: Epitopes and Cross-Reactivity; 2.1 Plant Food Allergens and Corresponding Epitopes; 2.1.1 The Cupin Superfamily; 2.1.2 The Prolamin Superfamily; 2.1.3 The Bet v 1 Superfamily; 2.1.4 The Profilins; 2.1.5 Other Plant-Derived Allergen Families 2.1.6 Epitopes in Plant Food Allergens2.2 Animal Food Allergens; 2.2.1 Calcium-Binding Proteins; 2.2.2 Tropomyosin; 2.2.3 Caseins; 2.2.4 Other Animal Food Allergens; 2.2.4.1 Allergens in Seafood; 2.2.4.2 Allergens in Milk; 2.2.4.3 Allergens in Egg; 2.2.5 Epitopes in Animal Food Allergens; References;
Chapter 3: Intestinal Permeability and Transport of Food Allergens; 3.1 Protein Digestion in Gastrointestinal Tract; 3.1.1 The Structure of Gastrointestinal Tract; 3.1.2 Protein Digestion Process; 3.1.3 Digestion Resistance of Allergens 3.2 Intestinal Permeability and Transporting of Food Proteins3.2.1 Mucus Layer Permeation; 3.2.2 Intestinal Epithelial Cell Permeation; 3.2.3 Paracellular Transport; 3.2.4 Regulation of Paracellular Transport; 3.2.5 Transcellular Transport; 3.2.6 Antibody-Mediated Transport; 3.3 Allergen Recognition and Presentation in Intestine; 3.3.1 Allergen Recognition and Presentation by DC; 3.3.2 Allergen Recognition and Presentation by Epithelia; 3.3.3 Allergen Recognition and Presentation by Other Cell Types; 3.4 Intestinal Barrier Defects and Food Allergy 3.5 Food Allergy Control by Changing Allergen Permeability3.5.1 Direct Treatment of Intestinal Barrier Defect; 3.5.2 Restoring Barrier Defect by Treating Diseases; References;
Chapter 4: Detection and Quantification Methods for Food Allergens; 4.1 Immunoanalytical Methods; 4.1.1 ELISA; 4.1.2 Immunoblots; 4.1.3 Lateral Flow Immunoassay; 4.2 DNA-Based Methods; 4.2.1 Endpoint Quantitative PCR; 4.2.2 Real-Time PCR; 4.2.3 PCR-ELISA; 4.3 Mass Spectrometry-Based Techniques; 4.3.1 Selection of Specific Peptides; 4.3.2 Peptide Specificity Verification; 4.3.3 Targeted Method Development 4.3.4 Quantitation of Food Allergen4.4 Sensor-Based Technique; 4.4.1 Optical Biosensors; 4.4.2 Electrochemical Biosensor; References;
Chapter 5: Allergenicity Evaluation of Food Proteins; 5.1 Bioinformatics Analysis; 5.2 In Vitro Experiments; 5.2.1 Physiological and Biochemical Tests; 5.2.1.1 Pepsin Resistance Test; 5.2.1.2 Serological Analysis; 5.2.2 Cell Model; 5.3 In Vivo Experiments; 5.3.1 Human Experiment; 5.3.1.1 Skin Test; 5.3.1.2 Food Challenge Experiment; 5.3.2 Animal Experiments; 5.3.2.1 Mouse Model; 5.3.2.2 Rat Model; 5.3.2.3 Other Animal Models; 5.3.2.4 Sensitization Route - Digitalvolume editors, Motohiro Ebisawa, Barbara K. Ballmer-Weber, Stefan Vieths, Robert A. Wood.Digital Access Karger 2015
- DigitalChuong Pham-Huy, PhD, Bruno Pham Huy.Summary: "This book gathers information on various foods and provides an explanation of their nutrient composition, sources, and roles and mechanisms in health and diseases. As lifestyle plays important roles in health and longevity, this book describes healthy and unhealthy lifestyles regarding choice of diet, physical activity, and hobbies"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Macronutrients
Micronutrients
Free radicals and antioxidants
Food types, dietary supplements and roles
Plant source foods
Animal source foods
Fungi and water
Lifestyle and diet
Food interactions, sirtuins, genes, homeostasis, and general discussion. - DigitalCharis M. Galanakis, editor.Summary: Bioactive natural compounds have gained attention in recent years due to their potential health benefits, including reducing the risk of diabetes, cancer, and cardiovascular diseases. These benefits derive from bioactive compounds' anti-tumor, anti-inflammatory, anti-oxidative, anti-hypertensive and anti-hyperlipidemic activities, which serve in addition to their basic nutritional functions. Over the last decade, researchers have investigated the health impact of bioactive compounds in detail, and the development of food applications has attracted great interest. Consumer demand has surged for functional foods (nutraceuticals), superfoods, and tailor-made foods, generated by supplementing traditional food products with bioactive ingredients. Food Bioactives and Health offers comprehensive coverage of the properties and health effects of food bioactives in view of new trends in processing, food science and food technology. Starting with the metabolic characteristics of polyphenols, glucosinolates, and other food bioactives, the text then dives into their impact on human health and recent applications in the world of food technology. For food scientists, food technologists, and product developers looking to understand the role of food bioactives in health and develop applications in personalized nutrition, functional foods and nutraceuticals, Food Bioactives and Health serves as a one-stop reference. Charis M. Galanakis is a multidisciplinary scientist in agricultural sciences as well as food and environmental science, technology, and sustainability, with experience in both industry and academia. He is the research and innovation director of Galanakis Laboratories in Chania, Greece, an adjunct professor of King Saud University in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, and the director of Food Waste Recovery Group (SIG5) of ISEKI Food Association in Vienna, Austria. He pioneered the new discipline of food waste recovery and has established the most prominent innovation network in the field. He also serves as a senior consultant for the food industry and expert evaluator for international and regional funded programs and proposals. He is an editorial board member of Food and Bioproducts Processing, Food Research International, and Foods, has edited over 45 books and has published hundreds of research articles, reviews, monographs, chapters, and conference proceedings.
Contents:
Polyphenols
Glucosinolates
Peptides and proteins
Dietary fibre
Lipids
Marine Bioactives
Food and plant bioactives for reducing cardiovascular disease risk
Bioactives for neuronal and immune functions
Bioactives functionalization and interactions
Requirements of Bioactive Compounds for Health Claims. - DigitalAdil Gani, Bilal Ahmad Ashwar, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: Food biopolymers: Structural, functional and nutraceutical properties provides valuable coverage of all major food biopolymers of from plant, animal and marine sources. The text focuses on the structural characteristics of biopolymers including starch, non-starch polysaccharides, proteins and fats. A full section is dedicated to the nutraceutical potential and applications of these polymers. Further sections provide comprehensive overviews of the development of functional food products and important data on biopolymer behavior and nutraceutical potential during processing. Researchers hoping to gain a basic understanding of the techno-functional, nutraceutical potential and applications of food biopolymers will find a singular source with this text. The first section of this work focuses on the the structure, functions, bioactivity and applications of starches. The next chapters cover non-starch polysaccharides. Further sections are dedicated to proteins, lipids and oils. A detailed overview is provided for each, followed by application procedures, specifics on individual types, proteins and enzymes, and nutraceutical properties. This work can be used as a singular source for all relevant information on food biopolymers and their structural and functional properties, including their potential to increase food quality, improve shelf life, and reduce pollution and waste in the food industry. .
Contents:
Section I: Starch: Structure, functions, bioactivity and applications
Ch 1: Starch - An overview
Ch 2: Resistant starch and slowly digestible starch
Ch 3: Nutraceutical properties
Ch 4: Recent advances in the application of starch and resistant starch
Section II: Non-starch polysaccharides: Structure, functions, bioactivity and applications
Ch 5: Beta-glucans
Ch 6: Pectin
Ch 7: Arabinoxylans
Ch 8: Dietary Gums
Section III: Proteins: Structure, functions and applications
Ch 9: FOOD PROTEINS- AN OVERVIEW
Ch 10: Proteins: Structure, Functions and Applications
Ch 11: Nutraceutical properties of bioactive peptide
Ch 12: Recent advances in analysis of food proteins
Ch 13: Proteins as Enzymes
Ch 14: Exogenous enzymes
Ch 15: Advances in the application of food proteins and enzymes
Section IV: Lipids and oils: Nutraceutical properties
Ch 16: NUTRACEUTICAL PROPERTIES OF LIPIDS. - DigitalChantal Le Mouël, Bertrand Schmitt, editors.Summary: This volume covers the Middle-Eastern and North African regions who are increasingly dependent on imports from abroad for covering their domestic food needs. Results of this study show that this import dependence is likely to increase further by 2050. Some sub-regions hardly reach sustainable levels; the Maghreb, Near and Middle-East could import 60 to 70% of their food needs. These results are indicative whatever the considered scenario, but especially if climate change impacts become more severe.
Contents:
Foreword Introduction: A fragile region notable for its growing dependence on agricultural imports; B. Schmitt & C. Le Mouël
Chapter 1: Determinants of the growing food dependence (1961-2011); P. Marty, S. Manceron, C. Le Mouël, A. Forslund, M.-A. Caillaud & B. Schmitt 1. Food and agricultural demand: growing and changing in nature 2. Growth in agricultural production: limited by constraints affecting production factors 3. Growing need of agricultural imports 4. Imbalance between supply and demand: uncertainties for the future
Chapter 2: By 2050, a possible strengthening of the regional dependence on agricultural imports; A. Forslund, C. Le Mouël, S. Manceron, E. Marajo-Petitzon & B. Schmitt 1. In 2050, the need for land would still exceed availability 2. Growing recourse to agricultural imports 3. Agricultural labour productivity could deteriorate 4. By 2050, strengthening of import dependence, notably in case of accentuated effects of climate change
Chapter 3: Brakes and levers to reduce the dependence on imports in the Middle East-North Africa region; C. Le Mouël, A. Forslund, E. Marajo-Petitzon, M.-A. Caillaud & B. Schmitt 1. Alternative hypotheses on food consumption often lead to increased imports 2. Hypotheses for more favourable development of domestic supply 3. The effects of halving losses and waste in agricultural products 4. Which levers for reducing import dependence of the Middle East-North Africa region? Conclusion; B. Schmitt & C. Le Mouël Bibliography Annex 1: The GlobAgri-Pluriagri model and database; A. Forslund, S. Manceron, E. Marajo-Petitzon & C. Le Mouël Annex 2: The composition of the 36 products and 17 geographical zones in GlobAgri-Pluriagri. - DigitalGerard L. Hasenhuettl, Richard W. Hartel, editors.Summary: Emulsifiers, also known as surfactants, are often added to processed foods to improve stability, texture, or shelf life. These additives are regulated by national agencies, such as the FDA, or multi-national authorities, such as the EEC or WHO. The amphiphilic molecules function by assisting the dispersion of mutually insoluble phases and stabilizing the resulting colloids, emulsions, and foams. Emulsifiers can interact with other food components such as carbohydrates, proteins, water, and ions to produce complexes and mesophases. These interactions may enhance or disrupt structures and affect functional properties of finished foods. In dairy processing, small molecule emulsifiers may displace dairy proteins from oil/water and air/water interfaces, which affects stability and properties of the foams and emulsions. In baked products, emulsifiers contribute to secondary functionalities, such as dough strengthening and anti-staling. Synthetic food emulsifiers suffer from the stigma of chemical names on a products ingredient statement. Modern consumers are seeking products that are "all natural." Fortunately, there are a number of natural ingredients that are surface-active, such as lecithin, milk proteins, and some protein-containing hydrocolloids. Mayonnaise, for example, is stabilized by egg yolk. This book can serve as both a guide for professionals in the food industry to provide an understanding of emulsifier functionality, and a stimulus for further innovation. Students of food science will find this to be a valuable resource.
Contents:
Chapter 01. Overview of Food Emulsifiers
Chapter 02. Synthesis and Commercial Preparation of Food Emulsifiers
Chapter 03. Analysis of Food Emulsifiers
Chapter 04. Emulsifier-Carbohydrate Interactions
Chapter 05. Protein/Emulsifier Interactions
Chapter 06. Physicochemical Aspects of an Emulsifier Function
Chapter 07. EMULSIFIERS IN DAIRY PRODUCTS AND DAIRY SUBSTITUTES
Chapter 08. Emulsifiers in Infant Nutritional Products
Chapter 09. Current Emulsifier Trends in Dressings & Sauces
Chapter 10. Applications of Emulsifiers in Baked Foods
Chapter 11. Emulsifiers in Confectionery
Chapter 12. Emulsifier Applications in Meat Products
Chapter 13. Margarines and Spreads
Chapter 14. Application of Emulsifiers to Reduce Fat and Enhance Nutritional Quality
Chapter 15. Guidelines for Processing Emulsion-Based Foods
Chapter 16. Future Trends of Emulsifiers and Other Food Ingredients. - DigitalJohn W. Spink.Summary: This textbook provides a foundation for the theories and concepts to fully develop, implement, and manage a Food Fraud Prevention Strategy. The scope of focus includes all types of fraud (from adulterant-substances to stolen goods to counterfeits) and all types of products (from ingredients through to finished goods at retail). The root cause analysis is focused to combat the human adversary is based on Criminology Situational Crime Prevention theory. The overall prevention strategy expands fully through the system to the final resource-allocation decision-making based on the COSO principle of Enterprise Risk Management/ ERM. The content includes a detailed review of the Food Fraud Definitions and Scope, Basic Prevention Concepts, a thorough presentation of the Food Fraud Prevention concepts and approach, the application of Business Decision Making and COSO based Enterprise Risk Management ERM, Criminology Foundational Concepts then an Application Review, Supply Chain Management Fundamentals and then Application, a review of The Role of the Public Private Partnership, Standards & Certifications with a focus on the Global Food Safety Initiative (GFSI), International Public and Private Response, Michael Porter theory based Marketing and Competitive Strategy, and finally a thorough review of Risk Analysis Basic Fundamentals and Implementation that includes full vulnerability assessment examples. The overall system is managed within the Food Fraud Prevention Cycle (FFPC) and starts with a pre-filter or Food Fraud Initial Screening (FFIS).
Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction (Part 1 of 2): Food Fraud Definitions and Scope
Chapter 2: Introduction (Part 2 of 2): Basic Prevention Concepts
Chapter 3: Food Fraud Prevention Overview (Part 1 of 3): Basics
Chapter 4: Food Fraud Prevention Overview (Part 2 of 3): The Approach
Chapter 5: Food Fraud Prevention Overview (Part 3 of 3): The Implementation
Chapter 6: Business Decision Making and ERM/COSO
Chapter 7: Criminology Theory (Part 1 of 2): Foundational Concepts
Chapter 8: Criminology Theory (Part 2 of 2): Application Review
Chapter 9: Supply Chain Management (Part 1 of 2): Fundamentals.-Chapter 10: Supply Chain Management (Part 2 of 2): Application Applied to Food Fraud Prevention
Chapter 11:Standards & Certifications (Part 1 of 2): The Role of the Public Private Partnership
Chapter 12: Standards & Certifications (Part 2 of 2): Global Food Safety Initiative (GFSI)
Chapter 13: International Public and Private Response
Chapter 14: Marketing, Competitive Strategy, and Competitive Intelligence
Chapter 15: Risk Analysis (Part 1 of 3): Basic Fundamentals
Chapter 16: Risk Analysis (Part 2 of 3): Application to Food Fraud
Chapter 17: Risk Analysis (Part 3 of 3): Implementation
Chapter 18: Conclusion
Back Matter. - Digitaleditor, Areej Hassan.Contents:
Definitions of food security / United States Department of Agriculture
Food insecurity in adults with mood disorders : prevalence estimates and associations with nutritional and psychological health / Karen M. Davidson and Bonnie J. Kaplan
Household food insecurity and mental distress among pregnant women in southwestern Ethiopia : a cross sectional study design / Mulusew G. Jebena [and 14 others]
Is food insecurity associated with HIV risk? Cross-sectional evidence from sexually active women in Brazil / Alexander C. Tsai, Kristin J. Hung, and Sheri D. Weiser
Food insecurity is a barrier to prevention of mother-to-child HIV transmission services in Zimbabwe : a cross-sectional study / Sandra I. McCoy [and 5 others]
A pre-post pilot study of peer nutritional counseling and food insecurity and nutritional outcomes among antiretroviral therapy patients in Honduras / Kathryn P. Derose [and 6 others]
Relationship between food insecurity and mortality among HIV-positive injection drug users receiving antiretroviral therapy in British Columbia, Canada / Aranka Anema [and 5 others]
Shamba maisha : pilot agricultural intervention for food security and HIV health outcomes in Kenya : design, methods, baseline results and process evaluation of a cluster-randomized controlled trial / Craig R. Cohen [and 11 others]
Challenges of diabetes self-management in adults affected by food insecurity in a large urban centre of Ontario, Canada / Justine Chan, Margaret DeMelo, Jacqui Gingras, and Enza Gucciardi
Children's very low food security is associated with increased dietary intakes in energy, fat, and added sugar among Mexican-origin children (6-11 y) in Texas border Colonias / Joseph R. Sharkey, Courtney Nalty, Cassandra M. Johnson, and Wesley R. Dean
Obesity prevention and national food security : a food systems approach / Lila Finney Rutten, Amy Lazarus Yaroch, Heather Patrick, and Mary Story
Food sovereignty : power, gender, and the right to food / Rajeev C. Patel
Big food, food systems, and global health / David Stuckler and Marion Nestle.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - Digitaledited by Rick Flowers and Elaine Swan.Summary: In recent years everyone from politicians to celebrity chefs has been proselytizing about how we should grow, buy, prepare, present, cook, taste, eat and dispose of food. In light of this, contributors to this book argue that food has become the target of intensified pedagogical activity across a range of domains, including schools, supermarkets, families, advertising and TV media. Illustrated with a range of empirical studies, this edited and interdisciplinary volume - the first book on food pedagogies - develops innovative and theoretical perspectives to problematize the practices of teaching and learning about food. While many different pedagogues - policy makers, churches, activists, health educators, schools, tourist agencies, chefs - think we do not know enough about food and what to do with it, the aims, effects and politics of these pedagogies has been much less studied. Drawing on a range of international studies, diverse contexts, genres and different methods, this book provides new sites of investigation and lines of inquiry.
Contents:
Food pedagogies : lessons learned / Rick Flowers and Elaine Swan
Where's the pleasure? : exploring the meanings and experiences of pleasure in school-based food pedagogies / Emma Rich and John Evans
Potatoes in the rice cooker : family food pedagogies, bodily memories, meal-time senses and racial practices / Rick Flowers and Elaine Swan
You are what you eat! : crafting the (food) consuming subject through cooking shows / Seline Szkupinski-Quiroga, Jenny Sandlin and Robin Redmon-Wright
Food and passion : technologies of self-transformation in Jamie's kitchen / Lyn Harrison, Peter Kelly and Perri Campbell
The Loi Evin : a pedagogical experiment in responsible drinking / Julie Robert
If I am what I eat, who am I? : how critical shopping teaches adults about food, identity and social change / Kaela Jubas
"Making it local" : the rural consumer, the supermarket and competing pedagogical authority / Bronwyn Isaacs and Jane Dixon
Just say no to pies : food pedagogies, health education and governmentality / Deana Leahy and Jo Pike
What do food labels teach people about food ethics / Heather Bray and Rachel Ankeny
Learning to eat with attitude : critical food pedagogies / Jennifer Sumner
Food consciousness : teaching critical theory through food narratives / Meredith Abarca
Dialectical food pedagogies : taking things forward in an afterword / Mike Goodman.Digital Access TandFonline [2016] - DigitalMartin Caraher, John Coveney.Summary: While there is not one global definition of the term 'food poverty,' the evidence from the chapters in this book suggest food poverty can be seen from three perspectives: 1) the causes and constraints facing both individuals, households, communities and policy makers, 2) constrained choices or the 'lived experience' and 3) the health impacts or outcomes. As a working definition of food poverty, this approach suggests that where constraints are such that it is not possible for individuals or households to consume a nutritionally adequate diet, they could be considered to be in food poverty. The modern food system has introduced new complexities to food insecurity with the growth of micro-nutrient inequalities. As a result of growing levels of poverty and inequality, hunger and obesity are not being faced by two different groups, but often by the same group. While the developed world faces a problem with overconsumption and chronic diseases, the developing world is addressing the double burden of hunger and over-consumption. Even in the developed world, nation states are facing the rise of modern malnutrition, which includes both over-consumption and the re-emergence of hunger: over-consumption combined with austerity. The volume undertakes a critical examination of food poverty and food security by addressing topics such as tensions over the role of the state, the movement towards rights and responsibilities around food, and the rising tide of food poverty. Auth ors also cover possible solutions at both national and city state levels. The editors conclude with a chapter that draws together the issues and locates solutions within a food policy framework of the total food system. These studies help reveal the complexities of food insecurity within a global context, with the goal of clarifying taken for granted assumptions in present discourses.
Contents:
Introduction
Food Security Global Overview
Food Issues Facing New and Emerging Economies of South East Asia
The Paradox of Undernutrition and Obesity in South Africa: A Contextual Overview of Food Quality, Access and Availability in the New Democracy
The Right to Food in India
Entitlements as Government Responsibility to Entitlements as Government Obligation
Food Insecurity and Health Disparities: Experiences from New York City
Creating New Links Between Agriculture And Food Aid: New Perspectives from France
Food Banks: Big Society or Shunting Yards? Successful Failures
The Rise of Food Inequality in Australia
Work in Progress: Addressing Food Insecurity in Brazil
Conclusions and Discussion. - DigitalTerri Faye Brown-Whitehorn, Antonella Cianferoni, editors.Summary: This unique book is a first-of-its-kind resource, comprehensively guiding readers through the epidemiology, pathophysiology, recent diagnostic criteria, and management options for patients with Food Protein-Induced Enterocolitis Syndrome (FPIES). Food-Protein Induced Enterocolitis Syndrome: Diagnosis and Management opens with a historical perspective of this condition, before moving into discussions of epidemiology and pathophysiology. FPIES can be difficult to diagnose as the symptoms overlap with multiple other conditions, and so clear differential diagnosis will be reviewed for both chronic FPIES, as well as acute FPIES. Later chapters are case-based, providing detailed multiple perspectives on the diagnosis and management of FPIES in patients with varying complicating factors and severity. Later chapters will tackle issues of quality of life in patient care, nutritional management for patients, and discussing working with parents and families to improve communication and at-home care. Parents, families and caregivers will also find chapters useful and relatable. A final chapter will look to the future of FPIES, addressing new research, guidelines, and implications for clinicians working with pediatric patients with FPIES, and for their families. Concise and practical, this book will be an ideal reference for allergists, pediatricians, family practice clinicians, gastroenterologists, nutritionists, and all other health care providers who encounter FPIES, and assist them in providing up-to-date, quality care for pediatric patients affected by this condition. .Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalAibo Wu, editor.Summary: Mycotoxins are increasingly attracting attention at the governmental, public and academic level worldwide, due to more frequent and serious contaminations of food and feedstuffs, which pose a serious threat to human health and animal production. This book reviews the latest research on mycotoxins that directly concern food safety, and especially focuses on detection technologies, risk assessment and control strategies currently being used in China. Gathering contributions from over 20 respected researchers, the book will benefit graduate students, researchers and management groups from various disciplines, including food science and technology, analytical chemistry, plant pathology, public health, etc.
Contents:
Part 1. Detection
Chapter 1. Chromogenic platform-based lateral flow immunoassay
Chapter 2. Sample preparation and chromatographic analysis
Part 2. Risk assessment
Chapter 3. Toxicity evaluation using animal and cell models
Chapter 4. Risk profiling of co-occurring contamination
Chapter 5. Metabolism of Mycotoxins and the Potential Biomarkers for Risk Assessment
Part 3. Control
Chapter 6. Origin of mycotoxin-producing fungal and bacteria species
Chapter 7. Enzymes for degradation of mycotoxins
Chapter 8. Confrontation of microbes with mycotoxin-producing strains
Chapter 9. Chemical and physical treatments for reducing mycotoxin
Part 4. Summary and prospective
Chapter 10. Summary and prospective. - DigitalPeter J. Taormina, Margaret D. Hardin, editors.Summary: This book addresses the shelf life of foods, a key factor in determining how food is distributed and consequently where and when different food products are available for consumption. Shelf life is determined by several factors, including microbiological, chemical, physical, and organoleptic deterioration. Often these factors are interrelated and interdependent. The editors of this volume focus specifically on the microbial factors related to shelf life of perishable foods and food commodities. This allows for more detailed coverage of foodborne bacterial pathogens and spoilage microorganisms of concern. The initial part of the book covers the why and how of shelf life determination as well as the specific microbial pathogens and spoilage microorganisms of concern for perishable foods. Contributors address topics such as the techniques utilized for determination of shelf life, the frequency of shelf life testing for different products, the interpretation of data to make shelf life determinations, and management of shelf life of food products from the perspective of the food producer, distributor, retailer, and regulator. Three key areas impacting shelf life are addressed in detail: sanitation, processing, and packaging. The sanitation chapter explains the necessary components of cleaning and sanitizing to assure a hygienic processing environment and why that is critical to shelf life control. Traditional processing procedures are reviewed and advanced processing technologies are explored. Materials used in food packaging and the utilization of traditional and activated food packaging by product type are covered in detail. The latter two chapters of the book delve into newer techniques of analysis and explore the microbiome of food products. Implications of microbial ecology and microbial quantification in food products are discussed in chapters on genomics and in the changing dogma of meat shelf life. The primary audience for this work includes food industry quality and food safety technicians, managers, directors, and executives responsible for shelf life. Academicians and governmental researchers involved in research and teaching about food safety and quality will also find the material relevant and useful.
Contents:
Chapter1.Purposes and Principles of Shelf Life Determination
Chapter2.Food Safety Factors Determining Shelf Life
Chapter3.Microbial Growth and Spoilage
Chapter4:Impact of Sanitation on Product Shelf Life
Chapter5.Advanced Processing Techniques for Extending the Shelf Life of Foods
Chaptet6.Packaging of Perishable Food Products
Chapter7.Beyond the Standard Plate Count: Genomic Views into Microbial Food Ecology
Chapter8.The Changing Shelf Life of Chilled, Vacuum-Packed Red Meat. - DigitalKumar Venkitanarayanan, Siddhartha Thakur, Steven C. Ricke, editors.Summary: This comprehensive study of poultry meat safety offers readers the most up-to-date information on food safety concerns in poultry meat production. Chapters address recent topics of interest such as organic poultry production, antimicrobial resistant pathogens in poultry, antibiotic usage in poultry production, and pre- and post- harvest approaches to improving poultry meat safety. The last couple of decades have observed a significant increase in poultry meat production in the US. However, poultry meat is a potential source of foodborne pathogens such as Salmonella, Campylobacter spp. and pathogenic Escherichia coli (APEC linked to human infections), leading to economic losses to the poultry industry and impacting public health. Advances in knowledge in microbiology, molecular biology, immunology and "omics" fields have intensified efforts to improve the microbiological safety of poultry by targeting virulence mechanisms of the pathogens, developing vaccines and improving gut health in chickens. Moreover, due to the emergence of multidrug resistance in poultry-borne pathogens, and growth of organic poultry production, there exists significant interest for developing natural strategies for controlling pathogens in chickens. This edited volume provides insight into these strategies and covers other material of interest to food microbiologists, public health personnel, and poultry scientists. Readers of various backgrounds will appreciate its incorporation of recent developments not covered in other publications on the subject.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents;
Chapter 1: Salmonella in Poultry Meat Production; 1.1 Salmonella: A Major Foodborne Pathogen in Poultry; 1.2 Salmonella in Poultry Production; 1.2.1 S. Pullorum and S. Gallinarum; 1.2.2 Non-typhoidal Salmonella; 1.2.3 S. Enteritidis: A Major Serovar; 1.2.4 Antibiotic-Resistant Salmonella; 1.2.5 Salmonella Serotypes in Poultry Meat Products; 1.3 Salmonella in Vertically Integrated Production Systems; 1.3.1 Breeders; 1.3.2 Hatchery; 1.3.3 Farmed and Wild Animals, Rodents, and Other Vectors; 1.3.4 Human Traffic and Related Activities; 1.3.5 Feed, Litter, and Water 1.3.6 Aerosols1.3.7 Processing Environment; 1.3.7.1 Scalding; 1.3.7.2 Defeathering; 1.3.7.3 Evisceration; 1.3.7.4 Chilling; 1.4 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 2: Reducing Foodborne Pathogens in Organic Poultry: Challenges and Opportunities; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Challenges for Organic Poultry Producers; 2.2.1 Animal Health and Food Safety Implications; 2.2.2 Access to Outdoors; 2.2.3 Slaughter and Processing Issues; 2.3 Reducing the Prevalence of Pathogens in Organic Chickens; 2.3.1 Plant Extracts as Safe and Effective Treatments for Organic Poultry 2.3.2 Postharvest Utilization of Plant-Derived Compounds2.3.3 Organic Acids; 2.3.4 Probiotics and Prebiotics; 2.4 Other Challenges for Organic Poultry Producers; 2.4.1 Availability of Organically Certified Feed Ingredients; 2.4.2 Manure Management and Water; 2.5 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 3: Antibiotic Usage in Poultry Production and Antimicrobial-Resistant Salmonella in Poultry; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Antibiotic Use in Poultry Production; 3.3 Impact of Antibiotic Use on Poultry, Human, and Environmental Health; 3.4 Recent Case of Transferrable Colistin Resistance and Poultry 3.5 Antimicrobial-Resistant Salmonella in Poultry3.6 Spread of Antimicrobial-Resistant Salmonella to Food Communities; 3.6.1 Antimicrobial Resistance of Poultry-Associated Salmonella Serovars; 3.6.2 The Safety in Food Commodities; 3.7 Transmission of Antimicrobial-Resistant Salmonella in Poultry; 3.8 Antimicrobial Resistance Mechanisms of Salmonella; 3.9 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 4: Natural and Environmentally Friendly Strategies for Controlling Campylobacter jejuni Colonization in Poultry, Survival in Poultry Products and Infection in Humans; 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Farm-to-Fork Approach for Controlling Campylobacter jejuni4.2.1 Control of Campylobacter jejuni in Animal Reservoirs and Environment; 4.2.2 Control of Campylobacter jejuni Virulence in Humans; 4.3 Applications of Phytochemicals for Controlling Campylobacter jejuni; 4.3.1 Phytochemicals as Antimicrobial Feed Additives for Reducing C. jejuni Colonization; 4.3.2 Phytochemicals for Controlling Environmental Persistence and Product Contamination by C. jejuni; 4.3.3 Phytochemicals as Food Supplement for Controlling Human Infections - Digitaledited by Victor R. Squires, Mahesh K. Gaur.Summary: This volume analyzes the global challenges of food security, land use changes, and climate change impacts on food production in order to recommend sustainable development policies, anticipate future food services and demands, and identify the economic benefits and trade-offs of meeting food security demands and achieving climate change mitigation objectives. The key points of analysis that form the conclusions of this book are based on measuring the quantity and quality of land and water resources, and the rate of use of sustainable management of these resources in the context of socio-economic factors, including food security, poverty, and climate change impacts. In six parts, readers will learn about these crucial dimensions of the affects of climate change on food security, and will gain a better understanding of how to assess the trade-offs when combating multiple climate change challenges and how to develop sustainable solutions to these problems. The book presents multidimensional perspectives from expert contributors, offering holistic and strategic approaches to link knowledge on climate change and food security with action in the form of policy recommendations, with a focus on sociological and socio-economic components of climate change impacts. The intended audience of the book includes students and researchers engaged in climate change and food security issues, NGOs, and policy makers.
Contents:
PART 1 Food security as a global issue
Chapter 1 Climate change and food security: A glance on principles and strategic road map
Chapter 2 Commentary on evolution of policy and operationalization of action to make "food security" the first priority
Chapter 3 Agricultural productivity and food security: Land degradation and changes over time
Chapter 4 A Comprehensive Overview of Water and Food Security crisis influencing Human Mobility patterns
PART 2 Climate variability and food security
Chapter 5 The critical role of Smallholders in Survival food security
Chapter 6 Climate change and food security in the Bamenda Highlands of Cameroon
Chapter 7 Building capacities for agricultural disaster risk reduction in the Western Balkan Countries
Chapter 8 Commentary on China's current food security status, future trends and responses under climate variability
PART 3 Food Security and Livelihoods
Chapter 9 Leaving No One Behind from farm to fork; Building resilience along smallholder value chain in the context of climate change
Chapter 10 Establishing Multi-Partnerships in Environmental Governance in Indonesia: Case of "DesaMakmurPerduliApi" (Prosperous and Fire Free Villages) Program
Chapter 11 From Zero-Acreage Farming to Zero Hunger in African Cities: Some Possibilities and Opportunities
Chapter 12 Organic Farming Practices can combat Drought and Land Degradation through efficient use of Land and Water
Part 4 Concluding thoughts and reflections
Chapter 13 Reality and Consequence for Livestock Production, Human Nutrition, Health and Food Security under the impact of climate change
Chapter 14 Changes in Agricultural Land Use and Food Security: Challenges
Chapter 15 Diversification and land use management practices for food and nutritional security under climate change scenario in arid and semi-arid regions
Chapter 16 Unifying concepts, synthesis and conclusions. - Digitaledited by Yanbo Wang, Wangang Zhang, Linglin Fu.Contents:
Spoilage microorganisms in cereal products / Wenjian Yang, Dapeng Li, and Alfred Mugambi Mariga
Spoilage microorganisms in bean products / Hui Zhou, Yun Tian, and Rongrong Wang
Spoilage microorganisms in fruit product / Liang Gong, Yueming Jiang, and Xuewu Duan
Spoilage microorganisms in vegetables / Tianjia Jiang, Hangjun Chen, Haiyan Gao, Zhiqin Zhou
Spoilage microorganisms in meat products / Wangang Zhang and Yimin Zhang
Spoilage microorganisms in poultry products / Qiuqin Zhang, Jinxuan Cao, Lingzhi Cheong
Spoilage microorganisms in sea food products / Feifei Wang, Junda Lin, Deqing Zhou, Yan Zhang, Qing Gu, Yanbo Wang, Linglin Fu
Spoilage microorganisms in powdered milk / Yingwang Ye
Spoilage microorganisms in egg products / Hammad Hamed Hammad Mohammed, Putri Widyanti Harlina, Shugang Li, and Yongguo Jin.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - Digitaleditors, Jennifer McEntire and Andrew W. Kennedy.Summary: This book provides a picture of food traceability for all aspects of the food system, recognizing the unique differences, challenges, and "states of the industry" in different types of food products, as well as the different pressures and opportunities at different points in the supply chain and the research that has already been done. It also provides some historical context, along with the types of solutions available to the food industry, and the benefits associated with better recordkeeping that go beyond the public good and impact the bottom line. Whenever a food related outbreak occurs, traceability is called into question. When lives are at stake, it is critical that the root of the problem is quickly identified to prevent further illness. Once the problem is found, it's just as important to contain it quickly. Too often, recalls expand because implicated product is not readily accounted for. Mention of traceability stirs fear for many in the food industry for several reasons: within a company, it's not clear if responsibility for traceability lies with food safety professionals involved in recalls, supply chain professionals who understand product movement, IT professionals who build and maintain the recordkeeping systems, or regulatory professionals who need to respond to government requests for information. There is also a sense that traceability is someone else's problem. Few firms admit that they are the weak link and instead tout how quickly they can perform mock recalls. But traceability is about more than just recalls. It is about the connectivity of the supply chain as a product and its constituents travel from the farm to the consumer. Because it is a systems issue, there is a sense that the investment by a single firm will be meaningless if supply chain partners don't have comparable abilities. This book will address both these surrounding issues and solutions.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introducing the Drivers and Complexities to Tracing Foods; Chapter 2: Tracing the Food Safety Laws and Regulations Governing Traceability: A Brief History of Food Safety and Traceability Regulation; Chapter 3: Public Health; Chapter 4: Industry Benefits; Chapter 5: The Traceability of Bulk Food Products; Chapter 6: Meat and Poultry Traceability
Its History and Continuing Challenges; Chapter 7: Fresh Produce; Chapter 8: Seafood; Chapter 9: A Chain of Linked Nuances; Chapter 10: Blockchain in Food Traceability Chapter 11: Tools and Solutions
Internal TraceabilityChapter 12: Connecting the Dots with Whole Chain Traceability; IndexDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalKaj Klaue.Contents:
ANAMNESIS: Timetable of disorder (progression, trauma, previous surgery, chronology)
Type of disorder
Localization
Activity dependence
Barometric dependence
Personal anamnesis (other pathologies and surgery). CLINICAL EXAMINATION: Independent walk, gait
Static (standing on the cube and podoscope)
Passive joint mobility (sitting on the cube)
Active joint mobility
Joint stability
Visualization and palpation. RADIOLOGICAL SCREENING: Conventional radiographs
CT
MRI. SURGICAL CORRECTIONS: Reorientation of the upper ankle joint
Reorientation of the lateral malleolus
Osteochondroplasty of the talus
Lateralisation of the hindfoot axis
Reorientation arthrodesis of the subtalar joint
Ligamentous reconstruction of the ligaments about the upper ankle joint
Removal of impingements at the upper ankle joint
Removal of impingements at the lower ankle joint
Reorientation of the lower ankle joint
Functional extension of the hindfoot
Tibialis anterior tendon transfer on the lateral dorsum of the foot
Flexor digitorum longus tendon transfer onto the first cuneiform
Fibularis longus tendon transfer onto the fifth metatarsus
Flexor hallucis longus tendon transfer on the fifth metatarsus
Reorientation of the first tarso-metatarsal joint
Reorientation of the lesser metatarsal heads
Functional correction of the toes. - DigitalKaj Klaue.Summary: This superbly illustrated book guides the reader on a rational pathway from anamnesis and clinical examination through radiological screening to the appropriate surgical solution for a wide range of foot conditions. Proposed treatments and follow-up results are presented in detail with the aid of intra- and postoperative photographs and radiographs. A key feature is the focus on systematic description, and the treatment-related chapters include numerous references to earlier parts of the book in order to clearly link the preoperative evaluation to the treatment. It is particular to the surgical correction of foot and ankle pathology that the treatment is nearly always "composite" or complex, in that it entails several separate actions. Thus, surgical correction often has one or more structural components (e.g., osteotomy, arthrodesis) and one or more functional or motor components. The book aims to explain the rationale and effect of every one of these components. The new edition includes updated guidance on clinical examination, a series of cases demonstrating the composite approach to complex reconstructions, and detailed coverage of the treatment of diabetic arthropathyabetic arthropathy.
Contents:
Introduction
Clinical Examination
Radiologic Screening
Surgical Orthopedic Treatment
Surgical Fracture Treatment
Operative Techniques
Complex surgical orthopaedic treatment
References. - Digitaltextbook editors, Justin K. Greisberg, J. Turner Vosseller ; series editors, Joshua S. Dines, Andrew J. Rosenbaum.Contents:
Anatomy and biomechanics
Physical examination and imaging
Orthotics and prosthetics
Flatfoot
Cavus/neuromuscular foot
Diabetic foot
Hallux valgus
Hallux rigidus and sesamoid pathology
Lesser toe disorders and metatarsalgia
Ankle arthritis
Heel pain
Achilles tendinosis and rupture
Other tendon disorders
Ankle instability
Osteochondral lesions of talus
Ankle fractures
Tibial pilon fractures
Calcaneus fractures
Talus fractures.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalDigital Access ClinicalKey v. 12-, 2007-
- DigitalEmilio Wagner Hitschfeld, Pablo Wagner Hitschfeld, editors.Summary: This book offers an updated guide to the foot and ankle, and presents them at different ages, which will allow the reader to analyze and understand how the foot develops from the early stages to adulthood. It provides a general overview of the anatomy, biomechanics, diagnosis, surgical approaches, treatment alternatives, and complications in connection with pediatric and adult foot and ankle problems, gathering in-depth information on frequent pathologies in a single source. Written by world-renowned experts, the book offers various points of view on the topics discussed. This comparative approach is generally lacking in foot and ankle literature, an oversight that the book addresses. The content consists of 59 chapters, divided into the following major sections: Basic sciences and general considerations, Pediatric orthopedics and traumatology, Adult orthopedics and Adult sports lesions and traumatology. Foot and Ankle Disorders: A Comprehensive Approach in Pediatric and Adult Populations will be of major interest for orthopedic surgery residents, for orthopedic surgeons who are starting their careers, and for experienced ones seeking updated information on the foot and ankle.
Contents:
1. Foot and ankle biomechanics: gait analysis.-2. Imaging in Ankle and Foot.-3. Open vs minimally invasive surgery: Advantages And Disadvantages.-4. Tumors of the Foot and Ankle.-5. Care and management of surgical wounds, wounds dehiscence and scars.-6. Biomechanics, assessment, and management principles for pediatric foot deformities.-7. Clubfoot.-8. Pediatric metatarsus adductus and cavovarus foot.-9. Pediatric Flexible and Rigid Flatfoot.-10. Foot Osteochondrosis.-11. Fibular Hemimelia: Principles and Techniques of Management.-12. Brachymetatarsia: Surgical management with Internal and External fixation.-13. Lesser toe deformities.-14. Neurologic foot.-15. Pediatric Diaphyseal Tibia and Distal Tibia Fractures.-16. Ankle Transitional Fractures.17. Hallux Valgus.-18. Hallux Rigidus.-19. Sesamoiditis
20. Metatarsalgia
21. Deformity of the lesser toes
22. Mortons Neuroma
23. Bunionette
24. Progressive Collapsing Foot Deformity.-25. Latest Trends in Flatfoot Management Contributions of the Spring Ligament Complex and the Deltoid Ligament.-26. Cavus foot
27. Management off severe untreated and recurrent clubfoot deformity in the child and adult.-28. Muller Weiss disease.-29. Surgical Techniques for Peritalar Osteoarthrosis: Talonavicular, Subtalar, Calcaneocuboid and Midfoot.-30. Forefoot driven hindfoot deformity: coupled deformity.-31. Localized osteoarthritis of the ankle.-32. Diffuse Ankle Osteoarthritis
33. Tibial posttraumatic deformity.-34.Septic Ankle Arthritis and Tibial Osteomyelitis.-35. Tibial bone defects reconstruction techniques.-36. Below knee amputations
37. Insertional Achilles tendinopathy: Diagnosis and Treatment
38. Non insertional Achilles tendinopathy
39. Achilles lengthening techniques
40. Plantar fascitis
41. Foot and ankle tendon transfers: surgical techniques
42. Diabetic foot
43. Rheumathoid foot
44. Charcot neuro-arthropathy
45. Nerve entrapment syndromes of the Lower Limbs
46. Peroneal tendon tears: Evaluation and treatment
47. Anterior Ankle Impingement and Ankle Instability
48. Diagnosis and treatment of talus osteochondral lesions: current concepts
49. Posterior ankle impingement
50. Common stress fractures around the foot and ankle
51. Achilles tendon ruptures
52. Ankle fractures
53. Tibial pilon fractures
54. Calcaneus fractures
55. Talus fractures
56. Midfoot injuries
57. Diaphyseal and Distal Tibial Fractures
58. Metatarsal fractures
59. Compartment syndrome of the leg and foot. - DigitalHong-Geun Jung, editor.Contents:
1. Ankle sprain and instability
2. OLT, Soft tissue impingement and Sinus Tarsi Syndrome
3. Achilles tendon: Tendinosis and Rupture
4. Plantar fasciitis
5. Ankle OA (I)
A/S debridement, LTO, Distraction Arthroplasty
6. Ankle OA (II)
Arthrodesis, TAA
7. Flatfoot deformity -CHILD, Adult
8. Cavovarus foot deformity
9. Hallux valgus
10. Morton's Neuroma
11. Charcot neuropathic joint
12. Diabetic foot
ulcer, infection.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalBeat Hintermann, Roxa Ruiz.Summary: This book comprehensively discusses the basic and practical aspects of foot and ankle surgery applied to all pathologies resulting from instabilities of these joints, a condition that remains underestimated. Uniquely, it not only addresses injuries to the lateral ankle ligaments, but also examines injuries to the deltoid-spring ligament complex, the syndesmotic and chopart joint ligaments, as well as peritalar instability - all pathologies that have often been neglected in the past. For each type of instability, it describes the anatomical basics and the biomechanical features, allowing readers to understand the injury pattern, the subsequent symptoms and clinical findings. Further, it offers guidance on selecting the most appropriate imaging tool for diagnosis and planning surgical reconstruction. Written by world-renowned pioneers in the field, and featuring a wealth of high-quality, intraoperative pictures, the book guides readers step-by-step through the latest, innovative technical surgical solutions for each condition. With its consistent structure, from the basics to the solution, its problem-oriented approach as well as its meticulously selected iconography, this book is a must-read for all orthopedic surgeons with an interest in foot and ankle surgery whishing to explore this promising field. Further, it is a valuable resource for residents, researchers and physiotherapists wishing to gain insights into foot and ankle instability and reconstructive surgery.
- Digital[edited by] Glenn B. Pfeffer, Mark E. Easley, Beat Hintermann, Andrew K. Sands, Alastair Younger.Contents:
Hallux valgus correction with modified chevron osteotomy
Scarf osteotomy for correction of hallux valgus
Hallux valgus correction with metatarsal opening wedge and proximal phalangeal osteotomies
Modified "lapidus" procedure : tarsometatarsal corrective osteotomy and fusion with first metatarsophalangeal joint correction and realignment
Proximal long oblique (Ludloff) first metatarsal osteotomy with distal soft-tissue procedure
Revision hallux valgus surgery
Correction of acquired hallux varus
Arthroscopy of the great toe
Hallux rigidus : cheilectomy with and without a dorsiflexion phalangeal osteotomy
Interpositional arthroplasty of the great toe
Polyvinyl alcohol hemiarthroplasty for first metatarsophalangeal arthritis
Arthrodesis of the great toe metatarsophalangeal joint
Arthroscopic fusion of the great toe
Forefoot reconstruction for rheumatoid disease
Fifth metatarsal osteotomy for correction of bunionette deformity
Plantar plate repair of the first metatarsophalangeal joint (turf toe)
Plantar plate repair for subluxed metatarsophalangeal joint
Morton neuroma
Revision surgery through a plantar approach for recurrent interdigital neuroma
Metatarsal lengthening
Internal fixation of the sesamoid bone of the hallux
Open reduction and internal fixation of lisfranc/tarsometatarsal injuries
Open reduction and internal fixation of navicular and cuboid fractures
Open reduction and internal fixation of proximal fifth metatarsal (jones or stress) fracture
Mueller-Weiss treated with limited fusion
Mueller-Weiss treated with pan-navicular fusion
Charcot neuroarthropathy of the midfoot
Painful accessory navicular : augmented Kidner procedure with flexor digitorum longus transfer
Painful accessory navicular treated with fusion of the synchondrosis
Posterior tibial tendon dysfunction
Spring ligament repair with suture tape augmentation
The z-shaped elongating and varisizing osteotomy (Zevo) calcaneal osteotomy for pes plano abducto valgus
Lateral calcaneal lengthening osteotomy for supple adult flatfoot
Cavovarus correction in charcot-marie-tooth disease
Z-osteotomy for varus heel
Calcaneus fractures : treatment using extensile lateral approach and open reduction internal fixation
Intraarticular calcaneus fractures
Nonextensile techniques for treatment of calcaneus fractures
Sinus tarsi approach for calcaneal fractures
Percutaneous fixation of talus fracture
Arthroscopic talus fracture fixation
Arthroscopy of the subtalar joint
Distraction subtalar fusion
Triple arthrodesis
Single medial approach for triple arthrodesis
The valgus malaligned triple with subtalar and transverse tarsal deformity
Ankle arthroscopy from a posterior approach
Osteochondral lesion of the ankle : oats procedure
Vascularized bone graft for extended osteochondral lesion of talus
Anterior ankle impingement
Realignment surgery for valgus ankle osteoarthritis
Osteotomies for the correction of varus ankle
Arthroscopic ankle arthrodesis
Rigid fixation for ankle arthrodesis using double plating
Ankle arthrodesis using ring/multiplanar external fixation
Tibiotalocalcaneal arthrodesis with a retrograde intramedullary nail
Total ankle arthroplasty with a current three-component design (Hintegra prosthesis)
Total ankle arthroplasty through a lateral approach (Zimmer prosthesis)
Salvage of failed total ankle arthroplasty
Ankle arthrodesis for salvage of the failed total ankle arthroplasty
Salvage of ankle large bony defect with spinal cage
Charcot ankle fractures
Percutaneous lateral ligament reconstruction
Modified Brostrom procedure for lateral ankle laxity, with and without an internal brace
Lateral ankle ligament reconstruction using plantaris autograft
Salvage of a failed lateral ligament repair
Peroneal tendon tears : débridement and repair
Peroneal tendinopathy with allograft
Chronic peroneal tendon subluxation-dislocation
Ligament reconstruction for chronic medial ankle instability
Calcaneoplasty for insertional tendinopathy of Achilles tendon
Arthroscopic fracture reduction with fibular nail
Malunion of fibula fractures
Posterior tibial tendon transfer for footdrop
Achilles tendon reconstruction with flexor hallucis longus transfer augmentation
Calf (gastrocnemius) release for equinus contracture
Proximal tibia bone graft
Anterior compartment fasciotomy for exertional compartment syndrome.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018 - DigitalJohannes Hamel.Summary: Drawing on the latest evidence, this book guides readers through the diagnosis and surgical treatment of the most common pediatric foot and ankle deformities and pathologic conditions. Thanks to a wealth of images, readers will gain new insights and learn new concepts for several surgical procedures - with a special focus on all aspects of clubfoot treatment, new techniques in coalition surgery and new concepts in planovalgus and cavovarus correction. The book also features a number of cases that observe a given condition over an extended period: idiopathic clubfoot, subtle and rigid planovalgus deformity, skew foot, cavovarus foot, supramalleolar and forefoot deformities and others. For each surgical technique, it thoroughly discusses the indications, provides valuable tips, and highlights potential pitfalls. Functional aspects are moreover emphasized by pedographic observation. This comprehensive book offers a valuable asset for foot and ankle surgeons, pediatric orthopedic surgeons, physical therapists and pediatricians alike.
Contents:
The idiopathic clubfoot
Skew foot / Serpentine foot
Talus verticalis (vertical talus)
The flexible planovalgus foot
Tarsal Coalitions and rigid planovalgus deformity
Neurogenic deformities (except Cavovarus deformity)
Cavovarus deformities
Supramalleolar deformities
Osteochondral lesion of the talus. Middle-forefoot deformities in children. - DigitalWalter Daghino, Alessandro Massè, Daniele Marcolli.Summary: This full-color atlas offers a systematic guide to performing surgeries for the most common traumatic lesions of the foot and ankle. It features a wealth of didactic illustrations, achieved with a particular technique employing colors and transparencies that also reveals those anatomic structures that are not visible in the surgical field, but essential to a good outcome. Divided into seven chapters, the book provides coverage of all anatomic segments, presenting each topic logically and explaining all types of lesions, even the most difficult, complicated or infrequent ones; discussing the indications and objectives of the surgical treatment; describing the surgical technique (patient positioning, approach, tips and tricks for reduction, means of osteosynthesis); and providing recommended post-operative protocols. Unique in its exclusive focus on foot and ankle traumatology, this atlas offers an invaluable resource for all surgeons and residents who need a systematic overview of the main treatments options for these segments.
Contents:
1Tibial Pilon Fractures
2 Fractures of Malleoli
3 Achilles Tendon Injuries
4 Talar Injuries
5 Calcanear Fractures
6 Mid-foot Injuries
7 Fractures of Metatarsal and Phalangeal Bones. - DigitalKevin W. Farmer, editor.Summary: In-season management of (American) football injuries presents a unique set of problems and considerations. Trying to safely return players to play is of great concern from Pop Warner up to the NFL, and managing injuries during the season with the plan of operative repair in the off-season is also a unique concern with these athletes. Management during the season to allow return to play, while minimizing the risks of further injury, is of utmost importance. This unique book will focus on the management of football injuries during the season and on the sidelines. It will focus on both operative and non-operative treatments that allow safe return to play, utilizing not only the latest scientific literature supporting in-season decisions, but also the experiences of the authors, who have spent many years treating these athletes. Divided into sections on orthopedic and medical considerations, the first part is organized anatomically to present the breadth of injury and treatment strategies available, from injuries to the shoulder and elbow, to ACL/MCL/PCL tears and sprains, to tendinopathies and sports hernia, among many other conditions. The second section covers diverse medical topics germane to football, including heat and cardiac issues, traumatic brain injury, mental health and infectious disease considerations, pain management, and the expanding role of platelet-rich plasma (PRP) in non-operative treatment. Presenting the most recent clinical evidence alongside time-tested management techniques, Football Injuries will be a valuable addition to the practices of orthopedic surgeons, sports medicine specialists, sideline medics and athletic trainers, and primary care physicians treating these athletes.
Contents:
Part I. Orthopedic Considerations in Football
Shoulder and Elbow Injuries in Football
Forearm, Wrist and Hand Injuries in Football
Knee Injuries in Football
Ankle Injuries in Football
Foot Injuries in Football
Muscle Strains in Football
Lumbar Spine Injuries in Football
Cervical Spine Conditions in Football
Pelvis and Hip/Core Injuries
Cartilage Injuries in Football
Considerations for the Young Football Player
Part II. Medical Considerations in Football
Emergency Action Plans in Football
Heat Illness in Football
Cardiac Issues in Football
Exertional Collapse Associate with Sickle Cell Trait (ECAST) in Football
Brain Injuries in Football
Mental Health Considerations in Football
Infectious Disease Concerns in Football
Chest and Abdominal Injuries in Football
Pain Management in Football
Platelet-Rich Plasma (PRP) in Football. - DigitalMarco G. Patti, Marco Di Corpo, Francisco Schlottmann, editors.Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art description of the clinical evaluation, diagnosis, management, and treatment of achalasia, gastroesophageal reflux disease, paraesophageal hernia, and morbid obesity. The prevalence of such diseases is increasing worldwide due to higher awareness and improved diagnosis rate. The text is divided in three different parts, each covering detailed surgical techniques of the main foregut operations: achalasia, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), and obesity. Written by experts in the field, chapters focus on the preoperative work-up, indications, and technical aspects of each operation. Foregut Surgery proves to be an irreplaceable resource for surgeons, gastroenterologists, medical students, and surgical residents that care for patients with reflux, achalasia, and morbid obesity.
Contents:
Achalasia: History
Achalasia: Clinical Presentation and Evaluation
Achalasia and Chagas' Disease
Pneumatic Dilatation for Esophageal Achalasia
Per Oral Endoscopic Myotomy
Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy with Partial (Dor) Fundoplication
Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy and Posterior Partial Fundoplication
Epiphrenic Diverticula: Diagnosis and Management
Persistent or Recurrent Symptoms after Heller Myotomy for Achalasia: Evaluation and Treatment
Esophagectomy for End-Stage Achalasia
Comparison of Different Treatment Modalities and Treatment Algorithm for Esophageal Achalasia
Historical Notes on the Surgical Treatment of GERD
Clinical and Diagnostic Evaluation of GERD
Medical Treatment of GERD
Laparoscopic Antireflux Surgery: Total Fundoplication
Laparoscopic Partial Fundoplication
Management of Paraesophageal Hernia
Surgery in the Morbidly Obese Patient with Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD)
GERD: Other Treatment Modalities
Evaluation and Treatment of the Patient with Recurrent Symptoms
From Heartburn to Lung Fibrosis and Beyond
Endoscopic Treatments for Barrett's Esophagus
Historical Notes on the Surgical Treatment of Morbid Obesity
Importance of a Multidisciplinary Approach for Bariatric Surgery
Bariatric surgery: Clinical Presentation and Evaluation
Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
Sleeve Gastrectomy
Laparoscopic Duodenal Switch
Management of Complications of Bariatric Operations
Tailoring Surgical Treatment for the Individual Patient
Evaluation and Treatment of the Patient who is Regaining Weight.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Clifford Boyd, Donna Boyd.Contents:
The theoretical and scientific foundations of forensic anthropology / C Clifford Boyd, Donna C Boyd
Bias and objectivity in forensic anthropology theory and practice. Subjective with a capital S? Issues of objectivity in forensic anthropology / Allysha Powanda Winburn
Navigating cognitive bias in forensic anthropology / Michael W Warren, Amanda N Friend, Michala K Stock
Theoretically interesting / Soren Blau
The theory and science behind biological profile and personal identification. From Blumenbach to Howells / Stephen Ousley, Richard L Jantz, Joseph T Hefner
The application of theory in skeletal age estimation / Natalie R Langley, Beatrix Dudzik
Theory and histological methods / Christian M Crowder, Deborrah C Pinto, Janna M Andronowski, Victoria M Dominguez
Forensic applications of isotope landscapes (“isoscapes”) / Lesley A Chesson, Brett J Tipple, James R Ehleringer, Todd Park, Eric J Bartelink
Scientific foundation for interpretations of antemortem, perimortem, and postmortem processes. The anatomical basis for fracture repair / Donna C Boyd
Theoretical foundation of child abuse / Jennifer C Love, Miriam E Soto Martinez
Bone trauma analysis in a forensic setting / Hugh E Berryman, John F Berryman, Tiffany B Saul
Thinking outside the box / John A Williams, Ronald W Davis
The forensic anthropologist as broker for cross-disciplinary taphonomic research related to estimating the postmortem interval in medicolegal death investigations / Daniel J Wescott
Interdisciplinary influences, legal ramifications, and future directions. Archaeological inference and its application to forensic anthropology / C Clifford Boyd, William W Baden
Arrows of influence / John F Schweikart, Cheryl A Johnston
Forensic anthropology, scientific evidence, and the law / Donna C Boyd, C Clifford Boyd
Epilogue / C Clifford Boyd, Donna C Boyd.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - Digitaledited by W.J. Mike Groen, Nicholas Márquez-Grant and Robert C. Janaway.Digital Access Wiley 2015
- DigitalReinhard B. Dettmeyer.Summary: Forensic Histopathology presents findings in forensic histology, immunohistochemistry, and cytology based on microscopic investigations. The text provides practitioners with detailed information and guidance on how microscopy can help to clarify the cause of sudden and unexpected death.
- DigitalFabrice Dedouit, Kathrin Yen, Sarah Heinze, editors.Summary: This superbly illustrated book examines all aspects of the use of modern post-mortem imaging in forensic investigations, which has flourished since the introduction of multidetector computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging. Readers will find guidance on the applications of all relevant imaging modalities and contrast media. Analogies and differences between forensic and clinical imaging are highlighted, and it is explained what lessons forensic imaging holds for clinical radiology, and vice versa. The remainder of the book comprehensively documents the typical "normal" post-mortem findings and the imaging presentations in various forms of trauma and nontraumatic forensic cases, including those in which medical liability may be an issue. The authors are radiologists and forensic radiologists from across the world who have extensive experience in post-mortem imaging. The book is primarily intended for forensic pathologists, radiologists, and radiographers seeking practical information on forensic imaging, but it will also be of interest to others, such as lawyers, who encounter this specialty during their professional activities.
Contents:
Forensic Imaging A New Subspeciality of Radiology
Imaging Methods
What can the Clinical Radiologist Learn from Forensic Imaging? Analogies and Differences Between Forensic and Clinical Imaging
PART I - Typical "Normal" Postmortem Findings
Postmortem Changes
Normal Postmortem Imaging Findings in Fetuses and Children
Miscellaneous: Artefacts (Mummification, Conservation, Adipocere, Taphonomy and Artefacts)
PART II - Examples for Typical Traumatic Forensic Cases
Examples for Typical Traumatic Forensic Cases: Blunt, Gunshot, Sharp Wounds
Asphyxia
Child Abuse, A Post-Mortem Forensic Perspective
Post-Mortem Computed Tomography of Charred Victims in Modern Forensic Medicine
PART III - Examples for Typical Non Traumatic Forensic Cases
Natural Death
Death at Hospital and Medical Liability: Investigation of Medical Interventions with Fatal Outcome by Post-Mortem Computed Tomography. - Digitalby Reinhard B. Dettmeyer, Marcel Verhoff, Harald Schutz.Contents:
Introduction
The External Postmortem Examination
Thanatology
Autopsy (Syn. Postmortem Examination, Necroscopy)
Exhumation
Establishing Identity
Vital Reactions
Blunt Force Trauma
Pointed, Sharp, and Semi-sharp Force Trauma
Gunshot and Blast Wounds
Neck Trauma
Thermal Injury
Electricity, Lightning, and Gases
Asphyxia
Water-Related Deaths
Death by Starvation and Dehydration
Clinical Forensic Medicine
Child Abuse
Child Sexual Abuse
Infanticide and Neonaticide
Traffic Medicine
Forensic DNA Analysis
Forensic Osteology
Forensic Radiology
Special Case Constellations in Natural, Unexplained, and Unnatural Deaths
Torture
Forensic Psychopathology
Medical Malpractice
Forensic Alcohology
Forensic Toxicology.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by David O. Carter, Jeffery K. Tomberlin, M. Eric Benbow, Jessica L. Metcalf.Summary: Forensic Microbiology focuses on newly emerging areas of microbiology relevant to medicolegal and criminal investigations: postmortem changes, establishing cause of death, estimating postmortem interval, and trace evidence analysis. Recent developments in sequencing technology allow researchers, and potentially practitioners, to examine microbial communities at unprecedented resolution and in multidisciplinary contexts. This detailed study of microbes facilitates the development of new forensic tools that use the structure and function of microbial communities as physical evidence. Chapters cover: -Experiment design -Data analysis -Sample preservation -The influence of microbes on results from autopsy, toxicology, and histology -Decomposition ecology -Trace evidence This diverse, rapidly evolving field of study has the potential to provide high quality microbial evidence which can be replicated across laboratories, providing spatial and temporal evidence which could be crucial in a broad range of investigative contexts. This book is intended as a resource for students, microbiologists, investigators, pathologists, and other forensic science professionals.
Contents:
A primer on microbiology
History, current, and future use of microorganisms as physical evidence
Approaches and considerations for forensic microbiology decomposition research
Sampling methods and data generation
An introduction to metagenomic data generation, analysis, visualization, and interpretation
Culture and long-term storage of microorganisms for forensic science
Clinical microbiology and virology in the context of the autopsy
Postmortem bacterial translocation
Microbial impacts in postmortem toxicology
Microbial communities associated with decomposing corpses
Arthropod-microbe interactions on vertebrate remains: Potential applications in the forensic sciences
Microbes, anthropology, and bones
Forensic microbiology in built environments
Soil bacteria as trace evidence
DNA profiling of bacteria from human hair: Potential and pitfalls
Perspectives on the future of forensic microbiology.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalKris Goethals, editor.Summary: This study guide aims to make European trainees in forensic psychiatry and psychology and young forensic psychiatrists and psychologists aware of the differences and commonalities in forensic psychiatry and psychology in different countries within Europe and to enable them to learn from the approaches adopted in each country. The guide is divided into five main sections that address legal frameworks, service provision and frameworks, mandatory skills, teaching and training in forensic psychiatry and psychology, and capita selecta. In addition, recommendations are made with respect to the practice of teaching and training across European countries. It is anticipated that the guide will provide an excellent means of improving specific skills and that, by learning about the offender/patient pathways in the different jurisdictions of Europe, the reader will gain a deeper understanding of the principles that govern methods and practices in their own work with mentally disordered offenders.
Contents:
Part I: Legal frameworks: Adversarial versus inquisitorial legal systems
National laws and their history
Accountability in different European countries
New developments in legal systems and their impact on forensic psychiatry
The impact of the European Court of Human Rights and the European Convention for the Prevention of Torture on national forensic psychiatry
Part II: Teaching and training: Teaching forensic psychiatry and psychology in Europe
Specialist training in forensic psychiatry and psychology
Impact of service organization on teaching and training
Mapping offender-patient pathways
Developing standards in forensic psychiatry and psychology
Service provision by public health or justice
Use of European professional associations
Ethical issues. Part III: Specific skills: Challenging language barriers
Multiagency working
Different roles of forensic psychiatrists and psychologists: expert versus treatment?
Teaching and training collaboration across European countries
Recommendations to the practice of national teaching and training
Part IV: Conclusion. - Digitaledited by Anna Williams, John Cassella, Peter D. Maskell.Summary: "A comprehensive and innovative guide to teaching, learning and assessment in forensic science education and practitioner training Includes student exercises for mock crime scene and disaster scenarios Addresses innovative teaching methods including apps and e-gaming Discusses existing and proposed teaching methods"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. Forensic science education- the past and the present in and out of the classroom
2. Forensic anthropology teaching practice
3. Considerations in using a crime scene house facility for teaching and learning
4. Taphonomy facilities as teaching aids
5. Forensic fire investigation
6. Digital forensics education
7. A strategy for teaching forensic investiation with limited resources
8. Improving the PhD through provision of skills training for postgraduate researchers
9. Educational forensic e-gaming as effective learning environments for higher education students
10. Virtual anatomy teaching aids
11. Online teaching aids
12. Simulation, immersive gameplay and virtual realities in forensic science education
13. Training forensic practitioners in DNA profiling
14. The forensic investigation of sexual offences: practitioner course design and delivery
15. The use of high-fidelity simulations in emergency management training
16. Police training in the twenty-first century
17. The design and implementation of multiple choice questions (MCQs) in forensic science assessment
18. The future of forensic science education
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalNicholas T. Lappas, Courtney M. Lappas.Contents:
Chapter 1. the development of forensic toxicology
Chapter 2. The duties and responsibilities of forensic toxicologists
Chapter 3. Forensic toxicology resources
Chapter 4. the laboratory
Chapter 5. Analytical strategy
Chapter 6. Sample handling
Chapter 7. Storage stability of analytes
Chapter 8. Analytical samples
Chapter 9. Sample preparation
Chapter 10. Methods of detection, identification, and quantitation
Chapter 11. Quality assurance and quality control
Chapter 12. Types of interpretations
Chapter 13. Reports
Chapter 14. Testifying.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016 - DigitalAntoinette M.G.A. WinklerPrins, Kent Mathewson, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This volume aims to present the essential work of geographer and historical ecologist William M. Denevan to explain the impact and influence his thinking had on the conceptual advancement not only in his own discipline, but in a range of related disciplines such as anthropology, archaeology, and environmental history. The book is organized around eight themes, demonstrating Denevan's early and profound insights on topics that remain of current relevance today, and the scholarly impact his writing had on subsequent scholarship. The book is unique because it offers commentary from active scholars who address the impacts of Prof. Denevan's thinking and work on contemporary environmental and ecological issues, with a focus on several groundbreaking themes (e.g. historical demography, agricultural landforms, cultural plant geography, human environmental impacts, indigenous agro-ecology, tropical agriculture, livestock and landscape, and synthetic contributions). This book will be of interest to a range of scholars in geography, anthropology, archaeology, history, and ecology, as well as to environmental managers and practitioners, especially those working for non-profit organizations and government organizations tasked with finding ways to adapt to global environmental change.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Historical Demography
Chapter 2. Agricultural Landforms
Chapter 3. Cultural Plant Geography
Chapter 4. Human Environmental Impacts
Chapter 5. Indigenous Agro-Ecology
Chapter 6. Tropical Agriculture
Chapter 7. Livestock and Landscape
Chapter 8. Synthetic Contributions
Chapter 9. By Way of Background: A Biographical Sketch of William M. Denevan
Chapter 10. Being a Student of Bill Denevan
Chapter 11. Bill Denevan
An Appreciation
. - DigitalA.S. Isaev, V.G. Soukhovolsky, O.V. Tarasova, E.N. Palnikova and A.V. Kovalev.Summary: Research in insect population dynamics is important for more reasons than just protecting forest communities. Insect populations are among the main ecological units included in the analysis of stability of ecological systems. Moreover, it is convenient to test new methods of analyzing population and community stability on the insect-related data, as by now ecologists and entomologists have accumulated large amounts of such data. In this book, the authors analyze population dynamics of quite a narrow group of insects - forest defoliators. It is hoped that the methods proposed herein for the analysis of population dynamics of these species may be useful and effective for analyzing population dynamics of other animal species and their effects and role in global warming. What can insects tell us about our environment and our ever-changing climate' It is through studies like this one that these important answers can be obtained, along with data on the insects and their behaviors themselves. The authors present new theories on modeling and data accumulation, using cutting-edge processes never before published for such a wide audience. This volume presents the state-of-the-art in the science, and it is an essential piece of any entomologist's and forest engineer's library.
Contents:
Population dynamics of forest insects : outbreaks in forest ecosystems
Ways of presenting data on forest insect population dynamics
The effects of weather factors on population dynamics of forest defoliating insects
Spatial and temporal coherence of forest insect population dynamics
Interactions between phytophagous insects and their natural enemies and population dynamics of phytophagous insects during outbreaks
Food consumption by forest insects
AR- and ADL-models of forest insect population dynamics
Modeling of population dynamics and outbreaks of forest insects as phase transitions
Forecasting population dynamics and assessing the risk of damage to tree stands caused by outbreaks of forest defoliating insects
Global warming and risks of forest insect outbreaks.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalSergio A. Estay, editor.Summary: By providing multiple economic goods and ecosystem services, Latin American forests play a key role in the environmental, social and economic welfare of the regions countries. From the tropical forests of Central America to the Mediterranean and temperate vegetation of the southern cone, these forests face a myriad of phytosanitary problems that negatively impact on both conservation efforts and forest industry. This book brings together the perspectives of several Latin American researchers on pest and disease management. Each chapter provides modern views of the status and management alternatives to problems as serious as the impact of introduced exotic insects and diseases on Pinus and Eucalyptus plantations throughout the continent, and the emergence of novel insect outbreaks in tropical and temperate native forests associated with global warming. It is a valuable guide for researchers and practitioners working on forest health in Latin America and around the world.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Part 1. General perspectives
Chapter 2. Biological control of forest pests in Uruguay
Chapter 3. Past and Current Strategies for the Control of Leaf- cutting Ants in Brazil
Chapter 4. Remote sensing for insect outbreak detection and assessment in Latin America
Part 2. Pests of natural forests
Chapter 5. Ormiscodes amphimone outbreaks frequency increased since 2000 in asubantarctic Nothofagus pumilio forests of Chilean Patagonia
Chapter 6. Ormiscodes outbreaks dynamics: impacts and perspectives in a warming world
Chapter 7. Native forest health in Chile: towards a strategy of sustainable management
Part 3. Pests and diseases of forest plantations
Chapter 8. Invasive insects in forest plantations of Argentina: ecological patterns and implications for management
Chapter 9. Diseases of Eucalyptus plantations in Uruguay: current state and management alternatives
Chapter 10. Pests Management in Colombian Forest Plantations
Chapter 11. Diseases management in the forest plantations in Chile
Chapter 12. Insect Pests Affecting Exotic Trees in Chile and Their Management
Chapter 13. Pest status and management in the forest plantations of Costa Rica
Chapter 14. Forest diseases in Brazil: status and management
Index.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalAngela Schuh, Gisela Immich.Summary: In fast-paced everyday life, it is becoming increasingly important to find an antipole. The forest seems to be the perfect place for this - it offers balancing stimuli, health-promoting effects and its climate is proven to be effective on human health. This non-fiction book explains the background and facts about the effect of forest visits on a scientifically sound basis and sensitizes readers to the great health benefits of forest bathing (Shinrin-Yoku) and forest therapy. As an oasis of tranquility, the forest invites you to slow down, regenerate and draw new energy. Written for interested lay people - psychotherapists, doctors and other health professionals can read along. This book is a translation of the original German 1st edition Waldtherapie - das Potenzial des Waldes fur Ihre Gesundheit by Angela Schuh and Gisela Immich, published by Springer-Verlag GmbH Germany, part of Springer Nature in 2019. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com). A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content, so that the book will read stylistically differently from a conventional translation. Springer Nature works continuously to further the development of tools for the production of books and on the related technologies to support the authors. From the Contents How the forest and its climate affect us - How you can discover and use the forest and its atmosphere for your health. The Authors Prof. Dr. Dr. Angela Schuh and Gisela Immich, M.Sc., research the effects of forests and climate on health at the Ludwig-Maximilians-University in Munich, Germany and develop concepts for preventive forest use as well as for forest therapy. .
Contents:
1 Introduction
2 Discovering the forest - an introduction. - 3 The atmosphere of the forest
4 Effects of spending time in the forest - current studies
5 How you can discover and use the forest for your health
6 Risks and potential dangers in the forest
7 Conclusion and outlook. - DigitalDelphis F. Levia, editor ; Darryl E. Carlyle-Moses, Shin'ichi Iida, Beate Michalzik, Kazuki Nanko, Alexander Tischer, co-editors.Summary: The United Nations has declared 2018-2028 as the International Decade for Action on Water for Sustainable Development. This is a timely designation. In an increasingly thirsty world, the subject of forest-water interactions is of critical importance to the achievement of sustainability goals. The central underlying tenet of this book is that the hydrologic community can conduct better science and make a more meaningful impact to the worlds water crisis if scientists are: (1) better equipped to utilize new methods and harness big data from either or both high-frequency sensors and long-term research watersheds; and (2) aware of new developments in our process-based understanding of the hydrological cycle in both natural and urban settings. Accordingly, this forward-looking book delves into forest-water interactions from multiple methodological, statistical, and process-based perspectives (with some chapters featuring data sets and open-source R code), concluding with a chapter on future forest hydrology under global change. Thus, this book describes the opportunities of convergence in high-frequency sensing, big data, and open source software to catalyze more comprehensive understanding of forest-water interactions. The book will be of interest to researchers, graduate students, and advanced undergraduates in an array of disciplines, including hydrology, forestry, ecology, botany, and environmental engineering.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Cracking "Open" Technology in Ecohydrology
Chapter 2. The Necessity of Sensor Calibration for the Precise Measurement of Water Fluxes in Forest Ecosystems
Chapter 3. Applications of Unpiloted Aerial Vehicles (UAVs) in Forest Hydrology
Chapter 4. LiDAR Applications to Forest-Water Interactions
Chapter 5. On Complementing the Tracer Toolbox for Quantifying Hydrological Connectivity: Insights Gained from Terrestrial Diatom Tracer Experiments
Chapter 6. Lessons in New Measurement Technologies: From Instrumenting Trees to the Trans-African Hydro-Meteorological Observatory
Chapter 7. Primary Steps in Analyzing Data
Tasks and Tools for a Systematic Data Exploration
Chapter 8. Martin Zwanzig, Robert Schlicht, Nico Frischbier, and Uta Berger
Chapter 8. Spatiotemporal Statistics: Analysis of Spatially and Temporally-Correlated Throughfall Data
Exploring and Considering Dependency and Heterogeneity
Chapter 9. Analysis of Vegetation-Water Interactions: Application and Comparison of Maximum-Likelihood Estimation and Bayesian Inference
Chapter 10. Machine Learning Applications in Hydrology
Chapter 11. Advances and Future Research Directions in the Study of Leaf Water Repellency
Chapter 12. Throughfall Erosivity in Relation to Drop Size and Crown Position: A Case Study from a Teak Plantation in Thailand
Chapter 13. Assessing the Ecological Significance of Throughfall in Forest Ecosystems
Chapter 14. Root-Water Relations and Interactions in Mixed Forest Settings
Chapter 15. Effects of Stemflow on Soil Water Dynamics in Forest Stands
Chapter 16. Radiocesium Cycling in the Context of Forest-Water Interactions
Chapter 17. Urban Trees as Green Infrastructure for Stormwater Mitigation and Use
Chapter 18. Urban Tree Canopy Effects on Water Quality via Inputs to the Urban Ground Surface
Chapter 19. Modeling the Impact of Urban Trees on Hydrology
Chapter 20. Using Community Planning to Conserve Green Infrastructure and Water Quality
Chapter 21. Forest Influences on Streamflow: Case Studies from the Tatsunokuchi-Yama Experimental Watershed, Japan and the Leading Ridge Experimental Watershed, USA
Chapter 22. The Biogeochemical Response of Nitrate and Potassium to Landscape Disturbance in Watersheds of the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest, New Hampshire, USA
Chapter 23. Water and Nutrient Budgets of Organic Layers and Mineral Topsoils under Tropical Montane Forest in Ecuador in Response to 15 Years of Environmental Change
Chapter 24. Forest-Water Interactions under Global Change.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalTim R. New.Summary: Losses of forests and their insect inhabitants are a major global conservation concern, spanning tropical and temperate forest regions throughout the world. This broad overview of Australian forest insect conservation draws on studies from many places to demonstrate the diversity and vulnerability of forest insects and how their conservation may be pursued through combinations of increased understanding, forest protection and silvicultural management in both natural and plantation forests. The relatively recent history of severe human disturbance to Australian forests ensures that reasonably natural forest patches remain and serve as 'models' for many forest categories. They are also refuges for many forest biota extirpated from the wider landscapes as forests are lost, and merit strenuous protection from further changes, and wider efforts to promote connectivity between otherwise isolated remnant patches. In parallel, the recent attention to improving forest insect conservation in harmony with insect pest management continues to benefit from perspectives generated from better-documented faunas elsewhere. Lessons from the northern hemisphere, in particular, have led to revelations of the ecological importance and vulnerability of many insect taxa in forests, together with clear evidence that 'conservation can work' in concert with wider forest uses. A brief outline of the variety of Australian tropical and temperate forests and woodlands, and of the multitude of endemic and, often, highly localised insects that depend on them highlights needs for conservation (both of single focal species and wider forest-dependent radiations and assemblages). The ways in which insects contribute to sustained ecological integrity of these complex ecosystems provide numerous opportunities for practical conservation.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; References; Acknowledgements; Contents;
Chapter 1: Forests and Their Insect Inhabitants; 1.1 Introduction: The Ecological Milieu; 1.2 Deforestation; 1.3 Fragmentation; 1.4 Selective Logging; 1.5 Losses of Insects; References;
Chapter 2: Australia's Forest Ecosystems: Conservation Perspective for Invertebrates; 2.1 Introduction: Extent and Variety of Australia's Forests; 2.2 Impetus for Management; References;
Chapter 3: Changes and Threats to Australia's Forests; 3.1 Introduction: Needs for Management; 3.2 Management Priorities; 3.3 Plantation Forestry. 3.4 Agricultural Conversion3.4.1 Spillover; 3.5 Agroforestry; References;
Chapter 4: Insects in Native and Alien Forests in Australia; 4.1 Introduction: The Diversity and Ecological Roles of Australia's Forest Insects; 4.2 Major Forest Pests; 4.3 Alien Insects on Native Trees; 4.4 Development of Conservation Concern for Insects in Australia's Forests; References;
Chapter 5: Studying Insects for Conservation in Forests; 5.1 Introduction: Problems of Access and Enumeration; 5.2 Assessing Diversity; 5.2.1 Canopy Fauna; 5.2.2 Litter and Soil Fauna; 5.3 Insects and Forest Edges. 5.4 Some Key Groups and Concerns5.4.1 Saproxylic Beetles; 5.4.1.1 Fungi; 5.4.2 Ants; References;
Chapter 6: Insect Flagships and Indicators in Forests; 6.1 Introduction: Conservation and Flagship Insect Species in Forests; 6.2 Conservation and Indicator Taxa; 6.2.1 Dung Beetles; 6.2.2 Stag Beetles; 6.2.3 Butterflies; References;
Chapter 7: Conservation Versus Pest Suppression: Finding the Balance; 7.1 Introduction: Key Concerns and Resources; 7.2 Alien Species; 7.3 Ecological Patterns; 7.3.1 Pollination Systems; 7.3.2 Dieback; References. 9.7 Scattered and Veteran Trees9.8 Urban Forests; 9.9 Riparian Vegetation; 9.10 Implications of Climate Change; References;
Chapter 10: Forest Management for Insect Conservation in Australia; 10.1 Introduction: Perspective; 10.2 Forest Protection; 10.3 Forest Regeneration and Landscape Design; 10.4 Gaps; 10.5 Modifying Forest Management; 10.6 Needs and Prospects; References; Appendix; Australian Forest Insects: Candidate Taxa for Conservation Priority and Use in Conservation Management; References; Index.
Chapter 8: Saproxylic Insects and the Dilemmas of Dead Wood8.1 Introduction: The Conservation Significance of Dead Wood; 8.2 Coarse Woody Debris; 8.2.1 Saproxylic Beetles in Tasmania; 8.3 Tree Stumps; 8.4 Salvage Logging; 8.5 Fine Woody Debris; References;
Chapter 9: Forest Management for Insects: Issues and Approaches; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Fire and Management; 9.3 Ecological Traps; 9.4 Forest Reserves and Landscape Structure; 9.4.1 Fragmentation; 9.4.1.1 Monarch Butterflies in Mexico; 9.4.1.2 The Wog Wog Experiment; 9.5 Corridors and Connectivity; 9.6 Retention Forestry. - DigitalReinhard Jetter, editor.Summary: This text provides both review and primary research articles for a broad audience of biologists, chemists, biochemists, pharmacologists, clinicians and nutrition experts, especially those interested in the biosynthesis, structure, function and/or bioactivity of plant natural products. Recurring themes include the evolution and ecology of specialized metabolites, the genetic and enzymatic mechanisms for their formation and metabolism, the systems biology study of their cell/tissue/organ context, the engineering of plant natural products, as well as various aspects of their application for human health. In addition to analysis of current research, new developments in the techniques used to study plant natural products are presented and discussed, taking a detailed look at structure elucidation and quantification, "omic" (genomic/ proteomic/ transcriptomic/ metabolomics) profiling or for microscopic localization. In short, this series combines chapters from researchers that explain and discuss current topics in the most exciting new research in phytochemistry.
Contents:
A Half-Century of the Phytochemical Society of North America: 1961-2011
Nitrogen-containing Constituents of Black Cohosh: Chemistry, Structure Elucidation and Biological Activities
Jatropha Natural Products as Potential Therapeutic Leads
O-Methyltransferases Involved in Lignan Biosynthesis
Hormone Signaling: Current Perspectives on the Roles of Salicylic Acid and its Derivatives in Plants
Regulators and Pathway Enzymes that Contribute to Chemical Diversity in Phenylpropanoid and Aromatic Alkaloid Metabolism in Plant Immunity
Metabolism of Glucosinolates and their Hydrolysis Products in Insect Herbivores
Screening of Fungal Endophytes Isolated from Eastern White Pine Needles. - DigitalHideyuki Kanematsu, Dana M. BarrySummary: This book provides excellent techniques for detecting and evaluating biofilms: sticky films on materials that are formed by bacterial activity and produce a range of industrial and medical problems such as corrosion, sanitary problems, and infections. Accordingly, it is essential to control biofilms and to establish appropriate countermeasures, from both industrial and medical viewpoints. This book offers valuable, detailed information on these countermeasures. It also discusses the fundamentals of biofilms, relates various substrates to biofilms, and presents a variety of biofilm reactors. However, the most important feature of this book (unlike others on the market) is its clear focus on addressing the practical aspects from an engineering viewpoint. Therefore, it offers an excellent practical guide for engineers and researchers in various fields, and can also be used as a great academic textbook.
Contents:
Intro
Preface: A Message from the Authors
Acknowledgements
Contents
About the Authors
1 Introduction
References
2 Fundamentals for Biofilms
2.1 Bacteria and Biofilms
2.2 General Sketch for Biofilm Formation and Growth
2.3 Biofilm Constituents
2.4 Exopolymeric Substances
2.5 Quorum Sensing
2.6 Biofilm Collapse and Removal
2.7 Biofilm and Infection
References
3 Animate Substrata and Biofilms
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Introduction
3.2.1 Biofilm on Leaves
3.3 Biofilms on Animal (and Human) Tissues 3.3.1 What Happens Inside of Our Bodies, When Pathogenic Bacteria Enter Them?
3.3.2 The Characteristics of Bacteria in Biofilms
References
4 Biofilms in Nature and Artificial Materials
4.1 Natural Substrates
4.2 Artificial Substrates
4.3 Metals
4.4 Ceramics
4.5 Polymers
References
5 Laboratory Biofilm Reactors
5.1 In Vitro Systems
5.2 Static Systems
5.3 Flow Systems
5.4 Quasi-natural Systems (Ex Vivo Systems)
5.5 In Vivo Systems
References
6 Detection and Evaluation of Biofilms
6.1 Biological Methods
6.1.1 Staining
6.1.2 Gene Analysis 6.1.3 Proteomics
6.2 Instrumental Analysis
6.2.1 Optical Microscopes
6.2.2 Fluorescence Microscopes
6.2.3 Confocal Laser Scanning Microscope
6.2.4 Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM)-Energy-Dispersive X-Ray (EDX) Spectroscopy
6.2.5 Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM)
6.2.6 Atomic Force Microscope (AFM)
6.2.7 Ultraviolet-Visible (UV-VIS) Spectroscopy
6.2.8 White Light Interferometer
6.2.9 Fourier-Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR)
6.2.10 Raman Spectroscopy
6.2.11 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR)
References
7 Standardization-Current and Future 7.1 The United States
7.1.1 ASTM E2196
7.1.2 ASTM E2562
7.1.3 ASTM E2647
7.1.4 ASTM E2871
7.1.5 ASTM E2799
7.1.6 ASTM E3151
7.1.7 ASTM E3161
7.1.8 Characteristics of the ASTM Standard in the USA
7.2 European Union
7.2.1 European Standards (EN)
7.2.2 Phase 1-Basic Suspension Test
7.2.3 Phase 2 Part 1-Quantitative Suspension Test
7.2.4 Phase 3-Field Test
7.2.5 International Standards (ISOs)
7.3 Japan
References
8 Biofilm Problems and Environments
8.1 Marine Environments
8.2 Soil Environments
8.3 Household Environments 8.4 Food Processing Industries
8.5 Pipes and Heat Exchangers
8.6 Hospital and Medical Fronts
References
9 Biofilm Usefulness
9.1 Energy Applications
9.2 Environmental Applications
9.3 Water Treatment Applications
References
10 Biofilm Control and Thoughts for the Future
ReferencesDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalRobert O. Williams III, Alan B. Watts, Dave A. Miller, editors.
- DigitalJeanette Ives Erickson, Marianne Ditomassi, Susan Sabia, Mary Ellin Smith.Contents:
Creating a narrative culture
Theme of practice : clinician-patient relationship
Theme of practice : clinical knowledge and decision-making
Theme of practice : teamwork and collaboration
Theme of practice : movement
Strategies to hardwire a narrative culture.Digital Access AccessAPN 2015 - DigitalMiguel Angel Rapela.Summary: The scientific and technical development of any kind of germplasm is regulated by a vast network of treaties, conventions, international agreements, and national and regional legislation. These regulations govern biotechnological innovations in plants and microorganisms, access to and use of plant genetic resources, and biosafety. This complex mix has made it difficult to arrive at global interpretations, due to overlaps, gaps, ambiguities, contradictions, and lack of consistency. The big picture is even more complex, as a series of scientific developments - gene editing in particular - have in some cases rendered these international regulatory frameworks obsolete. This book puts forward an innovative approach: a "Comprehensive Plant Germplasm System." The System is a cooperative game theory-based proposal for a binding international convention which would supersede all other conventions, treaties, national and regional legislation covering native varieties and traditional developments, heterogeneous plant varieties, microorganisms, biotechnological inventions, plant genetic resources, and biosafety regulation. In short, it offers a comprehensive framework regarding intellectual property, biosafety, and business regulation and covers all types of germplasm. If applied, the system is expected to yield higher productivity rates in crops and improved food biodiversity, as well as a new paradigm based on the promotion of innovation for "Agriculture 4.0.".
Contents:
Chapter 1
Post Malthusian dilemmas in Agriculture 4.0
Chapter 2
The regulatory tangle
Chapter 3
A comprehensive solution for Agriculture 4.0
Chapter 4
Plant Germplasm Integrated System. - Digitaleditors in chief, Pier Cristoforo Giulianotti, Enrico Benedetti ; associate editor, Alberto Mangano.Summary: "A comprehensive, illustrated approach to operative techniques and instrumentation in robotic general surgery"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessSurgery [2024]
- DigitalSathyadeepak Ramesh.Summary: Modern oculofacial plastic surgery as a field is quite young, with the majority of the literature and leaders in the field developing since the 1950s. As such, the body of literature is quite small compared to other fields. Currently, there is no unified source where readers can learn about the core manuscripts that drive clinical decision-making and influence thought. This book gathers over 50 foundational studies in the oculoplastics field and provides commentary on each study. Discussion of each study includes the abstract, in-depth commentary on the strengths, limitations, and implications of each paper, and guidance for further reading on the topic with a brief review. A short remark by an author from the paper will provide additional color commentary on the inspirations and challenges involved in conceiving and conducting the study. Foundational Papers in Oculoplastics is relevant for anyone who is interested in oculoplastics (ophthalmologists, oncologists, plastic surgeons, etc.) and provides a nice overview of the field with interesting personal anecdotes from those who helped establish it.
- DigitalStephen J. Carp.Summary: "Foundations provides the reader with a comprehensive overview of the foundational items physical therapists and physical therapist assistants need to know in order to provide quality clinical care"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The evolution of physical therapy practice / Stephen J. Carp
Insurance and reimbursement / Grace Karaman and Stephen J. Carp
The health care team / Stephen J. Carp
Documentation / Stephen J. Carp
Physical therapy and community service / Stephen J. Carp
The physical therapist as a researcher / Melissa A. Carroll
Clinical education in physical therapy : past, present, and future / Kim Nixon-Cave
A Student's perspective of clinical education / Sabrina Martha
Resources for career development / Laurita M. Hack
Professionalism in society / Sean F. Griech
Acquisition of a first job / Julie M. Skrzat
Evaluating the job offer / Deborah Smith-Brown
The physical therapist as an effective teacher / Stephen J. Carp
Cultural and spiritual competence in health care / Peter J. Leonard
The legal aspects of physical therapy practice / Stephen J. Carp
The future of physical therapy / Susan Wainwright and Stephen J. Carp.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2019 - DigitalRobert Laureno.Contents:
At the bedside
Imaging
Diagnosis
Treatment
Symmetry
Selective vulnerability
Normalization
Asymptomatic disease
Terminology
Classifications
Causation
Asymmetry
Decussation
Lowly origins
Learning neurology
Selected concepts.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - DigitalDuncan, Edward A. S.Summary: "Now in its sixth edition, the internationally acclaimed Foundations for Practice in Occupational Therapy continues to provide a practical reference tool which is both an indispensable guide to undergraduates and a practical reference tool for clinicians in the application of models and theories to practice. Underlining the importance and clinical relevance of theory to practice, the text provides an excellent introduction to the theoretical basis of occupational therapy. Contributions are given by both academics and expert clinicians.All chapters have been revised and updated, new ones have been written and some pre-existing chapters have new authors. A refined structure uses highlight boxes to indicate the key themes and issues of each chapter and useful reflective questions to help the reader review the issues raised in the chapter. Discusses evidence-based practices and established theories but also includes contemporary developments. Range of expert contributors provide an international perspective of practice. Case studies highlighting the application of theory to practice. Details of the latest developments and debates in the field"--Publisher information.
Contents:
Introduction / Edward A.S. Duncan
Theoretical foundationsl of occupational therapy: external influences / Edward A.S. Duncan
Theoretical foundations of occupational therapy: internal influences / Edward A.S. Duncan
Skills and processes in occupational therapy / Edward A.S. Duncan
An introduction to conceptual models of practice and frames of reference / Edward A.S. Duncan
The model of human occupation: embracing the complexity of occupation by integrating theory into practice and practice into theory / Kristy Forsyth
Canadian Model of Occupational Performance and Engagement (CMOP-E): a tool to support occupation-centred practice / Helene J. Polatajko & Jane A. Davis
The Person-Environment-Occupation-Performance Model / Carolyn M. Baum, Julie D. Bass & Charles H. Christiansen
The Occupational Therapy Intervention Process Model / Lou Ann Griswold
The Kawa (River) Model / Kee Hean Lim & Michael Iwama
The Person-centred Frame of Reference / Davina M. Parker & Catherine Sutherland
The Cognitive-Behavioural Frame of Reference / Edward A.S. Duncan & Sarah Fletcher-Shaw
The Biomechanical Frame of Reference / Ian R. McMillan
Application of theoretical approaches to movement and cognitive-perceptual dysfunction within occupation-focused practice / Leisle Ezekiel & Sally Feaver
The evolving theory of clinical reasoning / Carolyn A. Unsworth
Occupational science: genesis, evolution and future contribution / Matthew Molineux & Gail E. Whiteford.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2020 - DigitalJanet S. Fulton, Kelly A. Goudreau, Kristen L. Swartzell, editors.Summary: "The first edition of this book, released ten years ago, was the first textbook dedicated solely to clinical nurse specialist (CNS) practice after many years of books discussing advanced practice nursing from an integrated advanced practice perspective. CNSs, one of four advanced practice roles recognized in the United States along with nurse practitioner, nurse midwife and nurse anesthetist, share common elements"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- DigitalLeslie G. Portney.Summary: "The text of this fourth edition has maintained its dual perspectives. It is designed for those who do research to generate new knowledge and examine theories and for those who want to be critical consumers of evidence to inform clinical decision-making. All of us need to be able to critically evaluate research reports to inform practice and further study. The scope of the text allows it to fulfill different needs at different times. This edition will continue to serve this wide audience. It incorporates several important contemporary themes, including the application of evidence-based practice (EBP) for clinical decision-making, the imperative of interprofessional collaboration, the implications of translational research, and the focus of healthcare on quality of life, meaningful outcomes, and patient values. These directions and priorities continue to define research philosophies that guide the conduct of clinical inquiry, the types of questions that are deemed important, and how they influence advances in measurement and analysis techniques"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Frameworks for generating and applying evidence
On the road to translational research
Defining the research question
The role of theory in research and practice
Understanding evidence-based practice
Searching the literature
Ethical issues in clinical research
Principles of measurement
Concepts of measurement reliability
Concepts of measurement validity
Designing surveys and questionnaires
Understanding health measurement scales
Choosing a sample
Principles of clinical trials
Choosing a sample
Principles of clinical trials
Design validity
Experimental designs
Quasi-experimental designs
Single-subject designs
Exploratory research : observational designs
Descriptive research
Qualitative research
Descriptive statistics
Foundations of statistical inference
Comparing two means : the t-test
Comparing more than two means : analysis of variance
Multiple comparison tests
Nonparametric tests for group comparisons
Measuring association for categorical variables : chi-square
Correlation
Regression
Multivariate analysis
Measurement revisited : reliability and validity statistics
Diagnostic and screening procedures
Epidemiology : measuring risk
Writing a research proposal
Critical appraisal : evaluating research reports
Synthesizing evidence : systematic reviews and meta-analyses
Disseminating research.Digital Access R2Library 2020Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalKathryn Colby, Reza Dana, editors.Summary: The field of cornea has seen tremendous advances over the last 40 years-this uniquely comprehensive book will discuss the history of these advances, current best practices in important diseases of the cornea and ocular surface, and examine future directions in diagnosis and management. Written by leading experts, many of whom trained under Claes Henrik Dohlman, MD, PhD, whose influence and many invaluable contributions have defined and shaped the field of cornea, each chapter will reflect the state of the art in the various aspects of cornea. Foundations of Corneal Disease: Past, Present, and Future contains six different sections, opening with an introduction which delves into the evolution of subspecialty training in cornea, provides a historical perspective of our understanding of ocular surface disease. Section Two addresses perspectives on important corneal and external diseases including infectious keratitis, dry eye, and herpes simplex. Section Three and Section Four address surgery and surgical alternatives, and frontiers in corneal research. Section Six closes this book with a discussion of special topics: imaging the cornea, corneal blindness, eye banking, and clinical trials in dry eye, and explores future directions in this fast-paced field. Foundations of Corneal Disease: Past, Present, and Future contains is an ideal guide for corneal specialists, ophthalmology residents and fellows planning to enter cornea, corneal scientists, and to those in ophthalmology and visual science interested in a comprehensive resource on cornea and the history of this field.
Contents:
Foreword
Mark Mannis
Section I. Introduction Contributions to Cornea (with historical photos)
The Evolution of Subspecialty Training in Cornea
Historical Perspective on Our Understanding of Ocular Surface Disease
Development of Viral Keratitis Research and Therapy
Section II. Perspectives on Important Corneal and External Diseases:
Infectious keratitis
Herpes Simplex
Herpes Zoster
Dry Eye
Fuchs dystrophy: Rethinking an Old Disease with Insights from the Laboratory and Clinical Practice
Unraveling Corneal Graft Rejection
Stevens Johnson Syndrome
Chemical Injuries
Cicatrizing disorders of the ocular surface
Section III. Surgery & Alternatives to Surgery: Advances in Corneal Transplantation
Striving for Perfect Vision: Insights from Refractive Surgery
Mona Dagher
The Role of Keratoprosthesis in the Treatment of Corneal Blindness
Peter Hersh
Collagen Cross-linking for Keratoconus and Corneal Ectasia
Section IV. Frontiers in Corneal Research Cultured Cells in the Treatment of Corneal Diseases
Wound Healing in the Cornea
Genetics of Corneal Diseases
Section V. Special Topics:
Imaging the Cornea to Improve Diagnosis and Treatment
Therapeutic Contact Lenses: An Important Tool in Management of Cornea Disease
Making an Impact on World Corneal Blindness
Epidemiology of Corneal Diseases
Eye Banking: History and Future Directions
Insights from Clinical Trials in Corneal Surgery
Clinical Trials in Dry Eye: What We Have Learned, What We Still Need to Understand
Section VI. Closing
Future directions in the field. - Digitalby Giampiero Arciero, Guido Bondolfi, Viridiana Mazzola.Summary: This book addresses selected central questions in phenomenological psychology, a discipline that investigates the experience of self that emerges over the course of an individual's life, while also outlining a new method, the formal indication, as a means of accessing personal experience while remaining faithful to its uniqueness. In phenomenological psychology, the psyche no longer refers to an isolated self that remains unchanged by life's changing situations, but is rather a phenomenon (ipseity) which manifests itself and constantly takes form over the course of a person's unique existence. Thus, the formal indication allows us to study the way in which ipseity relates to the world in different situations, in a way that holds different meanings for different people. Based on this new approach, phenomenological psychotherapy marks a transition from a mode of grasping the truth about oneself through reflection, to a mode of accessing the disclosure of self through a work of self-transformation (the care of self) that requires the person to actually change her position on herself. By putting forward this method, the authors shed new light on the dynamic interplay between a person's historicity and uniqueness on the one hand, and the related physiopathological mechanisms on the other, providing evidence from the fields of genetics, cardiology, the neurosciences and psychiatry. The book will appeal to a broad readership, from psychiatrists, psychologist and psychotherapists, to researchers in these fields.
Contents:
Prologue: A User's Manual
Part I: The Crisis. The Natural Sciences and the Unthought Debt
1. On the Care Path
2. Creatures, Technology, and Scientific Psychology
3. "Nemo psychologus nisi physiologus"
Part II: A New Beginning . Formal Indication, Non-Rationalist Psychology, and Phenomenological Psychotherapy
4. The accesses to oneself
5. Self -intimacy and individuation
6. Personal stories and psychotherapy
7. Traces of Oneself and Healing
Part III: The Renewed Pact. Corporeality, Experimentation, and the Care of Self
8. Corporeality and ipseity
9. Corporeality and organisms
10. Organisms and freedom
11. The Care of Self and Psychotherapy
Bibliography
Author Index. - DigitalSimon Hart, Mike Greenstone, editors.Summary: This book meets the need for a resource that covers the core knowledge required to pass the SCE exam, which includes the broad field of respiratory medicine. This book is also highly applicable to core medical trainees sitting their MRCP examinations. The format is ideal for effective exam revision with individual chapters covering the key points of each condition in sufficient (but not excessive) detail. Examples of imaging (CXR, CT, PET-CT) are utilised to illustrate cases and descriptions of modern respiratory intervention such as the EBUS/EUS-guided sampling and medical thoracoscopy is included in this essential exam resource.
- Digital/Printgeneral editors, Melvin Calvin and Oleg G. Gazenko.Digital Access
- DigitalAntonio Di Ieva, editor.Contents:
Part I. Introduction to Fractal Geometry and its Applications to Neurosciences
The Fractal Geometry of the Brain: An Overview
2. Box-Counting Fractal Analysis: A Primer for the Clinician
Tenets and Methods of Fractal Analysis (1/f noise)
4. Tenets, Methods and Applications of Multifractal Analysis in Neurosciences
Part II. Fractals in Neuroanatomy and Basic Neurosciences
Fractals in Neuroanatomy and Basic Neurosciences: An Overview
Morphology and Fractal-Based Classifications of Neurons and Microglia
The Morphology of the Brain Neurons: Box-counting Method in Quantitative Analysis of 2D Image
Neuronal Fractal Dynamics
Does a Self-Similarity Logic Shape the Organization of the Nervous System?
Fractality of Cranial Sutures
The Fractal Geometry of the Human Brain: An Evolutionary Perspective
Part III. Fractals in Clinical Neurosciences
Fractal Analysis in Clinical Neurosciences: An Overview
Fractal Analysis in Neurological Diseases
Fractal Dimension Studies of the Brain Shape in Aging and Neurodegenerative Diseases
Fractal Analysis in Neurodegenerative Diseases
Fractal Analysis of the Cerebrovascular System Physiopathology
Fractal and Chaos in the Hemodynamics of Intracranial Aneurysms
Fractal-based Analysis of Arteriovenous Malformations (AVMs)
Fractals in Neuroimaging
Computational Fractal-Based Analysis of MR Susceptibility Weighted Imaging (SWI) in Neuro-oncology and neurotraumatology
Texture Estimation for Abnormal Tissue Segmentation in Brain MRI
Tumor Growth in the Brain: Complexity and Fractality
Histological Fractal-based Classification of Brain Tumors
Computational Fractal-based Analysis of the Brain Tumors Microvascular Networks
Fractal analysis of electroencephalographic time-series (EEG-signals)
On Multiscaling of Parkinsonian Rest Tremor Signals and Their Classification
Fractals and Electromyograms
Fractal analysis in Neuro-ophthalmology
Fractals in Affective and Anxiety Disorders
Fractal Fluency: An Intimate Relationship Between the Brain and Processing of Fractal Stimuli
Part IV. Computational Fractal-Based Neurosciences
Computational Fractal-based Neurosciences: An Overview
ImageJ in Computational Fractal-based Neuroscience: Pattern Extraction and Translational Research
Fractal Analysis in MATLAB: A Tutorial for Neuroscientists
Methodology to Increase the Computational Speed to Obtain the Fractal Dimension Using GPU Programming
Fractal Electronics as a Generic Interface to Neurons
Fractal Geometry meets Computational Intelligence: Future Perspectives.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalM. Patrice Eiff, Robert Hatch ; Mariam K. Higgins, medical illustrator.Contents:
Fracture management by primary care providers
General principles of fracture care
Finger fractures / co-author, Ryan C. Petering
Metacarpal fractures / co-author, Charles W. Webb
Carpal fractures / co-author, Ryan C. Petering
Radius and ulna fractures / co-author, Adam Prawer
Elbow fractures
Humerus fractures
Clavicle and scapula fractures
Spine fractures
Femur and pelvis fractures
Patellar, tibial, and fibular fractures
Ankle fractures
Calcaneus and other tarsal fractures
Metatarsal fractures / co-author, Michael Seth Smith
Toe fractures
Facial and skull fractures / co-author, John Malaty
Rib fractures.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalM. Patrice Eiff, Robert Hatch.Contents:
Fracture management in primary care and emergency medicine settings
General principles of fracture care
Finger fractures
Metacarpal fractures
Carpal fractures
Radius and ulna fractures
Elbow fractures
Humerus fractures
Clavicle and scapula fractures
Spine fractures
Femur and pelvis fractures
Patellar, tibial, and fibular fractures
Ankle fractures
Calcaneus and other tarsal fractures
Metatarsal fractures
Toe fractures
Facial and skull fractures
Rib fractures
Appendix (casting and splinting).Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - PrintArnesen, Arne.Contents:
Contents
pt. 2. A contribution to the discussion on the treatment of calcaneus fracture based on an analysis of a ten-year material treated by closed reduction and traction, from Sentralsykehuset i Trondheim.Access via Acta chirurgica Scandinavica. 1950; 234 - DigitalPeter V. Giannoudis, editor.Summary: In this highly illustrated book, the techniques of fracture reduction are clearly demonstrated using a step-wise approach with real time intra-operative photographs. Tips and tricks for how to avoid pitfalls are presented by a panel of experts and all upper extremity anatomical sites are included to give the readers a complete overview of how to perform reduction techniques for different fracture types. This book will be an essential guide for surgeons to utilise the available reduction instruments and preserve the vitality of the surrounding soft tissues and bone.
Contents:
Fracture Healing: Back to Basics and Latest Advances
Instruments Used in Fracture Reduction
Direct and Indirect Reduction: Definitions, Indications, and Tips and Tricks
Part II Innovations in Fracture Reduction
Innovations in Fracture Reduction Computer-Assisted Surgery
Inflatable Bone Tamp (Osteoplasty) for Reduction of Intra-articular Fractures
Innovations in Fracture Reduction: Poller Screws
Assessment of Reduction
General Principles of Preoperative Planning
Part III An Anatomical Based Approach: Upper Extremity
Acromioclavicular Joint Dislocation
Sternoclavicular Joint Dislocations
Clavicle Fracture
Scapula Fractures
Humeral Head Avulsion of Greater Tuberosity
Fractures of Proximal Humerus Open Reduction and Internal Fixation
Humeral Shaft Fractures (Transverse, Oblique, Butterfly, Bifocal)
Distal Humerus Fracture
Olecranon Fractures
Coronoid Fractures
Radial Head and Neck Fracture
Monteggia Fracture and Monteggia-Like Lesion
Treatment Strategies and Intraoperative Reduction Techniques
Forearm Fractures
Galeazzi Fracture
Distal Radius Fracture
Distal Ulna Fractures
Scaphoid Fracture
Perilunate Dislocation
Metacarpal Fractures
Bennett Fracture and Fracture of Trapeziometacarpal Joint of the Thumb
Hand-Phalanx Fracture-Dislocation (PIP Joint)
Index.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalOle Ackermann, editor.Summary: Filling a gap in the literature, this is the first book to comprehensively present fracture sonography as a diagnostic tool that can complement and in some cases even replace conventional radiological imaging. Guiding readers step by step through a patient examination, it is an invaluable guide to implementing this technique in clinical practice. It also presents algorithms, tips, tricks and pitfalls shared by experienced authors, making it a useful reference resource for all those practicing in the field. This book is of interest to a wide readership, including orthopedic, pediatric and trauma surgeons, emergency physicians, pediatric radiologists and general practitioners.
Contents:
PART I INTRODUCTION 1 Basic Requirements
2 Documentation and Artifacts
PART II SPECIAL INDICATIONS 3 Skull Fracture
4 Fracture of the Clavicle
5 Acromioclavicular Joint Instability
6 Proximal Humerus
7 Screening for Elbow Fractures
8 Distal Forearm
9 Subcapital Fracture of 5th Metacarpal
10 Injury to the PIP Joint of the Fingers - Fibrocartilago Palmaris
11 Sternoclavicular Dislocation
12 Rib and Sternal Fractures
13 Sonographic Diagnosis of Pneumothorax.-14 Distal Femoral Fracture
15 Proximal Tibial Fracture
16 Outer Ligament Tear at the Upper Ankle and Syndesmotic Tear at the Upper Ankle
17 Fractures of 5th Metatarsal
18 Fractures of the Foot
19 Screening for Lower Extremity Fractures
PART III GENERAL INDICATIONS 20 Position Controls
21 Callus Display with Ultrasound
22 Non-unions
23 Stress Fractures
PART IV STARTING IN PRACTICE 24 Guide to Introduction to Everyday Clinical Practice. - Digitaleditor, Michael J. Gardner.Contents:
Part 1. Upper extremity
part 2. Lower extremity.Digital Access - DigitalMark R. Adams, Stephen K. Benirschke, editors.Summary: Presenting an in-depth discussion of the surgical management of fractures and dislocations of the talus and calcaneus, this text utilizes both an up-to-date review of the literature, providing a broad understanding of the topic, and a case-based approach, delving into the finer details of how to care for these injuries and providing an outline of the specific surgical techniques that make anatomic repair of these injuries possible. Beginning with a review of the general principles of foot trauma care, the chapters then proceed thematically to cover various fractures of the talus, tarsal dislocations, fractures of the calcaneus, and post-traumatic care and reconstruction. There is a focus throughout on the care of the post-traumatic sequelae of these injuries, as these frequently lead to chronic issues about the foot and ankle. Amply illustrated with figures, radiographs and intra-operative photographs, Fractures and Dislocations of the Talus and Calcaneus will be an excellent resource for orthopedic, podiatric and trauma surgeons and residents.
Contents:
Part I: General Principles of Care for the Traumatized Foot
Outcomes Analysis of Foot Injuries
Initial Evaluation of Foot Injuries
Part II: Fractures of the Talus
General Principles of Talus Fractures
Talar Neck Fractures
Talar Body Fractures
Fractures of the Talar Head
Posterior Talar Process Fractures
Fractures of the Lateral Process of the Talus
Osteochondral Defects of the Talar Dome
Part III: Tarsal Dislocations
Fractures and Dislocations of the Talus and Calcaneus: A Case-Based Approach
Pantalar Dislocation
Other Midfoot Ddislocations
Hindfoot Sprains
Part IV: Fractures of the Calcaneus
Intraarticular Calcaneus Fracture
Lateral Extensile Approach for ORIF
Minimally Invasive Treatment of Intra-articular Calcaneal Fractures
Open Calcaneus Fractures
Isolated Fractures of the Anterior Process
Posterior Calcaneal Tuberosity Fractures
Extraarticular Calcaneal Body Fractures
Fractures of the Sustentaculum Tali
Ipsilateral Talus and Calcaneus Fractures
Part V: Post-traumatic Care and Reconstruction
Rehabilitation after Fractures and Dislocations of the Talus and Calcaneus
General Principles of Reconstruction
Post-traumatic Arthrosis.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalGreg A.J. Robertson, Nicola Maffuli, editors.Summary: This textbook provides a practically applicable sport-centred guide to fracture management for athletes. It features extensive evidence-based guidance on how fracture management can be adapted in athletic patients, to facilitate an accelerated return to sport. Descriptions of a variety of both acute and stress fracture types are included, covering both the appendicular and axial skeleton, in locations such as the shoulder, knee, ankle and spine. Throughout the book, the focus is on enabling the reader to develop a deeper understanding of the ideal management principles that are available for managing fractures in high-functioning patients. Fractures in Sport comprehensively covers the available strategies for managing fractures in professional and amateur athletes, and is ideal for use by practising and trainee orthopaedic surgeons, sports physicians, and general practitioners.
Contents:
Part I. Epidemiology and Basic Sciences
Chapter 1. The Epidemiology of Sports fractures in Adults
Chapter 2. Epidemiology of Stress Fractures in Sport
Chapter 3. Acute Fracture Injuries
Chapter 4. Stress Fracture Injuries
Chapter 5. MODELS FOR UNDERSTANDING AND PREVENTING FRACTURES IN SPORT
Chapter 6. Orthobiologics for fracture healing in the athlete
Chapter 7. Fracture Rehabilitation
Chapter 8. Bone health in athletes
Part II. Acute Fractures in Sport: Upper Limb
Chapter 9. Shoulder
Chapter 10. Elbow
Chapter 11. Wrist
Chapter 12. Hand
Part III. Acute Fractures in Sport: Lower Limb
Chapter 13. Hip
Chapter 14. Knee
Chapter 15. Ankle
Chapter 16. Foot
Part IV. Acute Fractures in Sport: Spine and Pelvis
Chapter 17. Cervical Spine
Chapter 18. Thoraco-Lumbar Spine
Chapter 19. Pelvis and Acetabulum
Part V. Stress Fractures in Sport: Upper Limb
Chapter 20. Shoulder
Chapter 21
Elbow
Chapter 22. Wrist
Chapter 23
Hand
Part VI. Stress Fractures in Sport: Lower Limb
Chapter 24. Hip
Chapter 25. Knee
Chapter 26. Ankle
Chapter 27. Foot
Part VII. Stress Fractures in Sport: Spine and Pelvis
Chapter 28. Spine
Chapter 29. Pelvis and Acetabulum. - DigitalRobert J. Pignolo, Jaimo Ahn, editors.Contents:
Part I. The aging of bone and etiologies of fractures. Osteobiology of aging / Abhishek Chandra, Andrew Rosenzweig, and Robert J. Pignolo ; Pathologic fractures / Russell N. Stitzlein and Kristy L. Weber ; Falls / Kevin R. Parks, Nicole Osevala, and Amy M. Westcott ; Geriatric physiology / D. Joshua Mancini and Steve Allen
Part II. Perioperative management. Anticoagulation / Alysa Beth Krain ; Prevention and management of perioperative delirium / Jerry C. Johnson ; Anesthesia and pain management in geriatric fractures / Lu F. Cia, Jiabin Liu, and Nabil Elkassabany ; Postoperative complications / So-dam Kim and Jung-hoon Kim
Part III. Common fractures in the elderly. Hand and wrist fractures in the elderly / Nicholas Pulos, Stephanie Thibaudeau, and L. Scott Levin ; Fractures of the shoulder and elbow / Cody Hillin, J. Stuart Melvin, Karen Boselli, G. Russell Huffman, Samir Mehta, and Andrew F. Kuntz ; Vertebral compression fractures / Andrew H. Milby, Ejovi Ughwanogho, Nader M. Hebela, and Harvey E. Smith ; Pelvic and hip fractures / Nathan A. Wigner, Neil P. Sheth, and Jaimo Ahn ; Fractures of the distal femur / John A. Scolaro and John L. Esterhai ; Tibial plateau fractures in the elderly / Krishna C. Vemulapalli, Joshua C. Rozell, Joshua L. Gary, and Derek J. Donegan ; Ankle fractures / Romie Gibly, Daniel Farber, and Mara L. Schenker
Part IV. Rehabilitation, post-fracture evaluation, and prevention. Rehabilitation / Keith Baldwin, Derek J. Donegan, and Mary Ann Keenan ; Evaluation of bone fragility and fracture prevention / Robert J. Pignolo and Mona Al Mukaddam.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalNirmal C. Tejwani, editor.Summary: Comprised exclusively of more than 20 clinical cases covering common fractures of and around the elbow, this concise, practical casebook will provide clinicians with the best real-world strategies to properly manage open and closed fractures, dislocations and nonunions of the distal humerus and proximal radius and ulna. Each chapter is a case that opens with a unique clinical presentation with associated radiology, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management techniques used to treat it, as well as the case outcome and clinical pearls. Cases included illustrate the surgical management of intra- and extra-articular fractures of the distal humerus, coronal shear, coronoid and olecranon fractures, the "terrible triad," Monteggia fractures, and complications, among others. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Fractures of the Elbow: A Clinical Casebook will be an excellent resource for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine specialists confronted with these common injuries of the elbow.
Contents:
Supracondylar Humerus Extra-articular Fracture
Pediatric Supracondylar Humerus Fractures
Distal Humerus: Intra-articular Fractures with ORIF and Dual Plating
Distal Humerus Fracture: Total Elbow Arthroplasty
Distal Humerus: Coronal Shear (Capitellum) Fractures
Distal Humerus: Unicondylar Fractures
Pediatric Lateral Condyle Humerus Fracture
Distal Humerus Nonunion Treated with Open Reduction and Internal Fixation
Elbow Fracture Dislocation Treated with Replacement
The Chronic (Missed) Elbow Dislocation
Olecranon Fracture: Tension Band Wiring
Olecranon Fracture: Plating Techniques
Failed Olecranon Fixation
Coronoid Fracture: Open Reduction, Internal Fixation
Radial Head and Neck Fractures: Open Reduction and Internal Fixation
Radial Head Replacement for an Acute Complex Radial Head Fracture
Monteggia Fracture-Dislocation: Ulna Fixation Only
Monteggia Fracture-Dislocation: Ulna and Radius Fixation
Monteggia Fracture Dislocation: Ulna Fixation with Radial Head Replacement
Proximal Both Bone Forearm Fractures: A Dorsal Approach to the Radius
Management of Elbow Stiffness. - Digital[edited by] Michel E.H. Boeckstyns, MD, PhD, Consultant Hand Surgeon, Capio-CFR Hospital, Hellerup, Denmark, Martin Richter, MD, Director, Department of Hand Surgery, Maltreser Hospital Seliger Gerhard, Bonn, Germany.Contents:
Epidemiology and specific challenges
Evidece in the treatment of hand fractures
Nonoperative management of hand fractures
K-wire fixation, intraosseous wiring, tension band wiring
Intramedullary screw fixation of the metacarpals and phalanges of the hand
Plate and screw fixation of hand and carpal fractures
External minifixation
Role of arthroscopy in the treatment of carpal fractures and nonunion
Strategies in compound hand injuries
Pediatric hand fractures
Fractures in the paralytic extremity
Hand injuries in the athlete
Special aspects in musicians
Fractures of the hand and carpus: complications and their treatment
Rehabilitation of hand and finger fractures
Fractures at the base of the proximal phalanx
Extra-articular fractures of the phalanges
Intra-articular fractures of the proximal interphalangeal joint
Avulsion fractures of the flexor and extensor tendons
Intra-articular fractures and dislocations at the base of metacarpals 2 to 5
Intra-articular fractures at the base of the first metacarpal
Diaphyseal fractures of the metacarpals
Metacarpal neck fractures
Correction of malunion in metacarapl and phalangeal fractures
Acute scaphoid fractures
Nonunion of the scaphoid
Other carpal fracturesDigital Access Thieme-Connect 2018 - DigitalLorenz Büchler, Marius J.B. Keel, editors.Summary: This book is intended as a state-of-the-art reference guide that will help surgeons arrive at the correct diagnosis, make appropriate treatment decisions, and perform various surgical procedures in patients with intra-articular hip fractures. The volume describes the complex anatomy of the acetabulum and proximal femur and correlates it with appearances in radiological imaging. In addition, it explains the process of assessing and classifying typical fracture patterns, presenting and discussing specific, up-to-date treatment strategies. The book clearly highlights the advantages and disadvantages of several surgical approaches for the hip and pelvis, such as surgical hip dislocation, hip arthroscopy, the pararectus approach, and combined approaches. Individual chapters are also devoted to the management of specific fracture types: acetabular fractures, femoral head (Pipkin) fractures, femoral neck fractures, traumatic hip dislocations, and pathological fractures due to osteoporosis or tumors. For each surgical approach, the authors identify typical complications and document long-term outcomes. This book is part of the series Fracture Management Joint by Joint.
Contents:
1 Anatomy of the Hip Joint
2 Radiology of the Hip Joint
3 Surgical Management
4 Anterior approaches to the Acetabulum: Ilio-Inguinal approach, Smith-Petersen approach and anterior intrapelvic approach (modified Stoppa)
5 Pararectus Approach.-6 Lateral approach the pelvis and hip: Kocher-Langenbeck approach and bigastric trochanteric flip and surgical hip dislocation
7 Extended approaches
8 Combined Approaches
9 Traumatic hip dislocations
10 Acetabular Fractures
11 Pipkin Fractures
12 Femoral neck fracture
13 Pathological Fractures
14 Malunion and nonunion
15 Arthroscopic treatment of hip fracture sequelae. - Digital[editors] Marvin Tile, David L. Helfet, James F. Kellam, Mark Vrahas.Summary: The fourth edition of this well-known and highly regarded book by Marvin Tile et al. is now a two-volume set of books based on the AO principles of operative management of fractures, as applied to the pelvis and acetabulum. With the collaboration of over 80 international expert surgeons and through hundreds of images and illustrations, each volume emphasizes decision making based on the assessment of the personality of the injury through the patients history, physical examination, and interpretation of radiographic investigations. Access to video presentations demonstrating surgical approaches.
Contents:
Volume 1. Pelvis
Volume 2. Acetabulum.Digital Access Thieme-Connect v.1-2=, 2015 - DigitalPeter Biberthaler, Chlodwig Kirchhoff and James P. Waddell, editors.Summary: In this book fractures of the proximal humerus are examined in detail, with an overview of fracture morphology, injury pattern, preoperative considerations, conservative treatment, surgical management and postoperative care. It is organized anatomically, with a clear structure based on the most recent scientific data to allow surgeons to quickly access key information, practical aspects, pearls and pitfalls. The book is written by a group of experts from the Association for the Rationale Treatment of Fractures (ARTOF) who aim to provide an independent, unbiased summary of proximal humerus fracture treatments to improve clinical outcomes. Trauma and orthopaedic surgeons worldwide who are searching for current knowledge of new implants, therapeutic strategies and advancements will be able to quickly and accurately apply the information from this book to provide the best possible care for their patients.
Contents:
Part I : Basics
Part II: Fracture morphology and injury pattern.- Part III: Preoperative considerations
Part IV: Conservative Treatment
Part V: Surgical Management
Part VI: Current standards and future trends in arthroscopy
Part VII: Pathologic Fractures
Part VIII: Postoperative Care. . - DigitalNirmal C. Tejwani, editor.Contents:
Part 1: Treatment of Proximal Tibia articular fractures
Schatzker I/II Tibia Plateau Fracture
Schatzker III Tibia Plateau Fracture (with Bone Graft Substitute)
Schatzker IV Tibia Plateau Fracture Treated with Open Reduction and Internal Fixations
Bicondylar Tibial Plateau ORIF Technique
Bicondylar Tibial Plateau Fracture (Schatzker VI)
Tibial Plateau Schatzker V/VI Treated in Ex Fix/Circular Frame
Bicondylar Tibial Plateau Fracture with Compartment Syndrome
Part 2: Treatment of Tibia shaft fractures
Proximal Third Tibia Fracture treated with Intramedullary Nailing
Proximal Tibia Fracture Treated with Plate and Screws
Mid Shaft Tibia Shaft Fracture Treated with Intra-medullary Nail (IMN)
Tibia Shaft Distal Third: Treatment with an Intramedullary Nail
Distal Tibia Shaft Fracture Treated with Plate Fixation
Tibia Shaft Fractures of the Distal Third Treated with Plate Fixation of Tibia and Fibula
Part 3. Treatment of Open Tibia fractures
Open Tibia fractures: Staged treatment
Open Tibial Fracture with Immediate Fixation and Early Soft Tissue Coverage
Part 4: Treatment of Distal tibia articular fractures
Distal Tibia Pilon: Staged Fixation with an Anterolateral Plate
Distal tibial pilon fracture: Delayed Treatment and Dual Incision Approach
Treatment of Pilon Fracture in External Fixator
Distal Tibia Pilon: Staged Fixation
Fibula Fixation and then Tibia
Part 5: Treatment of Nonunion and mal-union of tibia fractures
Nonunion Tibia Shaft treated with IMN/Bone Grafting
Technique of Masquelet Bone Grafting
Modified Clamshell Osteotomy for Treating Acute Tibial Shaft Fracture with Pre-existent Malunion
Treatment of Tibia Malunion with Circular External Fixation
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalNirmal C. Tejwani, editor.Summary: Comprised exclusively of more than two dozen clinical cases covering common injuries of and around the wrist, this concise, practical casebook will provide clinicians with the best real-world strategies to properly manage open and closed fractures, dislocations and nonunions of the distal radius, scaphoid and perilunate. Each chapter is a case that opens with a unique clinical presentation with associated radiology, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management techniques used to treat it, as well as the case outcome and clinical pearls. Cases included illustrate the surgical management of intra- and extra-articular fractures and malunions of the distal radius - volar plating, k-wires and fracture-specific fixation - Galeazzi fractures, DRUJ fixation, scaphoid-scapholunate-perilunate dislocation and more, including pediatric cases. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Fractures of the Wrist: A Clinical Casebook will be an excellent resource for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine specialists confronted with these common injuries of the Wrist.
Contents:
Both Bone Forearm Fractures (Distal)
Galeazzi Fracture Dislocation with Closed Reduction of Distal Radio-Ulna Joint
Operative Fixation of Galeazzi Fractures
Open DRUJ reduction,- Distal Radius Fracture: Volar Plating Shear Fractures
Volar Plating of Distal Radius Fractures
Distal Radius Fracture Treated with Spanning External Fixation and K-wires
Fragment Specific Distal Radius Fixation
Distal Radius Fracture: Combination of Volar Plating/Dorsal Bridge Plate
Dorsal Plating for Distal Radius Fractures
Extra-articular Malunions of the Distal Radius
Bridge Plating of Distal Radius Fractures
Compartment Syndrome: Forearm and Hand
Arthroscopic Assisted Fracture Fixation: Distal Radius
Arthroscopic Assisted Operative Fixation of Scaphoid Fracture
Capsulorrhaphy Reconstruction Technique for the Treatment of Chronic Distal Radioulnar Joint Instability
Scaphoid fracture: Waist
Surgical Treatment of Scaphoid Non-Union
Scaphoid Chronic Non-Union: Vascularized Bone Grafting
Scapholunate Dissociation: Dorsal Capsulodesis/Primary Repair
Radiocarpal Dislocation: ORIF
Perilunate Dislocation: ORIF
Chronic Perilunate Dislocation: Excision and Fusion
Pediatric Salter Harris Distal Radius Fracture: Pinning
Pediatric Distal Both Bone Fracture: Failed Closed Reduction
Pediatric Both Bone Fracture: Flexible Nails. - DigitalKaren Hertz, Julie Santy-Tomlinson, editors.Summary: This open access book aims to provide a comprehensive but practical overview of the knowledge required for the assessment and management of the older adult with or at risk of fragility fracture. It considers this from the perspectives of all of the settings in which this group of patients receive nursing care. Globally, a fragility fracture is estimated to occur every 3 seconds. This amounts to 25 000 fractures per day or 9 million per year. The financial costs are reported to be: 32 billion EUR per year in Europe and 20 billon USD in the United States. As the population of China ages, the cost of hip fracture care there is likely to reach 1.25 billion USD by 2020 and 265 billion by 2050 (International Osteoporosis Foundation 2016). Consequently, the need for nursing for patients with fragility fracture across the world is immense. Fragility fracture is one of the foremost challenges for health care providers, and the impact of each one of those expected 9 million hip fractures is significant pain, disability, reduced quality of life, loss of independence and decreased life expectancy. There is a need for coordinated, multi-disciplinary models of care for secondary fracture prevention based on the increasing evidence that such models make a difference. There is also a need to promote and facilitate high quality, evidence-based effective care to those who suffer a fragility fracture with a focus on the best outcomes for recovery, rehabilitation and secondary prevention of further fracture. The care community has to understand better the experience of fragility fracture from the perspective of the patient so that direct improvements in care can be based on the perspectives of the users. This book supports these needs by providing a comprehensive approach to nursing practice in fragility fracture care. .
Contents:
Foreword
Preface
Chapter 1. Osteoporosis and the nature of fragility fracture – an overview
Chapter 2. Frailty, sarcopenia and falls
Chapter 3. Secondary fracture and fall prevention
Chapter 4. Comprehensive geriatric assessment from a nursing perspective
Chapter 5. Orthogeriatric nursing in the emergency and perioperative in-patient setting
Chapter 6. Mobility, remobilisation, exercise and prevention of the complications of stasis
Chapter 7. Pressure injury prevention and wound management
Chapter 8. Nutrition and hydration
Chapter 9. Nursing the patient with altered cognitive function
Chapter 10. Rehabilitation and discharge
Chapter 11. Family partnerships, palliative care and end of life
Chapter 12. Orthogeriatric nursing
Index. - DigitalPol Maria Rommens, Alexander Hofmann, editors.Contents:
Section 1: General considerations
Section 2: Clinical aspects
Section 3: Classification
Section 4: Treatment of fragility fractures of the pelvis
Section 5: Stabilization techniques for the posterior pelvic ring
Section 6: Stabilization techniques for the anterior pelvic ring.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Anthony E. Klon.Contents:
Solvation methods for protein-ligand docking / Rachelle J. Bienstock
Binding site druggability assessment in fragment-based drug design / Yu Zhou and Niu Huang
Generating "fragment-based virtual library" using pocket similarity search of ligand-receptor complexes / Raed S. Khashan
Virtual fragment preparation for computational fragment- based drug design / Jennifer L. Ludington
Fragment library design : using cheminformatics and expert chemists to fill gaps in existing fragment libraries / Peter S. Kutchukian ... [et al.]
Protocol for fragment hopping / Kevin B. Teuscher and Haitao Ji
Site identification by ligand competitive saturation (SILCS) simulations for fragment-based drug Design / Christina E. Faller ... [et al.]
Computational fragment-based de novo design protocol guided by ligand efficiency indices (LEI) / Álvaro Cortés-Cabrera, Federico Gago, and Antonio Morreale
Scoring functions for fragment-based drug discovery / Jui-Chih Wang and Jung-Hsin Lin
Computational methods for fragment-based ligand design : growing and linking / Rachelle J. Bienstock
Design strategies for computational fragment-based drug design / Zenon D. Konteatis
Protein binding site analysis for drug discovery using a computational fragment-based method / Jennifer L. Ludington
Fragment-based design of kinase inhibitors : a practical guide / Jon A. Erickson
Designing a small molecule erythropoietin mimetic / Frank Guarnieri
Designing an orally available nontoxic p38 inhibitor with a fragment-based strategy / Frank Guarnieri.Digital Access Springer 2015 - PrintIlana Yurkiewicz, MD.Summary: "An award-winning physician-writer reveals how pervasive cracks in the health care system cost us time, energy, and lives-and how we can fix them. There's an unspoken assumption when you go to see a doctor: the doctor knows your medical story and is making decisions based on that story. But the reality frequently falls short. Medical records vanish when we switch doctors. Critical details of life-saving treatment plans get lost in muddled electronic charts. The doctors we see change according to specialty, hospital shifts, or an insurer's whims. Stanford physician Ilana Yurkiewicz calls this fragmentation, and, she reveals, it's the central failure of health care today. In this gripping narrative from medicine's front lines, she shows how a system that doesn't talk to itself forces doctors, patients, and their loved ones to go to heroic lengths to bridge the gaps. With lives at stake and little other choice, we all do so--but the system is hanging by a thread, and we need better solutions. Radiantly humane, empowering, and ultimately hopeful, Fragmented is a prescription for what really needs fixing in modern medicine"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
Part 1: The data dig. Paper trails
Who owns the story?
Making computers work for us
Part 2: Lost to follow-up. Are you my doctor?
Twenty-eight hours in Hell
Reinventing primary care
Part 3: The stories we tell ourselves. These things happen
The likeliest unlikely
Fixing fragmentation together
The full story: a patient's checklist.Digital Access - Digitaleditors, Roger A. Fielding, Cornel Sieber, Bruno Vellas.Contents:
Connecting age-related biological decline to frailty and late-life vulnerability / J.D. Walston
Cellular senescence and the biology of aging, disease, and frailty / N.K. LeBrasseur, T. Tchkonia, J.L. Kirkland
The role of genome instability in frailty : mitochondria versus nucleus / A.Y. Seo, C. Leeuwenburgh
Determinants of frailty and longevity : are they the same ones? / L. Rodrguez Maas
A summary of the biological basis of frailty / R.A. Fielding
Psychological frailty in the aging patient / L.J. Fitten
Frailty clinical phenotype : a physical and cognitive point of view / M. Aubertin-Leheudre, A.J. Woods, S. Anton, R. Cohen, M. Pahor
Overlaps between frailty and sarcopenia definitions / T. Cederholm
Recovery after hip fracture : interventions and their timing to address deficits and desired outcomes : evidence from the Baltimore hip studies / J. Magaziner, N. Chiles, D. Orwig
Physical exercise as therapy for frailty / L.E. Aguirre, D.T. Villareal
Implementing frailty in clinical practice / M. Cesari, B. Vellas
Implementing frailty into clinical practice for older adults at risk of dependency / B. Vellas.Digital Access Karger 2015 - DigitalCarlos Guido Musso, José Ricardo Jauregui, Juan Florencio Macías-Núñez, Adrian Covic, editors.Summary: This unique book reviews the information available in the literature regarding the new syndrome, frailty, in patients with various renal conditions, such as acute kidney injury, chronic kidney disease, as well as dialysis and transplant patients. The topic is of importance in nephrology, specifically nephrogeriatrics, since frailty is a condition affecting many elderly patients and which is becoming increasingly common in medical practice. As such, there is a considerable need for information to assist professionals treating these patients. The book includes chapters on the frailty syndrome (definition, evaluation and treatment), the main geriatric syndromes (gait disorder, falls, incontinence, and delirium), the main renal syndromes (acute renal injury, chronic kidney disease) as well as dialysis and kidney transplant, and the relationship between geriatrics and renal syndromes. Frailty and Kidney Disease: A Practical Guide to Clinical Management is an essential resource for general practitioners, researchers, internal medicine physicians, geriatricians, and nephrologists.
Contents:
Intro
Frailty and Kidney Disease
Foreword
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Chapter 1: Frailty Phenotype
References
Chapter 2: Frailty Assessment
References
Chapter 3: Falls and Gait Disorders in Older Adults: Causes and Consequences
Introduction
Falls as a "Geriatric Giant"
Consequences of Falling
Morbidity and Mortality
Psychological and Social Consequences
Risk Factors for Falls
Antianxiety/Hypnotics Medications
Antipsychotic Medications
Antidepressant Medications
Antipsychotics and Opioids Antihypertensive and Other Cardiovascular Medications
Pathophysiology of Falls
A Model for the Understanding of the Basics of Postural Control
Cognitive Aspects of Falls Risk: The Role of the Gait and Cognition Interaction in Falls
Risk Identification
Falls Classification and the Role of Gait Assessments
Dual-Task Gait Assessments
Falls Risk Assessment
Conclusion
References
Chapter 4: Immobility Syndrome
Epidemiology and Causes
Physical
Psychological
Environmental
Iatrogenic Causes
Others
Complications
Assessing
Rehabilitation General Care
Conclusion
References
Chapter 5: Delirium
Introduction
Risk Factors and Triggers for Delirium
Clinical Characteristics of Delirium
Diagnosis
DSM-5 Criteria
Etiology
The Most Common Potential Reversible Causes Include the Following
Partially Reversible or Not Reversible Causes
Differential Diagnoses
Delirium Pathophysiology
Delirium in Patients with Chronic Kidney Disease
Treatment
Preventive Measures
Pharmacological Therapy
Conclusion
References
Chapter 6: Urinary Incontinence in Older Persons
Introduction
Definition Relevance of the Problem
Demographic Aspects and Epidemiology of the UI
Anatomy and Physiology of the Urinary Tract
Changes of the Genitourinary System Associated with Normal Aging
Pathophysiology of Urinary Incontinence
Stress Urinary Incontinence (SUI)
Urgent Urinary Incontinence (UUI)
Classification
Acute Urinary Incontinence
Chronic Urinary Incontinence
Urgent Urinary Incontinence (UUI)
Stress Urinary Incontinence (SUI)
Overflow Incontinence (OFI)
Functional Incontinence
Mixed Incontinence
Evaluation of the Patient's Incontinence
Interrogation Physical Exam
Supplementary Exams
Treatment of Urinary Incontinence
Behavioral Measures
Placebos
Dietary Hygienic Measures
Exercises for the Pelvic Floor Muscles (EPFM)
How Are These Exercises Done?
Intravaginal Mechanical Devices
Electrical Stimulation
Neuromodulation
Anti-incontinence Devices
Pharmacological Treatment of Urinary Incontinence
Management of Acute Incontinence
General Support Measures
Urinary Infections
Management of Chronic Urinary Incontinence
Urgent Urinary Incontinence
Hormone Treatment
Nonhormonal Treatment - DigitalPuneeta Tandon, Aldo J. Montano-Loza, editors.Summary: This book provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of frailty and sarcopenia in the cirrhotic patient. The text presents a personalized approach to identifying cirrhotic patients at risk of higher morbidity and mortality due to frailty and sarcopenia. It reviews current and novel diagnostic methods, while spotlighting treatment and management strategies for frailty and sarcopenia. The book also focuses on special issues associated with these syndromes, such as the effect of gender, age, and ethnicity on frailty and sarcopenia, sarcopenic obesity, and frailty and sarcopenia after liver transplantation. Future considerations are outlined in the closing chapters, including emerging pharmacological and interventional therapies for these syndromes. Written by experts in the field, Frailty and Sarcopenia in Cirrhosis: The Basics, the Challenges, and the Future is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat patients with cirrhosis.
Contents:
Definition & Diagnosis of Sarcopenia in the Research and Clinical Settings
The Definition and Diagnosis of Frailty in the Research and Clinical Settings
Deciphering the Cirrhotic Patient?s Present Status: The Overlap between Physical Frailty, Disability and Sarcopenia
The Pathogenesis of Physical Frailty and Sarcopenia
Prognostic Implications of Physical Frailty and Sarcopenia Pre and Post Transplantation
Nutritional Therapy in the Management of Physical Frailty and Sarcopenia
Exercise Training in Patients with Cirrhosis
Sex, Age and Ethnicity Dependent Variation in Body Composition: Can There Be a Single Cut-off?
Muscle Mass versus Muscle Strength and Performance: Is Muscle Mass Measurement Alone Enough?
The Role of Changes in Subcutaneous and Visceral Adiposity, Sarcopenic Obesity and Myosteatosis/Muscle Quality in Cirrhosis:How to Diagnose It and Its Contribution to Prognosis
Evidence for the Assessment of Physical Frailty and Sarcopenia in Hospitalized Patients and the Role of Assessing Changes Over Time
Frailty and Sarcopenia in the Selection of Candidates for Liver Transplantation
Physical Frailty and Sarcopenia in End Stage Liver Disease: Do They Improve after Liver Transplantation?
Measures of Sarcopenia: The Utility of Ultrasound, Bioelectrical Impedance Analysis, and Single-Slice Cross-Sectional Imaging
Upcoming Pharmacological and Interventional Therapies for the Treatment of Physical Frailty and Sarcopenia
Should Frailty Include Multidimensional and Dynamic Factors?
Hepatic Encephalopathy, Sarcopenia and Frailty
A Research Wish List to Understand, Diagnose and Manage Frailty and Sarcopenia. - Digitalvolume editors, Olga Theou, Kenneth Rockwood.Contents:
Frailty : scaling from cellular deficit accumulation? / Rockwood, K.; Mitnitski, A. ; Howlett, S.E
Assessment of frailty in animal models / Howlett, S.E.
Frailty, inflammation, and immunosenescence / Fulop, T. ; McElhaney, J., Pawelec, G. ; Cohen. A.A ; Morais, J.A. ; Dupuis, G. ; Baehl, S. ; Camous, X. ; Witkowski, J.M. ; Larbi, A.
Sex differences in frailty / Hubbard, R.E.
Frailty and the microbiome / Meehan, C.J. ; Langille, M.G.I. ; Beiko, R.G.
Operationalizing frailty using the frailty phenotype and deficit accumulation approaches / Theou, O. ; Walston, J. ; Rockwood, K.
Comparison and clinical applications of the frailty phenotype and frailty index approaches / Theou, O. ; Rockwood, K.
Frailty in primary care / Romero-Ortuno, R.
Hospital care for frail elderly adults : from specialized geriatric units to hospital-wide interventions / Bakker, F.C. ; Olde Rikkert, M.G.M.
Frailty and mobility / Eeles, E. ; Low Choy, N.
Frailty and interprofessional collaboration / Briggs, M.C.E. ; McElhaney, J.E.
Frailty and rehabilitation / Cameron, I.D. ; Kurrle, S.E.
End of life care in frailty / Moorhouse, P. ; Koller, K. ; Mallery, L.
Frailty and organization of health and social care / Clegg, A. ; Young, J.
Frailty's place in ethics and law : some thoughts on equality, autonomy, and limits and on possibilities for aging citizens / McNally, M.; Lahey, W.
Frailty and social vulnerability / Andrew, M.K.Digital Access Karger 2015 - DigitalFabio Gomes, editor.Summary: This book summarizes evidence on frailty and ageing, how this may impact outcomes and how this can be incorporated in the decision-making process for cancer treatment. It discusses quality of life on frail senior adults and patient goals of care. The book aims to improve patient-treatment selection and the outcomes of patients by empowering clinicians to properly assess patients for frailty, either on their own or within a multidisciplinary setting. The reader will learn the methods available for assessing for frailty, such as screening tools, but also how to perform geriatric assessments by providing details on each component (functional, nutritional, social, psychological, etc.). The book also provides information on how to manage and intervene on frailty with the role of pre-habilitation and re-habilitation, how to set-up frailty teams and pathways within ones hospital and community. Finally, frailty and associated research per cancer type are discussed in detail along with biomarkers of frailty and future directions.
Contents:
Introduction to frailty in older adults with cancer
Global action and policies in older adults with cancer and frailty
Frailty screening and comprehensive geriatric assessment
Cognitive impairment in older adults with cancer and frailty
Psychosocial dimension in older adults with cancer and frailty
Comorbidity and polypharmacy in older adults with cancer and frailty
Malnutrition, cachexia and sarcopenia in older adults with cancer and frailty
Physical performance and functional status in older adults with cancer and frailty
Prehabilitation and rehabilitation in older adults with cancer and frailty
Holistic needs assessment and advance care planning in older adults with cancer and frailty
Multidisciplinary onco-geriatric care models
Decision-making process in older adults with cancer and frailty
Perioperative care in older adults with cancer and frailty
Radiotherapy and systemic anti-cancer treatment in older adults with cancer and frailty
Palliative care in older adults with cancer and frailty
Frailty research: the present and the future
Breast cancer in older adults with frailty
Non-small cell lung cancer in older adults with frailty
Colorectal cancer in older adults with frailty
Prostate cancer in older adults with frailty
Renal cell carcinoma in older adults with frailty
Cutaneous melanoma in older adults with frailty
Gastroesophageal cancer in older adults with frailty
Hepatopancreaticobiliary cancer in older adults with frailty
Gynaecological cancer in older adults with frailty
Head and neck cancer in older adults with frailty
Hematological cancer in older adults with frailty. - DigitalRose Utley, Kristina Henry, Lucretia Smith.Contents:
Understanding theoretical concepts / Rose Utley
Strategies for using frameworks / Rose Utley
The relationship between theory, research, and practice / Lucretia Smith
Frameworks for behavioral change / Kristina Henry
Care and caring frameworks / Rose Utley
Human development frameworks / Rose Utley
Frameworks for teaching and learning / Rose Utley
Moral and ethical perspectives / Rose Utley
Health and illness frameworks / Lucretia Smith
Interpersonal and family frameworks / Kristina Henry, Lucretia Smith
Needs-based frameworks / Rhea Faye D. Felicilda-Reynaldo, Lucretia Smith
Physiological frameworks / Lucretia Smith
Psychological frameworks / Kristina Henry
Role-related frameworks / Rose Utley
Economic frameworks / Kristina Henry
Community and population health frameworks / Lucretia Smith
Organizational systems frameworks / Kristina Henry
Leadership frameworks for organizational systems / Kristina Henry
Frameworks for evaluation / Rose Utley
Sociocultural framework / Kristina Henry
Application of frameworks to the nurse educator role / Rose Utley
Application of frameworks to the clinician role / Maria Kenneally, Rose Utley
Application of frameworks to leadership roles in nursing / Kristina Henry
Application of frameworks to the nurse researcher role / Lucretia Smith.Digital Access R2Library 2018Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalAndré M. Mansoor, MD (Assistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Hospital Medicine, Director, Procedure Service, Oregon Health & Science University, Portland, Oregon).Summary: "Frameworks for Internal Medicine is an innovative, visual, and organized approach to teaching DDx for the internal medicine rotation. Although aimed at internal medicine, it is suitable for clerkship students in other rotations as well, especially family medicine, as well as students in PA and NP. Based on the author's experiences teaching "chalk talks" to medical clerkship students, the text draws on the author's own knowledge and background and covers the top conditions students must learn during the IM rotation This book preserves the art of Socratic teaching, a method that reaches back 2500 years. Not only does the process reveal what is known but, even more clearly, it reveals what is not known. Everybody learns. Students, teachers, and nurses learn. Laboratory personnel and patients learn. All will evolve and grow. It is a powerful thing to witness. Fifty of the most common clinical problems are illustrated in this book. The cache of questions will evolve as the anatomy of erudition points the way. This book contains frameworks that guide the discussion of the "the chosen fifty." The 60-year-old man with hematocrit of 32. The 29-year-old pregnant woman with pitting edema to the axillae. The acutely dyspneic long haul truck driver. The young person with fever of unknown origin. The framework prepares the teacher and the learners. It creates the environment most conducive to high-impact learning efficiency. In the end, it is the process rather than the framework. The process becomes generalized"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Sect. 1: How to use this book
Sect. 2: The framework system
Sect. 3: Cardiology
Sect. 4: Endocrinology
Sect. 5: Gastroenterology and hepatology
Sect. 6: General internal medicine
Sect. 7: Hematology
Sect. 8: Infectious diseases
Sect. 9: Nephrology
Sect. 10: Neurology
Sect. 11: Pulmonology
Sect. 12: Rheumatology
Sect. 13: Educator's appendix.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2010 - DigitalRaul Pellini, Gabriele Molteni, editors.Summary: This richly illustrated atlas provides a clear and comprehensive step-by-step description of surgical techniques for raising and setting free flaps from different donor sites, to reconstruct damage to the head and neck caused by cancer and trauma. Adopting a highly practical approach, the book describes the indications and technical aspects of each procedure with sets of in-vivo pictures clearly showing the surgical passages. In addition, it discusses microvascular techniques and explores different soft-tissue, perforator and bone flaps, including novel free tissue flaps, presented for the first time in the head and neck field. This book offers invaluable insights into free-flap harvesting and transferring techniques for both residents and experienced specialists in the field of otolaryngology, head and neck, maxillo-facial and plastic surgery.
Contents:
Part-1 General Aspects. Free Flaps In Head And Neck Reconstruction
Anatomical Considerations Of Free Flaps
Microvascular Techniques
Part-2 Soft Tissue Flaps. Temporoparietal Fascial Flap
Radial Forearm Flap
Rectus Abdominis Free Flap
The Gracilis Flap. Part-3 Perforator Flaps. Anterolateral Thigh Flap
DIEP Flap In Head & Neck Reconstructions
Subscapular System
Iliac Crest Free Flap
The Medial Femoral Condyle Flap
Fibula Free Flap. - PrintJessica Hernandez, PhD.Summary: An Indigenous environmental scientist breaks down why Western conservationism isn't working--and offers Indigenous models informed by case studies, historical overviews, and stories that center the voices of Latin American women and land protectors. Despite the fact that Indigenous communities are among the most affected by climate devastation, Indigenous science is nowhere to be found in mainstream environmental policy or discourse. And while holistic land, water, and forest management practices born from millennia of Indigenous knowledge systems have much to teach all of us, Indigenous science has long been ignored, otherized, or perceived as "soft" -- the product of a systematic, centuries-long campaign of racism, colonialism, and extractive capitalism. Jessica Hernandez--a Maya Ch'orti' and Zapotec environmental scientist and founder of environmental agency Piña Soul--introduces and contextualizes Indigenous environmental knowledge and proposes a vision of land stewardship that heals rather than displaces, that generates rather than destroys. She breaks down the failures of Western-defined conservationism and shares alternatives, citing the restoration work of urban Indigenous people in Seattle; her family's fight against eco-terrorism in Latin America; and holistic land management approaches of Indigenous groups across the continent. If we're to recover the health of our planet--for everyone--we need to stop the eco-colonialism ravaging Indigenous lands and restore our relationships with Earth to one of harmony and respect.
Contents:
Introduction
Indigenous teaching : nature protects you as long as you protect nature
Ecocolonialism of indigenous landscapes
Birth of Western conservation
Indigenous science : indigenous stewardship and management of lands
Ecowars : seeking environmental justice
Tierra Madre : indigenous women and ecofeminism
Ancestral foods : cooking with fresh banana leaves
Indigenizing conservation : healing indigenous landscapes. - DigitalMatthew A. Patterson, Rachel Mair, Nathan Eckert, Catherine M. Gatenby, Tony Brady, Jess W. Jones, Bryan R. Simmons, Julie L. Devers.Summary: Freshwater mussels are declining rapidly worldwide. Propagation has the potential to restore numbers of these remarkable organisms, preventing extinction of rare species and maintaining the many benefits that they bring to aquatic ecosystems. Written by practitioners with firsthand experience of propagation programs, this practical book is a thorough guide to the subject, taking readers through the process from start to finish. The latest propagation and culture techniques are explored as readers follow freshwater mussels through their amazing and complex life cycle. Topics covered include the basics of building a culture facility, collecting and maintaining brood stock, collecting host species, infesting host species with larval mussels, collecting and culturing juvenile mussels, releasing juveniles to the wild, and post-release monitoring. This will be valuable reading for any biologist interested in the conservation of freshwater mussel populations.Digital Access Cambridge 2018
- PrintCatherine Reef.Summary: Explores the tumultuous lives, marriage, and work of Mexican artists Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera.
- DigitalYouyou Tu.Summary: From Artemisia annua L. to Artemisinins: The Discovery and Development of Artemisinins and Antimalarial Agents is the first book that systematically introduces the origin and development of artemisinine and artemisinine-based drugs. It includes four distinct sections, including Artemisia annua L., Artemisinin, Dihydroartemisinin, and other artemisinin derivatives. Tu Youyou, the chief inventor of artemisinin, together with other members from the research team, have written a book that will be a valuable reference work for both researchers involved in the medical industry and scholars who are interested in undertaking innovative research.
Contents:
Part 1. Artemisia annua L.
Introduction
Studies of the certified and confused Herba Artemisiae Annuae
Research on Artemisia annua L. for the treatment of malaria
Advancement in researches on chemical ingredients in Artemesia annua L.
Studies on quality control of Qinghao
Studies on pharmacological actions of Artemisia annua
Studies on the cultivation and breeding of Artemisia annua L.
Metabolic engineering of Artemisia annua L.
Part 2. Artemisinin
Introduction to Artemisinin
Structure and properties of Artemisinin
Research on assays of Artemisinin
Research on extraction methods for Artemisinin
Research on synthetic method of Artemisinin
Pharmacological studies on Artemisinin
Toxicological studies of Artemisinin
Clinical studies of Artemisinin
Part 3. Dihydroartemisinin
Overview of dihydroartemisinin
Preparation and identification of dihydroartemisinin
Analytical methods and quality standards for dihydroartemisinin
Pharmacological studies of dihydroartemisinin
Toxicology studies of dihydroartemisinin
Clinical studies of dihydroartemisinin
Part 4. Advancement in research on Artemisinins
Artemisinins
The pharmacological research process of Artemisinin for antimalarial treatment
Advancement in research on Artemisinin derivatives and relevant compounds
Study progress in other pharmacological effects of Artemisinins.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalVladimir Marko.Summary: From Aspirin to Viagra, insulin to penicillin, and vaccines to vitamin supplements, drugs have become part of our everyday lives. This staggering global industry wasnt born overnight; advancements in pharmaceutical science have been happening for a long while, over the course of decades and even centuries. This book tells the history of ten prominent substances and how they came to be common household names. It shows how the creation of such influential drugs often began with the right person at the exactly right--or wrong!-- time. The chapters tell the stories of geniuses and charlatans; scholars and amateurs; advances won through hard work or pure luck; and ultimately, the handful of resounding successes that revolutionized a global industry. Beyond the pioneers of the most famous drugs in our culture, the book analyzes how our perspective on medical treatment has shifted over the decades. Modern standards for testing and administering substances have created a new set of advantages, setbacks, and stigmas, all of which are discussed herein.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
Acknowledgements
About the Author
Preface
1: Aspirin
Story 1.1: The curious reverend and the bark of the willow
Story 1.2: The three fathers and the two miracle drugs
Story 1.3: The industrialist and his business
Story 1.4: The great German patriot and the Great Phenol Plot
Story 1.5: The man from New Zealand and marketing magic
Story 1.6: The country doctor and medicinal gum
Concluding remarks
2: Quinine
Story 2.1: The Countess of Chinchón and the Jesuit Bark
Story 2.2: The successful charlatan and the miracle medicine Story 2.3: The two friends and the yellow cinchona
Story 2.4: The unlucky adventurer and the alpacas
Story 2.5: The two opposing scientists and the mosquitoes with spotted wings
Concluding remarks
3: Vitamin C
Story 3.1: The famous admiral and scurvy
Story 3.2: The ship's doctor and Murphy's Law
Story 3.3: The snob and the 7,000 cannons
Story 3.4: The Norwegian hygienist and guinea pigs
Story 3.5: The Hungarian politician and Hungarian paprika
Story 3.6: The hardworking chemist and the role of wine flies
Concluding remarks
4: Insulin Story 4.1: The bold experimenter and sweet urine
Story 4.2: The military doctor in Barbados and various diets
Story 4.3: Two diabetologists, starvation, and Elizabeth the Iconic
Story 4.4: The vivid scientist from Mauritius and the elixir of youth
Story 4.5: The aspiring amateur and the elixir of life
Story 4.6: The strong-minded scientist and her four hands
Concluding remarks
5: Penicillin
Story 5.1: The doctor with stained hands and the magic bullet
Story 5.2: The rejected Nobel Prize and saving young Hildegard Story 5.3: The Scottish bacteriologist and his return from vacation
Story 5.4: Three Englishmen and the benefits of America
Story 5.5: Stubborn Andy and the need for meat
Story 5.6: The renowned health professional and ethical blindness
Concluding remarks
6: The Pill
Story 6.1: Madame Restell and Fifth Avenue abortions
Story 6.2: The revolutionary and birth control
Story 6.3: The controversial biologist and his controversial experiments
Story 6.4: The Catholic gynecologist and his futile hope
Story 6.5: The three brilliant chemists The Octane Number and the Black Head
The Bridge Grandmaster and 106 Years of Prison
The Father Who Would Rather Be a Mother
Concluding remarks
7: Chlorpromazine
Story 7.1: The enlightened doctor and freeing the insane
Story 7.2: Many attempts and difficult beginnings for treatment
Story 7.3: A French thinker and his lytic cocktail
Story 7.4: A professor, his assistant, and psychiatric penicillin
Story 7.5: Psychoanalysis and the need to know foreign languages
Concluding remarks
8: Prozac
Story 8.1: Two psychiatrists, a singing cyclist, and dancing patients - Digitalvolume editors, Fu-Chan Wei, Hui-Yun Cheng, Cheng-Hung Lin.Contents:
Microsurgical reconstruction in brachial plexus injury and facial paralysis / Chuang, D.C.-C.
Microsurgical reconstruction of oncological defects / Cheng, M.-H.; Browne, T.
Various free intestinal flaps and omentum for reconstruction of defects / Maruccia, M.; Chen, H.-C.
Achieving norms : limitations of autotransplantation and the need for allotransplantation illustrated with head and neck reconstruction / Al Deek, N.F.; Tsao, C.-K.; Wei, F.-C.
Evolution from toe-to-hand transfer to hand transplantation / Zelken, J.; Lin, C.-H.
Vascularized covmposite allografts and solid organ transplants : similarities and differences / Weissenbacher, A.; Grahammer, J.; Hautz, T.; Schneeberger, S.
Development of a clinical vascularized composite allotransplantation program : requirements and recommendations / Lawson, S.; Wang, L.; Fries, A.; Davis, M.; Gorantla, V.S.
Hand transplantation / Brandacher, G.; Shores, J.T.; Lee, W.P.A.
Facial transplantation / Aycart, M.; Alhefzi, M.; Kueckelhaus, M.; Fischer, S.; Dermietzel, A.; Wo, L.; Bueno, E.; Pomahac, B.
Establishing a center for vascularized composite allotransplantation : the experience of Chang Gung Memorial Hospital / Cheng, H.-Y.; Al Deek, N.F.; Wei, F.-C.
Development of animal models for the study of vascularized composite allotransplantation / Zelken, J.; Lin, C.-H.
Induction of donor-specific tolerance with vascularized bone marrow transplantation / Lin, C.-H.; Anggelia, M.R.
Cellular therapeutics-based strategies for inducing donor-specific tolerance to vascularized composite allotransplants / Cheng, H.-Y.
In vivo bioimaging platform with tissomic validation for vascularized composite allotransplantation / Wen, C.-J.; Hsieh, Y.-H.
Potential of microRNAs in vascularized composite allotransplantation / Hsieh, C.-H.
Potential of induced pluripotent stem cells in vascularized composite allotransplantation / Wang, Y.-L..Digital Access Karger 2016 - Digitaledited by Ping-Chung Leung, Debashis Panda.Summary: "This unique book presents the differences and similarities of the oldest system of health care. All ancient medicine has strong philosophical background and management varieties related to treatment activities. Ayurveda is one such branch of medicine that is strongly linked to Yoga and traditional Chinese medicine including activities related to Martial Arts and Acupuncture. This book successfully merges Ayurveda with Chinese medicine thereby enhancing the understanding of the two systems"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Ayurveda
Chinese medicine : from philosophy to basic principles / Deboshis Panda
Ayurveda : body structures and functional considerations / Deboshis Panda
Health and disease in Ayurveda / Deboshis Panda
Chinese medicine : principles on health and diseases / P.C. Leung
Research and development of Chinese medicinal plants / Clara Bik-San Lau, P.C. Leung ... et al.
Evidence based validation of Indian traditional medicine
way forward / P.K. Mukherjee ... et al.
Natural healing : qi gong, tai chi, and yoga / P.C. Leung
Ayurveda in India / Deboshis Panda, P.C. Leung
Traditional medicine in China / P.C. Leung
Medicinal herbs used in Ayurveda and Chinese medicine / P.C. Leung, Edmond Au Wai-chun
Ayurveda and Chinese medicine today : joint mission of the two Asian systems / P.C. Leung, Deboshis Panda.Digital Access World Scientific 2017 - DigitalVladimir V. Klimov.Summary: This book fills a gap at the interface of fundamental and clinical immunology, and allergy. For many years, experts in fundamental immunology and physicians involved in clinical immunology and allergy worked separately ? but the fundamental immunologists did not have medical qualifications and the physicians were not involved in the field of fundamental research. Written by a teacher and an expert in both fields, this book combines current knowledge on basic immunology and immunopathology with clinical comments that complete the whole picture. Immunology is a complex science, which requires a simplified approach in order to be taught and understood effectively. This book is based on the authors? long experience in teaching undergraduate, postgraduate students and interns both basic and clinical immunology. Reviewing a variety of important components related to the immune system, it is clearly and logically structured, and enriched by figures, tables and boxes with important immunology definitions. Each chapter has its own bibliography, and most units include links to electronic quizzes and audio files to accompany readers step by step. This easy-to-follow volume concludes with suggestions for future study. It is a valuable resource for undergraduate and postgraduate students, as well as medical practitioners.
Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1. Functional Organization of the Immune System
Chapter 2. Skin and Mucosal Immune System
Chapter 3. Innate Immunity
Chapter 4. Adaptive Immune Responses
Chapter 5. Immunological and Molecular Biological Methods
Chapter 6. Immunopathology
Chapter 7. Immunology of Infectious Processes
Chapter 8. Vaccination
Chapter 9. Immune Enhancement Therapy
Chapter 10. Anti-Allergic Medications
Chapter 11. Allergen-Specific Immunotherapy (ASIT)
Backmatter (Abbreviations list, quizzes). - DigitalDavid Makowski, François Piraux, François Brun.Summary: Data analysis plays an increasing role in research, scientific expertise and prospective studies. Multiple data sources are often available to estimate a key parameter or to test a hypothesis of scientific or societal interest. These data, obtained under different environmental conditions or based on different experimental protocols, are generally heterogeneous. Sometimes they are not even directly accessible and should be extracted from scientific articles or reports. However, a comprehensive analysis of the available data is essential to increase the accuracy of estimates, assess the validity of research conclusions and understand the origin of the variability of the experimental results. A quantitative synthesis of the data set available allows for a better understanding of the effects of explanatory factors and for evidence-based recommendations. Designed as a methodological guide, this book shows the interests and limitations of different statistical methods to analyze data from experimental networks and to perform meta-analyses. It is intended for engineers, students and researchers involved in data analysis in agronomy and environmental science. Our objective is to present the main statistical methods to analyze data from experimental networks and scientific publications. Each chapter exposes one or more methods and illustrates them with examples processed with the R software. Data and R codes are provided and commented in order to facilitate their adaptation to other situations. The codes can be reused from the KenSyn R package associated with this book.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction and examples
Part I. Analysis of experimental networks
Chapter 2. Basic Concepts
Chapter 3. Analysis of network of experiments in blocks of complete randomness as a studied factor
Chapter 4. Advanced Methods for Network Analysis
Chapter 5. Planning an Experimental Network
Part II. The meta-analysis
Chapter 6. Basics for meta-analysis
Chapter 7. Specific statistical problems for the meta-analysis
Annex. R resources to implement the methods of analysis networks and meta-analysis
Package Codes. - Digitaledited by Simon Cohn.Summary: "Presents a collection of international contributions that complement, as well as critique, dominant conceptualisations of health behaviour"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. From health behaviours to health practices: an introduction / Simon Cohn
2. Actors, patients and agency: a recent history / David Armstrong
3. A socially situated approach to inform ways to improve health and wellbeing / Christine Horrocks and Sally Johnson
4. A relational approach to health practices: towards transcending the agency-structure divide / Gerry Veenstra and Patrick John Burnett
5. Environmental justice and health practices: understanding how health inequities arise at the local level / Katherine L. Frohlich and Thomas Abel
6. Why behavioural health promotion endures despite its failure to reduce health inequities / Fran Baum and Matthew Fisher
7. Behaviour change and social blinkers? The role of sociology in trials of self-management behaviour in chronic conditions / Bie Nio Ong, Anne Rogers, Anne Kennedy, Peter Bower, Tom Sanders, Andrew Morden, Sudeh Cheraghi-Sohi, Jane C. Richardson and Fiona Stevenson
8. Thinking about changing mobility practices: how a social practice approach can help / Sarah Nettleton and Judith Green
9. Providers' constructions of pregnant and early parenting women who use substances / Cecilia Benoit, Camille Stengel, Lenora Marcellus, Helga Hallgrimsdottir, John Anderson, Karen MacKinnon, Rachel Phillips, Pilar Zazueta and Sinead Charbonneau
10. Staying 'in the zone' but not passing the 'point of no return': embodiment, gender and drinking in mid-life / Antonia C. Lyons, Carol Emslie and Kate Hunt
11. Complexities and contingencies conceptualised: towards a model of reproductive navigation / Erica van der Sijpt
12. Sustained multiplicity in everyday cholesterol reduction: repertoires and practices in talk about 'healthy living' / Catherine M. Will and Kate Weiner
13. Enjoy your food: on losing weight and taking pleasure / Else Vogel and Annemarie Mol.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalMatei Mancas, Vincent P. Ferrera, Nicolas Riche, John G. Taylor, editors.Summary: "This both accessible and exhaustive book will help to improve modeling of attention and to inspire innovations in industry. It introduces the study of attention and focuses on attention modeling, addressing such themes as saliency models, signal detection and different types of signals, as well as real-life applications. The book is truly multi-disciplinary, collating work from psychology, neuroscience, engineering and computer science, amongst other disciplines. What is attention? We all pay attention every single moment of our lives. Attention is how the brain selects and prioritizes information. The study of attention has become incredibly complex and divided: this timely volume assists the reader by drawing together work on the computational aspects of attention from across the disciplines. Those working in the field as engineers will benefit from this book's introduction to the psychological and biological approaches to attention, and neuroscientists can learn about engineering work on attention. The work features practical reviews and chapters that are quick and easy to read, as well as chapters which present deeper, more complex knowledge. Everyone whose work relates to human perception, to image, audio and video processing will find something of value in this book, from students to researchers and those in industry"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Why do computers need attention? / Matei Mancas, Vincent P. Ferrera, and Nicolas Riche
What is attention? / Matei Mancas
How to measure attention? / Matei Mancas and Vincent P. Ferrera
Where: Human attention networks and their dysfunctions after brain damage / Tal Seidel Malkinson and Paolo Bartolomeo
Attention and signal detection: a practical guide / Vincent P. Ferrera
Effects of attention in visual cortex: linking single neuron physiology to visual detection and discrimination / Vincent P. Ferrera
Modeling attention in engineering / Matei Mancas
Bottom-up visual attention for still images: a global view / Fred Stentiford
Bottom-up saliency models for still images: a practical review / Nicolas Riche and Matei Mancas
Bottom-up saliency models for videos: a practical review / Nicolas Riche and Matei Mancas
Databases for saliency model evaluation / Nicolas Riche
Metrics for saliency model validation, Nicolas Riche
Study of parameters affecting visual saliency assessment / Nicolas Riche
Saliency model evaluation / Nicolas Riche
Object-based attention: cognitive and computational perspectives / Anna Belardinelli
Multimodal saliency models for videos / Antoine Coutrot and Nathalie Guyader
Toward 3D visual saliency modeling / Leroy Julien and Nicolas Riche
Applications of saliency models / Matei Mancas and Olivier Le Meur
Attentive content-based image retrieval / Dounia Awad, Vincent Courboulay, and Arnaud Revel
Saliency and attention for video quality assessment / Dubravko Culibrk
Attentive robots / Simone Frintrop
The future of attention models: information seeking and self-awareness / Matei Mancas, Vincent P. Ferrera, and Nicolas Riche
Index. - Digitaleditors Jane R. Madell, Joan G. HewittSummary: "In this book, From Listening to Language: Comprehensive Intervention to Maximize Learning for Children and Adults with Hearing Loss, Jane R. Madell and Joan G. Hewitt have generously shared their wealth of experiences. They have assembled an impressive team of individual contributors, each a respected authority in family-focused hearing, listening, and spoken language development. Together, the authors cover virtually every dimension of comprehensive LSL intervention for all age groups, from speech acoustics, through access technologies, to telepractice and music therapy, and to executive functions and literacy. Each chapter has been written by an experienced and authoritative author. Coverage is broad, thorough, and complete. This will be an excellent textbook for graduate courses in audiology, speech-language pathology, early intervention, and deaf education, as well as a source book for experienced professionals and parents. I highly recommend adding this book to your course and to your library"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
The Basics : Framing the Foundation / Joan G. Hewitt and Jane R. Madell
Audiology : Building the Foundation / Jane R. Madell and Joan G. Hewitt
Speech Acoustics : Strengthening the Foundation / Jane R. Madell and Joan G. Hewitt
Empathy : Changing the Culture of Communication / Johnnie Sexton
The Parent as a Critical Team Member : Creating a Partnership for Learning / Gwen L. Suennen
Evaluation of Speech, Language, and Listening In Children with Hearing Loss : Knowing the Level at Which Children Are Functioning / Elizabeth Ying
Babies and Beginners : Starting with Nothing and Building up to Words / Becky Clem and Elizabeth Tippette
Toddler-Type Language : Putting Words Together and Moving up to Simple Sentences / Darcy L. Stowe
Preschoolers and More Proficient Communicators : Using Complex Language to Communicate and Think / Elizabeth Tyszkiewicz and Lyndsey Allen
Auditory-Verbal Strategies to Build Listening and Spoken Language Skills / Sherri J. Fickenscher
Late to the Party : When Children Come Late to Listening and Spoken Language Therapy / Joan G. Hewitt
Executive Function Therapy Integrated into Auditory-Verbal Practice / Amy McConkey Robbins
The Auditory-Verbal Approach and Literacy / Lyn Robertson
Dual Language Assessment and Intervention for Children with Hearing Loss / Michael Douglass
Children with Special Needs and Additional Disabilities / Elizabeth Tyszkiewicz and Sarah Hogan
Supporting Learners Who Are Deaf or Hard of Hearing (DHH) in the Educational Setting / Jenna M. Voss, Ellie White, Susan Lenihan, Paula E. Gross, and Dan Salvucci
Addressing Changes in Auditory Access / Jane R. Madell and Joan G. Hewitt
Red Flags : Identifying and Managing Barriers to the Child's Optimal Auditory Development / Jane R. Madell and Joan G. Hewitt
Music, Listening, and All That Jazz / Christine Barton and Amy McConkey Robbins
Telepractice for Children with Hearing Loss / Elizabeth A. Rosenzweig
Working with adults / .Lindsay ZombekDigital Access - PrintElizabeth Ahrens-Kley, Gerald E. Trobough, Michael A. Shea.Contents:
Hippocrates / by Michael A. Shea
The Valley's First Practitioner / by Michael A. Shea
An Ohlone Birth / by Michael A. Shea
Trephination in History / by Michael A. Shea
Bloodletting / by Michael A. Shea
Medical Care at Mission Santa Clara / by Gerald E. Trobough-- Gold Rush Medicine / by Michael A. Shea
John Marsh the First American Practitioner in California / by Michael A. Shea
John Townsend, Pioneer Doctor / by Michael A. Shea
Benjamin Cory and other Pioneer Physicians. Part 1, Isaac Isbell / by Gerald E. Trobough
The Cory Brothers Modernized Medicine in Santa Clara County
Pioneer Physician of Santa Clara Township. Dr. Henry H. Warburton (1819-1903) / by Gerald E. Trobough
Benjamin Cory and other Pioneer Physicians. Part 2, Louis Bascom / by Gerald E. Trobough
Benjamin Cory and other Pioneer Physicians. Part 3, Alexander Spencer / by Gerald E. Trobough
Pioneer Physicians of Los Gatos / by Gerald E. Trobough
Keeley Institute / by Gerald E. Trobough
Here Come the Lady Physicians / by Michael Shea
The Cholera Epidemic-San Jose California 1850 / by elizabeth Ahrens-Kley
A Famous Grizzley Bear Attack in 1854 / by Michael A. Shea
Orificial Surgery / by Michael A. Shea
Origins of the Medical Societies / by Gerald E. Trobough
American's Greatest Surgeon? / by Gerald E. Trobough
First Hospital in San Jose by Gerald E. Trobough
The History of O'Connor Hospital / by Michael A. Shea
The History of San Jose Hospital / by Michael A. Shea
Tuberculosis Hospitals of Santa Clara Valley by Gerald E. Trobough
UCSF Medical School-- the Beginning / by Michael A. Shea
The Origin of Stanford Medical School / by Michael A. Shea
Levi Cooper Lane (1830-1902) / by Michael A. Shea
Agnews State Hospital / by Michael A. Shea
Leon Parish Fox, MD-- Man of the Century / by Michael A. Shea. - PrintSeymour I. Schwartz.Summary: "An eminent surgeon, who has written books on the history of medicine and cartography, profiles physicians past and present who have also published works in the humanities. Throughout history doctors have felt the need to express themselves in prose and poetry, often on subjects far removed from their medical interests. Renowned surgeon Seymour I. Schwartz felt this same compulsion to write and eventually decided to investigate other authors with a background in medicine. The result is this informative and entertaining compilation of biographical profiles spanning the Middle Ages to the present era. In many cases, literary fame has eclipsed memory of these authors' medical expertise: Most people today talk about Maimonides, Rabelais, Locke, Schiller, Keats, Conan Doyle, and Chekhov because of their literary works, not because they practiced medicine. But the lesser-known individuals are just as interesting in many ways: such people as Cadwallader Colden, the loyalist lieutenant governor of New York during the American Revolution, who wrote the first English history of the Iroquois; Margaret Georgina Todd, author of popular novels in the Victorian era, which promoted the idea of women in medicine; and Rudolph John Chauncey Fisher, who was not only a physician, researcher, and radiologist, but played a role in the Harlem Renaissance as an orator, musician, musical arranger, and literary figure. Concluding with profiles of contemporary doctors who are also respected authors, this diverse collection shows that, despite increasing specialization, medicine and the humanities continue to complement each other to enrich our lives"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part I The Past
1 A Beacon in a Dark Age p. 17 / Maimonides
2 Health and Humanism p. 24 / Thomas Linacre
3 Mirth as Medicine p. 29 / François Rabelais
4 Potions and Prognostications p. 33 / Michel de Nostredame
5 Favorite of the Future p. 38 / Sir Thomas Browne
6 Premier Physician/Philosopher during the Enlightenment in England p. 46 / John Locke
7 Epistles and Exaggerated Expertise p. 53 / Cadwallader Colden
8 Prodigy, Physiologist, Physician, Poetry, and Prose p. 59 / Albrecht von Haller
9 Picaresque Primacy p. 65 / Tobias George Smollett
10 A Questionable Inclusion p. 70 / Oliver Goldsmith
11 A Grand Grandfather-Progenitor of the Man and His "Ism" p. 75 / Erasmus Darwin
12 Part Medicine, Part Ministry, but Persistent Poetry p. 82 / George Crabbe
13 Literary Largess of an AWOL Regimental Doctor p. 88 / Johann Christoph Friedrich von Schiller
14 A Bard Who Shed the Bard Parker p. 95 / John Keats
15 From Surgery at Sea to Successful Serials p. 100 / Marie-Joseph Eugène Sue
16 Fiction Focuses on the Irish from Afar p. 104 / Charles James Lever
17 A Most Successful Combination p. 110 / Oliver Wendell Holmes
18 Neurology and Nineteen Novels p. 117 / Silas Weir Mitchell
19 The Lone Laureate p. 124 / Robert Seymour Bridges
20 A Precedent from a Peerless Physician p. 130 / Sir William Osler
21 Extraordinary Edwardian with an Elephantine Association p. 139 / Sir Frederick Treves
22 Female Physician Fosters Medical Feminism in Fiction p. 145 / Arabella Madonna Kenealy
23 Contemporary Champion of Common Cause p. 149 / Margaret Georgina Todd
24 A Modicum of Medicine-a Mass of Manuscripts p. 152 / Sir Arthur Ignatius Conan Doyle
25 Fusion of Fiction and Medicine p. 161 / Anton Chekhov
26 Perceived to he Pornography p. 169 / Arthur Schnitzler
27 Scientifically Superior to Sherlock p. 174 / R. Austin Freeman
28 Honors Galore-a Pulitzer Prize and More p. 180 / Harvey Williams Cushing
29 Maintaining Medical Status while Producing Profitable Prose p. 186 / William Somerset Maugham
30 Surgeon, Soldier, Author, and Publisher p. 193 / James Johnston Abraham
31 A Diverse and Demonstrative Dubliner p. 197 / Oliver St. John Gogarty
32 Keynesian Contributions to Surgery and Literature p. 204 / Sir Geoffrey Langdon Keynes
33 Passionate about Poetry while Persistently Providing Medical Care p. 210 / William Carlos Williams
34 Closure of the Locks for Medicine Opened the Floodgates for Literature p. 217 / Francis Brett Young
35 The Renaissance Man of the Harlem Renaissance p. 223 / Rudolph John Chauncey Fisher
36 Prohibition from Print Transforms into Posthumous Adulation p. 228 / Mikhail Bulgakov
37 Profitable Prose with Social Consequence p. 234 / Archibald Joseph Cronin
38 Respected Psychiatrist and Persistent Poet p. 240 / Austin Merrill Moore
39 Short on Surgery, Long on Literature p. 244 / Frank Gill Slaughter
40 Dual Distinction p. 248 / Lewis Thomas
41 Northern Cure Transforms Career of Southern Writer p. 252 / Walker Percy
42 The Monocle Bespeaks Medical Mirth p. 259 / Gordon Stanley Ostlere (Richard Gordon)
43 The "Doctor Who Found His Forte in Writing" p. 263 / John Benignus Lyons
44 Georgia-Georgia p. 267 / Ferrol Aubrey Sams Jr.
45 Surgeon and a Short Story Stylist p. 271 / Richard Selzer
46 From Electricity to Eloquence-Shock Breeds Success p. 275 / Sherwin Bernard Nuland
47 Practice Medicine to Increase Personal Survival of Gulag Incarceration! p. 280 / Vasily Pavlovich Aksyonov
48 Stories Stem from Synaptic Struggles p. 284 / Oliver Wood Sacks
49 Iconic and Not Remembered p. 291 / John Stone III
50 Therapeutic Thrillers p. 295 / Michael Stephen Palmer
51 Uniquely First in Three Media Simultaneously p. 299 / John Michael Crichton
Part II The Present
52 Medical Nobel Laureate Creates Compelling Literature p. 307 / Eric R. Kandel
53 Primacy and Prolificacy in Medical Thrillers p. 312 / Robert Brian "Robin" Cook
54 From Medical Forefronts to the Irish Countryside p. 315 / Patrick Taylor
55 The Rhodes to Irreverence p. 319 / Stephen J. Bergman
56 Completeness Trumps Personal Prejudice p. 324 / Deepak Chopra
57 Productivity and Popularity Surmount Profound Personal Adversity p. 328 / Paul Carson
58 Widely Read and Highly Regarded p. 331 / Charles Krauthammer
59 An Exceptional Exemplar p. 334 / Jerome E. Groopman
60 Practicality Trumps Passion, but Passion Perseveres p. 338 / Tess Gerritsen
61 Medical Humanism and Honed Literature p. 341 / Abraham Verghese
62 Indelible Impressions Contribute to Divorce from Medicine p. 345 / Khaled Hosseini
63 Humanities and a Human Voice p. 348 / Danielle Ofri
64 A Mercury for Modern Medicine p. 351 / Atul Gawande
65 Biographer of Biology p. 355 / Siddhartha Mukherjee. - DigitalJ. Francis Turner, Jr., Prasoon Jain, Kazuhiro Yasufuku, Atul C. Mehta, editors.Summary: This book provides an unbiased and evidence-based guide to the potential role of interventional pulmonology as an alternative to thoracic surgery. Interventional pulmonology is a new and quickly growing sub-specialty in pulmonary medicine and increasingly more pulmonologists are turning to interventional therapies over the more costly and invasive surgical options. The text thoroughly presents detailed coverage of and diagnostic methods for many diseases and conditions that pulmonologists encounter daily, including: diffuse lung infiltrates, solitary lung nodule, undiagnosed exudative pleural effusion, pneumothorax, hemoptysis, and airway foreign body. Experts then detail treatment options, from both a surgical and interventional perspective, with guidance on: when each procedure is most appropriate, what can be performed by a pulmonologist (with guidelines on how those procedures are done) versus what needs to be referred to a thoracic surgeon or an intervention pulmonologist, and the benefits and disadvantages involved with each option. This is an ideal guide for pulmonologists, trainees, and students to better understand the full scope of possible treatment options for their patients and to make the best informed decision about patient care.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Rigid versus Flexible Bronchoscopy
Chapter 2. Biopsy for Diffuse Lung Disease: Surgical vs. Cryobiopsy
Chapter 3. Management of Lung Nodules: A Paradigm Shift
Chapter 4. Mediastinoscopy: Surgical vs. Medical
Chapter 5. Airway Foreign Bodies: Rigid vs Flexible Approach
Chapter 6. Management of Bronchopleural Fistula
Chapter 7. Management of Acquired Tracheoesophageal Fistula in Adults
Chapter 8. Lung Volume Reduction: Surgical versus Endobronchial
Chapter 9. Surgical Versus Medical Management Of Anastomotic Dehiscence
Chapter 10. Concentric Web Like Stenosis:
Chapter 11. Hemoptysis
Chapter 12. Role of Interventional Pulmonology in Miscellaneous Conditions
Chapter 13. Undiagnosed Exudative Effusion: Thoracoscopy vs. Pleuroscopy
Chapter 14. Pneumothorax: Large Bore Tubes vs. Pigtail Catheter
Chapter 15. Pleurodesis: From Thoracic Surgery to Interventional Pulmonology
Chapter 27. ESD. - Digitaledited by Shulamit Natan Ritblatt and Audrey Hokoda.Summary: "From Trauma to Resiliency integrates research and practice of trauma-informed care, reviewing the neuroscience of trauma and highlighting relationship-based interventions for diverse populations that have faced multiple traumas. Chapters explore the experiences of oppressed groups that include survivors of abuse, war, poverty, Indigenous youth, Middle Eastern refugee mothers, individuals who identify as LGBTQIA, and children and youth involved in child welfare, foster care, and juvenile justice systems. In each chapter, contributors provide strengths-based, trauma-informed strategies that can be used in clinical settings, school-based programs, and in urban communities where food insecurity, limited access to health services, and community violence is prevalent. Professionals and students in counseling, social work, psychology, child welfare, education, and other programs will come away from the book with culturally affirming trauma-informed interventions and models of care that promote well-being and resilience"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Preface / Shulamit Natan Ritblatt and Audrey Hokoda
Introduction / Shulamit N. Ritblatt and Audrey Hokoda
Section I: Child and Family Focus. 1. Working with low-income depressed mothers and their infants / Ruth P. Newton
2. A biological imperative to thrive: supporting military families with young children / Kim A. Flowers, Donna K. Hilt, and Audrey Hokoda
3. Prevalent but hidden: sexual abuse, its impact, and the healing process for children and parents / Shulamit N. Ritblatt and Miranda Cruz
4. Developing child resiliency through art intervention: a strengths perspective / Teresa Grame
5. Refugees' resettlement and traumatic experiences: utilizing trauma-informed practices with refugee women to address war trauma and enhance resilience / Shulamit N. Ritblatt and Audrey Hokoda
6. Creciendo juntos (Growing together): building leadership in Latino parents in a trauma-informed elementary school / Audrey Hokoda, Maria del Carmen Rodriguez, Shulamit N. Ritblatt, Shannon Schiele, and Colette L. Ingraham
7. Pride and shame: working with sexual and gender variance / Nicole M. Kent
Section II: School and Community Focus. 8. Promoting wellness with Native American youth: culturally informed resilience practices to reduce the effects of trauma / Carol Robinson-Zañartu, Ann Huynh, and Bryanna Kinlichenne
9. Centering the community's voice and needs in gang prevention and intervention through a trauma-informed lens / Joey Nuñez Estrada Jr., Edwin Hernandez, and Jesus Sandoval Hernandez
10. Children experiencing loss and deprivation of parental care / Shulamit N. Ritblatt, Audrey Hokoda, Nory Behana, Barbara Wojtach, Christopher Walsh, and Christina Gonzalez
11. Healing around the table: a trauma-informed approach to community nutrition education / Monica Bhagwan and Adrienne Markworth
12. Trauma-informed system change in child welfare / Cambria Rose Walsh and Melissa Bernstein.Digital Access TandFonline [2022] - DigitalLawrence B. Bone, Christiaan N. Mamczak, editors.Summary: This book is designed as an easy to read reference and practical guide to the management of combat extremity injuries, which account for a high percentage of the injuries sustained in recent and current conflicts. The surgical techniques appropriate to the full range of extremity injuries and some other frequent injuries, such as trauma to the spine and pelvis, are clearly described with the aid of helpful illustrations. In each chapter a bottom line up front approach is adopted, providing key messages first; a further important feature is the emphasis placed on case-based information and lessons learned from practice. Care has been taken to ensure that the advice provided is straightforward and in line with military clinical practice guidelines.
- Digitaledited by Mark D'Esposito, Jordan H. Grafman.Contents:
Section I: History. The prefrontal cortex in the neurology clinic
Section II: Methods. The functions of the frontal lobes: Evidence from patients with focal brain damage
Cognitive neurophysiology of the prefrontal cortex
Functional imaging
Transcranial magnetic stimulation: Neurophysiological and clinical applications
Section III: Anatomy, physiology and pharmacology. The anatomy of the human frontal lobe
Dopamine and the motivation of cognitive control
Section IV: Function of the frontal lobes. Frontal lobe syndromes
Hierarchical cognitive control and the frontal lobes
Hemispheric asymmetry in the prefrontal cortex for complex cognition
Executive functions
The lateral prefrontal cortex and human long-term memory
From ideas to action: The prefrontal–premotor connections that shape motor behavior
Emotion regulation across the life span
Reward
Moral conduct and social behavior
Computational models of motivated frontal function
Control networks of the frontal lobes
Section V: Development, aging, and disorders. Development of the frontal lobe
Aging of the frontal lobe
Neurodegenerative disorders of the human frontal lobes
Traumatic brain injury and frontal lobe plasticity
Section VI: Rehabilitation. Strengthening goal-directed functioning after traumatic brain injury
Experimental social training methods
Plasticity and recovery of functionDigital Access ScienceDirect 2019 - DigitalStilianos E. Kountakis, Brent A. Senior, Wolfgang Draf, editors.Summary: Addressing disease of the frontal sinus successfully remains, perhaps, one of the most technically challenging issues encountered by otolaryngologists. The intricate anatomy, combined with a narrow aperture and relatively acute angle of approach, leads to complexity not encountered elsewhere in surgery of the sinuses. This comprehensive volume with contributions by over 30 of the world's leading rhinologists will help to shed light on this difficult topic. Thorough discussions of anatomy and pathophysiology of a variety of frontal sinus diseases provide a background for in-depth chapters on as.Digital Access Springer 2016
- Digital[edited by] Christos Georgalas, Anshul Sama.Summary: "This book will be a valuable resource for novice surgeons approaching one of the most challenging anatomical subsites, since it provides a stepwise approach to understanding the anatomical background, the radiological aspects, and the broad spectrum of different surgical approaches to the frontal sinuses.The authors are to be congratulated for this masterpiece, which will become the gold standard for experts and beginners." --Paolo CastelnuovoDigital Access
- Digitaleditors: Devyani Lal, Peter H. Hwang.Summary: This state-of-the-art text addresses surgery of the frontal sinus, and the challenges that come along with it. It provides a comprehensive overview of the anatomy of the frontal sinus and a systematic method of approaching and executing sinus surgery, as well as tools, tips, and strategies in optimizing success. Additional chapters include the management of acute and chronic frontal sinus inflammation, trauma of the frontal sinus, tumors in the frontal sinus, and pediatric frontal surgery. Perioperative care and management of complications are also discussed. Chapters are richly illustrated with fi gures and surgical videos, replete with practical pearls and tips. Frontal Sinus Surgery: A Systematic Approach will be an invaluable resource for general otolaryngologists and rhinologists interested in the frontal sinus.
- DigitalEdie West.Summary: This book provides a historical analysis of the Frontier Nursing Services in the Eastern Appalachians of the United States, as well as a review of the oral history tradition of former frontier and non-frontier nurses. The data was gathered from 2003 to 2007, and the historical part covers the years 1900 to 1970. The objective of the study presented here was to conduct interviews with former frontier and non-frontier nurses in order to better understand their family and personal relationships, and the experiences that motivated their career choices. These interviews also give a voice to the working and middle-class women of the FNS. The emerging themes include moral inhabitability in work/education environments, the generational mix, nurse-physician and male-female relationships at the workplace, the role of technology, humanitarian versus financial rewards, and the public image of nurses. In addition, the book examines how the FNS shifted from a community/grass-roots structure to the corporate/business model of healthcare delivery employed today. In closing, it stresses the importance of explorig past nursing in order to better grasp present nursing. It also represents a testament to the professional work and vital contributions of frontier nurses. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Background and introduction
Rights and claims : culture and communication in Appalachia
Place and claims : cultural and communication in Appalachia
Centralized versus decentralized structures in Appalachia
Moral inhabitability and work environments
Gender and role assignments in the institutional hierarchy
Moral inhabitability and educational environments
Recruitment, retention and morally inhabitable environments
Cultural identity, public image and frontier nursing
Conclusions. - DigitalBart C.J.M. Fauser, Andrea R. Genazzani, editors.Summary: This volume offers an up-to-date overview on the major areas of gynecological endocrinology, presenting the latest advances in adolescent gynecological endocrinology, assisted reproduction, menstrual-related disorders, sexuality and transsexualism, polycystic ovary syndrome, myometrial pathology and adenomyosis, obesity and metabolic syndrome, hormonal contraception, premature ovarian failure and menopause. In each chapter the recent advances deriving from basic science and clinical investigations are related to the practical management of the condition under consideration, taking into account the need for individualized therapies. The book is published within the ISGE Book Series, a joint venture between the International Society of Gynecological Endocrinology and Springer and is based on the 2014 International School of Gynecological and Reproductive Endocrinology Winter Course. It will be an important tool for obstetricians and gynecologists, endocrinologists and experts in women?s health as well as interested GPs.
Contents:
Adolescent Gynecology: Disorders of the menstrual cycle during adolescence
From life-style to insulin sensitizers for PCOS
Polycystic ovary syndrome: from contraception to Hormone Replacement Therapy
Management of adolescent hyperandrogenism
Prevention of adolescent pregnancies
Transsexualism: endocrine aspects
Hormonal Contraception: How to find the right the contraceptive method for the right woman
Hormonal Contraceptives: Progestogen and Thrombotic Risk
Heavy Menstrual Bleeding, Fibroids, Adenomyosis and Endometriosis: Heavy menstrual bleeding ? the daily challenge for the gynecologist
Fibroids and adenomyosis, current treatment options
Effects on sexual function of medical and surgical therapy for endometriosis
Assisted Reproduction: the Endocrine Impact: In patients with only one or two oocytes, is it better IVF-ET or ICSI?
Supplementation with DHEAS in poor responder patients
Premature ovarian failure: how to solve fertility
Metabolic Syndrome: Endocrine and Metabolic Disorders in Aging Women
Obesity and Metabolic Syndrome: impact and relationship with menopausal transition
Menopause: Cardiovascular prevention at the menopausal transition: role of hormonal therapies
Menopause and HRT: doubts and certainties
Breast Cancer: Androgen receptor and breast cancer
Breast cancer: preservation of fertility and pregnancy after cancer
Low Malignant ovarian tumors.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalAndrea R. Genazzani, Basil C. Tarlatzis, editors.Contents:
1. Luteal-phase stimulation
2. Management of luteal phase in IVF cycles
3. Genoics and ovarian response
4. Management of poor responders
5. Gene expression in cumulus cells and oocyte quality
6. Biomarkers of ovarian ageing
7. Premature ovarian insufficiency: advances in management through a global registry
8. The long-term risks of premature ovarian insufficiency
9. Pharmacological and integrative treatment of stress-induced hypothalamic amenorrhea
10. Adipose tissue and menstrual disturbances: obesity versus anorexia nervosa
11. Neuroendocrine basis of the hypothalamus-pituitary-ovary axis aging
12. Androgen replacement in women: safe and efficacious?
13. The ratio of MI to DCI and its impact in the tretment of polycystic ovary syndrome: experimental and literature evidences
14. Metabolic healthy obesity and metabolic obesity with normal weight and CVD risk in women
15. Myths of endometriosis: "endometriomas"
16. Vitamin D deficiency: diagnosis, prevention, and treatment - new consensus
17. Medical treatment of myomas
18. Contraception in climacterium
19. Management of symptoms during menopausal transition
20. The aging brain in women: impact of steroid replacement therapies
21. Current findings on soya and isoflavones
22. The importance of isoflavones for women's health
23. Gender-specific hypertension
24. Body identical hormone replacement: the way forward?
Index. - DigitalCharles Sultan, Andrea R. Genazzani, editors.Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive, up-to-date overview on pediatric and adolescent gynecological endocrinology. It covers a very wide range of topics with a particular focus on disorders of sex differentiation, pubertal maturation, growth disorders, primary and secondary amenorrhea, menstrual disorders in adolescents and young adults, sexuality, contraception, and pregnancy. The authors are international well-known experts who document the latest clinical experience in this continuously evolving field and provide practical guidance on the evaluation and treatment of female pubertal problems. The book is published within the International Society of Gynecological Endocrinology (ISGE) Series and is based on the 2015 International School of Gynecological and Reproductive Endocrinology (ISGRE) Summer Course. It will be an invaluable reference for gynecologists, endocrinologists, pediatricians, and experts in women?s health.
- DigitalMartin Birkhaeuser, Andrea R. Genazzani, editors.Summary: This volume represents an up-to-date overview on pre-Menopause and Menopause, with their respective clinical implications and therapies. The aim is to clarify possible doubts and clinical approaches to this particular period in a woman?s life and how to face it, both offering solutions to actual problems and focusing on the potential impact of preventive medicine in improving women?s health and quality of life. The volume is published within the International Society of Gynecological Endocrinology (ISGE) Series, and is based on the 2017 International School of Gynecological and Reproductive Endocrinology Winter Course. This book, covering a very wide range of topics with particular focus on fertility in pre- and peri-menopausal women, climacteric and menopausal symptoms, impact of PCOS on post-menopausal health, breast disease, surgical treatments and therapies, will be an invaluable tool for gynecologists, endocrinologists, and experts in women?s health.
Contents:
Part I Menopause: symptoms and neuroendocrine impact Intracrinology made menopause possible
From menopause to aging: endocrine and neuroendocrine biological changes
Brain impact of sex steroids withdrawall of the menopause
Climacteric symptoms: importance and management
Part II Fertility 2016 IMS Recommendations on women?s midlife health,?POI? and menopause hormone therapy (MHT)
Female infertility and autoimmunity
Is IVF/ICSI/ET reasonable beyond the female age of 40 years?
IVF: new developments in patient tailored ovarian stimulation
Oocyte donation in peri-menopausal and menopausal women
Part III Thyroid disorders, polycystic ovary and metabolic syndrome Thyroid disorders in climacteric women
Thyroid function and pregnancy outcome after ART: what is the evidence?
PCOS: implications of cardio-metabolic dysfunction
Why Metformin is so important for prevention and treatment in climacteric women?
Metabolic changes during menopausal trans ition
Weight and body composition management after menopause
Part IV Bone and cardiovascular impact Healthy bones after menopause? what has to be done?
The effect of menopause and HRT on coronary heart disease
How to prevent cardiovascular disorders: influence of gonadal steroids on the heart
Part V Benign breast diseases, BRCA mutation and breast cancer Risk reducing surgery and treatment of menopausal symptoms in BRCA mutation carriers (and other high risk women)
Benign breast disease during women?s life
Treatment of menopausal symptoms in breast cancer survivors
Myo-inositol and Inositol Hexaphosphate (IP6) in the treatment of breast cancer
Part VI Menopause symptoms: the therapies The true risks of hormone replacement therapy
Menopausal hormone therapy customization
Vulvovaginal atrophy (VVA) and Genitourinary Syndrome of Menopause (GSM): Advances in management
Menopause symptoms: new treatment options
Intravaginal DHEA for the treatment of vaginal atrophy closest to physiology
Part VII Surgical challenges after menopause: problems and solutions Bladder dysfunction and urinary incontinence after the menopause: hormones, drugs or surgery?
When is ovarectomy and when tubectomy indicated at necessary hysterectomies beyond the reproductive age?
Pelvic floor reconstructive surgery in ageing women: tailoring the treatment to each woman?s needs. - Digitaledited by Roberta Diaz Brinton, Andrea R. Genazzani, Tommaso Simoncini, John C. Stevenson.Summary: This book analyzes the effects of estrogens and progesterone on brain cells, the immune system, neuro inflammation, myelin formation and steroid receptor distribution, as well as their clinical impacts. It also explores the relationship between sex-steroid withdrawal and the development of brain symptoms such as hot flushes, sleep disorders, mood changes, depression and also cognitive disorders and dementia, as well as the effects of hormone menopause therapy on such symptoms and diseases. Starting with obstetrical history and cardiovascular risk in later life, the second part of the book examines the effects of estrogens and progestogens on vascular tissues, atherosclerosis and coronary heart diseases, as well as the impact of hormone replacement therapies on cardiovascular risks and mortality. This volume is a useful, clear and up-to-date tool for gynecologists, endocrinologists, neurologists and cardiologists, and serves as a valuable source of information for all physicians involved in women's health.
Contents:
1. Neuroendocrine changes of the menopausal transition
2. The neurological and immunological transitions of the perimenopause: implications for post-menopausal neurodegenerative disease
3. Estrogenic regulation of neuroprotective and neuroinflammatory mechanisms: implications for depression and cognition
4."Estetrol and its effects on damaged brain Running title: Estetrol and brain. 5. ADRENAL ANDROGENS IMPACT ON NEUROSTEROIDS
6. Do menopausal symptoms account for the declines in cognitive function during the menopausal transition?
7. Allopregnanolone as a therapeutic to regenerate the degenerated brain
8. Reproductive Depression and the response to Hormone Therapy
9. Sex, Gender, and the Decline of Dementia
10. Obstetric History and cardiovascular disease (CVD) Risk
11.HRT and Cardiovascular disease
12. Estetrol, a Native Estrogen with Specific Actions in Tissues (NEST): Unique vascular benefits
13. VASCULAR EFFECTS OF PROGESTOGENS
14. Sex differences, progesterone and ischemic stroke
16. Atherogenesis
Estrogen Induction of polysialylated nCAM (PSA-nCAM) Blocks Monocyte Capture by Vascular Endothelial Cells
17. Cardiovascular risk in climacteric women: when to begin the hormone treatment?
18. HRT for the primary prevention of coronary heart disease
SYMPTOMS AND HORMONES: FINE-TUNING ATHEROSCLEROTIC RISK ?
19. Cardiovascular mortality risk and HRT"
20. HT: Pharmacology tailored to women´s health". - DigitalSarah L. Berga, Andrea R. Genazzani, Frederick Naftolin, Felice Petraglia, editors.Summary: This volume discusses menstrual cycle related disorders, which are a major concern from adolescence to menopause. Starting from hypothalamic pituitary gonadal axis regulation, it analyzes the characteristics and treatments of hypothalamic amenorrhea and eating disorders, as well as polycystic ovary and adolescent hyperandrogenism. It also examines the importance of body composition and physical performance. The book particularly focuses on the diagnosis of and therapies for hormone-related headaches, the management of trans sexuality in the gynecological outpatient area, dysfunctional uterine bleeding and premature ovarian insufficiency. Further, it analyzes the basic, clinical and therapeutic aspects of endometriosis, as well as the important opportunities that SPRMs (selective progesterone receptor modulators) offer in contraception and fibroid therapy. This book is a useful tool for gynecologists, endocrinologists and general practitioners, and is a valuable resource for all physicians involved in womens health.
Contents:
The hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis: puberty, menstrual cycle regulation and post-reproductive life
Hypothalamic amenorrhea
Kisspeptin role in functional hypothalamic amenorrhea
The role of androgens for body composition and physical performance in women
Polycystic ovary syndrome
Metabolism, obesity, thinness and reproduction
Management of adolescent hyperandrogenism: still a challenge!
Hormonally-related headaches
Dysfunctional uterine bleeding in adolescence
Abnormal uterine bleeding: the standard of care has changed
Premature ovarian insufficiency therapy in young women
Practical approaches to managing premature ovarian insufficiency
Management of transsexuality in an outpatient gynecologic area
Regulation of proliferation and invasion in endometriosis
Hormones and inflammation: an update on endometriosis
Endometriosis and adenomyosis in adolescents, fertile and menopausal women
Selective progesterone receptor modulators (SPRMs): update on the clinical results in fibroids
SPRMs for contraception with added health benefits.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalAndrea R. Genazzani, Lourdes Ibáñez, Andrzej Milewicz, Duru Shah, editors.Summary: This volume comprehensively focuses on polycystic ovary, metabolic syndrome and obesity and their impact on women's health, reproduction and quality of life from adolescence to old age. PCOS is analyzed form the early origins - highlighting the importance of diagnosis, management and treatment starting from the high-risk period of adolescence - throughout infertility PCOS-related issues, pregnancy and menopause transition. All aspects of this syndrome are covered also in relation with endocrine and metabolic features that affects women's health. This book is a very useful tool for gynecologists, endocrinologists, obstetricians, reproductive medicine and general practitioners and is an important resource for all physicians involved in women's health.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Early Origins, Diagnosis & Treatment of Adolescent PCOS
Chapter 2. Early Origins, Diagnosis & Treatment of PCOS in Adolescent Girls
Chapter 3. Environment factors responsible for obesity and insuline resistance in polycystic ovary syndrome
Chapter 4. Pathogenesis of PCOS: from metabolic and neuroendocrine implications to the choice of the therapeutic strategy
Chapter 5. Personalized therapies: why, when and for how long, the need of tailoring
Chapter 6. Endocrine and molecular features involved in follicular arrest of PCOS women
Chapter 7. Quality of life and Sexual Health
Chapter 8. Infertility Management in Lean v/s obese PCOS
Chapter 9. Treatment of Infertility in women with PCOS
Chapter 10. Management of PCOS women preparing pregnancy
Chapter 11. Impact of polycystic ovarian syndrome, metabolic syndrome and obesity on women's health
Chapter 12. Pregnancy outcome and metabolic syndrome
Chapter 13. PCO and pregnancy: what the physician (or obstetrician) has to know to assure the best pregnancy follow-up
Chapter 14. The role of insulin resistance in benign breast disease
Chapter 15. Inflammation and the metabolic syndrome during the menopausal transition
Chapter 16. Metabolic changes at the menopausal transition
Chapter 17. Cardiovascular impact - Cardiovascular impact of metabolic abnormalities
Chapter 18. How to prevent, to diagnose and to treat gynecological cancer in PCO patients? - DigitalAndrea R. Genazzani, Michelle Nisolle, Felice Petraglia, Robert N. Taylor, editors.Summary: This volume focuses on endometriosis from its pathogenesis and the importance of the early diagnosis to treatment, throughout all aspects of femininity that this disease affects, impacting health and quality of life. It also covers treatment strategies for the pain and for the disease management according to the age and needs of the patient, from adolescence to menopause, passing through the fertile age and the consequences that this disease can have on fertility and pregnancy. This book is a useful, clear and up-to-date tool for gynecologists, gynecological surgeons, reproductive medicine and general practitioners and is an important source of information to face this more and more frequent and devastating disease.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Endocrine disruptors and risk of endometriosis
Chapter 2. Metabolomic characteristics in endometriosis patients
Chapter 3. Can we diagnose early endometriosis with ultrasound rather than laparoscopy?
Chapter 4. Neurotrophins and cytokines in endometriosis pain
Chapter 5. Endometriosis induced pain: the treatment strategy
Chapter 6. Management of endometriosis in teenagers
Chapter 7. The etonogestrel contraceptive implant as a therapy for endometriosis
Chapter 8. Impact of endometrioma surgery on ovarian reserve
Chapter 9. What is the place of surgery of deep endometriosis in infertile and pelvic pain patients?
Chapter 10. Endometriosis and Infertility: surgery and IVF: when, why and outcomes
Chapter 11. ART and Endometriosis : problems and solutions
Chapter 12. Morphokinetics in embryos from patients with endometriosis
Chapter 13. Endometriosis and cancer: prevention and diagnosis
Chapter 14. Medical management of endometriosis, present and future with special reference to MHT in the patient previously diagnosed with endometriosis
Chapter 15. Endometriosis and Menopause: Realities and Management. - DigitalAndrea R. Genazzani, Mark Brincat, editors.Summary: This volume represents an up-to-date overview on the major areas of gynecological endocrinology, providing the reader with a complete explanation of female endocrine regulation and metabolism and relevant disorders and treatment. It is published within the International Society of Gynecological Endocrinology (ISGE) Series and is based on the 2013 International School of Gynecological and Reproductive Endocrinology Summer Course. The book covers a very wide range of topics from primary amenorrhea to menopause, from the impact of ovarian surgery on fertility to fertility cryopreservation, from metabolic syndrome and polycystic ovary to premature ovarian failure and from the clinical impact of selective progesterone receptor modulators to the use of progesterone in prevention of premature labor. It will be an important tool for obstetricians and gynecologists, endocrinologists and experts in women's health as well as interested GPs.
Contents:
Menstrual Dysfunction In Young Women
Metabolism, Hyperandrogenism, Body Weight And Reproduction
Ovarian Stimulation, Surgery And Insufficiency
Quality Of Life And Sexual Health
Hormone And Pregnancy
Ovarian Ageing And Menopause. - DigitalCheng-Kung Cheng, Savio L-Y. Woo, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This book provides state-of-the-art and up-to-date discussions on the pathology-related considerations and implications in the field of orthopaedic biomechanics. It presents fundamental engineering and mechanical theories concerning the biomechanics of orthopaedic and anatomical structures, and explores the biological and mechanical features that influence or modify the biomechanics of these structures. It also addresses clinically relevant biomechanical issues with a focus on diagnosis, injury, prevention and treatment. The first 12 chapters of the book provide a detailed review of the principles of orthopaedic biomechanics in the musculoskeletal system, including cartilage, bone, muscles and tendon, ligament, and multiple joints. Each chapter also covers important biomechanical concepts relevant to surgical and clinical practice. The remaining chapters examines clinically relevant trauma and injury challenges in the field, including diagnostic techniques such as movement analysis and rehabilitation intervention. Lastly it describes advanced considerations and approaches for fracture fixation, implant design, and biomaterials.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Contents
Introduction
Chapter 1: Biomechanics of Bone and Cartilage
1 Background
2 Bone Structure, Physiology, and Basic Biomechanics
3 Mechanical Properties and Characterization of Biological Tissues
3.1 Stress
3.2 Strain
3.3 Elastic Modulus
4 Musculoskeletal Tissue Response to Dynamic Mechanical Signals
5 Functional Disuse-Induced Bone Loss and Muscle Atrophy
6 Frequency-Dependent Marrow Pressure and Bone Strain Generated by Muscle Stimulation
7 Dynamic Muscle Stimulation Induced Attenuation of Bone Loss 8 Cellular and Molecular Pathways of Bone in Response to Mechanical Loading
8.1 Basic Multicellular Units (BMU)
9 Mechanical Signal Induced Marrow Stem Cell Elevation and Adipose Cell Suppression
10 Osteocyte and Its Response to Mechanical Signals Coupled with Wnt Signaling
10.1 The Role of LRP5 in Bone Responding to Mechanical Loading
10.2 MicroRNA and Its Role in Mechanotransduction in Tissue
10.3 Mechanotransductive Implication in Bone Tissue Engineering
11 Biomechanics of Articular Cartilage
11.1 The Composition of Articular Cartilage 11.2 The Effect of Mechanical Load on the Metabolism of Articular Cartilage
11.3 The Degeneration of Articular Cartilage Caused by Joint Overuse/Disuse
12 Discussion
References
Chapter 2: Biomechanics of Skeletal Muscle and Tendon
1 Skeletal Muscle
1.1 Structure and Composition
1.1.1 Muscle Fiber
1.1.2 Mononuclear Cells
1.1.3 Extracellular Matrix (ECM)
1.2 Passive Muscles
1.2.1 Elastic Behavior
1.2.2 Viscoelastic Behavior
1.3 Active Muscles
1.3.1 Muscle Force Production
1.3.2 Muscle Size and Force Production 1.3.3 Force Production and Muscle's Moment Arm
1.3.4 Force Production and Level of Recruitment of Motor Units
1.3.5 Force Production and Fiber Type
2 Tendon
2.1 Structure and Composition
2.1.1 Cell Population within Tendon
2.1.2 Extracellular Matrix
2.2 Basic Mechanics
2.2.1 Elastic Behavior
2.2.2 Viscoelastic Behavior
2.3 Mechano-responses of Tendon
2.3.1 Physiological Mechano-responses
2.3.2 Pathological Mechano-responses
2.3.3 Mechanotransduction
References
Chapter 3: Biomechanics of Ligaments
1 Ligament Composition, Structure, and Function 1.1 Composition
1.2 Structure
1.3 Function
2 Biomechanical Properties of Ligaments
2.1 Tensile Properties
2.2 Viscoelastic Properties
3 Ligament Injury, Treatment, and Rehabilitation
3.1 Injury
3.2 Treatment
3.3 ACL Reconstruction Animal Model
3.4 Rehabilitation
4 Summary
References
Chapter 4: Hand and Wrist Biomechanics
1 Skeletal and Ligamentous Anatomy
2 Biomechanics
2.1 Wrist Motion
2.2 Muscular Biomechanics
2.3 Carpometacarpal Joints
2.4 CMC Joint of the Thumb
2.5 Metacarpophalangeal Joints - DigitalDev Bukhsh Singh, Timir Tripathi, editors.Summary: This book discusses a broad range of basic and advanced topics in the field of protein structure, function, folding, flexibility, and dynamics. Starting with a basic introduction to protein purification, estimation, storage, and its effect on the protein structure, function, and dynamics, it also discusses various experimental and computational structure determination approaches; the importance of molecular interactions and water in protein stability, folding and dynamics; kinetic and thermodynamic parameters associated with protein-ligand binding; single molecule techniques and their applications in studying protein folding and aggregation; protein quality control; the role of amino acid sequence in protein aggregation; muscarinic acetylcholine receptors, antimuscarinic drugs, and their clinical significances. Further, the book explains the current understanding on the therapeutic importance of the enzyme dopamine beta hydroxylase; structural dynamics and motions in molecular motors; role of cathepsins in controlling degradation of extracellular matrix during disease states; and the important structure-function relationship of iron-binding proteins, ferritins. Overall, the book is an important guide and a comprehensive resource for understanding protein structure, function, dynamics, and interaction.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
About the Editors
1: Protein Purification, Estimation, Storage, and Effect on Structure-Function-Dynamics
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Protein Purification
1.2.1 Protein Precipitation/Salting Out
1.2.2 Buffer Exchange/Dialysis
1.2.3 Immuno-Affinity Chromatography
1.2.4 Affinity Chromatography
1.2.5 Ion-Exchange Chromatography
1.2.6 Size-Exclusion or Gel Filtration Chromatography (SEC/GFC)
1.2.7 High-Pressure/Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC)
1.2.8 Hydrophobic Interaction Chromatography
1.3 Resolving and Display of Protein 1.6.3 Cycles of Freeze-Thaw
1.6.4 Organic Solvents and pH
1.6.5 Proteases/Peptidases
1.6.6 Protein Concentration
1.6.7 Reducing Agents
1.6.8 Salt Conditions and Urea
1.6.9 Temperature
1.7 Factors Affecting the Stability of Proteins
1.8 Effect on the Dynamics of Protein
1.9 Conclusions
References
2: Experimental and Computational Methods to Determine Protein Structure and Stability
2.1 Protein Purification Techniques
2.1.1 General Aspects of Protein Purification
2.1.2 Stabilizing Proteins
2.1.3 Quantification of Proteins 2.1.4 Purification of Proteins Based on Solubility
2.1.5 Purification of Proteins Based on Size
2.1.5.1 Ultrafiltration
2.1.5.2 Gel Filtration or Molecular Sieve or Size Exclusion Chromatography
2.1.5.3 SDS-PAGE
2.1.6 Purification of Proteins Based on Charge
2.1.6.1 Ion-Exchange Chromatography
2.1.6.2 Isoelectric Focusing
2.1.6.3 Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
2.1.7 Purification of Proteins Based on Polarity (Hydrophobic Interaction Chromatography)
2.1.8 Purification of Proteins Based on theBinding Property (Affinity Chromatography) 2.2 Biophysical and Biochemical Characterization of Protein
2.2.1 Biophysical Characterization Methods
2.2.2 Dynamic Light Scattering (DLS)
2.2.2.1 Applications of DLS
2.2.3 Circular Dichroism (CD) Spectroscopy
2.2.3.1 Applications of CD
2.2.3.2 Advantages of CD
2.2.4 Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC)
2.2.4.1 Applications of DSC
2.2.5 Fourier-Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy
2.2.5.1 Advantages of FTIR
2.2.6 Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
2.2.6.1 Applications of ITC
2.2.7 Biochemical Characterization
2.2.8 Oxidation
2.2.9 DeamidationDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalYong-Ku Kim, editor.Summary: This book reviews key recent advances and new frontiers within psychiatric research and clinical practice. These advances either represent or are enabling paradigm shifts in the discipline and are influencing how we observe, derive and test hypotheses, and intervene. Progress in information technology is allowing the collection of scattered, fragmented data and the discovery of hidden meanings from stored data, and the impacts on psychiatry are fully explored. Detailed attention is also paid to the applications of artificial intelligence, machine learning, and data science technology in psychiatry and to their role in the development of new hypotheses, which in turn promise to lead to new discoveries and treatments. Emerging research methods for precision medicine are discussed, as are a variety of novel theoretical frameworks for research, such as theoretical psychiatry, the developmental approach to the definition of psychopathology, and the theory of constructed emotion. The concluding section considers novel interventions and treatment avenues, including psychobiotics, the use of neuromodulation to augment cognitive control of emotion, and the role of the telomere-telomerase system in psychopharmacological interventions.
Contents:
Part 1. Challenges and Strategies
Chapter 1. Challenges of Big Data and Discovery Sciences in Psychiatry
Chapter 2. Challenges and Strategies for the Classification of Psychiatric Disorders
Chapter 3. Genetic markers of Alzheimers disease
Chapter 4. Genetic markers in Psychiatry
Chapter 5. Recent advances in Neuroimaging of Small Vessel Disease in Late-life Depression
Part 2. Advances in artificial intelligence technologies
Chapter 6. Artificial Intelligence in Psychiatry
Chapter 7. Machine Learning in Neural Networks: Clinical Opportunity of a Paradigm Shift
Chapter 8. Imaging Connectomics: A new insights for understanding brain diseases
Chapter 9. Development of Neuroimaging-based Biomarkers in Psychiatry: back to the future
Part 3. Research methods for Precision Medicine
Chapter 10. Precision Psychiatry: Biomarker guided Tailored Therapy for Effective Treatment and Prevention
Chapter 11. Women Psychiatry: Do we need a New Paradigm?
Chapter 12. CHILD PSYCHIATRY: What We Know and What We Dont Know on Mood Disorders
Chapter 13. The frontiers of suicide -A global threat or global phenomenon
Part 4. Ongoing paradigm shifts
Chapter 14. Animal Research in psychiatry: a paradigm shift
Chapter 15. Modeling psychiatric diseases with induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells
Chapter 16. Paradigm Shift in Psychopharmacology and Psychotherapy Research
Chapter 17. More integrated Bio-Psycho-Social approach to Psychiatric Disorders
Chapter 18. Early Identification of Psychiatric Disorders: do we need a paradigm shift?
Part 5. New Theoretical frameworks for Research
Chapter 19. Theoretical psychiatry: Missing link between academic and clinical psychiatry for further scientific and professional maturation of psychiatry
Chapter 20. Theoretical psychiatry and transdisciplinary integrative approach: Stepping stones to precision and person-centered psychiatry
Chapter 21. Developmental Psychopathology: Appli cation to Psychiatry
Chapter 22. Emotion: Concepts and Dysfunctions in Neuropsychiatric Research
Chapter 23. Resilience: A Psychopathological Construct for Psychiatric Disorders
Chapter 24. Inflammation for psychiatric disorders: Fact or Hypothesis
Chapter 25. Smart Healthcare System and Precision Medicine: through the Brain Mechanisms of the Smartphone and Internet Game Addiction
Part 6. Novel interventions
Chapter 26. Telomere-telomerase system in psychiatric disorders and its role in treatment
Chapter 27. Neuromodulation on Cognitive Control of Emotion: a paradigm shift
Chapter 28. Psychobiotics: A paradigm shift in Psychopharmacology
Chapter 29. Digital Interventions for Mental Disorders: Key Features, Efficacy, and Potential for Artificial Intelligence Applications
Chapter 30. Cognitive behavioral therapy for insomnia using internet, mobile application, and wearable devices. - PrintBrooks, Benjamin Rix; Wood, James H.Print
- DigitalSasan Adibi, Paul Griffin, Melvin Sanicas, Maryam Rashidi, Francesco Lanfranchi, editors.Summary: This book aims to serve the critical interests of the global community by supplying the most current knowledge and understanding of Covid-19 epidemiology, treatment, and prognoses. There was much uncertain and contradictory information published in the first year of the novel coronavirus. The dynamics of COVID-19 have now been realized, including the type of antibodies produced in infected patients and their limited lasting endurance. This book will set the record straight on the concept of "herd immunity" and explore the current vaccine trials taking place in different countries. This comprehensive book will illuminate recent advances regarding COVID-19 and offer a possible roadmap on how to move forward. Frontiers of COVID-19: A Pathophysiology and Epidemiology Roadmap of Novel Coronavirus Disease will be a vital and forward-looking guide for infectious disease clinicians, scientists and researchers, and students at the graduate level.
Contents:
Section I. History, Epidemiologic Background and Pathogenesis of Coronavirus
Chapter 01: Surfaces as a source for SARS-CoV-2 transmission
Chapter 02: Humoral immune response in SARS-CoV-2 infection & its therapeutic relevance
Chapter 03: SARS-CoV-2 Invasion and Pathogenesis of COVID-19: A Perspective of viral receptors, bradykinin and purinergic system
Chapter 04: Genetics and Biological characteristics of SARS-CoV-2
Chapter 05: COVID-19 impact on host at pathophysiological and cellular level
Chapter 06: Identification of the COVID-19 droplet deposition path and its effects on the human respiratory tract before and after the disease: A scoping novel respiratory mask design
Chapter 07: SARS-CoV-2 variants: Impact of Spike Mutations on Vaccine and Therapeutic strategies
Chapter 08: Global biologic characteristics of Variants of Concern and Variants of Interest of SARS-CoV-2
Chapter 09: Emergence of COVID-19 variants and its global impact
Section II. Clinical Observations
Chapter 10: Psychological Impacts of the COVID-19 Pandemic
Chapter 11: Spatial Epidemiology of COVID-19: Disease Risk, Prognosis, and Complications
Chapter 12: Eye disorders and neuro-ophthalmic manifestations of COVID-19
Chapter 13: Evaluation and Management of Dysphagia during the COVID-19 Pandemic
Chapter 14: Gastrointestinal Manifestations Of COVID-19, and Inflammatory Bowel Disease in the COVID-19 Era, Clinical Overview And Updated Guidelines
Chapter 15: Post COVID-19 conditions-the new challenge to mankind
Chapter 16: Association of Alpha 1 Antitrypsin deficiency with COVID-19 mortality: basis for clinical trials
Chapter 17: Social cognition approaches to understanding and changing COVID-19 preventive behaviours
Chapter 18: Neurological Complications of COVID-19
Chapter 19: The Impact of Covid-19 on Surgical Disease
Section III. Interventions and Treatments
Chapter 20: Pre-Hospital Management of COVID-19: Looking for a Future Perspective
Chapter 21: Biotechnological strategies in the intervention and treatment of COVID-19
Chapter 22: Vitamin D: A Potential Prophylactic and Therapeutic Agent against COVID-19
Section IV. Current Trends and Future Directions
Chapter 23: Rational repurposing of drugs, clinical trials candidates, and natural products for SARS-Cov-2 therapy
Chapter 24: In Silico Drug Repositioning for COVID-19: Progress and Challenges
Chapter 25: Computationally Repurposed Natural Products Targeting SARS-CoV-2 Attachment and Entry Mechanisms
Chapter 26: Different platforms, immune response modulators and challenges in SARS-CoV-2 vaccination
Chapter 27: SARS-CoV-2 vaccine against virus: mission accomplished !?
Chapter 28: COVID-19 vaccines authorized by stringent regulatory authorities and vaccine candidates expecting approval in 2021
Chapter 29: The Global Evolution of Clinical Practice During a Pandemic
Chapter 30: Anticipated Long-Term Neurobehavioral Outcomes following COVID-19
Chapter 31. The road ahead. - Digital/PrintDigital Access Karger v. 1-34, 1975-2015.
- DigitalDigital Access Karger v. 9-18, 1998-2016.
- PrintBruce L. Miller, MD.Contents:
History and nomenclature
The clinical syndrome of bvFTD
The clinical syndrome of svPPA
The clinical syndrome of nfvPPA
Related disorders : FTD-ALS
Related disorders : corticobasal degeneration and progressive supranuclear palsy
A primer of FTLD neuropathology
FTD genes
FTD reflections upon psychology and philosophy
Treatments. - DigitalBernardino Ghetti, Emanuele Buratti, Bradley Boeve, Rosa Rademakers, editors.Summary: Under the name of Frontotemporal Dementias (FTD) numerous hereditary and sporadic disorders are listed. FTD may take away speech and language, social skills and ethical judgement, wishes and will, empathy and emotions; it may also impair motor functions. FTD may affect men and women in midlife or during old age leading to the demolition of the uniqueness of the human mind. In the last decade of the 20th century and in the first two decades of the 21st century, progress in the understanding of clinical, neuropathological, biochemical, and genetic aspects of FTD has accelerated. The novel awareness about FTD has directed young generations of researchers toward the study of this complex group of disorders. This Volume has been formulated with the participation of some of the leading scientists who have contributed to the development of knowledge in the clinical and basic science arenas. It captures the current central elements that are relevant to an up-to-date understanding of causes and pathogenesis of multiple forms of FTD. The volume is an opus that represents a distillation of the work of many scientists and addresses the current directions in the study of one of the most complex groups of diseases. In view of its structure, the book could also be used as a textbook, that offers both a broad and deep analysis of major areas in FTD. This book, planned by the International Society for Frontotemporal Dementias, is distinctive as it opens a window to a wide landscape about the biology of FTD. Thus, the book represents a moment of reflection on the present state of our knowledge of FTD and a collective vision toward scientific progress. The authors of each chapter share their knowledge and vision aimed at reducing the suffering which is caused by FTD.
- Print
- DigitalQihui "Jim" Zhai, editor.Summary: The Frozen Section Library series provides concise, user-friendly, site specific handbooks that are well illustrated and highlight the pitfalls, artifacts and differential diagnosis issues that arise in the hurried frozen section scenario. Written by expert surgical pathologists, Frozen Section Library: Endocrine Organs presents common and practical problems including follicular adenoma versus follicular carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma versus reactive change and freezing artifact, follicular variant of papillary thyroid carcinoma, and medullary thyroid carcinoma. Anaplastic carcinoma, thyroid lymphoma, resection margin of a pancreatic endocrine tumor, pheochromocytoma within an adrenal gland and extra- adrenal gland, parathyroid tissue versus a thyroid tissue and versus a lymph node are also explored in detail. All chapters are illustrated with color pictures and accompanied legends. As a handbook for practicing pathologists, this volume is an indispensable aid to diagnosis and for avoiding dangers in one of the most challenging situations that pathologists encounter. Rapid consideration of differential diagnoses and how to avoid traps caused by frozen section artifacts are readily accessible. Tables and charts provide guidance for differential diagnosis of various histological patterns.
Contents:
Thyroid Gland
Parathyroid Gland
Endocrine Tumors of the Pancreas
Adrenal Gland
Pituitary Gland
Paraganglioma
Neuroendocrine Tumors within the Non-Endocrine Organs. - DigitalAlain C. Borczuk, Rhonda K. Yantiss, Brian D. Robinson, Theresa Scognamiglio, Timothy M. D'Alfonso, editors.Summary: This book provides guidance regarding the approach to common scenarios encountered in the frozen section laboratory while underscoring diagnostic pitfalls and providing the proper level of diagnostic information to ensure clear communication. Given the use of frozen section in molecular and research pathology, the text also serves as a guide for morphologic examination. Written by experts in the field, the book is organized according to organ system with additional chapters discussing the roles of digital pathology and molecular assays. Each chapter is extensively illustrated to highlight key points that facilitate interpretation and highlight areas for potential error. The goal of this book is to help trainees understand the need for mastery of this unique diagnostic tool, and to aid pathologists who cover frozen section convert practical information provided into diagnostic improvements. Frozen Section Pathology is a comprehensive and state-of-the-art review and serves as a valuable resource for the general surgical pathologist with frozen section responsibilities as well as surgeons who regularly utilize frozen section.
Contents:
Technique of Intraoperative Consultation
Quality Assurance in Frozen section
Intraoperative Evaluation of the Gastrointestinal Tract
Intraoperative Evaluation of the Liver, Extrahepatic Bile Ducts, Gallbladder, and Pancreas
Head and Neck Pathology
Thyroid and Parathyroid
Frozen Section of Breast and Sentinel Lymph Node
Genitourinary Pathology
Frozen section in lung and pleural pathology
Frozen Sections in Neuropathology
Frozen Section in Gynecologic Pathology
Dermatopathology
Frozen Sections in Bone and Soft Tissue Pathology
Frozen Section and Intraoperative Consultation in Hematopathology
Frozen Sections in Kidney Transplantation
Intra-operative consultation and molecular pathology. - DigitalArvind K. Chavali, Ramesh Ramji, editors.Summary: This book introduces readers to the concept of 'frugal innovation' and describes novel low-cost technologies that aid in diagnosing infectious diseases. Rapidly deployable, portable, and affordable diagnostic tools have the potential to tremendously benefit populations in resource-limited settings and improve global health outcomes. Specifically, the book includes the following features: Cutting-Edge Research: Thorough coverage of scientific advances related to frugal bioengineering that have been developed within the last few years. A few examples of technologies covered in detail include low-cost paper-based and CD-based microfluidic diagnostic systems. Industry and Non-Profit Voices: Chapters written by scientists currently working in industry and philanthropic sectors.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalFernando Freitas de Lima, Caroline Honaiser Lescano, Ivan Pires de Oliveira, editors.Summary: Fruits of the Brazilian Cerrado: Composition and Functional Benefits describes the nutritional, chemical and physical characteristics of the fruits of the Cerrado, as well as their pharmacological effects and use in phytotherapics. Chapters are dedicated to the morphological characteristics, macronutrients, micronutrients and active compounds of various fruits, with separate sections covering their peels, leaves, nuts, pulps, and other components. The text also includes detailed studies on the treatment of diseases with these natural products, as well as their applications in popular use by local communities. Authors explain the importance of bioactive compounds found in the fruits and their possible mechanisms of action in the organism. This text thus provides a valuable reference to researchers studying a range of topics, including functional foods, phytotherapy, and plant science.
Contents:
1. Acrocomia aculeata
2. Attalea dubia & Attalea phalerata
3. Campomanesia genus
4. Caryocar spp
5. Mauritia flexuosa
6. Dipteryx alata
7. Solanum lycocarpum
8. Attalea speciosa
9. Syagrus romanzoffiana
10. Hancornia speciosa. - DigitalVictoria Tepe, Charles M. Peterson, editors.Summary: This ground-breaking title begins with an introductory overview of the Lower Extremity Gait Systems (LEGS) project, identifying concerns and observations as context for the reader to consider topics and challenges detailed in later chapters. Next are chapters that explore relevant military and civilian needs, and an essential historical context of the capabilities and limitations of contemporary prosthetics. The section concludes with an overview of essential components used in passive and active lower limb prosthetics, including sockets, foot, ankle, and knee systems, as well as emerging bionic systems. A second section considers research and development in orthotics, synthetic and biological materials, volitional control, and wearable robotics (also known as exoskeletons). Finally, expert authors explore advanced science and emerging medical perspectives in research related to limb salvage, osseointegration, limb transplantation, and tissue engineering. Designed for medical practitioners, engineers, students, and researchers who use or develop prosthetic technology for civilian or military amputees, Full Stride: Advancing the State of the Art in Lower Extremity Gait Systems will be of great interest to trauma specialists, orthopedists, rehabilitation specialists, nursing staff and physical therapists, as well as researchers and scientists who specialize in fields that shape and inform advanced prosthetic device development such as materials sciences, engineering (electrical, mechanical, biomedical), robotics, and human physiology.Digital Access Springer 2017
- Digitaledited by Alexandru Mihai Grumezescu.Summary: Fullerens, Graphenes and Nanotubes: A Pharmaceutical Approach shows how carbon nanomaterials are used in the pharmaceutical industry. While there are various books on the carbonaceous nanomaterials available on the market, none approach the subject from a pharmaceutical point-of-view. In this context, the book covers different applications of carbonaceous nanomaterials. Chapters examine different types of carbon nanomaterials and explore how they are used in such areas as cancer treatments, pulse sensing and prosthetics. Readers will find this book to be a valuable reference resource for those working in the areas of carbon materials, nanomaterials and pharmaceutical science.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalDao Wen Wang, editor.Summary: This book provides readers recent advances on basic research and clinical management of fulminant myocarditis. First chapters introduce aetiology, pathology, and pathophysiology of fulminant myocarditis, in which excessive immune activation and subsequent cytokine storm are proposed to be the core pathogenesis. Following chapters present clinical management of fulminant myocarditis, including clinical manifestations, examinations, and diagnosis of fulminant myocarditis, as well as life support-based comprehensive treatment regimen in acute phase.
Contents:
Introduction: Accumulating More Knowledge and Ability in Treating Fulminant Myocarditis to Save More Lives
The Epidemiology of Fulminant Myocarditis
Pattern Recognition Receptors and Fulminant Myocarditis
Etiology and Pathogenesis of Fulminant Myocarditis
Pathophysiology and Mechanisms of Fulminant Myocarditis
Pathology of Fulminant Myocarditis
Clinical Manifestations of and Laboratory Tests for Myocarditis and Fulminant Myocarditis
Diagnostic Values and Clinical Application of Endomyocardial Biopsy in Fulmiant Myocarditis
Association between Histological Changes and Clinical Manifestations of Fulminant Myocarditis
Changes of Electrpcardiography in Patients with Fulminant Myocarditis
Echocardiography in Fulminant Myocarditis
Cardiac Magnetic Resonance in Fulminant Myocarditis
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis of Fulminant Myocarditis
Novel Conceptions in Treatments of Fulminant Myocarditis
Treatments of Fulminant Myocarditis in Acute Phase
Prevention and Treatment of Arrhythmias Complicated by Fulminant Myocarditis
Prevention and Treatment of Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation in Fulminant Myocarditis
Rehabilitation Treatment for Myocarditis
Follow-Up and Long-Term Prognosis of Myocarditis and Fulminant Myocarditis
Clinical Nursing for Patients with Fulminant Myocarditis
Introduction of Clinical Courses of Typical Cases of Fulminant Myocarditis (Including Six Cases). - DigitalNeeraj Khanna.Summary: This book provides all the information needed by the dentist in order to understand functional occlusion and describes a coherent method that, through application of principles of form and function, allows the delivery of predictable, natural, and long-lasting aesthetic results. After clear explanation of the concepts of functional aesthetics, functional occlusion, and the envelope of function, the 12 stages of a complete examination are carefully set out, with accompanying rationale. Similarly, full guidance is provided on acquisition of appropriate diagnostic records, comprising perfect impressions, facebow transfer, centric relation bite record, and digital photographs. Further, a method for correct determination of the incisal edge position is presented, with explanation of the importance of this position to aesthetics, function, and phonetics. A step-by-step description of the treatment planning process is then provided, followed by guidance on preparation design and fabrication of restorations. Readers will find the book to be an invaluable aid to attainment of consistent aesthetic results based on stable occlusion.
Contents:
Functional aesthetics
Functional occlusion. Understanding and thinking
The envelope of function: understanding and importance
The complete examination: 12 steps to perform a complete exam
Diagnostic records. What to take and why
Incisal edge position: its importance to aesthetics and function
Phonetics: how to design with phonetics in mind
diagnosis and treatment planning
Communication: with your patients, specialists & technicians
Preparation, planning and quality control.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Juan C. Stockert, Jesús Espada, Alfonso Blázquez-Castro.Contents:
Predictive binding geometry of ligands to DNA minor groove : isohelicity and hydrogen-bonding pattern / Juan C. Stockert
Using microchip gel electrophoresis to probe DNA-drug binding interactions / Nan Shi and Victor M. Ugaz
Identifying different types of chromatin using Giemsa staining / Juan C. Stockert, Alfonso Blázquez-Castro, and Richard W. Horobin
Analysis of DNA damage and repair by comet fluorescence in situ hybridization (comet-FISH) / Michael Glei and Wiebke Schlörmann
Alkaline nuclear dispersion assays for the determination of DNA damage at the single cell level / Piero Sestili and Carmela Fimognari
Polarization microscopy of extended chromatin fibers / Maria Luiza S. Mello and Benedicto de Campos Vidal
DNA labeling in vivo : quantification of epidermal stem cell chromatin content in whole mouse hair follicles using Fiji image processing software / Elisa Carrasco, María I. Calvo, and Jesús Espada
Historical overview of bromo-substituted DNA and sister chromatid differentiation / Roberto Mezzanotte and Mariella Nieddu
Image analysis of chromatin remodelling / Benedicto de Campos Vidal, Marina B. Felisbino, and Maria Luiza S. Mello
FISH methods in cytogenetic studies / Miguel Pita, Juan Orellana, Paloma Martínez-Rodríguez, Ángel Martínez-Ramírez, Begoña Fernández-Calvín, and José L. Bella
Ultrastructural and immunofluorescent methods for the study of the XY body as a biomarker / Roberta B. Sciurano and Alberto J. Solari
Atomic force microscopy for analyzing metaphase chromosomes : comparison of AFM images with fluorescence labeling images of banding patterns / Osamu Hoshi and Tatsuo Ushiki
Selective detection of phagocytic phase of apoptosis in fixed tissue sections / Vladimir V. Didenko
Selective transport of cationized fluorescent topoisomerase into nuclei of live cells for DNA damage studies / Candace L. Minchew and Vladimir V. Didenko
Visualization and interpretation of eukaryotic DNA replication intermediates in vivo by electron microscopy / Kai J. Neelsen, Arnab Ray Chaudhuri, Cindy Follonier, Raquel Herrador, and Massimo Lopes
Combined bidimensional electrophoresis and electron microscopy to study specific plasmid DNA replication intermediates in human cells / Cindy Follonier and Massimo Lopes
Standard DNA methylation analysis in mouse epidermis : bisulfite sequencing, methylation-specific PCR, and 5-methyl-cytosine (5mC) immunological detection / Jesús Espada, Elisa Carrasco, and María I. Calvo
Methyl-combing : single-molecule analysis of DNA methylation on stretched DNA fibers / Attila Németh
Investigating 5-hydroxymethylcytosine (5hmC) : the state of the art / Colm E. Nestor, James P. Reddington, Mikael Benson, and Richard R. Meehan
Hydroxymethylated DNA immunoprecipitation (hmeDIP) / Colm E. Nestor and Richard R. Meehan
Microscale thermophoresis for the assessment of nuclear protein-binding affinities / Wei Zhang, Stefan Duhr, Philipp Baaske, and Ernest Laue
Analysis of histone posttranslational modifications from nucleolus-associated chromatin by mass spectrometry / Stefan Dillinger, Ana Villar Garea, Rainer Deutzmann, and Attila Németh
Salt-urea, sulfopropyl-sepharose, and covalent chromatography methods for histone isolation and fractionation / Pedro Rodriguez-Collazo
Chromatin immunoprecipitation / Javier Rodríguez-Ubreva and Esteban Ballestar
Analysis of chromatin composition of repetitive sequences : the ChIP-Chop assay / Raffaella Santoro
Purification of specific chromatin domains from single- copy gene loci in Saccharomyces cerevisiae / Stephan Hamperl, Christopher R. Brown, Jorge Perez-Fernandez, Katharina Huber, Manuel Wittner, Virginia Babl, Ulrike Stöckl, Hinrich Boeger, Herbert Tschochner, Philipp Milkereit, and Joachim Griesenbeck
Deep sequencing of small chromatin-associated RNA : isolation and library preparation / Sarah Daniela Diermeier, Thomas Schubert, and Gernot Längst
Deep sequencing of small chromatin-associated RNA : bioinformatic analysis / Sarah Daniela Diermeier and Gernot Längst. - Digitalvolume editors, Eamonn M.M. Quigley, Michio Hongo, Shin Fukudo.Summary: "The clinical problems and dilemmas which the busy clinician encounters on a daily basis are the main focus of this publication. Emphasizing a clinical rather than a pathophysiological approach to problems, it facilitates access and helps the practicing clinician to develop an effective and efficient diagnostic and therapeutic strategy. Nevertheless, clinically important aspects of pathophysiology are also dealt with in detail when called for. A variety of scenarios that are especially relevant to modern medical practice, such as the intensive care unit, are taken into account. A group of internationally renowned experts guides the reader through the broad variety of diagnostic options available to assist in the assessment of symptoms originating anywhere along the gastrointestinal tract, from the esophagus to the anus, and, in each instance, every effort is made to critically appraise the technology discussed. Moreover, general overviews of broadly relevant therapeutic approaches are also provided. Pediatric and adult gastroenterologists, gastrointestinal surgeons and hospitalists will find this publication to be a valuable help in their daily practice"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Oropharyngeal dysphagia and swallowing dysfunction / Sifrim, D.; Vilardell, N.; Clavé, P.
Nonobstructive dysphagia / Hongo, M.; Shoji, T.; Endo, Y.
Gastroparesis / Parkman, H.P.
The role of gastric sensorineural dysfunction in functional dyspepsia / Tack, J.
Chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction : a neuropathological approach / De Giorgio, R.; Boschetti, E.; Bianco, F.; Cogliandro, R.F.; Volta, U.; Caio, G.; Corinaldesi, R.; Stanghellini, V.
Small intestinal dysmotility, its role in irritable bowel syndrome and small intestinal bacterial overgrowth : assessment and management / Quigley, E.M.M.
When and how should we study colonic motility? / Fukudo, S.; Machida, T.; Endo, Y.; Shoji, T.; Kano, M.; Kanazawa, M.
Difficult defecation : what really helps to assess dysfunction and guide therapy / Corazziari, E.S.
Functional gastrointestinal disorders : the mind-body dimension / Van Oudenhove, L.
The role of psychosocial factors in functional gastrointestinal disorders / Lackner, J.M.
The pharmacology of the gut-brain axis : prospects for future therapeutic progress? / Gabbard, S.; Lacy, B.E.
Specific clinical contexts. Pt. 1: the intensive care unit / Quigley, E.M.M.
Specific clinical contexts. Pt. 2: the patient with neurological disease / Choi, M.-G.
Specific clinical contexts. Pt. 3: the child with neurodevelopmental delay / Carvalho, R.; Di Lorenzo, C.
Specific clinical contexts. Pt. 4: the postoperative patient / Bassotti, G.; Villanacci, V.; Battaglia, E.; Maurer, C.A.Digital Access Karger 2014 - DigitalBrian E. Lacy, Michael D. Crowell, John K. DiBaise, editors.Contents:
Globus
Dysphagia
Noncardiac Chest Pain
Functional Gastrointestinal and Motility Disorders: Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
Aerophagia, Belching, and Rumination
Dyspepsia
Chronic nausea
Gastroparesis
Cyclical Vomiting Syndrome
Gas and Bloating
Small Intestinal Bacterial Overgrowth
Chronic Intestinal Pseudo-Obstruction
Functional Gallbladder Disorder
Right Upper Quadrant Pain after Cholecystectomy
Chronic Constipation
Irritable Bowel Syndrome
Colonic Inertia
Chronic Diarrhea
Fecal Incontinence
Rectal Pain
Complementary and Alternative Management Strategies in Irritable Bowel Syndrome
Appendix: Answers to Teaching Questions.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJavier Gavilán, Alejandro Castro, Laura Rodrigáñez, Jesús Herranz.Summary: "This updated second edition presents a unique point of view based on fascial dissection techniques developed by several generations of renowned surgeons at La Paz University Hospital, Spain. This book lays a foundation with in-depth discussion of fascial compartmentalization of the neck. The text covers the evolution of modern neck dissection, from George Crile in 1906 to current cutting-edge procedures, and details the transition from radical neck dissection to a less aggressive, equally effective approach for treating lymph node metastases in head and neck cancer. The relationship between functional and selective neck dissection is discussed from a pragmatic and nonconventional perspective, elucidating the connection from historical, anatomic, and surgical standpoints. The four authors differentiate conceptual approaches, keystones in the evolution of scientific knowledge from surgical techniques, technical variations of a standard procedure designed to most effectively resolve a problem. The primary goal of this book is providing the reader with expert guidance on a full spectrum of fundamental surgical techniques"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The Historical Outlook of Neck Dissection
The Rationale and Anatomical Basis for Functional and Selective Neck Dissection
The Conceptual Approach to Functional and Selective Neck Dissection
Surgical Technique
Hints and Pitfalls
Complications of Neck Surgery
Frequently Asked Questions with Answers.Digital Access - Digitaleditors: Devarajan Thangadurai, Jeyabalan Sangeetha, Ram Prasad.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalChunlin Hou, editor.Summary: One of the most common problems for spinal cord injury patients is urinary system dysfunction. The book Functional Bladder Reconstruction Following Spinal Cord Injury via Neural Approaches introduces how to solve this problem using multi-disciplinary approaches. From animal model studies to surgical techniques as well as successful case reports, six kinds of surgery are presented in separate chapters. This up-to-date monograph will be a valuable resource for surgeons, urologists and neurologists caring for spinal cord injury patients. The contributors are a group of surgeons working in the fields of orthopaedics and microsurgery.
Contents:
An overview of traumatic spinal cord injury
Clinical anatomy of cauda equina and lumbosacral nerve root
Classification of and Treatment Principles for Bladder Dysfunction Caused by Spinal Cord Injury
Pathological changes in the detrusor after spinal cord injury
Microstructural study of the detrusor muscle after repair of atonic bladders caused by injury to the medullary cone in rats
Selective sacral rhizotomy: introducing a simple intraoperative manometric method
Reconstruction of bladder innervation below the level of spinal cord injury for inducing urination by Achilles tendon -to - bladder reflex contractions
Reconstruction of bladder innervation above the level of spinal cord injury for inducing urination by abdomen-to-bladder reflex contractions
Reconstruction of afferent and efferent nerve pathways of the atonic bladder
Transfer of normal lumbosacral nerve roots to reinnervate atonic bladder
Electrical stimulated micturition: Sacral Anterior Root Stimulator+Sacral deafferentation. - DigitalJay J. Pillai, editor.Summary: This book presents a comprehensive overview of current state-of-the-art clinical physiological imaging of brain tumors.? It focuses on the clinical applications of various modalities as they relate to brain tumor imaging, including techniques such as blood oxygen level dependent functional magnetic resonance imaging, diffusion tensor imaging, magnetic source imaging/magnetoencephalography, magnetic resonance perfusion imaging, magnetic resonance spectroscopic imaging, amide proton transfer imaging, high angular resolution diffusion imaging, sodium imaging, and molecular imaging. Featuring contributions from renowned experts in functional imaging, this book examines the diagnosis and characterization of brain tumors, details the application of functional imaging to treatment planning and monitoring of therapeutic intervention, and explores future directions in physiologic brain tumor imaging. Intended for neuro-oncologists, neurosurgeons, neuroradiologists, residents, and medical students, Functional Brain Tumor Imaging is a unique resource that serves to advance patient care and research in this rapidly developing field.
Contents:
Section I: Diagnosis and Characterization of Brain Tumors
MR Perfusion Imaging: ASL, T2*-Weighted DSC, and T1-Weighted DCE Methods
Diffusion Tensor Imaging: Introduction and Applications to Brain Tumor Characterization
Diagnosis and Characterization of Brain Tumors: MR Spectroscopic Imaging
Section II: Physiologic Imaging for Planning and Monitoring of Therapeutic Intervention
BOLD fMRI for Presurgical Planning: Part I
BOLD fMRI for Presurgical Planning: Part II
DTI for Presurgical Mapping
Magnetoencephalographic Imaging for Neurosurgery
Imaging Metabolic and Molecular Functions in Brain Tumors with Positron Emission Tomography (PET)
Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy and Spectroscopic Imaging of Primary Brain Tumors
Section III: Future Directions in Physiologic Brain Tumor Imaging
Role of Amide Proton Transfer (APT)-MRI of Endogenous Proteins and Peptides in Brain Tumor Imaging
Advanced Diffusion MR Tractography for Surgical Planning
Ultra-High Field MRSI (7T and Beyond)
Sodium Magnetic Resonance Imaging in the Management of Human High-Grade Brain Tumors
Future Clinical Applications of Molecular Imaging: Nanoparticles, Cellular Probes, and Imaging of Gene Expression. - DigitalSougata Jana, Subrata Jana, editors.Summary: Thanks to their unique properties, chitosan and chitosan-based materials have numerous applications in the field of biomedicine, especially in drug delivery. This book examines biomedical applications of functional chitosan, exploring the various functions and applications in the development of chitosan-based biomaterials. It also describes the chemical structure of chitosan and discusses the relationship between their structure and functions, providing a theoretical basis for the design of biomaterials. Lastly, it reviews chemically modified and composite materials of chitin and chitosan derivatives for biomedical applications, such as tissue engineering, nanomedicine, drug delivery, and gene delivery.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Chitosan and its Derivatives: a New Versatile Bio-polymer for Various Applications
Chapter 2. Application of Chitosan in Oral Drug Delivery
Chapter 3. Transdermal Delivery of Chitosan Based Systems
Chapter 4 . Chitosan Based Ocular Drug Delivery systems
Chapter 5. Functional Chitosan Carriers for Oral Colon-Specific Drug Delivery
Chapter 6. Chitosan-based Hydrogels for Drug Delivery
Chapter 7. Recent Advances of Chitosan based Systems for Delivery of Anticancer Drugs
Chapter 8. Chitosan-based systems for Gene Delivery
Chapter 9. Chitosan-based Interpenetrating Polymer Networks: Drug Delivery Application
Chapter 10. Chitosan-based Systems in Tissue Engineering
Chapter 11. Chitosan based Nanoformulation as Carriers of Small Molecules for Tissue Regeneration
Chapter 12. Chitosan based Systems for Theranostic Applications
Chapter 13. Grafted Chitosan Systems for Biomedical Applications
Chapter 14. Chitosan-based Systems for Controlled Delivery of Antimicrobial Peptides for Biomedical Application
Chapter 15. Antibacterial Activity of Chitosan based Systems. - DigitalGirdhar K. Pandey, Sibaji K. Sanyal.Summary: This book focuses on the significance and implications of Calcium (Ca2+) transport machinery in the plant cell in generating alternating Ca2+ levels and impacting the cell's physiological, biochemical and developmental processes. In the following sections, the concept of Ca2+ homeostasis, Ca2+ signature, various Ca2+ transport protein families and conductance systems would be discussed in detail- elucidation of their functional characterization, structure, mechanism, sub-cellular localization and specific physiological roles in ensuring Ca2+ homeostasis. Also, the aspect of Ca2+ as a "signaling hub" -transducing distinct plant responses to diverse environmental stimuli, Ca2+ binding proteins, and the tools used in studying these proteins are explained in brief to paint a holistic picture of Ca2+ transport in plant systems. This has resulted in an elaborative literature account to serve as a staple by providing recent insights and advance knowledge surrounding genetic and molecular dissection of Ca2+homeostasis maintenance mechanisms and extant Ca2+ transport systems in plants.
Contents:
Calcium: from nutrition to signaling
Calcium homeostasis, reserves and transport elements in the cell
The concept of calcium signature and its involvment in other signaling pathways
Calcium binding proteins : 'decoders of Ca2+ siganture'
Plant ion channels without molecular identity and two-pore channel 1
Plant ligand-gated ion channels 1: GLR
Plant ligand-gated channels 2: CNGC
Annexin and mechanosensitive channel
Ca2+-ATPase and Ca2+/cation antiporters
Tools for analysing Ca2+ transport elements and future perspectives. - DigitalKazunari Tominaga, Hiroaki Kusunoki, editors.Summary: The research and outcomes presented in this book gather evidence concerning both the pathogenesis and treatment of functional dyspepsia. It provides the latest information on this common non-organic disease, indicating its characteristic pathogenesis based on the brain-gut interaction and micro-environment and evidence gleaned from clinical treatment. Since the pathogenesis is associated with psychology, neurology, endocrinology and bacteriology in addition to gastroenterological physiology, it is often intractable and finding a suitable treatment rationale is challenging. Furthermore, the pathogenesis varies around the world and the efficacy of treatment using standard drugs varies among different populations worldwide; accordingly, this book highlights evidence gained in clinical trials in Japan. Functional Dyspepsia is a milestone produced by respected experts. Addressing unique topics and new findings of treatment including challenging and/or future rationales, it offers an invaluable resource for general clinicians, gastroenterologists, and basic researchers alike.
Contents:
PART I: Etiology.-Chapter 1: Definition & Prevalence
Chapter 2: Genetic Factor
Chapter 3: Environmental Factors
PART II: Pathophysiology
Chapter 4: Neuro-gastroenterology: Central & Autonomic Nervous System.-Chapter 5: Neuro-gastroenterology: Enteric Nervous System
Chapter 6: Neuro-gastroenterology: Esophago-gastric Function (Motility) .-Chapter 7: Neuro-Gastroenterology: Gastro-duodenal Function (Motility) and Ultrasonographic Assessment.-Chapter 8: Ghrelin and Functional Dyspepsia
Chapter 9: Psycho-gastroenterology
Chapter 10: Visceral Hypersensitivity Through Transient Receptor Potential Vanilloid 1 Channels (TRPV1) in Functional Dyspepsia.-PART III: Treatment.-Chapter 11: Efficacy of Acid Suppression Therapy.-Chapter 12: Prokinetics.-Chapter 13: Herbal Medicine.-PART IV: Recent Special Topics: Future Treatment Possibility
Chapter 14: Gut Dysbiosis and Its Treatment in Patients with Functional Dyspepsia
Chapter 15: Visceral Hypersensitivity in Functional Dyspepsia (FD)
Therapeutic Approaches to FD Based on Suppression of Visceral Hypersensitivity
Chapter 16: Pancreatic Exocrine Function. - DigitalFunctional Electrical Stimulation in Neurorehabilitation : Synergy Effects of Technology and TherapyThomas Schick, editor.Summary: This book explains to physical therapists, occupational therapists, speech therapists, interested physicians and clinicians the theoretical and practical applications of single- to multi-channel functional electrical stimulation for a wide range of neurological symptoms. The targeted electrical stimulation of several muscle groups, timed to each other, can initiate and support a complete movement sequence and thus improve motor learning. Renowned experts from research and practice have compiled numerous application examples based on the available evidence in this comprehensive form for the first time. In addition, the reader will find exciting and informative contributions to the current study situation and effectiveness analyses. The text is enriched by videos on EMG-triggered functional multichannel electrical stimulation, stimulation of muscle groups in lower motor neuron lesions, and FES therapy approaches for dysarthria and swallowing disorders. From the contents: - FES in lesions of the upper motoneuron, lesion of the lower motoneuron and mixed forms - Combination of FES with mirror therapy and botulinum toxin - Motor learning, neuroplasticity, ICF-based goal setting and the use in home-based therapy - Basic principles, current parameters and their implications - FES in rehabilitation of facial paralysis, unilateral vocal fold paralysis, dysarthria and dysphagia, and neuro-urological deficits .
Contents:
1 Introduction and history of Functional Electrical Stimulation (FES)
2 Plasticity and motor learning
3 Clarification models and mode of action of FES
4 Role of electrical parameters in FES
5 ICF-based goals in FES
6 FES for motor function disorders due to damage to the central nervous system
7 FES to improve mobility
8 Electrical stimulation for improvement of function and muscle architecture in lower motor neuron lesions
9 Sensory afferent stimulation
10 FES in facial rehabilitation
11 FES in dysphagia treatment
12 Treatment of dysarthria with FES
13 FES in unilateral vocal fold paralysis
14 Combination therapies with FES
15 FES in neuro-urologic disorders
16 FES and home-based therapy
17 Evidence on FES
18 Absolute and relative contraindications. . - DigitalVibha Rani, Umesh C.S. Yadav, editors.Summary: Global health and the increasing incidence of various diseases are a cause for concern, and doctors and scientists reason that the diet, food habits and lifestyle are contributing factors. Processed food has reduced the nutritional value of our diet, and although supplementing foods with various additives is considered an alternative, the long-term impact of this is not known. Many laboratories around the world are working to identify various nutritional components in our daily food and their effect on human health. These have been classified as Nutraceuticals or functional food, and they may have preventive and therapeutic effects in a number of pathologies associated with modern dietary habits and lifestyles. This book addresses various aspects of this issue, revitalizing the discussion and consolidating the latest research on nutritional and functional food and their effects in in-vitro, in-vivo and human clinical studies.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors; Part I: Functional Food Components in Daily Diet;
1: Composition ofFunctional Food inWorld Diet; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Market ofFunctional Foods; 1.2.1 Status ofFunctional Food at International Level; 1.2.2 Status ofFunctional Foods at Indian Level; 1.2.3 Suppliers ofFunctional Food totheIndian Market; 1.3 Fast-Growing Categories of Functional Foods; 1.3.1 Probiotics asFunctional Foods; 1.3.2 Beverages asFunctional Foods; 1.3.2.1 Green Tea; 1.3.2.2 Dairy-Based Beverages; 1.3.2.3 Sports Drinks 1.3.2.4 Wine1.3.3 Dietary Fiber asFunctional Foods; 1.3.4 Fruits andVegetables asFunctional Foods; 1.4 Challenges andOpportunities ofFunctional Foods; 1.5 Conclusion; References;
2: Dietary Fibre- Nutrition andHealth Benefits; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Constituents ofDietary Fibre; 2.3 Soluble Dietary Fibre (SDF); 2.4 Insoluble Dietary Fibre (IDF); 2.5 Dietary Fibre Requirements; 2.6 Dietary Fibre: Nutritional andHealth Significance; 2.7 Role ofDietary Fibre inPhysiological Well-Being; 2.8 Conditions Linked toLow-Fibre Diets; 2.9 Dietary Fibre andCardiovascular Diseases 2.10 Dietary Fibre andDiabetes2.11 Dietary Fibre andColorectal Cancer; 2.12 Dietary Fibre andHealthy Ageing; 2.13 Conclusion; References;
3: Phlorotannins andMacroalgal Polyphenols: Potential AsFunctional Food Ingredients andRole inHealth Promotion; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Macroalgal Sources ofPolyphenols; 3.3 Classification andStructure ofPhlorotannins; 3.4 Phlorotannin Content ofMacroalgae; 3.5 Identification andAnalysis ofMacroalgal Phlorotannins; 3.6 Dietary Intake ofMacroalgal Phlorotannins; 3.6.1 Bioavailability ofPolyphenols 3.7 Role ofMacroalgal Polyphenols inHuman Health3.7.1 Anti-hyperglycaemic Effects; 3.7.1.1 In Vitro Studies; 3.7.1.2 Animal Studies; 3.7.1.3 Human Studies; 3.7.1.4 Summary; 3.7.2 Anti-hyperlipidaemic Effects; 3.7.2.1 In Vitro Studies; 3.7.2.2 Animal Studies; 3.7.2.3 Human Studies; 3.7.2.4 Summary; 3.7.3 Health Effects According toAlgal Species; 3.8 Macroalgae AsaFunctional Food Ingredient; 3.8.1 Safe Levels ofConsumption; 3.8.2 Additional Bioactive Compounds inMacroalgae; 3.8.3 Availability andSustainability ofMacroalgae AsaFunctional Food Source 3.8.4 Processing ofMacroalgae forConsumption3.8.5 Incorporation ofMacroalgae into Foods; 3.8.6 Commercial Potential ofFunctional Foods; 3.9 Conclusion; References;
4: Probiotics asFunctional Foods inEnhancing Gut Immunity; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Microflora ofGastrointestinal Tract andOther Organs; 4.2.1 The Gastrointestinal Tract; 4.2.1.1 Role ofGut Mucosa andGut-Associated Lymphoid Tissue inHost Immune System; 4.2.1.2 Intestinal Microflora andDevelopment oftheHost Immune System; 4.2.1.3 Colorectal Cancer; 4.2.1.4 Adhesion ofProbiotics toTarget Sites - Digitaledited by Athapol Noomhorm, Imran Ahmad, and Anil Anal.Contents:
I Fundamentals of Functional Food Processing
1. Functional Foods, Nutraceuticals and Probiotics as Functional Food Components / Athapol Noomhorm, Anil Kumar Anal, Imran Ahmad
2. Bioactive Components in Foods / Anil Kumar Anal, Kishore K. Kumaree, Mridula Thapa
II Major Sources of Functional Foods
3. Processing Effects on Functional Components in Cereals and Grains / Binod K. Yadav, J. Jerish Joyner
4. Tropical Fruits / Mandeep Kaur, H.K. Sharma
5. Bioactive Compounds in Meat and their Functions / Punchira Vongsawasdi, Athapol Noomhorm
6. Bioactive Materials Derived from Seafood and Seafood Processing By-products / Ratih Pangestuti, Se-Kwon Kim
7. Food Processing By-products as Sources of Functional Foods and Nutraceuticals / Nina Karla M. Alparce, Anil Kumar Anal
8. Functionality of Non-starch Polysaccharides (NSPs) / Kelvin K.T. Gob, Ramesh Kumar, Shen-Siung Wong
9. Resistant Starch: Properties, Preparations and Applications in Functional Foods / Taslima Ayesha Aktar Nasrin, Anil Kumar Anal
10. Isoflavones
Extraction and Bioavailability
Khoomtong Atcharaporn, Pananun Thawunporn, Buddhi Lamsal
III Processing Effects on the Functional Components during Product Development
11. Thermal and Non-thermal Processing of Functional Foods / Jiraporn Sripinyowanich Jongyingcharoen, Imran Ahmad
12. Changes of Properties and Functional Components of Extruded Foods / Vilai Rungsardthong
13. Recent Advances in Applications of Encapsulation Technology for the Bioprotection of Phytonutrients in Complex Food Systems / Alisha Tuladhar, Anil Kumar Anal
14. The Effect of Irradiation on Bioactive Compounds in Plant and Plant Products / Nantarat Na Nakornpanom, Porntip Sirisoontaralak
15. Nanoparticles and Nanoemulsions / Anges Teo, Kelvin K.T. Goh, Sung Je Lee
IV Health Benefits and Bioavailability of Functional Foods
16. Pharmacology and Health Benefits of Bioactive Food Sources / Maushmi S. Kumar, Shruti Mishra
17. Potential Cardio-protective Effects of Functional Foods / Eman M. Alissa, Gordon A. Ferns.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - Digital[edited by] Antonio Luna, Joan C. Vilanova, L. Celso Hygino da Cruz Jr., Santiago E. Rossi.Contents:
Part I. Clinical and therapeutic approach to functional oncological imaging
part II. Imaging of cancer hallmarks
part III. Functional imaging techniques in clinical use
part IV. Molecular imaging techniques in clinical use and in research.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by Antonio Luna, Joan C. Vilanova, L. Celso Hygino da Cruz, Jr., Santiago E. Rossi.Contents:
Tumors of the CNS and Spinal Cord
Functional Magnetic Resonance Techniques in CNS Tumors
MR Imaging Evaluation of Posttreatment Changes in Brain Neoplasms
Metastasis and Other Tumors of the CNS
Spinal Cord Tumors: Anatomic and Advanced Imaging
Head and Neck Cancer
Chest Malignancies
Lung Cancer: PET, Perfusion CT, and Functional MR Imaging
Functional Imaging of Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma and other Pleural and Chest Wall Lesions
Functional Imaging of Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma and other Pleural and Chest Wall Lesions
Thymomas and Other Thymic Primary Malignancies of the Chest
Functional Imaging in Cardiac Tumors
Women's Cancers
Breast Cancer
PET-CT of Gynecological Malignancies and Ovarian Cancer
Functional MRI of Uterine (Endometrial and Cervical) Cancer
Functional Imaging of Ovarian Cancer and Peritoneal Carcinomatosis
Malignancies of the Gastrointestinal System
Esophagus, Stomach, and Small Bowel Malignancies
Colorectal Cancer
Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
Overview of Functional Imaging Techniques for Liver Malignancies in Current Clinical Practice or in a Very Near Future
Hepatocellular Carcinoma
Role of Functional MRI in the Management of Liver Metastases
Other Malignant Lesions of the Liver
Functional Imaging of Gallbladder and Biliary Malignancies
Splenic Lesions
Genitourinary Tract Tumors
Functional Imaging of Renal Cell Carcinoma
Functional CT and MRI of the Urinary System and Adrenal Glands
Prostate Cancer
Scrotum
Functional Imaging of Tumors of the Mesenterium and Retroperitoneum
Malignancies of the Endocrine System
Functional Oncological Imaging of the Endocrine System
Hematological Malignancies
Functional Imaging in Clinical Use for the Assessment of Lymph Nodes in Oncological Patients
Functional Imaging in Lymphoma
Multiple Myeloma and Other Hematological Malignancies
Malignant Tumors of the Musculoskeletal System
Advanced MRI Techniques of Soft Tissue Tumors
Bone Malignancies
Bone Metastasis
Functional Imaging of Pediatric Malignancies
Malignant Melanoma.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by Marlene Lúcio, Carla M. Lopes, M. Elisabete C.D. Real Oliveira.Summary: Cancer remains one of the most challenging issues in modern medicine, being responsible for a high number of deaths every year. Recent important developments in cancer diagnosis and therapy based on the versatility of nanosystems have made it possible to incorporate multifunctional synergistic actions into a single delivery system. This book compiles the research on the use of functional lipid nanosystems that combine different strategies in one single nanosystem to enhance overall cancer treatment. Besides providing an overview of the current functional nanosystem strategies, it also offers researchers essential theoretical background on cancer, the physiological barriers to its treatment, aspects related to the design and optimization of nanocarriers for cancer treatment, and clinical developments, including promises, safety issues, and the expected future. The editors bring together a group of scientists from all over the world to discuss the most relevant issues and to provide updates on functional lipid nanosystems and cancer.
- PrintJarlstedt, Jan.Contents:
v. 2. RNA changes in rabbit cerebellar Purkinje cells after caloric stimulation and vestibular neurotomy.Access via Acta physiologica Scandinavica. 1966; 271 - PrintScott A. Huettel, Allen W. Song, Gregory McCarthy.Contents:
An introduction to fMRI
MRI scanners
Basic principles of MR signal generation
Basic principles of MR image formation
MRI contrast mechanisms and acquisition techniques
From neuronal to hemodynamic activity
Properties of the fMRI bold response
Signal, noise, and preprocessing of fMRI data
Experimental design
Statistical analysis I: basic analysis
Statistical analysis II: data-driven approaches
Advanced fMRI methods
Combining fMRI with other techniques
The future of fMRI: practical and ethical issues. - DigitalXingfeng Li.Summary: With strong numerical and computational focus, this book serves as an essential resource on the methods for functional neuroimaging analysis, diffusion weighted image analysis, and longitudinal VBM analysis. It includes four MRI image modalities analysis methods. The first covers the PWI methods, which is the basis for understanding cerebral flow in human brain. The second part, the book s core, covers MRI methods in three specific domains: first level analysis, second level analysis, and effective connectivity study. The third part covers the analysis of Diffusion weighted image, i.e. DTI, QBI and DSI image analysis. Finally, the book covers (longitudinal) VBM methods and its application to Alzheimer s disease study.
Contents:
MRI perfusion weighted imaging analysis
Perfusion imaging
Gamma-variate fitting
AIF selection
Dispersion effects in DSC-MRI
-Summary of the PWI algorithm
First level fMRI data analysis for activation detection
fMRI experimental design
fMRI data pre-processing
Activation detection: model free and model based methods
Models for hemodynamic response function and drift
General linear model (GLM) for activation detect
Hypothesis test and threshold correction
Summary of algorithm for 1st level fMRI data analysis
2nd level fMRI data analysis using mixed model
Mixed model for fMRI data analysis
Numerical analysis for mixed effect models
Iterative trust region method for ML estimation
Exception trust region algorithm for second level fMRI data analysis
Degree of freedom (DF) estimation
fMRI data analysis future directions
Second level fMRI data processing algorithm summary.- fMRI effective connectivity study
Nonlinear system identification method for fMRI effective connectivity analysis
Model selections for effective connectivity study
Robust method for second level analysis
Effective connectivity for resting-state fMRI data
Limitations for fMRI effective connectivity in this study
Summary of the algorithm for fMRI effective connectivity study.Diffusion weighted imaging analysis
Basic principle of diffusion MRI and DTI data analysis
Fiber tracking
High angular resolution diffusion imaging (HARDI) analysis
Adaptive Q-ball imaging regularization
Diffusion spectrum imaging
Summary and future directions
Summary of DTI, QBI and DSI image analysis methods
Voxel based morphometry and its application to Alzheimer s disease study
Background for voxel based morphometry analysis
Enhanced VBM
Longitudinal VBM and its application to AD study
Effective connectivity for longitudinal data analysis
Other type of sMRI data analysis
Summary of (longitudinal) VBM analysis methods.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalRichard W. Byrne, editor.Contents:
Historical Perspective on the Development of Cerebral Localization, Cerebral Cortical Motor Stimulation, and Sensory Evoked Potentials
Anatomy of Important Functioning Cortex
Mapping Eloquent Brain with functional MRI and DTI
Intra-Operative Cortical Stimulation Mapping. Technique and Limitations
Anesthetic Considerations in Cortical Mapping and Awake Surgery
Mapping Cortical Function with Event-Related Electrocorticography
Mapping of Eloquent Cortex in Focal Epilepsy with Intracranial Electrodes
Somatosensory and Motor Evoked Potentials in Surgery of Eloquent Cortex Under General Anesthesia: Advantages and Limitations
Cortical Mapping with Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation
Practical application of Pre-Operative and Intra-Operative Cortical Mapping in Surgery
Epilepsy Surgery in Eloquent Cortex
White Matter Tracts
Intraoperative Cortical Stimulation and the Value of Negative Mapping. - DigitalKok Meng John Chan, editor.Summary: This book covers in detail all aspects of functional mitral and tricuspid regurgitation, from its pathophysiology and natural history, to its assessment, medical and surgical treatment, and long term results. Functional Mitral and Tricuspid Regurgitation encompasses information and knowledge from a diverse background including cardiology, cardiac surgery and basic science. This is necessary for a full understanding of the subject in order to optimally manage patients with this condition.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalKathrin LaFaver, Carine W. Maurer, Timothy R. Nicholson, David L. Perez, editors.Summary: This book is a practical manual for clinical practitioners seeking to take an interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary approach to the diagnosis and management of functional movement disorder (FMD). It discusses case vignettes, reviews the diagnostic approach, provides an update on available treatments, highlights clinical pearls and details references for further reading. Organized into three parts, the book begins with a framework for conceptualizing FMD - including its historical context, the biopsychosocial model and an integrated neurologic-psychiatric perspective towards overcoming mind-body dualism. Part II then provides a comprehensive overview of different FMD presentations including tremor, dystonia, gait disorders, and limb weakness, as well as common non-motor issues such as pain and cognitive symptoms. The book concludes with chapters on updated practices in delivering the diagnosis, working with patients and care partners to achieve shared understanding of a complex condition, as well as an overview of evidence-based and evolving treatments. Supplemented with high-quality patient videos, Functional Movement Disorder is written for practicing neurologists, psychiatrists, psychologists, allied mental health professionals, and rehabilitation experts with an interest in learning more about diagnosis and management of FMD.
Contents:
Part I: Framework
1. A historical perspective on functional neurological disorder
2. Free will, emotions and agency: Pathophysiology of functional movement disorder
3. The biopsychosocial formulation for functional movement disorder
4. Integrating neurologic and psychiatric perspectives in functional movement disorder
Part II: Presentations
5. Functional limb weakness and paralysis
6. Functional tremor
7. Functional dystonia
8. Functional parkinsonism
9. Functional jerky movements
10. Functional facial disorders
11. Functional gait disorders
12. Functional tics
13. Functional speech and voice disorders
14. Beyond functional movements: The spectrum of functional neurological and somatic symptoms
15. Functional movement disorder in children
16. Functional movement disorder in older adults
Part III: Management
17. "Breaking the news" of a functional movement disorder
18. Motivational interviewing for functional movement disorder
19. Communication challenges in functional movement disorder
20. Developing a treatment plan for functional movement disorder
21. Psychological treatment of functional movement disorder
22. Psychiatric comorbidities and the role of psychiatry in functional movement disorder
23. Physical therapy: retraining movement
24. Occupational therapy: focus on function
25. Speech therapy: being understood clearly
26. Interdisciplinary rehabilitation approaches in functional movement disorder
27. Placebo effects and functional neurological disorder: helpful or harmful?
28. Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) as treatment for functional movement disorder
29. Measuring symptoms and monitoring progress in functional movement disorder
30. Overcoming treatment obstacles in functional movement disorder
31. Management considerations for pediatric functional movement disorder. - Digitaledited by Stephen B. Dunnett and Anders Björklund.Contents:
Part A: Mechanisms and use of neural transplants for brain repair / Stephen B. Dunnett and Anders Björklund
Reprogramming of somatic cells: iPS and iN cells / Vania Broccoli
Brain repair from intrinsic cell sources: turning reactive glia into neurons / Olof Torper and Magdalena Götz
Ex vivo gene therapy for the treatment of neurological disorders / Genevieve Gowing , Soshana Svendsen and Clive N. Svendsen
Preparation, characterization and banking of clinical-grade cells for neural transplantation: scale up, fingerprinting and genomic stability of stem cell lines / Ammar Natalwala and Tilo Kunath
Regulatory considerations for pluripotent stem cell therapies / Melissa K. Carpenter
Strategies for bringing stem cell-derived dopamine neurons to the clinic: a European approach (STEM-PD) / Agnete Kirkeby, Malin Parmar and Roger A. Barker
Strategies for bringing stem cell-derived dopamine neurons to the clinic: the NYSTEM trial / Lorenz Studer
Strategies for bringing stem cell-derived dopamine neurons to the clinic: the Kyoto trial / Jun Takahashi
From open to large-scale randomised cell transplantation trials in Huntington's disease: lessons from the multicentric intracerebral grafting in Huntington's Disease trial (MIG-HD) and previous pilot studies / Anne-Catherine Bachoud-Lévi
Pluripotent stem cell-derived neurons for transplantation in Huntington's disease / Meng Li and Anne E. Rosser
Advanced imaging of transplant survival, fate, differentiation, and integration / Nadja Van Camp, Elsa Diguet and Philippe Hantraye
Rehabilitation training in neural restitution / Susanne Clinch, Monica Busse, Mate D. Döbrössy and Stephen B. Dunnett. Part B: Stem cell transplantation for spinal cord injury repair / Paul Lu
Plasticity and regeneration in the injured spinal cord after cell transplantation therapy / Satoshi Nori, Masaya Nakamura and Hideyuki Okano
Transplantation of GABAergic interneurons for cell-based therapy / Julien Spatazza, Walter R. Mancia Leon and Arturo Alvarez-Buylla
Rebuilding CNS inhibitory circuits to control chronic neuropathic pain and itch / Joao M. Braz, Alex Etlin, Dina Juarez-Salinas, Ida J. Llewellyn-Smith and Allan I. Basbaum
From transplanting Schwann cells in experimental rat spinal cord injury to their transplantation into human injured spinal cord in clinical trials / Mary B. Bunge, Paula V. Monje, Aisha Khan and Patrick M. Wood
Recruitment of endogenous CNS stem cells for regeneration in demyelinating disease / Natalia A. Murphy and Robin J.M. Franklin
Progenitor Cell-Based Treatment of Glial Disease / Steven A. Goldman
Pluripotent stem cells and their utility in treating photoreceptor degenerations / Nozie D. Aghaizu, Kamil Kruczek, Anai Gonzalez-Cordero, Robin R. Ali and Rachael A. Pearson
Stem cell-derived retinal pigment epithelium transplantation for treatment of retinal disease / Britta Nommiste, Kate Fynes, Victoria E. Tovell, Conor Ramsden, Lyndon da Cruz and Peter Coffey
Transplantation of reprogrammed neurons for improved recovery after stroke / Zaal Kokaia, Daniel Tornero and Olle Lindvall.Digital Access - DigitalAndreas Otte.Summary: This book offers a critical approach to the challenging interpretation of new research data obtained using functional neuroimaging in whiplash injury. It covers all aspects, including the imaging tools themselves and the different methods of image analysis.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Abbreviations;
1: Introduction; 1.1 General Aspects; 1.1.1 The Term "Whiplash Injury"; 1.1.2 Symptoms; 1.2 Incidence; 1.3 Historical Aspects; 1.3.1 Barré's "Syndrome Sympathique Cervical Postérieur"; 1.3.2 The Term "Railway Spine"; 1.3.3 Maurice Ravel; 1.4 Biomechanics; 1.4.1 General Aspects; 1.4.2 Protection Systems to Avoid Whiplash Injury; 1.4.3 Sequence of Phases During a Typical Whiplash Injury; 1.4.4 Timing of Neck Muscle Contraction;
2: Diagnostics; 2.1 Diagnostic Procedure After Whiplash Injury; 2.2 New Iteration Algorithms 2.3 Stereotaxic Atlas of Talairach and Tournoux2.4 Other Stereotaxic Atlas Systems; 2.4.1 Computerized Brain Atlas; 2.4.2 Montreal Atlas; 2.5 Statistical Parametric Mapping (SPM); 2.6 Control Group;
3: Current Research Data; 3.1 Mild Traumatic Brain Injury; 3.1.1 General Aspects; 3.1.2 Special Cases; 3.1.2.1 Bicycle Accident; 3.1.2.2 Car Accident; 3.2 Whiplash Injury; 3.2.1 Early Studies from Otte et al.; 3.2.2 Studies from Bicik/Radanov et al.; 3.2.3 Newer Studies from 2002 to 2012; 3.2.4 Latest Studies: Whiplash Revisited 3.3 3D Visualization of Regions of Cerebral Activation and Deactivation3.4 Excursus on Functional Brain Regions; 3.5 Differential Diagnostic List; 3.6 Whiplash Trauma and the Risk of Alzheimer's Disease;
4: Conclusion; 4.1 The Dilemma; 4.2 Future Research;
5: Clinical Aspects; About the Author; BibliographyDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalAndreas Otte.Summary: This book, now in its third, completely revised and updated edition, offers a critical approach to the challenging interpretation of the latest research data obtained using functional neuroimaging in whiplash injury. Such a comprehensive guide to recent and current international research in the field is more necessary than ever, given that the confusion regarding the condition and the medicolegal discussions surrounding it have increased further despite the publication of much literature on the subject. In recent decades especially the functional imaging methods such as single-photon emission tomography, positron emission tomography, functional MRI, and hybrid techniques have demonstrated a variety of significant brain alterations. Functional Neuroimaging in Whiplash Injury - New Approaches covers all aspects, including the imaging tools themselves and the various methods of image analysis. Details on biomechanics, including the finite element method and facts on historical whiplash experiments and crash tests have now been added to this new edition. The book will continue to help physicians, patients and their relatives and friends, and others to understand this condition as a disease.
Contents:
Introduction
Diagnostics
Current Research Data
Conclusion
Clinical Aspects. - Digitaledited by Mark Hallett, Jon Stone and Alan Carson.Contents:
A brief history of hysteria: From the ancient to the modern / M. Trimble, E.H. Reynolds
Charcot, hysteria, and simulated disorders / C.G. Goetz
Neurologic approaches to hysteria, psychogenic and functional disorders from the late 19th century onwards / J. Stone
Freud's hysteria and its legacy / R.A.A. Kanaan
Epidemiology / A. Carson, A. Lehn
Neurophysiologic studies of functional neurologic disorders / M. Hallett
Imaging studies of functional neurologic disorders / S. Aybek, P. Vuilleumier
Dissociation and functional neurologic disorders / R.J. Brown
Hypnosis as a model of functional neurologic disorders / Q. Deeley
Psychologic theories in functional neurologic disorders / A. Carson, L. Ludwig, K. Welch
Voluntary or involuntary? A neurophysiologic approach to functional movement disorders / M.-P. Stenner, P. Haggard
Neurobiologic theories of functional neurologic disorders / M.J. Edwards
Stress, childhood trauma, and cognitive functions in functional neurologic disorders / K. Roelofs, J. pasman
Do (epi)genetics impact the brain in functional neurologic disorders? / T. Frodl
Assessment of patients with functional neurologic disorders / A. Carson, M. Hallett, J. Stone
The classification of conversion disorder (functional neurologic symptom disorder) in ICD and DSM / J.L. Levenson, M. Sharpe
Neurologic diagnostic criteria for functional neurologic disorders / C. Gasca-salas, A.E. Lang
Functional limb weakness and paralysis / J. Stone, S. Aybek
Functional tremor / P. Schwingenschuh, G. Deuschl
Functional dystonia / D.A. Schmerler, A.J. Espay
Functional jerks, tics, and paroxysmal movement disorders / Y.E.M. Dreissen, D.C. Cath, M.A.J. Tijssen
Psychogenic (functional) parkinsonism / M.A. Thenganatt, J. Jankovic
Functional gait disorder / V.S.C. Fung
Functional sensory symptoms / J. Stone, M. Vermeulen
Nonepileptic seizures & subjective phenomena / M. Reuber, G.H. Rawlings
Nonepileptic seizures & objective phenomena / W.Curt Lafrance Jr., R. Ranieri, A.S. Blum
Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures: EEG and investigation / R. Duncan
Functional coma / L. Ludwig, L. McWhirter, S. Williams, C. Derry, J. Stone
Functional and simulated visual loss / M. Dattilo, V. Biousse, B.B. Bruce, N.J. Newman
Functional eye movement disorders / D. Kaski, A.M. Bronstein
Functional facial and tongue movement disorders / A. Fasano, M. Tinazzi
Functional auditory disorders / D.M. Baguley, T.E. Cope, D.J. McFerran
Functional speech disorders: clinical manifestations, diagnosis, and management / J.R. Duffy
Functional voice disorders: Clinical presentations and differential diagnosis / J. Baker
Psychologic/functional forms of memory disorder / J. Griem, J. Stone, A. Carson, M.D. Kopelman
Functional (dissociative) retrograde amnesia / H.J. Markowitsch, A. Staniloiu
Functional (psychogenic) dizziness / M. Dieterich, J.P. Staab, T. Brandt
Urologic symptoms and functional neurologic disorders / I. Hoeritzauer, V. Phé, J.N. Panicker
Functional disorders of swallowing / A. Baumann, P.O. Katz
Pediatric functional neurologic symptoms / P.J. Grattan-Smith, R.C. Dale
Posttraumatic functional movement disorders / C. Ganos, M.J. Edwards, K.P. Bhatia
Factitious disorders and malingering in relation to functional neurologic disorders / C. Bass, P. Halligan
Prognosis of functional neurologic disorders / J. Gelauff, J. Stone
Explanation as treatment for functional neurologic disorders / J. Stone, A. Carson, M. Hallett
Physical treatment of functional neurologic disorders / G. Nielsen
Psychologic treatment of functional neurologic disorders / L.H. Goldstein, J.D.C. Mellers
Hypnosis as therapy for functional neurologic disorders / Q. Deeley
Nature of the placebo and nocebo effect in relation to functional neurologic disorders / E. Carlino, A. Piedimonte, F. Benedetti
The role of placebo in the diagnosis and treatment of functional neurologic disorders / K.S. Rommelfanger
Transcranial magnetic stimulation and sedation as treatment for functional neurologic disorders / T.R.J. Nicholson, V. Voon
Inpatient treatment for functional neurologic disorders / D.T. Williams, K. Lafaver, A. Carson, S. FahnDigital Access ScienceDirect 2016 - DigitalYunbo Luo.Summary: This book highlights the development of a functional nucleic acid based biosensor detection method in the context of food safety. Although there have been major advances in food processing technology in both developed and developing countries, food safety assurance systems are generally becoming more stringent, in response to growing (both real and perceived) food safety problems. These problems are due in part to foodborne microorganisms, heavy metals, and small chemical molecules (biological toxins, pesticide residues, and veterinary drug residues), etc. In addition, the nucleic acid biomarkers (DNA methylation, microRNA, and circRNA) induced by these risk factors are also closely related to food safety. Accordingly, this book offers a brief guide to targets and strategies in functional nucleic acid based biosensors for food safety detection. Divided into several chapters that focus on various respective targets, it will be a valuable resource for students and researchers in the fields of biosensor detection, food science etc.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents;
Chapter 1: Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forFood Safety Detection; 1.1 Food Safety Burden: Safer Food Saves Lives; 1.2 Food Safety Risk Factors: Significant Proportion Can BePrevented; 1.2.1 Microorganisms; 1.2.2 Genetically Modified Organism (GMO); 1.2.3 Heavy Metal Ion; 1.2.4 Chemical Small Molecules; 1.2.5 Nucleic Acid Biomarkers; 1.3 Biosensor: ATrend Toward Rapid andOn-Site Detection; 1.3.1 Optical Biosensor; 1.3.2 Electrochemical Biosensor; 1.3.3 Gravimetric Biosensor; 1.4 Functional Nucleic Acid: Powerful Tools toImprove Performance. 1.4.1 Nucleic Acid asTarget Recognition ElementDNA-Based Biosensors; Aptamer-Based Biosensors; DNAzyme-Based Biosensors; Artificial Nucleic Acid-Based Biosensors; 1.4.2 Nucleic Acid asSignal Amplification; DNA Amplification Techniques; G-Quadruplex Amplification Techniques; 1.4.3 Nucleic Acid as3D Nanostructure; References;
Chapter 2: Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensor forMicroorganism Detection; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Construction ofFunctional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection andIts Technological Element. 2.2.1 Signal Recognization andTransduction ofFunctional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensor2.2.2 Signal Transduction Elements; 2.2.3 Signal Amplification ofFunctional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensor; 2.2.4 Signal Output Systems ofFunctional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensor; 2.3 Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.1 Aptamer Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.2 Functional Nucleic Acid Based Colorimetric Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.3 Lateral Flow Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors (LFNABs) forMicroorganism Detection. 2.3.10 Gold Nanoparticle (AuNP)-Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection2.3.11 Silver Nanoparticle (AgNP)-Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.12 Nanozyme-Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.13 Magnetic Nanoparticle (MNP)-Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.14 Functional Nucleic Acid Based Fluorescence Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.15 Functional Nucleic Acid Based Electrochemical Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection. 2.3.4 PCR-Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganisms Quantitative Detection2.3.5 Isothermal Amplification-Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.6 Functional Nucleic Acid Based High-Throughput Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.7 Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensor forLiving or Dead Bacteria Detection; 2.3.8 Artificial Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.9 DNAzyme Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection. - DigitalRobert Enzenauer, William Morris, Thomas O'Donnell, Jill Montrey.Summary: This practical manual reviews historical concepts, contemporary research, and diagnostic techniques for functional visual disorders. Functional Ophthalmic Disorders: Ocular Malingering and Visual Hysteria is a how-to manual that is written for the practicing ophthalmologist and optometrist, complete with color photos that allow the reader to see pictures of select conditions and diagnostic testing. In addition to the photos, videos are provided online to illustrate simulated testing and results on a mock patient to assist in the differential diagnosis. Written and edited by leaders in the field, the topics include the history and characteristics of functional disorders, the differential diagnosis of ocular malingering and hysteria, and practical testing in an ophthalmologic examination to distinguish the conditions from organic disease.
Contents:
1. Introduction And Terminology
2. History Of Functional Disorders
3. Hysterical Ocular Functional Disorders
4. Ocular Malingering
5. Differentiating Ocular Functional Disorders: Hysteria Versus Malingering
6. Overview Of The Clinician ? Patient Interaction
7. Techniques And Tests For Functional Ophthalmic Disorders
8. Testing For Functional Total Blindness
9. Tests For Simulation Of Monocular Blindness
10. Tests For Decreased Vision
11. Tests For Miscellaneous Functional Visual Complaints
12. Tests Of Historical Interest In Functional Visual Loss. - DigitalEgbert H. Huizing, John A.M. de Groot.Contents:
Basics
Pathology and diagnosis
Surgery general
Incisions and approaches
Septal surgery
Pyramid surgery
Lobular surgery
Surgery of the nasal cavity
Special subjects.Digital Access - DigitalNergis Tomen, J. Michael Herrmann, Udo Ernst, editors.Summary: This book offers a timely overview of theories and methods developed by an authoritative group of researchers to understand the link between criticality and brain functioning. Cortical information processing in particular and brain function in general rely heavily on the collective dynamics of neurons and networks distributed over many brain areas. A key concept for characterizing and understanding brain dynamics is the idea that networks operate near a critical state, which offers several potential benefits for computation and information processing. However, there is still a large gap between research on criticality and understanding brain function. For example, cortical networks are not homogeneous but highly structured, they are not in a state of spontaneous activation but strongly driven by changing external stimuli, and they process information with respect to behavioral goals. So far the questions relating to how critical dynamics may support computation in this complex setting, and whether they can outperform other information processing schemes remain open. Based on the workshop "Dynamical Network States, Criticality and Cortical Function", held in March 2017 at the Hanse Institute for Advanced Studies (HWK) in Delmenhorst, Germany, the book provides readers with extensive information on these topics, as well as tools and ideas to answer the above-mentioned questions. It is meant for physicists, computational and systems neuroscientists, and biologists.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Contents; Introduction; Background; Facets of Criticality; Criticality and the Brain; List of Reviewers in Alphabetical Order; Avalanche Dynamics and Correlations in Neural Systems; 1 Introduction; 2 Avalanche Activity and Power Spectra; 2.1 Neuronal Model and Avalanche Activity; 2.2 Power Spectra; 3 Inter-event Time Distributions; 3.1 Up-States and Down-States; 3.2 Avalanches and Oscillations; 4 Detrended Fluctuation Analysis; 5 Conditional Probability Analysis; 6 Conclusions; References 2.2 Plasticity Mechanisms2.3 External Input; 2.4 Readout Layer and Performance Evaluation; 2.5 Fading Memory Time Scale Estimation; 2.6 SORN Variants; 3 Spontaneous Activity: Self-Organization Towards Avalanche Criticality; 4 External Input: Readaptation and Learning; 5 A Link Between Neuronal Avalanches and Fading Memory; 6 Discussion; References; Homeostatic Structural Plasticity Can Build Critical Networks; 1 Introduction; 2 The Neuritic Field Model; 2.1 Model at a Glance; 2.2 Neuronal Activity; 2.3 Outgrowth and Connectivity; 2.4 Network Assembly, Overshoot and Homeostasis 2.5 Analytical Relationship Between Activity and Connectivity 3 In Vitro Cortical Cultures Show Different Dynamical States During Development4 Not All Mature Cortical Cultures Display Self-organized Criticality; 5 Complex Network Topologies Promote Self-organized Criticality in Cortical Assemblies; 5.1 Scale-Free Networks with Small-Worldness Features Promote Self-organized Criticality; 6 Conclusions; References; From Neurons to Networks: Critical Slowing Down Governs Information Processing Across Vigilance States; 1 Introduction; 2 The Theory of Critical Slowing Down; 3 Critical Slowing Down in Individual Neurons 4 Critical Slowing Down in Cortical Networks Is Maintained by Sleep5 Summary and Outlook; References; The Challenge of Taming a Latching Network Near Criticality; 1 Introduction; 2 The Model; 2.1 Interactions; 2.2 Dynamics; 2.3 Memories; 3 Imparting Latching Instructions with an Associative Learning Rule; 4 The Effect of Hetero-Associative Instructions on Latching Dynamics; 5 Instructed Versus Spontaneous Latching Transitions; 6 Conclusion; References; Fading Memory, Plasticity, and Criticality in Recurrent Networks; 1 Introduction; 2 Self-Organizing Recurrent Networks; 2.1 Model Dynamics Playing at the Edge of Criticality: Expanded Whole-Brain Repertoire of Connectome-Harmonics1 Introduction; 2 Oscillations, Synchrony and Harmonics in Brain Activity; 3 Synchrony in Biological Oscillators; 4 Whole-Brain Criticality and the Repertoire of Connectome Harmonics; 5 Discussion; References; Complexity of Network Connectivity Promotes Self-organized Criticality in Cortical Ensembles; 1 Introduction; 2 Micro-electrode Array (MEA) Technology for Recording Electrophysiological Activity from Large-Scale Neuronal Ensembles - DigitalRan D. Anbar, editor.Summary: Many children with medical conditions fail to improve despite physicians' best efforts. Sometimes, we ascribe this failure to lack of adherence to therapy, or to the severity of the condition. What we often fail to appreciate, however, is that sometimes the lack of improvement can be explained by the patients' psychological states. The first section of Functional Symptoms in Pediatric Disease: A Clinical Guide teaches children's health care providers to recognize functional symptoms that can complicate organic disease, as well as symptoms that are believed to be purely functional in origin. Literature reviews, case studies and quizzes are provided in each chapter, with video demonstrations included in some of the chapters. The second section of the book will help clinicians differentiate the patients for whom referral to a mental health provider is mandatory from those for whom other approaches may be useful. For the latter group, the book teaches clinicians to empower themselves by learning how to incorporate various therapies for functional disorders into their practice, including biofeedback, basic cognitive behavioral therapy techniques, hypnosis, acupressure, yoga and meditation. Practical strategies for obtaining training in these modalities are provided in the appendix. Useful for practicing clinicians including pediatricians, family practitioners, pediatric subspecialists, child psychiatrists, psychologists, other mental health care providers and practitioners of alternative and complementary medicine, Functional Symptoms in Pediatric Disease: A Clinical Guide is an important new book that will help children's health care providers consider the possible impact of functional contributions to the clinical presentation of their patients.
Contents:
Functional Symptoms In Young People: Conceptualizations, Definitions, Approaches
Functional Neurological Disorders: It Is All In The Head
Chest Pain, Syncope and Palpitations in the Pediatric Patient
Functional Symptoms in Pulmonology: Taking your Breath Away
Functional Symptoms in Gastroenterology: A Punch to the Gut
Functional Symptoms in Nephrology: Keeping It In and Letting It Out
Functional Symptoms In Pediatric Dermatology: The Canary In The Coal Mine
Psychogenic Influences Associated with Allergic Disorders
Functional and Psychosocial Ramifications of Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus in Pediatric Endocrinology
Functional Somatic Symptoms in Pediatric Hematology and Oncology
Chronic Pediatric Rheumatologic Pain Syndromes
Functional Symptoms in Infectious Disease: Reading into Titers
Functional Symptoms in Medical Genetics
Functional Symptoms in Children Who Have Developmental or Behavioral Differences
Functional Symptoms in Pediatric Emergency Medicine
Functional Symptoms in Intensive Care: The Vicious Circle of Anxiety and Symptoms
Development Of Functional Symptoms In Children Exposed To Traumatic Events
When and how to refer a patient to a mental health care provider
Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Youth with Functional Somatic and Internalizing Symptoms
The Use of Biofeedback and Neurofeedback in Pediatric Care
Hypnosis for Treatment of Functional Symptoms in Children
Guided Imagery for Functional Disorders
Acupuncture for the Treatment of Functional Disorders in Children
Mindfulness Meditation for Children
Adapting Yoga for Children and Adolescents with Functional Disorders
Pharmacotherapy of Functional Disorders in Children
Music Therapy in Pediatrics: Clinical Indications for the Treatment of Functional Symptoms
Play-Family Therapy: A Biobehavioral Team Approach to Chronic Medical Symptoms. - DigitalAntonio Carbone, Giovanni Palleschi, Antonio Luigi Pastore, Aurel Messas, editors.Contents:
Functional Anatomy of the Pelvic Organs
Preoperative Assessment and Intraoperative Anesthesiologic Care in Miniinvasive Laparoscopic Surgery
Preserving Continence During Laparoscopic (LRP) or Robot Assisted Radical Prostatectomy (RARP)
Selecting Patients for Continent or Incontinent, Heterotopic or Orthotopic Diversion
Robot Assisted Radical Cystectomy and Totally Intracorporeal Urinary Diversions
Treating Incontinence After Prostatectomy & Cystectomy: Role of Advanced Minimally Invasive Surgery
Preserving Sexual Function and Continence During Radical Hysterectomy
Preserving Sexual Function and Continence During Radical Rectal Surgery
Psychosexual Issues and Quality of Life After Oncologic Pelvic Surgery, with Focus on Cervical Cancer
Neurogenic Voiding Dysfunction: Physiopathology and Classification
Treatment of Pelvic Chronic Pain: Multidisciplinary Approach
Bladder Outlet Obstruction (BOO) and Neurodegenerative Disease: When is Surgery Mandatory? Botulinum Toxin Bladder Injection in the Treatment of Neurogenic Detrusor Overactivity and Idiopathic OAB
Bladder Augmentation: Is There an Indication for Mini-Invasive Surgical Approach?Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digital[edited by] Duane E. Haines, Gregory A. Mihailoff ; medical illustrator, W.K. Cunningham and M.P. Schenk ; photographer, G.W. Armstrong ; computer graphics, C.P. Runyan.Contents:
Orientation to the structure and imaging of the central nervous system
The cell biology of neurons and glia
The electrochemical basis of nerve function
Chemical signaling in the nervous system
Development of the nervous system
The ventricles, choroid plexus, and cerebrospinal fluid
The meninges
A survey of the cerebrovascular system
The spinal cord
An overview of the brainstem
The medulla oblongata
The pons and cerebellum
The midbrain
A synopsis of cranial nerves of the brainstem
The diencephalon
The telencephalon
The somatosensory system I : tactile discrimination and position sense
The somatosensory system II : nociception, thermal sense, and touch
Viscerosensory pathways
The visual system
The auditory system
The vestibular system
Olfaction and taste
Motor system I : peripheral sensory, brainstem, and spinal influence on anterior horn neurons
Motor system II : corticofugal systems and the control of movement
The basal nuclei
The cerebellum
Visual motor systems
Visceral motor pathways
The hypothalamus
The limbic system
The cerebral cortex
The neurologic examination.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018 - Digital[edited by] Diego Marré, MD, Consultant, Department of Plastic Surgery and Reconstructive Surgery and Burns, Clinica Las Condes Emergency Public Hospital, Santiago, Chile.Contents:
Patient safety in plastic surgery
Wound healing
Wound management and pressure sores
Negative pressure wound therapy
Local anesthetics and common nerve blocks
Soft tissue infections and antibiotics in plastic surgery
Implants and biomaterials
Principles of osteosynthesis
Essentials of dermatology for plastic surgeons
Laser therapy : principles and applications in skin diseases
How to set up a research protocol in plastic surgery
Basic surgical techniques, sutures, and wound closure
Grafts : skin, fascia, nerve, tendon, cartilage, and bone
Fat grafting
Vascular anatomy of the skin and muscles
Flaps
Tissue expansion
Burns
Microsurgery
Facial trauma
Hand trauma.Digital Access - Digitaledited by Yasin Temel, Albert F.G. Leentjens, Rob M.A. de Bie, Stephan Chabardes, Alfonso Fasano.Summary: This book deals with a rapidly growing field of medical science: deep brain stimulation (DBS). Influencing deep brain networks by electrical stimulation through implanted electrodes is increasingly applied, and DBS has become a popular treatment for neurological and psychiatric indications. Professionals in the field of DBS are expected to understand classical subjects as disease mechanisms, brain anatomy and function, and clinical symptomatology of the diseases they treat. In addition, they are required to be familiar with specific patient management skills and treatment strategies. A third dimension is hardware and software-related knowledge. Depending on the degree of involvement, professionals need to understand basic or advanced concepts of stimulation protocols. All these aspects of DBS are discussed in this book. Authors from many different disciplines, from many different countries, have contributed their expertise and personal experience to this book. Their contributions reflect the multidisciplinary nature of DBS treatment. This book is written for a wide readership that involves many different professionals and disciplines, including neurologists, neurosurgeons, psychiatrists, neurophysiologists, neuroanatomists, psychologists, rehabilitation specialists, nurses, speech therapists, physiotherapists, engineers and other paramedical disciplines. In our society, where sharing expertise and experience, and global knowledge has become the new standard, patients want the best possible DBS therapy. One prerequisite for this is the presence of a well-integrated and dedicated multidisciplinary team, with up-to-date knowledge of the possibilities of DBS treatment.
Contents:
Part I General Section
1. The History of Deep Brain Stimulation
2. Anatomy of Targets for Deep Brain Stimulation
3. Mechanisms of Deep Brain Stimulation
4. Surgical and Technical Aspects of Deep Brain Stimulation
5. Future Perspectives: Adaptive Deep Brain Stimulation
6. Neurophysiology of the Basal Ganglia and Deep Brain Stimulation
7. Anaesthesia for Deep Brain Stimulation Surgery
8. Programming: General Aspects
9. Neuropsychological Assessment
10. Ethical Considerations
11. Organisation of Care for Patients Treated by Deep Brain Stimulation
Part II Neurology
12. Deep Brain Stimulation for Parkinson's Disease
13. Tremor
14. Dystonia
15. Epilepsy
16. Gilles de la Tourette syndrome
Part III Psychiatry
17. Deep Brain Stimulation in Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder
18. Deep Brain Stimulation for Depression
19. Other Indications for Deep Brain Stimulation. - DigitalAmal Chandra Kataki, Debabrata Barmon, editors.Summary: This book is a complete representation of all the gynecological cancers covering from the anatomical details of the individual gynecological organs along with the epidemiological pathophysiological aspects of the various gynecological cancers. It also covers the diagnostic workup of various gynecological cancers with recent evidence based treatment protocols. All the major gynecological oncological surgeries are described in a simple way along with photographs for easy understanding in all the chapters. In addition, numerous flowcharts and management algorithms are included in every chapters, as a ready reference for the benefits of the trainees and practitioners. This book includes chapters such as critical care in oncology, oncology nursing, benign and malignant breast disease, hormones and gynecological cancer, cancer infections and vaccines, palliative care which are not often found in many text books. Apart from these, this book has also included chapters like principles and practice of Radiation oncology, surgical oncology and medical oncology, recent advances and imaging in gynecological malignancy to make it a complete package. Thus, it will serve as an excellent reference book for surgical oncologists, general gynecologists, medical and radiation oncologists fellows and trainees.
Contents:
1 Epidemiology of Gynaecological Cancers
2 Molecular profiling of Gynaecological Cancer and Breast Cancer
3 Tumour Biomarkers in Gynaecologic Oncology
4 Cancer: Infection and Vaccines
5 Imaging of Gynaecologic Malignancy
6 Principles and practice of surgery in gynecological cancer
7 Principles of Chemotherapy Targeted Therapy and Immunotherapy in Gynaecological Malignancies
8 Principle and Practice of Radiation Oncology
9 Benign Breast Diseases
10 Breast Cancer
11 Cervical Cancer Screening
12 Management of precancerous lesions of cervix
13 Cancer of the uterine cervix
14 Endometrial Cancer
15 Uterine Sarcoma
16 Epithelial Ovarian Cancer
17 Malignant germ cell tumours of the ovary
18 Stromal tumour of ovary
19 Secondary Ovarian Tumor
20 Fallopian tube Carcinoma
21 Carcinoma Vulva
22 Carcinoma Vagina
23 Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
24 Gynaecological Cancer in Pregnancy
25 Role of MIS in Gynaecological Cancers
26 Hormone Replacement Therapy after Gynaecological Cancer
27 The Perioperative and Critical Care Aspects in Gynaecology-Oncology
28 Palliative Care in Advanced Gynecological Malignancy
29 Gynaecological Cancers and Nursing
30 Prevention and Screening in Gynecological Cancer
31 Recent Advances in Gynaecological Cancer. - DigitalChristopher Liu, Hanbin Lee, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This book provides an expert overview of all aspects of ophthalmic care in clinical practice. Areas such as external eye, cornea and conjunctiva, glaucoma, cataract, macular degeneration and diabetic retinopathy and retinal vascular events are discussed throughout the chapters. Fundamentals in Ophthalmic Practice will be a go-to guide for ophthalmologists, optometrists, orthoptists, ophthalmic nurses, ophthalmic technicians and other allied health professionals in their busy day-to-day practice.
Contents:
Ophthalmology as a career
Anatomy of the Eye, Orbit and Visual Pathway
Physiology of Vision
Ocular Symptoms
A systemic approach to diagnosis
Adnexal conditions
CONJUNCTIVA AND CORNEA
Glaucoma
Cataract
MEDICAL RETINA AND UVEITIS
Vitreous and retina
Ocular tumours
Ocular Emergencies. - Digitaleditors David E. Beck, Scott R. Steele and Steven D. Wexner.Summary: This book is a comprehensive and current guide to the diagnosis and treatment of the entire spectrum of anorectal diseases. It focuses mainly on anorectal problems, as anorectal pathology is often more complex and challenging for surgeons than colonic diseases.The book covers anorectal anatomy, physiology, and embryology as a foundation to a detailed description of preoperative, intraoperative, and post-operative patient management. All surgical procedures are shown in step-by-step detail by leading surgeons and gastroenterologists. This book will be relevant to general, colon, and rectal surgeons in training and practice, gastroenterologists, and other practitioners with an interest in anorectal diseases.Digital Access Springer 2019
- Digitaledited by Alexander Vinks, Hartmut Derendorf, Johan Mouton.Summary: Over the past decade, significant progress has been made in the theory and applications of pharmacodynamics of antimicrobial agents. On the basis of pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic modeling concepts it has become possible to describe and predict the time course of antimicrobial effects under normal and pathophysiological conditions. The study of pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic relationships can be of considerable value in understanding drug action, defining optimal dosing regimens, and in making predictions under new or changing pre-clinical and clinical circumstances. Not surprisingly, pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic modeling concepts are increasingly applied in both basic and clinical research as well as in drug development. Fundamentals of Antimicrobial Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics is designed as a reference on the application of pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic principles for the optimization of antimicrobial therapy, namely pharmacotherapy, and infectious diseases. The reader is introduced to various aspects of the fundamentals of antimicrobial pharmacodynamics, the integration of pharmacokinetics with pharmacodynamics for all major classes of antibiotics, from basic research to clinical situations.
Contents:
Foreword
Section I: Basic Concepts and Principles
Introduction to Pharmacodynamics and micrbiology
In vitro and animal PK/PD model
MIC and breakpoints
Principles of applied PK/PD modeling
Population Pk/PD modeling and its applications to antimicrobials
Drug resistance and Drug-drug combinations
Section II: Clinical
Aminoglycosides
Beta-lactam antibiotics including continuous infusion
Macrolides
Glycopeptides
Quinolones
Other. - DigitalRani Gupta, Namita Gupta.Summary: This book provides useful information on microbial physiology and metabolism. The key aspects covered are prokaryotic diversity, growth physiology, basic metabolic pathways and their regulation, metabolic diversity with details of various unique pathways. Another focus area is stress physiology with details on varying environmental stresses, signal transduction, adaptation and survival. For instructional purposes, the book provides case studies, interesting facts, techniques etc. which help in showcasing the inter-disciplinary nature and bridge the gap between various aspects of applied microbiology.
Contents:
Bacterial Growth
Transport
Central Metabolic Pathways and Their Regulation
Electron Transport and Energy Generation
Metabolic Diversity of Carbon and Energy Source in Prokaryotes
Nitrogen Metabolism
Lipid Metabolism
Cell Wall Biosynthesis
Metabolism of Nucleotides
Secondary Metabolism
Response to Environmental Signaling. - DigitalJuan Pekolj, Victoria Ardiles, Juan Glinka, editors.Summary: Bile duct injuries (BDI) are considered the most serious surgical complication associated with cholecystectomy. According to different reports, its incidence has remained constant over the years, ranging from 0.1% to 0.9%. BDI is associated with a greater risk of perioperative morbidity and mortality, a reduction in the quality of life, and a decrease in long-term survival. Also, this complication is a concern to surgeons since its progression is uncertain and may lead to demands on professional responsibility ("malpractice") and emotional and physical consequences ("second victim"). Given that injuries in a high percentage of patients are initially unsuspected, the postoperative recovery may be prolonged, and the possibility of a successful repair reduced. Several surgical, endoscopic, and percutaneous procedures may be necessary to manage the lesions and to treat coexisting complications. BDI patients often undergo several repair attempts before successful resolution. This affects their quality of life and has a high psychological, physical, and mental impact due to the prolonged, complex, and unexpected nature of the injury. This currently represents a frequent problem in specialized referral centers or hepatobilopancreatic surgery units, where patients arrive with the sequelae of previous inadequate treatments. Usually, these patients require more elaborate procedures such as reoperations, liver resections and liver transplantation. The prevention, early diagnosis, and adequate treatment in the first approach is of crucial importance to ensure good long-term results. Therefore, this book is an essential resource for surgeons who perform cholecystectomy or treat BDI patients. It provides practical information and a comprehensive review on prevention and proper management, including complex cases. Readers will find contributions by experienced authors from a multidisciplinary and reference team in the management of BDI patients.
Contents:
Chapter 01: Introduction
Chapter 02: Anatomical Considerations
Chapter 03: Prevention
Chapter 04: Essential aspects BDI management
Chapter 05: Physiopathology of BDI
Chapter 06: Classification of BDI
Chapter 07: Intraoperative Diagnosis and Treatment
Chapter 08: Postoperative diagnosis of BDIs
Chapter 09: Role of imaging
Chapter 10: Assessment of vascular structures in BDIs
Chapter 11: Postoperative Treatment
Chapter 12: Role of percutaneous procedures
Chapter 13: Role of Endoscopic Procedures
Chapter 14: Role of Laparoscopy
Chapter 15: Biliodigestive Anastomoses
Chapter 16: Liver Resections
Chapter 17: Liver Transplantation. - DigitalDavid DiTullio, Medical student, David Geffen School of Medicine, University of California Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California, Esteban C. Dell'Angelica, PhD, Professor, Department of Human Genetics, David Geffen School of Medicine, University of California Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California.Digital Access
- DigitalRebecca Sheets.Summary: Fundamentals of Biologicals Regulation: Vaccines and Biotechnology Medicines serves as an introduction to the international regulatory arena in which biologicals are developed and offers an overview of the processes and insight into the scientific concepts underpinning global regulations. This book will provide multiple levels of readership with guidance on basic concepts, a detailed look at regulatory challenges, and practical insight into how regulators consider regulatory science and regulatory process issues across various regions. With numerous case studies, learning activities, and real-world examples across several classes of biotechnological products, this book is a valuable and comprehensive resource for graduate students, professors, regulatory officials, and industry scientists working with biologicals.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- PrintBernard Rosner, Harvard University.
- DigitalW. Richard Webb, William E. Brant, Nancy M. Major.Contents:
Introduction to CT of the thorax : chest CT techniques
Mediastinum : introduction and normal anatomy
Mediastinum : vascular abnormalities and pulmonary embolism
Mediastinum : lymph node abnormalities and masses
The pulmonary hila
Lung disease
Pleura, chest wall, and diaphragm
Introduction to CT of the abdomen and pelvis
Peritoneal cavity, vessels, nodes, and abdominal wall
Abdominal trauma
Liver
Biliary tree and gallbladder
Pancreas
Spleen
Kidneys and ureters
Adrenal glands
Gastrointestinal tract
Pelvis
CT in musculoskeletal trauma
CT in musculoskeletal nontrauma.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - Digital/PrintChristopher G. Roth, MD, Associate Professor, Vice Chair, Quality and Performance, Vice Chair, Methodist Hospital Division, Department of Radiology, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Sandeep Deshmukh, MD, Associate Professor, Division Director, Body CT, Medical Director, Jefferson Outpatient Imaging-Collegeville, Chairman, Residency Selection Committee, Department of Radiology, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.Contents:
Introduction and physics of body MRI
MRI of focal liver lesions
MRI of diffuse liver disease
MRI of the biliary system and gallbladder
MRI of the pancreas and spleen
MRI of the kidneys, ureters, and urinary bladder
MRI of the adrenal glands and retroperitoneum
MRI of the gastrointestinal system
MRI of the uterus and vagina
MRI of the ovaries and adnexa
MRI of the prostate and male genitourinary system.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - Digital/PrintAndrew Leitner, Christine Chang, editors.Summary: This book presents a timely and multidisciplinary update on the modalities currently available for treating the most feared symptom of patients diagnosed with cancer. The various cancer pain syndromes are explored in detail, covering those related directly to malignancy and those due to the after-effects of cancer therapy. Treatment modalities, including pharmacologic approaches, interventional procedures, and palliative surgical options, are discussed clearly and concisely, with provision of recommendations for the practitioner. Further topics include new and emerging treatments for cancer pain, survivorship considerations, pain management in special populations, and implementation of systems-based pain programs. The book has been written by a multidisciplinary group of experts, reflecting the evolution in pain and symptom management that has occurred in parallel with progress toward more targeted oncologic treatments. Oncologists, palliative care physicians, allied health professionals, and other practitioners involved in caring for cancer patients will find Fundamentals of Cancer Pain Management to be a rich source of evidence-based insights into effective pain management.
Contents:
Part I: Background and Assessment of Cancer Pain, History and Epidemiology of Cancer Pain
Cancer Pain Syndromes
Cancer Treatment-Related Pain
Cancer Pain Management: A European perspective
Pain in the Cancer Survivor
Part II: Pharmacologic Therapies, Opioid therapy in cancer pain
Opioid related side effects and management
Clinical implications of opioid therapy
Non-Opioid Analgesics and Emerging Therapies
Part III: Interventional and Locoregional Therapies, Palliative Radiation for Cancer Pain Management
Ablation Techniques in Cancer Pain
Interventional Treatments for Cancer Pain
Peripheral nerve entrapments
Intrathecal Analgesia in Cancer Pain
Neurosurgical Treatments for Cancer Pain
Part IV: Total Pain and Rehabilitation, Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation
Psychosocial Aspects of Cancer Pain
Integrative Therapies in Cancer Pain. - DigitalDavid Alberts, Lisa M. Hess, editors.Contents:
Introduction to cancer prevention
Assessing human and economic benefits of cancer prevention
The role of diet, physical activity, and body composition in cancer prevention
Innate and adaptive immune responses to cancer
Hereditary risk for cancer
Cancer health disparties
Human categories and health : the power of the concept of ethnicity
Complementary and alternative approaches to cancer prevention
Telemedicine, telehealth, and e-health technologies in cancer prevention
Global cancer prevention
Sunscreen-based skin protection against solar insult : molecular mechanisms and opportunities
Skin cancer prevention
Prevention of colorectal cancer
Lung cancer prevention
Breast cancer prevention
Prevention of prostate cancer
Cervical cancer prevention
Ovarian cancer prevention
Endometrial cancer prevention
Cancer survivorship.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalDavid S. Alberts, Lisa M. Hess, editors.Summary: This authoritative work, now in its fourth edition, presents state of the art knowledge on all key aspects of cancer prevention. In addition to detailed summaries on preventive strategies for specific cancers, readers will find current knowledge on a range of relevant scientific topics including the benefits of cancer prevention, the importance of diet and physical activity, innate and adaptive immune responses to cancer, hereditary risks, cancer health disparities, and the preventive role of telemedicine. In this new edition of the book, the coverage has been expanded to include additional disease sites and to provide up-to-date information across the range of disciplines in the field of cancer prevention and control. Written as a collaborative work by internationally recognized leaders in the field, Fundamentals of Cancer Prevention is an essential reference guide and tool for oncologists, primary care physicians, the research community, and students with an interest in reducing the burden of cancer through the implementation of effective preventive strategies.
Contents:
Introduction to Cancer Prevention
Assessing the Humanistic Benefits of Cancer Prevention
Assessing the Economic Outcomes of Cancer Prevention
The Role of Diet, Physical Activity, and Body Composition in Cancer Prevention
Innate and Adaptive Immune Responses to Cancer
Hereditary Risk for cancer
Cancer Health Disparities
Human Categories and Health the power of the concept of ethnicity
Complementary and alternative approaches to cancer prevention
Telemedicine, Telehealth, and eHealth technologies in cancer prevention
Global Cancer Prevention
Topical skin protection against solar insult molecular mechanisms and opportunities
Skin Cancer Prevention
Colorectal Cancer Prevention
Lung Cancer Prevention
Breast Cancer Prevention
Prostate Cancer Prevention
Cervical Cancer Prevention
Endometrial cancer Prevention
Ovarian Cancer Prevention
Cancer Survivorship. - DigitalJerry L. Workman, Susan M. Abmayr, editors.Summary: Chromatin is the combination of DNA and proteins that make up the genetic material of chromosomes. It is essential for packaging DNA, regulation of gene expression, DNA replication and repair. The audience for this book includes newly established scientists, graduate students and scientists seeking detailed overviews of various aspects of chromatin structure and function to gain entry into this field. The chapters in this book give a strong, updated groundwork about the fundamentals of chromatin which are essential to understand epigenetics. Some the fundamentals that this book covers include the structure and biochemistry of chromatin and the enzyme complexes that manage it.
Contents:
Preface
Histone, Nucleosome and Chromatin Structure
Histone Chaperones in the Assembly and Disassembly of Chromatin
Chromatin Remodeling Complexes
Regulating Chromatin by Histone Acetylation
Histone Methylation in Chromatin Signaling
Histone Ubiquitylation Control of Gene Expression
Regulation of Chromatin Structure and Function by PARP-1 and ADP-ribosylation
Histone phosphorylation and chromatin dynamics
Reading histone modifications
Properties and functions of histone variants
Transcription through Chromatin
Chromatin remodeling in DNA repair and replication
Heterochromatin: A Critical Part of the Genome
Emerging Areas of Chromatin Research
Index.Digital Access Springer 2014 - PrintJanine M. Bernard, Syracuse University, Rodney K. Goodyear, University of Redlands.Summary: "Fundamentals of Clinical Supervision, 5/e offers a comprehensive, interdisciplinary presentation that makes it the most highly cited publication in the field. Addressing essential topics for supervisors, it has earned a reputation as an authoritative resource for anyone seeking certification as an Approved Clinical Supervisor. Emphasizing central themes from a variety of mental health professions, the book covers supervision models, supervision modalities, administrative issues and professional concerns. This Fifth Edition covers the latest research, more on second-generation models of supervision, a new section on triadic supervision, and the latest on technology. Its one-of-a-kind supervision toolkit, scholarly approach, and topic coverage sets the book apart"--Publisher's website.
Contents:
Part I. Introduction and General Approaches to Supervision: 1. Introduction to clinical supervision
2. Supervision models
Part II. Dimensions of the Supervision Relationship: 3. Processes and issues of the supervisory triad and dyad
4. Supervisee and supervisor factors affecting the relationship
5. Multicultural supervision
Part III. The Delivery of Clinical Supervision: 6. Organizing the supervision experience
7. Individual supervision
8. Group supervision
9. Live supervision
Part IV. Professional Responsibilities of Clinical Supervisors: 10. Evaluation
11. Ethical and legal foundations for supervision practice
Part V. Promoting the Specialty of Clinical Supervision Through Training and Research: 12. Teaching and researching supervision. - DigitalLawrence M. Friedman, Curt D. Furberg, David L. DeMets, David M. Reboussin, Christopher B. Granger.Contents:
Introduction to Clinical Trials
Ethical Issues
What is the Question?
Study Population
Basic Study Design
The Randomization Process
Blinding
Sample Size
Baseline Assessment
Recruitment of Study Participants
Data Collection and Quality Control
Assessment and Reporting of Harm
Assessment of Health Related Quality of Life
Participant Adherence
Survival Analysis
Monitoring Committee Structure & Function
Statistical Methods Used in Interim Monitoring
Issues in Data Analysis
Closeout
Reporting and Interpreting of Results
Multicenter Trials
Regulatory Issues.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digital[edited by] Marc S. Micozzi ; with forewords by C. Everett Koop, Aviad Haramati, and George D. Lundberg.Summary: Get a solid, global foundation of the therapies and evidence-based clinical applications of CAI. Fundamentals of Complementary, Alternative, and Integrative Medicine, 6th Edition is filled with the most up-to-date information on scientific theory and research of holistic medicine from experts around the world. The 6th edition of this acclaimed text includes all new content on quantum biology and biofields in health and nursing, integrative mental health care, and homeopathic medicine. Its wide range of topics explores therapies most commonly seen in the U.S., such as energy medicine, mind-body therapies, and reflexology along with traditional medicine and practices from around the world. With detailed coverage of historic and contemporary applications, this text is a solid resource for all practitioners in the medical, health, and science fields! -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Foundations of complementary / alternative medicine in health care
Fundamental sciences
Mind-body medicine
Bodywork and manual therapies
Western electromagnetic, natural, nutritional, and plant-based therapies
Traditional world medical systems part 1 : East and Southeast Asia
Traditional world medical systems part 2 : Middle Asia
Traditional world medical systems part 3 : Africa, Americas, and the Pacific.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019 - DigitalLavakumar, Mallika.Contents:
Intro; Contents; Preface; Acknowledgments; Chapter 1; Neurocognitive and Neurological Examination; Introduction; Approach to the Consultation; History Gathering; Patient Interview; Cognitive Testing; Consciousness; Language; Orientation; Attention; Memory; Praxis; Executive Function; Brief Cognitive Batteries; The Neurological Examination; Sensory Function; Motor System; Coordination; Abnormal Movements; Reflexes; Special Topics; Conversion Disorder; Evaluation of Gait; Conclusion; Questions; Answers; References; Chapter 2; Neuromedical Procedures; Introduction Brain Imaging in Consultation Liaison Psychiatry Brain Imaging; Brain CT Scan; Brain MRI; Functional Brain Imaging Techniques; Single Proton Emission CT; Positron Emission Tomography; Functional MRI; Laboratory Testing in Consultation Liaison Psychiatry; Electrolytes; Complete Blood Count; Liver Function Abnormalities; Vitamin Deficiencies; Endocrine Abnormalities; Rheumatologic Diseases; Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV); Syphilis; Hepatitis C; Tuberculosis; Urinalysis; Urine Drug Screen; Other Conditions and Tests to Consider; Lyme Disease; Wilson's Disease Paraneoplastic Limbic EncephalitisAnti-NMDAR Encephalitis; Hashimoto's Encephalopathy or Steroid-Responsive Encephalopathy Associated with Autoimmune Thyroiditis; CSF Studies; Electroencephalography (EEG); Altered Mental Status; Paroxysmal Neurologic Events; Functional Seizures; Other Indications for EEG in Neuropsychiatry; Psychosis; Catatonia; Conclusion; Questions; Answers; References; Chapter 3; Neuropsychological Consultation; Introduction; Neuropsychological Assessment; Cognitive Domains and Assessment Measures; Orientation Attention, Processing Speed, Working Memory, and Executive FunctionsSpeech and Language; Visuospatial Function; Memory; Motor Function; Screening Measures; Intelligence; Premorbid Estimation; Psychological Functioning, Behavioral Status, and Effort; Neuropsychological Profiles of Common Neurological and Psychiatric Conditions; Stroke and Traumatic Brain Injury; Normal Pressure Hydrocephalus, Neoplasm, and Epilepsy; Dementias and Prion Disease; Delirium and Autoimmune Encephalitis; Substance Use and Other Psychiatric Conditions; Conclusion; Questions; References; Chapter 4; Delirium Introduction Delirium Subtypes; Pathophysiology; Morbidity and Mortality; Delirium Through the Continuum of Care; Emergency Department; Intensive Care Unit; Medical and Surgical Units; Home Care and Nursing Home; Palliative Medicine; Screening; Risk Factors and Evaluation; Delirium Management; Nonpharmacologic Interventions; Pharmacological Interventions; Antipsychotics; Alpha-2 Adrenergic Agonists; Valproic Acid; Melatonin; Benzodiazepine-Sparing Protocols for Alcohol and Sedative Withdrawal; Prevention; Nonpharmacologic Interventions; Pharmacologic Prevention; Anesthesia InterventionsDigital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019 - Digitaledited by Mallika Lavakumar, Lisa Rosenthal, and Terry Rabinowitz.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019
- DigitalUlrich Meyer, editor.Summary: This is the first volume in an interdisciplinary three-book series covering the full range of biological, clinical, and surgical aspects in the evaluation, diagnosis, and treatment of patients with craniofacial malformations. This volume opens by considering general topics such as developmental biology and disease classification and then examines in depth the biological basis of the various malformations, including craniosynostoses, cleft-lip and palate with complex orofacial clefts, branchio-oculo-facial syndromes, rare syndromes, soft tissue malformations, and dysgnathia. Psychological aspects, including psychological evaluation methods and therapies and quality of life issues, are then addressed. Finally, all relevant clinical, radiological, and genetic investigations are described and important diagnostic issues are explored. Featuring numerous high-quality illustrations, the book will be of high value for all clinicians, researchers, and postgraduate students who deal with these malformations. The accompanying two volumes describe treatment principles and present in an atlas manner all relevant surgical techniques in detail with the aid of accompanying videos. The content of this multivolume set, written by the world's leading research and clinical specialists in their discipline, represents therefore the recent intellect, experience, and state of this medical field.
Contents:
Introduction. I General aspects: 1. Normal craniofacial development
2. Developmental biology of the face
3. Animal models of facial development
4. Anthrophosophical aspects of facial development
5. Pathological approaches for craniofacial diseases
6. Classification of craniofacial malformations. II Biological basis of disease: 7. Chromosomal aberrations
8. Orofacial clefts
9. Craniosynostoses
10. Branchio-oculo-facial syndromes
11. Conjoined twins
12. Craniofacial Soft tissue malformations
13. Postural head deformations
14. Dysgnathias
15. Rare craniofacial syndromes. III Psychological aspects of disease: 16. Facial appearance and the psychological impact
17. Psychological evaluation methods for patients with craniofacial malformations
18. Psychological therapies for patients with craniofacial malformations
19. Psycho-social impact of craniofacial malformations on treatment and outcome
20. Evolution of Craniofacial Surgery
21. Quality of life aspects of craniofacial malformations
22. Long term outcome of craniofacial surgery
23. Benchmarking and cost assessment of craniofacial surgery
24. Medical and malpractice claims in craniofacial surgery. IV Diagnostic issues: 25. Clinical Investigations of craniofacial malformations
26. Interdisciplinary approach to the treatment of craniofacial malformations
27. Craniomaxillofacial investigation
28. Neurosurgical investigation of craniofacial malformations
29. ENT investigation of craniofacial malformations
30. Ocular investigation of craniofacial malformations
31. Radiological Investigations of craniofacial malformations
32. Genetic investigations of craniofacial malformations
33. Speech issues in patients with craniofacial malformations
34. Feeding issues in patients with craniofacial malformations
35. Breathing disorders in patients with craniofacial malformations. - DigitalJanna Gordon-Elliott.Contents:
Patients who eat too little. Arlene, an anxious young woman
Becky's body worries
Cassandra, the college student
Danny, the picky eater
Eric, the hopeful Olypian
Francine's insulin issues
Patients who eat too much. Ginny, the secret eater
Hannah's troubles
Ian, the guilty eater
James, the inconsistent eater
Kendra's social anxiety
Lisa, overweight but undernourished
Patients who eat in odd ways. Mimi, the quiet little girl
Nilda's food allergies
Olive, the healthy eater
Peter, healthy weight but unhealthy.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJohn P. McGahan, Michael A. Schick, Lisa D. Mills.Contents:
Physics, machine and technique
Artifacts
Peritonsillar abscess
Neck masses
Ocular
Carotid artery
Cranial
Lungs
Transthoracic echocardiography
Pediatric transthoracic echocardiography
Transesophageal echocardiography
Approach to the patient with shortness of breath
Approach to the patient with chest pain
Ultrasound-guided resuscitation
FAST of the abdomen, beyond basics: false positives, limitations, and approach to the unstable patient
Liver and spleen
Gallbladder and biliary
Pancreas
Kidney and renal transplant
Abdominal aorta
Lower abdomen and bowel
Male pelvis
Female pelvis, nonpregnant
Female pelvis, pregnant - first trimester
Female pelvis, pregnant - second/third trimester
Peripheral veins and arteries
Soft tissue
Musculoskeletal
Ultrasound-guided procedures
Venous access
Nerve blocks.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalFrancesco Chiappelli.Contents:
Fundamental Implications for Clinical Practice
Translational Effectiveness in the Context of Translational Science
Comparative Effectiveness Analysis and Evidence-Based Decisions
Methodology I: The Best Available Evidence
Methodology II: Sampling and Assessment of the Evidence
Methodology III: Systematic Evaluation of the Statistical Analysis: Data Analysis in Research Synthesis
Optimizing Clinical Practice-Based Patient-Centered Outcomes Research
Getting and Understanding Data
Obtaining Data
Describing and Analyzing Data
Translational Effectiveness Analysis
Optimizing Clinical Outcomes by Individualizing Observations
Evaluation in Patient-Centered Outcomes Research
Translational Effectiveness in Practice-Based Patient-Centered Outcomes Research.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalMax M. Houck, Jay A. Siegel.Summary: Fundamentals of Forensic Science, Third Edition, provides current case studies that reflect the ways professional forensic scientists work, not how forensic academicians teach. The book includes the binding principles of forensic science, including the relationships between people, places, and things as demonstrated by transferred evidence, the context of those people, places, and things, and the meaningfulness of the physical evidence discovered, along with its value in the justice system. Written by two of the leading experts in forensic science today, the book approaches the field from.
Contents:
Section I. Criminal Justice and Forensic Science; CH1 The Practice of Forensic Science
CH2 Crime Scene Investigation
CH3 The Nature of Evidence; Section II. Analytical Tools; CH4 Microscopy
CH5 Light and Matter
CH6 Separation Methods; Section III. Biological Sciences; CH7 Pathology
CH8 Anthropology and Odontology
CH9 Entomology
CH10 Serology and Bloodstain Pattern Analysis
CH11 DNA Analysis
CH12 Forensic Hair Examinations; Section IV. Chemical Sciences; CH13 Illicit Drugs
CH14 Forensic Toxicology
CH15 Textile Fibers
CH16 Paint Analysis
CH17 Soil and Glass
CH18 Fires and Explosions; Section V. Physical Sciences; CH19 Friction Ridge Examination
CH20 Questioned Documents
CH21 Firearms and Toolmarks
CH22 Impression Evidence
CH23 Forensic Engineering
CH24 Digital Evidence and Computer Forensics; Section VI. Legal and Forensic Science; CH25 Legal Aspects of Forensic Science.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - DigitalFrancesco Palazzo, editor ; with contribution by Michael J. Pucci.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive guide to the surgical skills required during general surgery. General Concepts are covered with descriptions of basic terminology, the logic behind specific approaches, limitations of specific skills, technical and practical considerations, and safety of using specific approaches and skills. More advanced topics including gastro-intestinal anastomosis, exploring a patient after a major trauma, and managing crisis situations are also discussed, as well as current controversies and future directions within general surgery. Fundamentals of General Surgery is relevant to trainees in general surgery and its subspecialties, and aims to give them an easy to access resource that contains real life examples, iconography, and recommended further reading.
Contents:
Foreword
Preface
Fundamentals of patient preparation for the operating in the 21st century
Fundamentals of Operating room setup and surgical instrumentation
Fundamentals of Surgical Sutures and Associated Technical skills
Fundamentals of Patient Positioning and Skin Prep
Fundamentals of incisions and skin closures
Fundamentals of retractors and exposure
Fundamentals of dissection
Fundamentals of Surgical Hemostasis
Fundamentals of energy utilization in the Operating room
Fundamentals of Stapling devices
Fundamentals of Drain management
Fundamentals of endoscopy for the general surgeon
Fundamentals on prosthetic materials for the abdominal wall
Fundamentals of basic laparoscopic setup
Fundamentals of laparotomy closure
Fundamentals of Robotic Surgery
Fundamentals of gastro
intestinal anastomosis
Fundamentals of vascular anastomosis
Appendix on common vascular instruments
Fundamentals of exploratory laparotomy for Trauma
Fundamentals of temporary abdominal wall closure
Fundamentals of exploratory thoracotomy for Trauma
Fundamentals of becoming a safe and independent surgeon (from first assistant to skilled educator)
Fundamentals of acceptable behavior in the OR (etiquette)
Fundamentals of the daily routine as a surgeon
Fundamentals of managing the operative catastrophe. - DigitalGregory S. Ogrinc MD, MS, Linda A. Headrick, MD, MS, Amy J. Barton, PhD, RN, FAAN, ANEF, Mary A. Dolansky, PhD, RN, FAAN, Wendy S. Madigosky, MD, MSPH, FAAFP, Rebecca S. (Suzie) Miltner, PhD, RN, FAAN, Allyson G. Hall, PhD, MBA/MHS ; foreword by Kedar Mate, MD.Summary: Fundamentals of Health Care Improvement: A Guide to Improving Your Patient's Care, 4th edition, is intended to help health professional learners diagnose, measure, analyze, change, and lead improvements in health care, with the aim to shape reliable, high-quality systems of care in partnership with patients. Co-published by Joint Commission Resources and the Institute of Healthcare Improvement, this fourth edition includes updated resources, including examples, figures, tables, and tools. New to this edition is a focus on health equity and disparities of care brought to light by the COVID-19 pandemic. This focus explores the relationship between social determinants of health and how improvement methods and skills can help identify and close disparity gaps in systems of care. Also new to this edition is an expanded discussion of effective teamwork and the importance of creating multidisciplinary health care teams that partner with patients and families. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Identifying gaps in quality and working in teams to close those gaps
Finding scientific evidence for clinical improvement
Identifying a focus for improvement
Process literacy, culture, context, and systems in health care
Measurement part 1: data analysis for decision making in health care
Measurement part 2: using run charts and statistical process control charts to gain insight into systems
Understanding and making changes in a system
Spreading improvements
Publishing and presenting quality improvement
Appendix: Tools to help your improvement work.Digital Access R2Library [2022], ©2022 - DigitalGiovanni Cavagna.Summary: This textbook explores the fundamental qualitative and quantitative aspects of human physiology. It approaches biological and physiological processes and phenomena from a quantitative perspective, revealing how physiological problems can be mathematically formulated starting from simple laws of physics. The book addresses a broad range of topics, including: the statics and dynamics of circulation; muscle and sarcomere force-length and force-velocity relations, together with their mechanisms and functional consequences; subdivisions and meaning of the heat produced by muscle; locomotion, statics and dynamics of respiration; diffusion of gases and acid base equilibrium; phonation; general functions of the kidney and of the different sections of the nephron; changes in clearance with a substances plasmatic concentration; pH regulation and the kidney; Donnans equilibrium and its consequences; and the Nernst equation. The book offers the ideal learning resource for students of human physiology courses in medicine and biomedicine, as well as biomedical engineering and biophysics graduate students. An elementary grasp of mathematics and physics is sufficient to understand the content.
Contents:
Circulation of blood
Muscle, locomotion and heart
Respiration
Kidney.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digital[edited by] Carla Jackie Sampson, Bruce J. Fried.Summary: "The third edition of Fundamentals of Human Resources in Healthcare is updated to include the contemporary issues in healthcare HR made more urgent by the Great Resignation and resulting shockwaves to the employer-employee relationship. This edition includes a new chapter on Employee Well Being and a revamped chapters on Organizational and Employee Development, Diversity, Inclusion, and Belonging, and Aligning Quality Improvement and Implementation Science with HR Practices"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Strategic Human Resources Management / Carla Jackie Sampson
The Healthcare Professional / Patrick D. Shay and Dolores G. Clement
The Legal and Ethical Environment / Drake Maynard
Job Analysis and Job Design / Sean N. Newman and Paige N. Ocker
Recruitment, Selection, and Retention / Gabriela "Gabbi" J. Maris and Bruce J. Fried
Organizational and Employee Development / Carla Jackie Sampson and Julene Campion
Performance Management / Bruce J. Fried
Compensation Practices, Planning, and Challenges / Bruce J. Fried, Brigid K. Grabert, and John Cashion
Employee Benefits / Melissa G. McCraw and Dolores G. Clement
Organized Labor / Carla Jackie Sampson, Bruce J. Fried, and Donna Malvey
Diversity, Inclusion, and Belonging in the Workplace / Carla Jackie Sampson, Bruce J. Fried, and Jeffrey Simms
Applying Quality Improvement and Implementation Science in Human Resources Practices / Hilary K. Hecht and Bruce J. Fried
Employee Well-Being / Amanda Raffenaud and Tina Yeung.Digital Access R2Library [2023] - DigitalReza Borhani, Soheila Borhani, Aggelos K. Katsaggelos.Summary: This book provides an accessible introduction to the foundations of machine learning and deep learning in medicine for medical students, researchers, and professionals who are not necessarily initiated in advanced mathematics but yearn for a better understanding of this disruptive technology and its impact on medicine. Once an esoteric subject known to few outside of computer science and engineering departments, today artificial intelligence (AI) is a widely popular technology used by scholars from all across the academic universe. In particular, recent years have seen a great deal of interest in the AI subfields of machine learning and deep learning from researchers in medicine and life sciences, evidenced by the rapid growth in the number of articles published on the topic in peer-reviewed medical journals over the last decade. The demand for high-quality educational resources in this area has never been greater than it is today, and will only continue to grow at a rapid pace. Expert authors remove the veil of unnecessary complexity that often surrounds machine learning and deep learning by employing a narrative style that emphasizes intuition in place of abstract mathematical formalisms, allowing them to strike a delicate balance between practicality and theoretical rigor in service of facilitating the readers learning experience. Topics covered in the book include: mathematical encoding of medical data, linear regression and classification, nonlinear feature engineering, deep learning, convolutional and recurrent neural networks, and reinforcement learning. Each chapter ends with a collection of exercises for readers to practice and test their knowledge. This is an ideal introduction for medical students, professionals, and researchers interested in learning more about machine learning and deep learning. Readers who have taken at least one introductory mathematics course at the undergraduate-level (e.g., biostatistics or calculus) will be well-equipped to use this book without needing any additional prerequisites.
Contents:
Introduction
Mathematical Modeling of Medical Data
Linear Learning
Nonlinear Learning
Multi-Layer Perceptrons
Convolutional Neural Networks
Recurrent Neural Networks
Autoencoders
Generative Adversarial Networks
Reinforcement Learning. - DigitalSherman Silber, MD.Summary: This book analyzes the basic science and treatment of male factor infertility with Dr. Silber's characteristic honesty and clear thinking. It describes finally what works and what doesn't work. It will inspire everyone in reproductive medicine (Gynecologists, Urologists, Embryologists and Endocrinologists) who wish to better understand male infertility.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalJon A. Jacobson.Contents:
Basic pathology concepts
Shoulder ultrasound
Elbow ultrasound
Wrist and hand ultrasound
Hip and thigh ultrasound
Knee ultrasound
Ankle, foot, and lower leg ultrasound
Interventional techniques.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018 - DigitalLarry E. Davis, Sarah Pirio Richardson.Contents:
Approach to the patient with neurologic problem: key steps in neurological diagnosis and treatment
Neurologic examination
Common neurologic tests
Disorders of muscle
Disorders of the neuromuscular junction
Disorders of peripheral nerves
Disorders of the spinal cord and vertebral bodies
Disorders of the brainstem and cerebellum
Disorders of the cerebrovascular system
Disorders of myelin
Disorders of higher cortical function
Disorders of the extrapyramidal system
Infections of the Nervous System
Brain tumors
Seizures and status epilepticus
Cardiac arrest, coma and cerebral death
Disorders of the developing nervous system
Traumatic brain injury and subdural hematoma
Neurologic complications of alcohol and B12 deficiency
Disorders of pain and headache
Disorders of the vestibular system
Sleep. - DigitalHeinrich Mattle, Marco Mumenthaler ; with assistance from the Institute for Diagnostic and Interventional Neuroradiology, Inselspital, University of Bern, Bern, Switzerland, Professor Jan Gralla, Professor Gerhard Schroth ; translated and adapted by Ethan Taub.Summary: "The second edition of this practical guide provides a thorough introduction to the essential concepts of clinical neurology. Coverage includes history-taking; the neurological examination and ancillary tests; topical diagnosis and differential diagnosis of typical syndromes; the diseases of the central nervous system, peripheral nerves, autonomic nervous system, and muscles; epilepsy; and inflammatory diseases such as multiple sclerosis. Central to the book are the lucid structuring of complex contents allowing efficient learning, even without prior knowledge of the subject; and the vital link between theory and clinical practice, with essential information on history-taking, the clinical examination, and additional tests, all supported by informative graphics and appropriate computed tomography or magnetic resonance imaging studies. Key Features: - Brilliant format and structure, making the assimilation of complex information easy and efficient - Clear color illustrations and graphics, many new or revised for the second edition - Comprehensive tables expand and organize information on many topics - New to the second edition: complete revision of contents and an enhanced layout - Vast clinical experience of two highly respected university teachers Fundamentals of Neurology: An Illustrated Guide is the ideal introduction to clinical neurology for medical students, physical therapists, and other professionals involved in patient care"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2017
- DigitalAndrei Fernandes Joaquim, Enrico Ghizoni, Helder Tedeschi, Mauro Augusto Tostes Ferreira, editors.Summary: The aim of this book is to provide clinicians and medical students with basic knowledge of the most common neurosurgical disorders. There is a vast array of signs and symptoms that every clinician should recognize as neurosurgical affectations, allowing them to identify when to refer the patient to a neurosurgeon. In this text, the editors intend to bridge the gap between clinical medicine and neurosurgery, making neurosurgical practice understandable to a wider medical public. The book provides a smooth transition from neuroanatomy, neurophysiology and neurological examination to neurosurgery, focusing more on the knowledge underlying neurosurgical practice rather than on surgical technique. The core of the book is composed of chapters discussing each of the most important medical conditions that deserve neurosurgical intervention, providing key information on diagnosis, clinical aspects, disease management, surgical procedures and prognosis. Moreover, complementary discussion of the frontiers and advances in neurosurgery are also covered. In this sense, this book has two main goals and intended audiences. First, and primarily, it is intended for clinicians in a wide array of non-surgical medical specialties (such as general practitioners, neurologists, pediatricians, oncologists and others) aiming to give an overview on important characteristics and initial management of the most prevalent disorders treated by neurosurgeons. Second, and to a lesser degree, it is intended to be used as a practical guide for medical students who are initiating their study in neurosurgical sciences. Fundamentals of Neurosurgery - A Guide for Clinicians and Medical Students intends to be a comprehensive guide for all non-neurosurgeons who want to broaden their knowledge of neurosurgery. .
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors;
1: Neuroanatomy Applied to Clinical Practice; Introduction; Objective; The Central Nervous System; Morphological Aspects of the Encephalon or Telencephalon; The Brain; The Frontal Lobe; The Temporal Lobe; The Parietal Lobe; The Occipital Lobes; The Insular Lobes; The Limbic Lobe; The Diencephalon; The Basal Nuclei; The Cerebellum; The Brainstem; Vascularization; Suggested Readings and References;
2: Basic Neuroimaging; Computed Tomography; Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI); T1; T2; FLAIR; Fat Suppression T1 Postcontrast (Gadolinium)Advanced Sequences; Susceptibility Sensitive Sequence (T2, SWI); DWI and DTI; MR Perfusion-Weighted Imaging; Spectroscopy; Steady-State Gradient Echo Acquisition for CSF Cisternography (FIESTA, CISS); MR Angiography;
3: The Basic Neurological Examination; Introduction; Objective; Rationale for Diagnosis in Neurology/Neurosurgery; The Neurological Examination; Eloquent Brain Areas; Consciousness and Cognition; Gait and Balance; Muscular Examination; Sensory Evaluation; Pupil Examination; Coma; Cranial Nerves; Conclusion; Suggested Readings and References
4: Intracranial HypertensionDefinition; Background; Pathophysiology; Physical Examination and Clinical Features; Additional Work-Up and Monitoring; Treatment; General Management; First Level Measures; Second-Line Measures; Suggested Readings and References;
5: Traumatic Brain Injury Overview and Practice Parameters; Traumatic Brain Injury; Mechanism; Severity; Clinical Evaluation; First Step: Bedside Physical Exam; General Examination; Neurological Examination; Special Considerations in Examining TBI Patients; Pupils; Motor Function Imaging and Diagnostic Procedures First Steps and ConsiderationsComputed Tomography; Intracranial Lesions (Fig. 5.1a); Epidural Hematoma (Fig. 5.1b); Subdural Hematoma (Fig. 5.1c); Contusions/Intracerebral Hemorrhage (Fig. 5.1d); Penetrating Injury (Fig. 5.1e); Treatment; Medical Versus Surgical Management; Medical Therapy; Blood Pressure and Oxygenation; Airway; Cardiopulmonary; Hyperosmolar Therapy; Prophylactic Hypothermia; Infection Prophylaxis; Deep Venous Thrombosis Prophylaxis; Intracranial Pressure Monitoring; Intracranial Pressure Monitor Technology Treatment Thresholds and Optimal Cerebral Perfusion PressureBrain Oxygenation Monitoring and Threshold for Treatment; Anesthesia, Analgesics, and Sedatives; Nutrition; Antiseizure Prophylaxis; Hyperventilation; Steroids; Surgical Therapy; Indications for Surgery; Special Consideration: Surgery for Diffuse Brain Injury or ICP control; Special Considerations: Penetrating Head Injury; Ongoing Care Beyond Initial Interventions; Imaging Modalities That May Assist in Prognosis and Other TBI-Related Care; Computed Tomography Angiography; Magnetic Resonance Imaging; Clinical Electrophysiology - DigitalGopal B. Saha.Summary: Currently an estimated 17 million nuclear medicine procedures are performed each year in the US and constantly evolving, as new radiopharmaceuticals and imaging techniques are introduced for better diagnosis and treatment of human diseases. In keeping up with new developments, the Seventh Edition of Fundamentals of Nuclear Pharmacy chronicles the advancements in radiopharmaceuticals and their use in clinical applications. It discusses basic concepts such as the atom, radioactive decay, instrumentation and production of radionuclides, and explores the design, labeling, characteristics and quality control of radiopharmaceuticals. Radiation regulations and diagnostic and therapeutic applications of radiopharmaceuticals are detailed.Digital Access Springer 2018
- Print[edited by] Patricia A. Potter, Anne Griffin Perry, Patricia A. Stockert, Amy M. Hall.Summary: Textbook for Nursing Fundamentals, Complex Health Alterations, ADN Psych Clinical, Nursing Advanced Skills, and LPN/RN Refresher Skills.
- DigitalGary A. Ulaner.Summary: "In the fast-changing age of precision medicine, PET/CT is increasingly important for accurate cancer staging and evaluation of treatment response. Fundamentals of Oncologic PET/CT, by Dr. Gary A. Ulaner, offers an organized, systematic introduction to reading and interpreting PET/CT studies, ideal for radiology and nuclear medicine residents, practicing radiologists, medical oncologists, and radiation oncologists. Synthesizing eight years' worth of cases and lectures from one of the largest cancer centers in the world, this title provides a real-world, practical approach, taking you through the body organ by organ as it explains how to integrate both the FDG PET and CT findings to best interpret each lesion"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction to FDG PET/CT
FDG PET/CT performance and reporting
Skeleton on FDG PET/CT
Muscle and nerve on FDG PET/CT
Skin and breast on FDG PET/CT
Brain on FDG PET/CT
Head and neck on FDG PET/CT
Lung on FDG PET/CT
Pleura on FDG PET/CT
Heart on FDG PET/CT
Thymus masses on FDG PET/CT
Hepatobiliary FDG PET/CT
Spleen on FDG PET/CT
Pancreas on FDG PET/CT
Adrenal glands on FDG PET/CT
Gastrointestinal tract on FDG PET/CT
Peritoneum on FDG PET/CT
Urinary tract on FDG PET/CT (kidneys, ureters, bladder)
Female pelvis on FDG PET/CT
Male pelvis on FDG PET/CT
Lymph nodes on FDG PET/CT
Measuring treatment response on FDG PET/CT
Artifacts on FDG PET/CT
Radiotracers other than FDG for oncologic PET/CT.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalJianguo Cheng, Richard W. Rosenquist, editors.Summary: Characterized by clarity and straddling the line between scope and depth of information, this concise book provides physicians a comprehensive overview of pain medicine. Chapters are written by some of the leading minds in pain medicine and feature case studies, key points and suggested readings. Multidisciplinary approaches to the clinical and financial challenges of pain with the goal of improving patient quality of life are also discussed. Additionally, the book is in is in tight alignment with the information that trainees are expected to master for the American Board of Anesthesiology's pain medicine subspecialty certification, as outlined by the Joint Council on Anesthesiology Examinations; it covers the diagnosis of pain states, the management of pain, acute pain, radicular pain, neuropathic pain, chronic visceral pain, headaches, and special populations. This book is a must-have for anyone new to pain medicine or studying for the subspecialty certification.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalJ.D. Hoppenfeld, MD, Interventional Pain Management, Southeast Pain Care, Charlotte, North Carolina.Summary: "Some patients present with a primary complaint of pain while others complain of pain secondary to a more generalized disease process or procedure. As a healthcare professional, you are trained to diagnose the pathology and then treat it. A patient presents with pneumonia, your work-up supports the diagnosis; you treat it, then the patient gets better. However, another layer of patient care needs more focus in the medical community. If the patient with pneumonia complains of intercostal pain secondary to a violent cough, we have the ability to manage the symptoms of pain effectively, and should not hesitate to do so promptly. Our actions to alleviate pain will not hinder our ability to treat the underlying disease. Yet modern medicine often considers these goals mutually exclusive, with pain management a distance second. As medical professionals, when we have an incomplete understanding of how to treat a condition, we under treat it, erring on the side of do no harm. This book will give you the confidence to confront your patient's discomfort and succeed in conquering the pain"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
- DigitalIftekhar Mahmood, Gilbert Burckart, editors.Contents:
1. Pediatric Drug Development and the Regulatory Changes That Are Creating the Science of Pediatric Dosing / Gilbert J. Burckart
2. Pediatric Physiology / Iftekhar Mahmood
3. Developmental Pharmacology: Impact on Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics
of Drugs / Iftekhar Mahmood
4. Pediatric Clinical Trial Design and Dosing / Dionna Green and Valerie Amspacher
5. Application of Allometric Principles in Pediatric Drug Development / Iftekhar Mahmood
6. Population Pharmacokinetics in Pediatric Drug Development / Jeremiah D. Momper , John Bradley , and Brookie M. Best
7. Scaling Dose-Exposure-Response from Adults to Children / Ine Skottheim Rusten , Anna Nordmark , Susan Cole , Joseph F. Standing , Sofi a Friberg Hietala , Wei Zhao , Valeria Gigante , Anna Karin Hamberg , Gérard Pons , María Jesús Garrido , Johannes Taminiau , Norbert Benda , Frederike Lentz , Flora Musuamba Tshinanu , Andrew Thomson , Paolo Tomasi , Cecile Ollivier , Ralf Herold , and Efthymios Manolis
8. Applications of Physiologically Based Pharmacokinetic (PBPK) Models for Pediatric Populations / Peng Duan , Jeffrey Fisher , and Jian Wang
9. Perinatal Pharmacology and Maternal/Fetal Dosing / Iftekhar Mahmood, Gilbert J. Burckart and Robert M. Ward.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digital[edited by] Lane F. Donnelly, MD, Chief Quality Officer, Hospital-Based Services, Associate Radiologist-in-Chief, Department of Radiology, Texas Children's Hospital, Professor of Radiology, Baylor University College of Medicine, Houston, Texas.Contents:
Special considerations in pediatric imaging / Lane F. Donnelly
Airway / Lane F. Donnelly
Chest / Monica S. Epelman
Cardiac / Daniel J. Podberesky
Gastrointestinal / Lane F. Donnelly
Genitourinary / Monica S. Epelman
Musculoskeletal / Alexander J. Towbin
Neuro / Carolina V. Guimaraes.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - DigitalGirija Prasad Rath, editor.Summary: The book provides an excellent review of all the clinical aspects of neuroanesthesia in children, including neurosurgeries during fetal state to neonatal, infancy, toddler, and school-going age groups. To provide optimal anesthetic care in children undergoing neurosurgery, the care provider must have adequate knowledge on the developing brain and spinal cord, and the effect of anesthetics on the neuronal tissue, and the inherent issues pertaining to neurologic lesions. This book covers the diagnostic, imaging, surgical as well as anesthetic managements of all the neurosurgical problems in children. The chapters include a wide range of topics from basic neurophysiology to general concerns for pediatric neuroanesthesia, including fluid management, blood transfusion, temperature regulation, and surgical positioning, as well as specific issues such as anesthesia for brain tumor surgery, hydrocephalus, neural tube defects, cerebrovascular surgeries such as aneurysmal surgery, arteriovenous malformations (AVMs), Moyamoya disease, and vein of Galen malformation, functional neurosurgery, epilepsy surgery, neuroendoscopy, craniovertebral junction anomalies, spinal surgeries, neurotrauma, and brain abscess with congenital heart diseases. Interesting topics like neuroanesthesia in remote locations, regional anesthesia during neurosurgery, and anesthesia for children with neuromuscular disease are also discussed. Moreover, the book elaborates on advanced neuroanesthesia techniques during fetal neurosurgery and craniopagus separation surgery; and the postoperative intensive care management aspects in each chapter. This book caters to neuroanesthesiologists, pediatric anesthesiologists, residents, and fellows of anesthesia or neuroanesthesia, practicing anesthesiologists, pediatric neurointensivists, nurse anesthetists, neurosurgeons, and pediatric neurosurgeons. It also serves as a reference book for the DM (neuroanesthesiology and neurocritical care), DNB-SS (neuroanesthesiology), and MD (anesthesiology) curriculums apart from anesthesia residency and pediatric anesthesia/ neurosurgery fellowship programs offered at various Institutions worldwide.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
About the Editor
Part I: General Considerations
1: Pediatric Neuroanesthesia: Evolution of a New Subspeciality
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Development of Neuroanesthesia Along with Neurosurgery
1.3 Development of Pediatric Neurosurgery as a Subspecialty
1.3.1 Neurosurgery: An Indian Perspective
1.4 Pediatric Neuroanesthesia: Not Just "Anesthesia" or "Neuroanesthesia"
1.5 Future Prospects as a Subspeciality
1.6 Conclusion
References 2: Developmental Anatomy and Physiology of the Central Nervous System in Children
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Development of the Central and Autonomic Nervous Systems
2.2.1 Intrauterine Development
2.2.2 Development of the Brain
2.2.3 Development of the Spinal Cord
2.2.4 Autonomic Nervous System (ANS)
2.2.5 Neuronal and Cellular Proliferation
2.2.6 Myelination
2.3 Relevant Anatomy
2.3.1 Head Size, Suture, and Fontanelle
2.4 Cerebral Vascular Anatomy
2.4.1 Arterial Circulation
2.4.2 Venous Drainage
2.5 Cerebral Physiology 2.5.1 Cerebral Blood Flow (CBF)
2.5.1.1 Factors Affecting Cerebral Blood Flow
Cerebrovascular Reactivity to Carbon Dioxide in Children
2.5.2 Cerebral Metabolic Rate (CMR)
2.5.3 Cerebral Autoregulation (CA)
2.5.3.1 Cerebral Autoregulation (CA) in Neonates
2.5.3.2 Cerebral Autoregulation (CA) in Small Children
2.5.4 Cerebral Spinal Fluid (CSF) Dynamics
2.5.5 Blood-Brain Barrier (BBB)
2.5.6 Intracranial Pressure (ICP)
2.5.7 Cerebral Compliance (Intracranial Pressure-Volume Relationship)
2.5.7.1 Intracranial Compliance 2.6 Spinal Cord Anatomy and Physiology
2.6.1 Spinal Cord Vascular Anatomy
2.7 Neurotoxicity in the Immature Human Brain
2.8 Epileptogenesis in the Developing Brain
2.9 Neuroprotection
2.9.1 General Measures
2.9.2 Anesthetic Agents
2.9.3 Temperature Control: Therapeutic Hypothermia
2.9.4 Hypoxic-Ischemic Preconditioning
2.9.5 Remote Ischemic Preconditioning
2.9.6 Erythropoietin (EPO)
2.9.7 Progesterone
2.9.8 Neurotrophic Factors
2.9.9 Stem Cell Treatment
2.10 Cerebral Physiology in Pathological States
2.11 Conclusion
References 3: Effect of Sedatives and Anesthetics on Cerebral Physiology in Children
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Effect of Specific Anesthetic Agents
3.2.1 Inhaled Anesthetics
3.2.1.1 Nitrous Oxide
3.2.1.2 Halothane
3.2.1.3 Isoflurane
3.2.1.4 Sevoflurane
3.2.1.5 Desflurane
3.2.1.6 Xenon
3.2.2 Intravenous Anesthetics
3.2.2.1 Propofol
3.2.2.2 Thiopentone
3.2.2.3 Etomidate
3.2.2.4 Ketamine
3.2.3 Other Agents
3.2.3.1 Opioids
3.2.3.2 Benzodiazepines
3.2.3.3 Muscle Relaxants
3.2.3.4 Dexmedetomidine
3.3 Anesthetic Neuroprotection in Children
3.4 Conclusion. - DigitalLynn T. Staheli.Digital Access
- DigitalPeter Mattei, editor ; Peter F. Nichol, Michael D. Rollins, Christopher S. Muratore, associate editors.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalPeter Mattei, editor.Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Perioperative Care
1: Preoperative Assessment and Preparation
Risks of Anesthesia
Airway
Respiratory System
Cardiovascular System
Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
Obesity
Diabetes
Thyroid Disease
Corticosteroids
Anemia
Sickle Cell Disease
Coagulation Disorders
Malignancy
Anterior Mediastinal Mass
Cerebral Palsy
Developmental Disorders
Prematurity
Malignant Hyperthermia
Hypotonia
Trisomy 21
Allergies
Prior to Admission Medications NSAIDs and Aspirin
Herbal Medications
Illicit/Recreational Medications
Preoperative Fasting
Laboratory Testing and Diagnostic Studies
Editor's Comments
Further Reading
2: Prenatal Diagnosis and Genetic Counseling
Maternal and Family History
Carrier Screening
Screening and Testing Options
Screening Throughout the Pregnancy
First Trimester
Serum Screening
Ultrasound
Second Trimester
Maternal Serum Quadruple Screen
Combined First- and Second-Trimester Serum Screening
Ultrasound
Diagnostic Testing
Chorionic Villus Sampling Second Trimester
Genetic Diagnostic Testing
Fluorescent in Situ Hybridization
Chromosome Analysis
Chromosomal Microarray Analysis
Molecular Testing
Whole Exome Sequencing
Summary
Editor's Comments
Further Reading
3: Neuraxial and Regional Anesthesia
Neuraxial Analgesia and Anesthesia
Epidural and Caudal Analgesia
Spinal Anesthesia
Truncal Anesthesia
Quadratus Lumborum
Erector Spinae
Peripheral Regional Anesthesia
Upper Extremity Regional Anesthesia
Lower Extremity Regional Anesthesia
Duration of Regional Anesthesia Special Considerations in the Pediatric Patient
Commonly Used Local Anesthetics
Local Anesthetic Toxicity
Conclusion
Editor's Comments
Further Reading
4: Positioning and Incisions
Positioning
Supine
Dorsal Lithotomy
Lateral Decubitus
Prone
Abdominal Incisions
Midline Abdominal Incision
Transverse Abdominal Incision
Low Transverse Incision
Subcostal Incision
Miscellaneous Abdominal Incisions
Thoracic Incisions
Sternotomy
Thoraco-Abdominal Incision
Other Incisions
Further Reading
5: Enteral Nutrition and Access Nutritional Requirements
Nutrition for Premature Infants
Short Bowel Syndrome
The Critically Ill Child
Enteral Access
Summary
Editor's Comments
Further Reading
6: Parenteral Nutrition
Nutrition Assessment
Calories
Carbohydrates
Protein
Protein Recommendations
Lipids
Intralipids
SMOF
Omegaven
Carnitine
Electrolytes
Sodium
Potassium
Calcium
Phosphorus
Magnesium
Trace Elements
Zinc
Copper
Selenium
Iron
Vitamins
Special Considerations
Other Additives/Considerations
Insulin
Refeeding Syndrome - DigitalRoberto Cavallaro, Cristina Colombo, editors.Summary: The book provides all the relevant information to understand the mental illness through psychopathology, global clinical manifestations and clinical patterns. It equips the reader with the basic knowledge to identify psychiatric conditions occurring alone or in the context of other medical illnesses, to distinguish health psychology and psychiatry, and to know what to do, how to do it, and how to communicate with the patient and to cooperate with the psychiatrist. The core chapters are dedicated to mental disorders diagnosed according to the DSM V, and are organized in sub-chapters with key feature boxes and schemes that will allow the global comprehension of the mental disorder and its clinical management. The work includes also a general chapter on psychopathology and one on psychopharmacology presenting the practical information about suggested doses, side effects, drug interactions and warnings for the main psychotropics. The final chapter deals with forensic and legal aspects. Fundamentals of Psychiatry for Health Care Professionals will appeal to a wide readership, from post graduate professionals who want to broaden their clinical knowledge of psychiatry to medical students and students of the health degree courses like Physiotherapy, Psychology, Nursing, or Dentistry.
Contents:
Preface. Introduction and assessment. - Psychopathology
Mood disorders
Psychotic disorders
Anxiety disorders
Somatic disorders
Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder
Trauma and stress related disorders and dissociative disorder
Personality disorders
Adult consequences of neurodevelopmental disorders
Eating disorders
Substance related disorders
Organic mental disorders
Psychopharmacology
Somatic treatments.-Management of Emergency psychiatry, including suicide
Psychiatric legislation and forensic psychiatry. - DigitalKakali Bhattacharya.Summary: "This book is the road map to proficiency and development in the field of qualitative research. Borrowing from a wealth of experience teaching introductory qualitative research courses, author Kakali Bhattacharya lays out a dynamic program for learning different paradigms of inquiry, empowering students to recognize the convergence of popular research methodologies as well as the nuances and complexities that set each of them apart."--Publisher.
Contents:
1. Unit 1 : meeting qualitative methods
2. Unit 2 : terrain and types of qualitative research
3. Unit 3 : conceptualizing qualitative research
4. Unit 4 : working with theoretical frameworks
5. Unit 5 : methodological approaches to qualitative inquiry
6. Unit 6 : data collection methods
7. Unit 7 : data analysis, interpretation, and re-presentation
8. Unit 8 : pulling it all together.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - DigitalAgnes B. Fogo, author ; Arthur H. Cohen, Robert B. Colvin, J. Charles Jennette, Charles E. Alpers, co-authors.Summary: Fundamentals of Renal Pathology is a compact and up-to-date resource on the basics of renal pathology that will be of particular value to residents and fellows in training in renal pathology, general pathology, and nephrology, but will also serve as a handy reference for the more experienced. This second, revised and updated edition of the book offers an integrated approach based on contributions from established experts in the field. After considering normal renal anatomy and basic concepts and methods used in the assessment of renal biopsies, key diseases are discussed within the context of clinical presentations. The emphasis is on clinicopathological correlation and differential diagnosis. Topics discussed include glomerular diseases with nephrotic or nephritic syndrome presentations; systemic and vascular diseases affecting the kidney, including diseases affecting the renal transplant; tubulointerstitial diseases; and plasma cell dyscrasias and associated diseases. Well-chosen color illustrations and electron micrographs enhance and complement the text, and tables summarize the most up-to-date classifications and approaches for the various disease entities.
Contents:
Renal Anatomy and Basic Concepts and Methods in Renal Pathology
Membranous Nephropathy
Membranoproliferative Glomerulonephritis and C3 Glomerulopathy
Minimal Change Disease and Focal Segmental Glomerulosclerosis
Postinfectious Glomerulonephritis
IgA Nephropathy and IgA Vasculitis (Henoch-Schönlein Purpura)
Thin Basement Membranes and Alport Syndrome
Lupus Nephritis
Crescentic Glomerulonephritis and Vasculitis
Nephrosclerosis and Hypertension
Thrombotic Microangiopathies
Diabetic Nephropathy
Acute Interstitial Nephritis
Chronic Interstitial Nephritis
Acute Tubular Necrosis
Bence Jones Cast Nephropathy
Monoclonal Immunoglobulin Deposition Disease
Amyloidosis
Other Diseases with Organized Deposits
Allograft Rejection. - DigitalClyde A. Helms MD.Summary: "Trusted by thousands of radiology residents, students, and clinicians, the "pink book" continues to be the perfect first book for essential, easily accessible information in skeletal imaging. Fundamentals of Skeletal Radiology, 5th Edition, provides an authoritative introduction to x-rays, MR, and other skeletal imaging modalities, offering a quick, effective review of musculoskeletal imaging in a concise, easy-to-read style"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
1. Unnecessary examinations
2. Benign lytic lesions
3. Malignant tumors
4. "don't touch" lesions
5. Trauma
6. Arthritis
7. Metabolic bone disease
8. Miscellaneous conditions
9. Magnetic resonance imaging of the knee
10. Magnetic resonance imaging of the shoulder
11. Lumbar spine : disc disease and stenosis
12. Magnetic resonance imaging of the foot and ankle
13. Miscellaneous magnetic resonance imaging.
Differential diagnosesDigital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - Digital[edited by] Cynthia D. Mattice, Rita Brooks, Teofilo L. Lee-Chiong.Contents:
Section I. Overview of sleep medicine
section II. Anatomy and physiology
section III. Sleep disorders and disorders that affect sleep
section IV. Patient care and assessment
section V. Adult polysomnography
section VI. Interventions and therapeutics
section VII. Patient management
section VIII. Pediatrics
section IX. Sleep center management.Digital Access Ovid 2020 - Digitaledited by Shashi Gogia.Summary: Fundamentals of Telemedicine and Telehealth provides an overview on the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs) to solve health problems, especially for people living in remote and underserviced areas. With the advent of new technologies and improvement of internet connectivity, telehealth has become a new subject requiring a new understanding of IT devices and how to utilize them to fulfill health needs. The book discusses topics such as digitizing patient information, technology requirements, existing resources, planning for telehealth projects, and primary care and specialized applications. Additionally, it discusses the use of telemedicine for patient empowerment and telecare in remote locations. Authored by IMIA Telehealth working group, this book is a valuable source for graduate students, healthcare workers, researchers and clinicians interested in using telehealth as part of their practice or research. Presents components of healthcare that can be benefitted from remote access and when to rely on them Explains the current technologies and tools and how to put them to effective use in daily healthcare Provides legal provisions for telehealth implementation, discussing the risks of remote healthcare provision and cross border care.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
- DigitalGazi Huri, Mustafa Özkan, Kerem Bilsel, editors.Summary: This book comprehensively covers both basic and clinical aspects of the shoulder, from its anatomy and biomechanics, to the diagnosis and treatment of a broad range of shoulder disorders. Designed as a practical and richly illustrated reference guide, it provides the reader with the essentials needed to evaluate and treat shoulder injuries, including radiologic assessments, rehabilitative techniques and surgical procedures (both open and arthroscopic). It includes extensive coverage of the anatomy and pathology, while clinical topics covered include fractures around the shoulder joint, sport injuries and arthroplasty. Written by an international team of experts, who share tips, pearls and pitfalls, as well as best practices from their own experience, the book will be of interest to orthopedic surgeons, physical therapists, rehabilitation specialists and biomechanists alike.
Contents:
Part I: Shoulder basic science & principles
1. Shoulder embryology and anatomy
2. Molecular biology and Genetics in Shoulder pathologies
3. Animal models for research on shoulder pathologies
4. Shoulder Kinematics and Biomechanics
5. Pathomechanics and mathematics of anterior shoulder instability
6. Pathomechanics in CTA and rationale of RSA
7. Rationale of tendon to bone healing
Part II: Diagnosis of shoulder conditions
8. Physical examination for glenohumeral joint pathologies
9. Physical examination for subacromial and acromioclavicular pathologies
10. Radiological assessment of the shoulder
Part III: Shoulder pathologic conditions
11. Shoulder cartilage and osteoarthritis
12. Inflammatory, metabolic and neuromuscular pathologies in shoulder joint
13. Nerve entrapment around shoulder joint
14. Fractures around shoulder
Part IV: Shoulder surgety and complications
15. Positioning, anaesthesia and analgesia in shoulder surgery
16. Surgical exposures
17. Basic arthroscopy portals of shoulder
18. Thromboembolism and bleeding control in shoulder surgery
19. Periprosthetic infection in shoulder surgery
Part V: (Bio)technological applications in shoulder treatment
20. Implants and biomaterials
21. Tissue Engineering and graft options
22. 3D printing in shoulder surgery
23. Digitized Shoulder. - DigitalJohn W. Ridley.Summary: This volume provides the essential theory as well as practice for the study of urine samples and body fluids other than urine. It is a concise compendium of information of a practical nature while additionally serving as a clinical resource leading to an understanding of clinical conditions for patients whose test specimens indicate the presence of a pathological condition. Selective laboratory procedures inform the investigator not only of how specimens are processed, but also the rationale for performing specific examinations. Parameters by which testing personnel may measure or evaluate the validity, accuracy and clinical implications of test results for clinical importance providing optimum and useful information are provided.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction to the Study of Body Fluids
Chapter 2: Quality Assurance and Laboratory Regulation
Chapter 3: Safety Practices in Testing Areas
Chapter 4: Metabolic Origins of Urine and Other Body Fluids
Chapter 5: Microscopic Components Common to Body Fluids
Chapter 6: Specimen Collection of Body Fluids
Chapter 7: Diseases of the Urinary System
Chapter 8: Components of the Evaluation of Urine
Chapter 9: Microscopic Examination
Chapter 10: Procedure for Performing Complete Urinalysis
Chapter 11: Cerebrospinal Analysis
Chapter 12: Semen Evaluation
Chapter 13: Serous Fluids Analysis
Chapter 14: Synovial Fluid Evaluation
Chapter 15: Fecal Analysis
Chapter 16: Miscellaneous Related Laboratory Analyses
Chapter 17: Microscope Use and Care. - DigitalWanda M. Haschek, Brad Bolon, Colin G. Rousseaux, Matthew A. Wallig.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
- DigitalMargarethe Geiger, editor.Summary: This well-structured textbook offers essential knowledge on the vascular system. The reader will learn the properties, basic cellular mechanisms and development of the different parts of the vascular system (including the heart), gain knowledge on vascular and related diseases, and will be made familiar with common and most current methods and techniques applied to analyze the vascular system in patients, in animal models, and ex vivo. This book is based on a PhD Course for students from various bioscientific backgrounds given at the Medical University of Vienna, and it will be a valuable resource for Master's Students in vascular biology and biomedicine in general and a helpful tool for young researchers world-wide wishing to gain or refresh their knowledge in this field.
Contents:
1. Morphological and Functional Characteristics of Blood and Lymphatic Vessels
2. The Heart: The Engine in the Center of the Vascular System
3. Regulation of Tissue Perfusion and Exchange of Solutes, Macromolecules, and Water between Blood Vessels and the Interstitial Space
4. Endothelial Cells: Function and Dysfunction
5. Vascular Smooth muscle cells: Regulation of Vasoconstriction and Vasodilation
6. Embryonic Development of the Cardiovascular System
7. Cellular and Molecular Mechanisms of Vasculogenesis, Angiogenesis, and Lymphangiogenesis
8. Mechanisms of Hemostasis: Contribution of Platelets, Coagulation Factors, and the Vessel Wall
9. Biologically active lipids in Vascular Biology
10. Atherosclerosis
11. Venous Thromboembolism
12. Genetics of Vascular Diseases
13. Animal Models in Cardio-Vascular Biology
14. Endothelial Cell Isolation and Manipulation
15. In vitro Assays Used to Analyse Vascular Cell Functions
16. The Porcine Coronary Artery Ring Myograph System
17. Proteomics in Vascular Biology. - DigitalRalph W. Aye, John G. Hunter, editors.
- Digital[edited by] Noemi Lois, MD, PhD, FRCS(Ed), FRCOphth, Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology, Centre for Experimental Medicine, Institute for Clinical Sciences, Queen's University belfast, Honorary Consultant Ophthalmologist, Belfast Health and Social Care Trust, Northern Ireland, United Kingdom, John V. Forrester, MB, ChB, FRCS(E), MD(Hons), FRCS(G), FRCOphth, FRCP(G)(Hon), FMEDSci, FRSE, FSBiol, FARVO, FRANzCO, Section on Immunology and Infection, Division of Applied Medicine, School of Medicine and Dentistry, The Institute of Medical Scineces, Fosterhill, University of Aberdeen, Scotland, United Kingdom, Ocular Immunology Program, Centre for Ophthalmology and Visual Science, The University of Western Australia, Centre for Experimental Immunology, Lions Eye Institute, Newlands, Western Australia, Australia.Contents:
Section I. Basic Science
Chapter 1. Lipofuscin of the retinal pigment epithelium
Chapter 2. Lipofuscin: the origin of the autofluorescence signal
Chapter 3. Lipofuscin and autofluorescence in experimental animal models
Chapter 4. Imaging techniques of fundus autofluorescence
Chapter 5. Near-infrared fundus autofluorescence
Chapter 6. Interpreting fundus autofluorescence
Chapter 7. Quantifying fundus autofluorescence
Section II. Clinical Science
Chapter 8. The normal distribution of fundus autofluorescence
Chapter 9. Fundus autofluorescence in age-related macular disease
Chapter 10. Fundus autofluorescence in inherited retinal dystrophies
Chapter 11. Fundus autofluorescence in diabetic retinopathy
Chapter 12. Fundus autofluorescence in retinal artery occlusion
Chapter 13. Fundus autofluorescence in retinal vein occlusion
Chapter 14. Fundus autofluorescence in pathological myopia
Chapter 15. Fundus autofluorescence in macular telangiectasia Type 2
Chapter 16. Fundus autofluorescence in cystoid macular edema
Chapter 17. Fundus autofluorescence in posterior uveitis
Chapter 18. Central serous chorioretinopathy
Chapter 19. Pseudoxanthoma elasticum
Chapter 20. Fundus autofluorescence in vitreoretinal diseases
Chapter 21. Fundus autofluorescence in intraocular tumors
Chapter 22. Fundus autofluorescence in toxic retinopathies.Digital Access Ovid 2016 - Digital/PrintChristine Imbert, editor.Contents:
Aspergillus biofilms in human disease
Candida albicans in multispecies oral communities: a keystone commensal?
The extracellular matrix of fungal biofilms
Fungal biofilms: update on resistance
Fungi, water supply and biofilms
Diagnostic of fungal infections related to biofilms
Disinfectants to fight oral Candida biofilms
Updates on therapeutic strategies against Candida (and Aspergillus) biofilm related infections
Natural sources as innovative solutions against fungal biofilms
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalAbd El-Latif Hesham, Ram Sanmukh Upadhyay, Gauri Dutt Sharma, Chakravarthula Manoharachary, Vijai Kumar Gupta, editors.Summary: Fungi are eukaryotic microorganisms that include both unicellular and multicellular species. They have a worldwide distribution and a wide range of applications in diverse sectors, from environmental, food and medicine to biotechnological innovations. Fungal biochemical genetics involves the study of the relationships between genome, proteome and metabolome, and the underlying molecular processes in both native and bioengineered fungi. This book provides a valuable resource on the challenges and potential of fungal biotechnology and related bioengineering and functional diversity for various industrial applications in the food, environmental, bioenergy and biorefining, and the biopharma sectors. In comparison to previous and related publications in the area of applied myco-biotech-engineering, this book bridges a knowledge gap in the areas related to prospects and investment as well as intellectual and technical issues. This book also provides information on recent commercial and economic interests in the area by juxtaposing the developments achieved in recent worldwide research and its many challenges.
Contents:
Foreword
Fungal Epigenetic Engineering
Yeast engineering for new antifungal compounds: a contextualized overview
G protein-coupled receptors in fungi
Prompt and convenient preparation of oral vaccines using yeast cell surface display
Trichoderma a factory of multipurpose enzymes
Advances genomic approaches for mining fungal genes for biofuels
Genetically modified fungi for second generation bioethanol production
Fungal Bioengineering in Biodiesel Production
Bioengineering fungi and yeast for the production of enzymes, metabolites and value-added compounds
Fungal production of prebiotics
Fermentative production of secondary metabolites from Bioengineered Fungi and their applications
Recent progress on Trichoderma secondary metabolites
Fungal genes encoding enzymes that are used in cheese production and fermentation industries
Unravelling the potentials of endophytes and its applications
Fungal genes and gene products involved in wastewater treatments
DNA Barcode for Species Identification in Fungi
Current progress on endophytic microbial dynamics on Dendrobium plants.-Understanding its role bioengineered Trichoderma in managing soil-borne plant diseases and its other benefits
Beyond classical biocontrol: new perspectives on Trichoderma
Systemic acquired resistance (SAR) and Induced systemic resistance (ISR) mechanism of Trichoderma against pathogens.Digital Access Springer 2020 - PrintJean-Paul Latgé, editor.Summary: This book illustrates, that the fungal cell wall is critical for the biology and ecology of all fungi and especially for human fungal pathogens. Readers will learn, that the composition of the fungal cell wall is a unique structure, which cannot be found in the human host. Consequently, the chapters outline, how the immune systems of both animals and humans have evolved to recognize conserved and unique elements of the fungal cell wall. As an application example, the authors also show, that the three-dimensional structures of the cell wall are excellent targets for the development of antifungal agents and chemotherapeutic strategies. With the combination of biological findings and medical outlooks, this volume is a fascinating read for scientists, clinicians and biomedical students.
Contents:
Synthesis of mimicks
Melanin
Rodlets and cell wall surface proteins
Alpha 1,3 and Beta 1,3 glucans and remodelling
Chitin
Cell wall PAMPs and PRRs in mammalians
Extracellular polysaccharides and biofilms
Cell wall drugs and resistance mechanisms
GPI proteins and cell wall
Cell wall and morphogenesis
Carbohydrate active enzymes in fungi B
Glucanases and chitinases
Respiration and cell wall synthesis
Cell wall and environment. . - DigitalXu Fang, Yinbo Qu, editors.Summary: The book provides an overview of the current knowledge on cellulolytic enzymes and their applications. It summarizes the mechanisms of synthesis and hydrolysis of cellulolytic enzymes, industrial fungal strains, genetic engineering of fungal strains and application of cellulolytic enzymes. This book will be a useful reference for researchers and bioengineering experts engaged in lignocelluloses biodegradation, biomass utilization, enzyme production and fungal molecular biology.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
Chapter 1: Pretreatment Process and Its Synergistic Effects on Enzymatic Digestion of Lignocellulosic Material; 1 Introduction; 2 Lignocellulose Compositions; 3 Pretreatment of Lignocellulosic Materials; 4 Physical Pretreatment; 4.1 Mechanical Pretreatment; 4.2 Pyrolysis; 4.3 Irradiation; 5 Chemical Pretreatment; 5.1 Ozonolysis; 5.2 Acid Pretreatment; 5.3 Alkaline Pretreatment; 5.4 Ionic Liquid Pretreatment; 5.5 Organosolv Pretreatment; 6 Physical-Chemical Pretreatment; 6.1 Steam Explosion; 6.2 Liquid Hot Water Pretreatment; 6.3 Oxidative Pretreatment. 6 Metabolic Engineering of Filamentous Fungi Using CRISPR-Cas9-Based Genome Editing System7 Conclusion and Future Prospects; References;
Chapter 3: Lignocellulase Formation, Regulation, and Secretion Mechanisms in Hypocrea jecorina (Trichoderma reesei) and Other Filamentous Fungi; 1 Introduction; 2 Transcriptional Mechanisms that Regulate Cellulase and Hemicellulase Gene Expression; 2.1 Transcriptional Factors; 2.2 Other Regulatory Factors; 3 Chromatin Remodeling; 4 Transcriptional Regulation of Cellulase and Hemicellulase in H. jecorina by External Signals; 5 Prospects; References. 6.4 SPORL Pretreatment6.5 Ammonia Fiber Explosion (AFEX) and Ammonia Recycle Percolation(ARP); 6.6 CO2 Explosion; 7 Biological Pretreatment; 8 Summary of Biomass Pretreatment Methods; References;
Chapter 2: Metabolic Engineering of Fungal Strains for Efficient Production of Cellulolytic Enzymes; 1 Introduction; 2 Selective Markers for Genetic Engineering of Filamentous Fungi; 3 Promoter Engineering to Improve Cellulase Production; 4 Engineering of Transcription Regulators to Improve Cellulase Production; 5 Improvement of Cellulase Production by Morphology Engineering.
Chapter 4: Development of Highly Efficient, Low-Cost Lignocellulolytic Enzyme Systems in a Penicillium: From Strain Screening to Systems Biology1 Introduction; 2 Genome and Transcriptome Analyses of P. oxalicum Wild-Type Strain 114-2 and Mutant JU-A10-T; 2.1 Global Comparison of Genomes of 114-2 and JU-A10-T; 2.2 Comparative Transcriptome Analysis of 114-2 and JU-A10-T; 3 Secretome Analysis of P. oxalicum Wild-Type Strain 114-2 and Mutant JU-A10-T; 4 Improving Lignocellulolytic Enzyme Production by Redesigning the Regulatory Pathway; 4.1 Transcription Factors. - Digital/PrintMarcio Rodrigues, Guilhem Janbon, editors.Summary: This book provides an in-depth overview on the manifold functions of fungal extracellular vesicles (EV) which span from cell-to-cell communication, pathogenicity and stimulation of host's immunity to export of hundreds of biomolecules. The book summarizes the present knowledge on the impact of extracellular vesicles on fungal biology. Extracellular vesicles participate in fundamental biological processes in all living cells but only during the last 15 years the production and functions of EVs were identified and studied in fungal species too. Up to date more than 50 independent studies have shown that extracellular vesicles are produced by at least 20 fungal species. The book addresses researchers and advanced students in Microbiology, Mycology and Biotechnology.
Contents:
Preface
Foreword
Chapter 1. Biogenesis of Fungal Extracellular Vesicle: what do we know?
Chapter 2. Lessons learned from studying Histoplasma capsulatum extracellular vesicles
Chapter 3. Current Status on Extracellular Vesicles from the Dimorphic Pathogenic Species of Paracoccidioide
Chapter 4. Extracellular vesicles from Sporothrix yeast cells
Chapter 5. Filamentous Fungi Extracellular Vesicles
Chapter 6.Extracellular vesicles and the propagation of yeast prions
Chapter 7. Contributions of Extracellular Vesicles to Fungal Biofilm Pathogenesis
Chapter 8.Fungal extracellular vesicles in interkingdom communication
Chapter 9. Interactions of extracellular vesicles from pathogenic fungi with innate leukocytes
Chapter 10. Fungal extracellular vesicles as a potential strategy for vaccine development
Chapter 11. Current microscopy strategies to image fungal vesicles: from the intracellular trafficking and secretion to the inner structure of isolated vesicles
Chapter 12. Proteomic characterization of EVs in non-pathogenic yeast cells. - DigitalMehmet Turgut, Sundaram Challa, Ali Akhaddar, editors.Summary: This book provides comprehensive information on fungal infections of the central nervous system (CNS). Fungal infections are still a major public health challenge for most of the developing world and even for developed countries due to the rising numbers of immune compromised patients, refugee movements, and international travel. Although fungal infections involving the CNS are not particularly common, when they do occur, the results can be devastating in spite of recent advances and currently available therapies. Further, over the past several years, the incidence of these infections has seen a steep rise among immunodeficient patients. In this context, aggressive surgery remains the mainstay of management, but conservative antifungal drug treatment complemented by aggressive surgical debridement may be necessary. Yet the optimal management approach to fungal infections of the CNS remains controversial, owing to the limited individual experience and the variable clinical course of the conditions. Addressing that problem, this comprehensive book offers the ideal resource for neurosurgeons, neurologists and other specialists working with infectious diseases.
Contents:
PREFACE
INTRODUCTION
SECTION I: GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
Historical aspects of fungal infections
Epidemiology of fungal infections
Morphological classification of fungal infections (yeasts, molds, dimorphic)
Pathogenesis of fungal infections
Predisposing factors
Histopathology
Molecular genetics and genomics of fungal infections
SECTION II: FUNGAL PATHOGENS: PATHOGENESIS, PATHOLOGY AND DIAGNOSIS
Chapter 8: Aspergillosis
Candidiasis
Mucormycosis
Histoplasmosis and coccidioidomycosis
Cryptococcosis
Blastomycosis and phaeohyphomycosis
Onychomycosis
epeat: initial; background-attachment: initial; background-origin: initial; background-clip: initial;">Emmonsiosis
Cladophialophora bantiana
Cladosporidium, Fusarium spp, Bipolaris hawaiiensis, Schizophyllum commune, Mycoplasma hominis, Scedosporium apiospermum
SECTION III: CLINICAL SYNDROMES OF FUNGAL INFECTIONS INVOLVING CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM AND ITS COVERINGS
Meningitis and meningo-encephalitis
Raised intracranial pressure
Hydrocephalus
Intracranial space occupying lesions
Skull-base syndromes
Orbito-rhino-cerebral syndrome
Cavernous sinus syndrome
Intracranial fungal aneurysms
Acute ischemic or hemorrhagic stroke syndromes
Spinal syndromes
SECTION III: RADIOLOGICAL FINDINGS OF FUNGAL INFECTIONS INVOLVING CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM AND ITS COVERINGS
Magnetic resonance imaging
Positron emission tomography-computed tomography
Imaging findings of fungal infections of the cranial and peripheral nerves
Imaging findings of fungal infections of sinuses extending into brain
Imaging findings of fungal infections of spine and spinal cord
SECTION IV: THERAPY OF FUNGAL INFECTIONS INVOLVING CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM AND ITS COVERINGS
Antifungals: from genomics to resistance and the development of novel agents
Surgical therapy
Prognosis of fungal infections involving the central nervous system and its coverings
SECTION VI: FURTHER INSIGHTS INTO FUNGAL INFECTIONS
In vitro and animal models of fungal infections oReal-time PCR: advanced technologies and applications
Next-generation sequencing: current technologies and applications
Current innovations and future trends
CONCLUSIONS. - DigitalRam Prasad, Vivek Kumar, Manoj Kumar, Shanquan Wang, editors.Summary: Fungal nanobionics has great prospects for developing new products with industrial, agriculture, medicine and consumer applications in a wide range of sectors. The fields of chemical engineering, agri-food, biochemical, pharmaceuticals, diagnostics and medical device development all employ fungal products, with fungal nanomaterials currently used in a wide range of applications, ranging from drug development to food industry and agricultural sector. The fungal agents emerge as an environmentally friendly, clean, non-toxic agent for the biogenic metal nanoparticles and employs both intracellular and extracellular methods. The simplicity of scaling up and downstream processing and the presence of fungal mycelia affording an increased surface area provide key advantages. In addition, the larger spectrum of synthesized nanoparticle morphologies and the substantially faster biosynthesis rate in cell-free filtrate (due to the higher amount of proteins secreted in fungi) make this a particularly enticing route. Understanding the diversity of fungi in assorted ecosystems, as well as their interactions with other microorganisms, animals and plants, is essential to underpin real and innovative technological developments and the applications of metal nanoparticles in many disciplines including agriculture, catalysis, and biomedical biosensors. Importantly, biogenic fungal nanoparticles show significant synergistic characteristics when combined with antibiotics and fungicides to offer substantially greater resistance to microbial growth and applications in nanomedicine ranging from topical ointments and bandages for wound healing to coated stents.
Contents:
Nanobiocomposites: Synthesis and Environmental Applications
Medical and Cosmetic Applications of Fungal Nanotechnology: Production, Characterization and Bioactivity
Fungal Nanoparticles: A Novel Tool for a Green Biotechnology?
Application of Nanotechnology in Mycoremediation: Current Status and Future Prospects
Fungal Nanotechnology: A New Approach Toward Efficient Biotechnology Application
Advances in Biomedical Application of Chitosan and its Functionalized Nano-derivatives
Biosynthesis of Metal Nanoparticles via Fungal Dead Biomass in Industrial Bioremediation Process
Nanofabrication of Myconanoparticles: A Future Prospect
In vitro Secondary Metabolite Production Through Fungal Elicitation: An Approach for Sustainability
Metal and Metal Oxide Mycogenic Nanoparticles and Their Application as Antimicrobial and Antibiofilm Agents
Applications of Fungal Nanobiotechnology in Drug Development
Mycosynthesized Nanoparticles: Role in Food Processing Industries. - PrintMarcio L. Rodrigues, editor.Summary: This volume offers an overview of the various aspects involved in the ability of fungi to damage host cells, and discusses cutting-edge approaches to the study of fungal pathogenesis. The first chapter illustrate the key roles of glycans and pigments, the most abundant surface components in fungal cells, in their interactions with host cells. The connections between cellular physiology and fungal pathogenesis are then discussed in the following chapters. Physiology-related processes affecting pathogenesis include fungal secretion, morphological transitions, and response to light. In turn, the book illustrates mechanisms of damage to host cells using the Histoplasma capsulatum model of infection, and reviews the use of transcriptomic approaches to understand the mechanisms of interaction between fungal cells and host tissues. After a discussion of the immunological mechanisms underlying host susceptibility to fungal infections, the books closing contribution reviews the mechanisms of interaction between fungi and other microbes, and the impact of this association on fungal pathogenesis. Given its scope, the book will appeal to scientists in the fields of mycology, microbiology, infectious diseases, biology and medicine.
Contents:
Candida morphology and pathogenesis
Fungal biofilms
Immunoactive fungal vesicles
Candida parapsilosis pathogenesis
Fungal circadian clocks and pathogenesis
Cryptococcal pathogenesis
Nucleic acid export in fungi
Immunity to fungal infections
Fungal systems biology. - DigitalMarcio L. Rodrigues, editor.Summary: This volume offers an overview of the various aspects involved in the ability of fungi to damage host cells, and discusses cutting-edge approaches to the study of fungal pathogenesis. The first chapter illustrate the key roles of glycans and pigments, the most abundant surface components in fungal cells, in their interactions with host cells. The connections between cellular physiology and fungal pathogenesis are then discussed in the following chapters. Physiology-related processes affecting pathogenesis include fungal secretion, morphological transitions, and response to light. In turn, the book illustrates mechanisms of damage to host cells using the Histoplasma capsulatum model of infection, and reviews the use of transcriptomic approaches to understand the mechanisms of interaction between fungal cells and host tissues. After a discussion of the immunological mechanisms underlying host susceptibility to fungal infections, the books closing contribution reviews the mechanisms of interaction between fungi and other microbes, and the impact of this association on fungal pathogenesis. Given its scope, the book will appeal to scientists in the fields of mycology, microbiology, infectious diseases, biology and medicine.
Contents:
Candida morphology and pathogenesis
Fungal biofilms
Immunoactive fungal vesicles
Candida parapsilosis pathogenesis
Fungal circadian clocks and pathogenesis
Cryptococcal pathogenesis
Nucleic acid export in fungi
Immunity to fungal infections
Fungal systems biology. - DigitalKalyani Dhusia, Kalpana Raja, Pramod Ramteke, editors.Summary: In the past few decades, it has been realized through research that fungal siderophores epitomize the uptake of iron as well as other essential elements like zinc, magnesium, copper, nickel and arsenic. Understanding the chemical structures of different fungal siderophores and the membrane receptors involved in uptake of mineral ions has opened new areas for research. In this edited volume, recent research is presented on fungal siderophores in one comprehensive volume to provide researchers a strong base for future research. Siderophores are the low molecular weight, high affinity iron-chelating compounds produced by bacteria and fungi. They are responsible for transporting iron across the cell membrane. Fungi produce a range of hydroxamate siderophores involved in the uptake of essential elements in almost all microorganisms and plants. In recent years, siderophores have been used in molecular imaging applications to visualize and understand cellular functions, which thus provide an opportunity to identify new drug targets. Therefore, knowledge of fungal siderophores has become vital in current research. Siderophores have received much attention in recent years because of their potential roles and applications in various research areas. Their significance in these applications is because siderophores have the ability to bind a variety of metals in addition to iron, and they have a wide range of chemical structures and specific properties. For instance, siderophores function as biocontrols, biosensors, and bioremediation and chelation agents, in addition to their important role in weathering soil minerals and enhancing plant growth. This book focuses on siderophores with the following significant points. It discusses leading, state-of-the-art research in all possible areas on fungal siderophores. The contributors are well-known and recognized authorities in the field of fungal siderophores. It discusses a projection of practical applications of fungal siderophores in various domains. This is the first book exclusively on fungal siderophores. In this comprehensive, edited volume, we show leading research on fungal siderophores and provide the most recent knowledge of researchers' work on siderophores. This book presents in-depth knowledge on siderophores to researchers working in areas of health sciences, microbiology, plant sciences, biotechnology, and bioinformatics.
Contents:
Preface
1. Fungal siderophores: origin, structure and functions
2. Fungal siderophore biosynthesis (NRP dependent)
3. Fungal siderophore biosynthesis (NRP independent)
4. Fungal siderophores and chelation of iron
5. Fungal siderophores and non-iron metal ion complex formation
6. Role of fungal siderophores in control of fungal infections
7. Fungal siderophores and control of bacterial and viral pathogens
8. Strategies involving siderophore mediated anti-pathogenicity
9. Fungal siderophores in treatment of human diseases
10. Applications of fungal siderophores in remediation of heavy metal contaminated soil
11. Omics implications in fungal siderophores
12. Exploring avenues of current research to practical implications
Index
Bibliography. - Digitaledited by Kevin Kavanagh.Contents:
Introduction to fungal physiology / Graeme M. Walker and Nia A. White
Fungal genetics / Malcolm Whiteway and Catherine Bachewich
Fungal genomics / David Fitzpatrick
Fungal genetics : a post-genomic perspective / Brendan Curran and Virginia Bugeja
Fungal proteomics / Sean Doyle and Rebecca Owens
Fungi as food / Johan Baars
Pharmaceutical and chemical commodities from fungi / Karina A. Horgan and Richard A. Murphy
Biotechnological use of fungal enzymes / Shauna M. McKelvey and Richard A. Murphy
Biotechnological exploitation of heterologous protein production in fungi / Brendan Curran and Virginia Bugeja
Fungal infections of humans / Derek J. Sullivan, Gary P. Moran, and David C. Coleman
Immunity to human fungal infections / Mawieh Hamad, Mohammad G. Mohammad, and Khaled H. Abu-Elteen
Antifungal agents for use in human therapy / Khaled H. Abu-Elteen and Mawieh Hamad
Fungi in the environment / Richard O'Hanlon
Fungal pathogens of plants / Fiona Doohan and Binbin Zhou.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalPraveen Gehlot, Joginder Singh, editors.Summary: This book illustrates the multiple roles of fungi in everyday life. Fungi are the large group of organisms with tremendous diversity and economic importance. Their ability to produce commercially efficient useful products makes them the vulnerable sustainable tool for the future generation. This book describes a systems approach and provides a means to share the latest developments and advances about the benefits of fungi including their wide application, traditional uses, modern practices, along with designing of strategies to harness their potential. The chapters are organized with data, providing information related to different sustainable aspects of fungi in agriculture, its cultivation and conservation strategies, industrial and environmental utilization, advanced bioconversion technologies and modern biotechnological interventions. Updated information and current opinion related to its application for sustainable agriculture, environment, and industries as futuristic tools have been presented and discussed in different chapters. The book also elucidates a comprehensive yet a representative description of the challenges associated with the sustained application of fungi to achieve the goals of sustainability.
Contents:
Module 1_ Sustainable Cultivation and Conservation Strategies of Fungi.- Chapter 1. Cultivation, conservation and medicinal significance of macro-fungi.- Chapter 2. Fungi as biocontrol agent: an alternate to chemicals.- Chapter 3. Role of Fungi in various Fields for sustainable development.- Chapter 4. The biological promises of endophytic Muscodor species.- Chapter 5. Slime Moulds: The Tiny Charmers.- Module 2_ Sustainable Aspects of Fungi in Agriculture.- Chapter 6. Fungal Endophytes: Role in Sustainable Agriculture.- Chapter 7. Fungal endophytes and their Secondary metabolites
Role in sustainable agriculture.- Chapter 8. Agricultural important microorganism- Sustainability from rhizosphere to bioformulation as weapon for biological control.- Chapter 9. Mycopesticides: Fungal based pesticides for sustainable agriculture.- Chapter 10. Multifactorial role of Arbuscular Mycorrhizae in Agroecosystem.- Chapter 11. - DigitalXiaofeng Dai, Minaxi Sharma, Jieyin Chen, editors.Summary: This book presents research on the challenges and potential of fungal contribution in agriculture for food substantiality. Research on fungi plays an essential role in the improvement of biotechnologies which lead global sustainable food production. Use of fungal processes and products can bring increased sustainability through more efficient use of natural resources. Fungal inoculum, introduced into soil together with seed, can promote more robust plant growth through increasing plant uptake of nutrients and water, with plant robustness being of central importance in maintaining crop yields. Fungi are one of natures best candidates for the discovery of food ingredients, new drugs and antimicrobials. As fungi and their related biomolecules are increasingly characterized, they have turned into a subject of expanding significance. The metabolic versatility makes fungi interesting objects for a range of economically important food biotechnology and related applications. The potential of fungi for a more sustainable world must be realized to address global challenges of climate change, higher demands on natural resources.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Contents
About the Editors
Chapter 1: Fungal Byproducts in Food Technology
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Use of Fungi in Food Biotechnology
1.3 Fungal Byproducts
1.3.1 Proteins from Filamentous Fungi Biomass
1.3.2 Byproducts from Fungal Fermentation
1.3.3 Fungal Chitosan
1.3.4 Other Fungal Byproducts
1.4 Unenviable Fungal Byproducts
1.5 Conclusion and Future Prospects
References
Chapter 2: Fungal Production of Dietary Fibers
2.1 Definition
2.2 Introduction
2.3 Production 2.3.1 Preparation of Fungus (Mushroom) as Dietary Fiber
2.3.2 Commercial Mushroom Production in the Asian Tradition
2.4 Importance
2.5 Conclusion
2.6 Future Prospects
References
Chapter 3: GRAS Fungi: A New Horizon in Safer Food Product
3.1 Introduction
3.2 History of GRAS
3.3 Fungi in All Quarters
3.4 Fungi in Food
3.4.1 Directly Consumed as Food
3.4.2 Secondary Metabolites
3.4.3 Alcoholic Beverages
3.5 Applications
3.5.1 Exploited as Nutraceuticals
3.5.2 Antioxidant Activity
3.5.3 Increased Shelf-Life of Vegetables and Fruits 3.5.4 Flavouring Agent
3.5.5 Colouring Agent
3.6 List of GRAS-Certified Fungi and Their Products
3.7 Concern of GRAS Ingredients
References
Chapter 4: Fungi in Food Bioprocessing
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Useful Fungi
4.3 Fermentation Processes
4.3.1 Natural Fermentation
4.3.2 Starter-Mediated Single-Stage Fermentation
4.3.3 Multiple-Stage Fermentation
4.4 Fermented Products: Manufacturing and Fungal Species Involved
4.4.1 Bread
4.4.1.1 Baker's Yeast
4.4.1.2 Baking Technology
Bulk Fermentation Process
The Mechanical Dough Development Method 4.4.2 Sufu (Furu)
4.4.2.1 Naturally Fermented Sufu
4.4.2.2 Enzymatically Produced Sufu
4.4.2.3 Bacterial Fermented Sufu
4.4.2.4 Fungal Fermented Sufu
4.4.2.5 Grey Sufu
4.4.2.6 White Sufu
4.4.2.7 Red Sufu
4.4.2.8 Other Types
4.4.2.9 Mycology of Sufu
4.4.2.10 Manufacturing Process
Preparation of Tofu
Preparation of Pehtze (Pizi)
Salting
Ripening
4.4.3 Red Kojic Rice
4.4.3.1 Fungi Involved
4.4.3.2 Manufacturing Process
4.4.4 Soy Sauce
4.4.4.1 Fungal Species Involved
4.4.4.2 Manufacturing Process
4.4.5 Tempe
4.4.5.1 Mycology of Tempe 4.4.5.2 Manufacturing Process
4.4.6 Wine
4.4.6.1 Mycology of Wine Fermentation
4.4.6.2 Manufacturing Process
4.5 Conclusion
References
Chapter 5: Fungal Productions of Biological Active Proteins
5.1 Fungi as Source of Bioactive Proteins
5.2 Inhibition of Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme by Mushroom
5.3 Antioxidant
5.4 Antifungal
5.5 Ribosome-Inactivating Proteins
5.6 Antibacterial
5.7 Conclusions
References
Chapter 6: Fungal Pectinases: Production and Applications in Food Industries
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Biochemical Characteristics of Pectinases - Digitaleditor, Luiz Henrique Rosa.Summary: This book focuses on the fungi found in one of the most pristine regions on Earth: Antarctica. It discusses the fungal occurrence in all substrates of the region, including soil, seawater, lake and marine sediments, rocks, ice, and snow. It also addresses the impact of climate changes on these organisms, the genomic techniques developed to study them, and how a number of compounds, such as antibiotics and enzymes, produced by the Antarctic fungi can be used in medicine, agriculture and the chemical industry.
Contents:
Preface
Fungi in Antarctica: Diversity, ecology, effects of climate change, and bioprospection for bioactive compounds
Uncultivated Fungi from Antarctica
Fungi present in soils of Antarctica
Diversity and ecology of fungal assemblages present in lakes of Antarctica
Rock-inhabiting fungi in Antarctica: new frontiers of the edge of life
Fungi in snow and glacial ice of Antarctica
Antarctic permafrost: an unexplored fungal microhabitat at the edge of life
Fungi associated with plants and lichens of Antarctica
Fungus-invertebrate interactions in Antarctica
Sub-Antarctic and Antarctic marine ecosystems: an unexplored ecosystem of fungal diversity
The use of psychrophilic Antarctic yeast in the biological control of post-harvest diseases of fruits stored at low temperatures
Bioactive compounds produced by Antarctic filamentous fungi
Antarctic yeasts as a source of enzymes for biotechnological applications
Antarctic fungi as producers of pigments
Genomics of Antarctic fungi: A new frontier
Index. - Digitaleditors, Valentin Fuster, Jagat Narula, Prashant Vaishnava, Martin B. Leon, David J. Callans, John S. Rumsfeld, Athena Poppas.Summary: "World-famous for its authority and clinical relevance, Fuster and Hursts The Heart is cardiologys longest continuously published reference book. Written to meet the ever-changing needs of cardiologists, fellows, and interns, this trusted classic offers a solid foundation in cardiovascular medicine and complete coverage of all major cardiovascular topics. This fifteenth edition presents a greater focus on the practicalities of patient care. Additionally, the content is ordered in a more methodical pattern, from mechanism to management. Reflecting the latest technical, therapeutic, and clinical advances, Fuster and Hursts The Heart provides invaluable concise summaries of major new trials and guidelines."--Amazon
Contents:
1. The Global Burden of Cardiovascular Diseases / Catherine P. Benziger, Andrew E. Moran, Gregory A. Roth, George A. Mensah
2. Clinical Cardiovascular Examination / William R. Miranda, Rick A. Nishimura
3. Cardiovascular Imaging / Thomas H. Marwick, Jagat Narula
4. Genomics and Epigenomics of Heart Diseases / June-Wha Rhee, Joseph C. Wu
5. Epidemiology, Pathophysiology, and Treatment of Hypertension / Michael E. Hall, John E. Hall, Paul K. Whelton
6. Cardiometabolic Disease: Insulin Resistance, Obesity, and the Metabolic Syndrome / W. Timothy Garvey, Jeffrey I. Mechanick
7. Diabetes and Cardiovascular Disease / Jeffrey I. Mechanick, Michael E. Farkouh
8. Tobacco-Related Cardiovascular Disease / Nancy A. Rigotti, Sara Kalkhoran, Neal L. Benowitz
9. Air Pollution and Cardiovascular Disease / Michael B. Hadley, Sanjay Rajagopalan
10. Hypercholesterolemia, Hyperlipoproteinemia(a), Hypertriglyceridemia, and Low HDL / Robert S. Rosenson, Marlys L. Koschinsky, Børge G. Nordestgaard, Robert A. Hegele
11. Psychological Factors in Cardiovascular Health and Disease / Darwin R. Labarthe, Rosalba Hernandez 12. Sedentary Lifestyle and Role of Exercise in Cardiovascular Diseases / Ambarish Pandey, Nitin Kondamudi, Carl J. Lovie
13. Nutrition, Diet, and Alcohol in Health and Cardiovascular Disease / Marta Guasch-Ferre, Frank Hu
14. Inflammation and Atherosclerosis / Hasan K. Siddiqi, Paul M. Ridker
15. Location and Level of Care, Education, Availability of Medicines, and Cardiovascular Mortality / Rajeev Gupta, Philip Joseph, Annika Rosengren, Salim Yusuf
16. Pathological Basis of Atherosclerotic Coronary Artery Disease / Jagat Narula, Renu Virmani, Navneet Narula, Borja Ibanez, Valentin Fuster
17. Pathogenesis of Coronary Thrombosis and Myocardial Infarction / Gemma Vilahur, Valentin Fuster, Borja Ibanez
18. ST-Elevation Myocardial Infarction / Borja Ibanez, Manesh Patel, Ines Garcfa-Lunar, Usman Baber, Jonathan Halperin, Valentin Fuster
19. Evaluation and Management of Non-ST-Segment Elevation Acute Coronary Syndromes / Eric R. Bates, David J. Moliterno, Manesh R. Patel
20. Mimickers of Atherosclerotic Myocardial Infarction / Jacqueline Saw, Jaya Chandrasekhar, Sarah Zaman, Harmony Reynolds
21. Chronic Coronary Syndromes / Sripal Bangalore, Ziad Ali, Jagat Narula, John Puskas, Gregg W. Stone
22. Cardiac Rehabilitation / Alan Rozanski, Soman Setareh-Shenas, Jagat Narula 23. Diseases of the Aorta
John A. Elefteriades, Bulat A. Ziganshin, Jonathan L. Halperin
24. Carotid Artery Disease / Christopher J. White
25. Cerebrovascular Disease / Hugo J. Aparicio, Vasileios-Arsenios Lioutas, Thanh N. Nguyen, Sudha Seshadri
26. Diagnosis and Management of Diseases of the Peripheral Arteries / Hillary Johnston-Cox, Daniella Kadian-Dodov, Jeffrey W. Olin
27. Acute Rheumatic Fever / Liesl Zuhlke, Jagat Narula, Mark Engel, Jonathan R. Carapetis
28. Aortic Stenosis / Marie-Annick Clavel, Marc R. Dweck, Martin Leon, Philippe Pibarot
29. Aortic Regurgitation, Mixed Valvular Heart Disease, and Heart Valve Prostheses / Patrizio Lancellotti, Alexandra Chitroceanu, Simona Sperlongano, Raluca Dulgheru, Adriana Postolache
30. Mitral Regurgitation / Jeroen J. Bax, Nina Ajmone Marson, Pieter van der Bijl, Hendrik Treede, Michele DeBonis, Bernard Prendergast, Bernard Iung, Victoria Delgado
31. Acquired Tricuspid Valve Diseases / Luigi P. Badano, Ana Pardo, Denisa Muraru, Jose Luis Zamorano
32. Mitral Stenosis / Vinay K. Bahl, Ravi S. Math
33. Infective Endocarditis / Ann F. Bolger
34. Electrophysiologic Anatomy, Mechanisms of Arrhythmias and Conduction Disturbances, and Genetics / Peng-Sheng Chen, Siew Yen Ho, Silvia G. Priori, Charles Antzelevitch 35. Supraventricular Tachycardia: Atrial Tachycardia, Atrioventricular Nodal Reentry, and Wolff-Parkinson-White Syndrome / David Spragg, Hugh Calkins
36. Atrial Fibrillation and Atrial Flutter / Anne B. Curtis, Tina Baykaner, Sanjiv M. Narayan
37. Ventricular Arrhythmias and Sudden Cardiac Death / Justin Hayase, Kalyanam Shivkumar, Jason S. Bradfield
38. Conduction System Disturbances and Bradyarrhythmias / Pugazhendhi Vijayaraman, Jeffrey Arkles, Jayanthi N. Koneru, David J. Callans
39. Diagnosis and Management of Syncope / Zachary D. Goldberger, Mohammed Ruzieh, Blair P. Grubb
40. Classification of Cardiomyopathies / Eloisa Arbustini, Barry J. Maron, Navneet Narula, Jagat Narula
41. Dilated Cardiomyopathy / Eloisa Arbustini, Alessandro Di Toro, Lorenzo Giuliani, Mario Urtis, G. William Dec, Jagat Narula
42. Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy / Massimiliano Lorenzini, Perry M. Elliott
43. Cardiac Amyloidosis / Morie A. Gertz, Jagat Narula, Edgar Argulian, Sumeet S. Mitter
44. Restrictive Heart Diseases / Eloisa Arbustini, Alessandro Di Toro, Lorenzo Giuliani, G. William Dec, Jagat Narula
45. Left Ventricular Noncompaction / Eloisa Arbustini, Alessandra Serio, Lorenzo Giuliani, Nupoor Narula, Alessandro Di Toro
46. Myocarditis / Eloisa Arbustini, Alessandro Di Toro, Mario Urtis, Sean Pinney, Jagat Narula
47. Obstructive and Nonobstructive Coronary Disease in Heart Failure / Charlotte Lee, G. William Dec
48. Diagnosis and Management of Chronic Heart Failure / Muhammad Shahzeb Khan, Muthiah Vaduganathan, Javed Butler 49. Diagnosis and Management of Heart Failure with Preserved Ejection Fraction / João Pedro Ferreira, Kavita Sharma, Javed Butler
50. Evaluation and Management of Acute Heart Failure / Anuradha Lala, Kiron Mahmood, Eric J. Velazquez
51. Peripartum Cardiomyopathy / Uri Elkayam, Jena Pizula
52. Mechanical Circulatory Support and Heart Transplantation in Severe Heart Failure / Adam D. DeVore, Michelle M. Kittleson, Carmelo A. Milano, Jignesh K. Patel, Joseph G. Rogers, Jon A. Kobashigawa
53. Acute Pericarditis / James W. Lloyd, Sushil Allen Luis, Zi Ye, Jae K. Oh
54. Pericardial Effusion and Tamponade / Darryl J. Burstow, Sushil Allen Luis, Garvan C. Kane, Jae K. Oh
55. Constrictive Pericarditis / William R. Miranda, Kevin L. Greason, John M. Stulak, Jae K. Oh
56. Diagnosis and Management of Diseases of the Peripheral Venous System / Daniella Kadian-Dodov, Hillary Johnston-Cox, Jeffrey W. Olin
57. Pulmonary Hypertension / Yogesh N. V. Reddy, Barry A. Borlaug
58. Pulmonary Embolism / Victor F. Tapson
59. Cor Pulmonale: The Heart in Structural Lung Disease / Lewis J. Rubin
60. Sleep-Disordered Breathing / Shahrokh Javaheri, Dirk Pevernagie, Ali Javaheri
61. Evolution of Cardiac Critical Care / Venu Menon, Penelope Rampersad
62. Circulatory and Cardiogenic Shock / Gregory Serrao, Benjamin Bier, Umesh Gidwani 63. Sudden Cardiac: Death and Resuscitation / Sanjiv M. Narayan, James P. Daubert
64. Postoperative and Postprocedural Care in the Cardiac: Intensive Care Unit / Venu Menon
65. Anatomical and Physiological Classification of Adult Congenital Heart Disease / Jasmine Grewal, Alexander R. Opotowsky
66. Shunt Lesions / Ari M. Cedars, Shelby Kutty, Ashish Doshi
67. Right-Sided Lesions / Konstantinos Dimopoulos, Andrew Constantine
68. Left Heart Obstructive Lesions / Jennifer Cohen, David Ezon, Kenan Stern, Ali N. Zaidi
69. Single Ventricle Post Fontan Palliation: Tricuspid Atresia, Pulmonary Atresia, and Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome / Marie-A. Chaix, Paul Khairy
70. Complex Cyanotic Congenital Heart Disease: The "Mixing" Lesions / Rafael Alonso-Gonzalez and Danielle Massarella
71. Psychosocial Profiles in Adult Congenital Heart Disease and Transition to Adulthood / Philip Moons
72. Perioperative Evaluation for Noncardiac Surgery / Daniel Alyesh, Prashant Vaishnava, Kim A. Eagle
73. Anesthesia and the Patient with Cardiovascular Disease / David L. Reich, Elvera L. Baron, Joel A. Kaplan
74. Cardiovascular Disease in Patients with Cancer and Cardiovascular Complications of Cancer Therapies / Edward T.H. Yeh
75. Heart Disease in Chronic Kidney Disease / Jared Hooker, Omar Baber, Usman Baber
76. Rheumatologic Disease and the Cardiovascular System / Emily Carroll, Yousaf Ali 77. Cardiovascular Disease in Patients with HIV / Pravin Mango, Keir McCutcheon, Nqoba Tsabedze
78. Heart Disease in Pregnancy / Dan G. Halpern, Amy Sarma, Katherine E. Economy, Anne Marie Valente
79. Traumatic Heart Disease / T. Bruce Ferguson, Jr, Austin Rogers, Robert Allman
80. Women and Ischemic Heart Disease / Leslee J. Shaw, Viviany R. Taqueti, Nanette K. Wenger
81. Race, Ethnicity, Disparities, Diversity, and Heart Disease / Clyde W. Yancy
82. Cardiovascular Disease and Ageing: Cellular and Molecular Mechanisms / Zoltan Ungvari, Dao-Fu Dai, Bela Merkely, Anna Csiszar
83. Artificial Intelligence and Cardiovascular Care / John S. Rumsfeld, Bobak J. Mortazavi, Harlan M. Krumholz
84. Cardiovascular Manifestations of COVID-19 / Sean P. Pinney, Gennaro Giustino, Jeffrey I. Mechanick.Digital Access - PrintContents:
pt.
1. Problems of organizing his training. - Digital/PrintBruce E. Torbett, David S. Goodsell, Douglas D. Richman, editors.Summary: This volume thoroughly covers HIV-1 antiretrovirals currently in clinical use, together with their advantages and limitations. HIV-1 inhibitor resistance is discussed in detail, and critical assessments as to what will be required of future antiretrovirals in order to halt viral replication, reduce viral resistance, and alter the state of viral latency are presented. Experts at the forefront of HIV-1 research provide overviews of approaches from the fields of virology, chemical biology and structural biology for obtaining small molecule inhibitors that target viral regulatory and structural components at multiple points in the viral lifecycle.
Contents:
HIV Therapy: Looking Towards the Future
Computational challenges of structure-based approaches applied to HIV
Nucleocapsid Protein: A Desirable Target For Future Therapies Against HIV-1
HIV-1 integrase multimerization as a therapeutic target
Targeting HIV transcription: The quest for a functional cure
Targeting the HIV RNA Genome: High-Hanging Fruit Only Needs a Longer Ladder
HIV-1 Gag: An Emerging Target for Antiretroviral Therapy
The Triple Threat of HIV-1 Protease Inhibitors
Illustrations of the HIV Life Cycle. - DigitalBrian M. Devitt, Mustafa Karahan, João Espregueira-Mendes, editors.Summary: In this book, leading international thinkers in the still nascent field of orthopaedic sports medicine consider what the future holds and give their views on what we should be most worried about. The range of issues addressed is wide, encompassing technological threats, environmental concerns, big data and its ramifications, the influence of industry, academic ethics, and much more. Many of the identified dangers are not yet on the popular radar, and these are the principal focus of the book. On the other hand, attention is also paid to misplaced fears, with explanation as to why these anxieties can be laid to rest. The contributors are leading thinkers in the field and include original pioneers of sports medicine, senior and newly appointed orthopaedic surgeons, orthopaedic trainees, and sports medicine physicians. In addition, leaders of industry in sports medicine and allied health professionals from around the world share their fears. This compelling and thought-provoking book, published in collaboration with ISAKOS, will appeal to all stakeholders in orthopaedic sports medicine.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; In memorium: Dr John A Feagin, Jr.; Reference; Contents;
1: How Long Is a Piece of String?;
2: I Worry that Informal Logic Will Take Over from Formal Logic;
3: It's Not You, It's Me; References;
4: Are We Losing Our Profession Through the Loss of Leadership?; Reference;
5: BIG DATA: Revolution or Complication?;
6: The Influence of Industry;
7: Are We Stifling Innovation?;
8: Don't Get Dragged into the Gloom: Keep the Flame!; References;
9: Pseudoscience and False Avenues;
10: We'd Better Quit Now;
11: Academic Integrity and the God of Data; References
12: Research Funding: Finding a Balanc
e13: From Science to Daily Practice: A Huge Gap! The Example of Meniscus Surgery; References;
14: Living on the Edge;
15: The Last Generation of Doctors;
16: The Future of Orthopaedic Sports Medicine: It's the Human Connection;
17: The Meniscus Is the Most Important Piece of the Knee;
18: Is Medicine Now a Science or Still an Art?; Reference;
19: Let's Get Back to Basics; 19.1 No Scrum... No Win;
20: We Should Be Worried, About Being Worried!;
21: The End of Sports Surgery
22: Will Our Focus on Techniques and Technology to Improve Patient Outcomes Be at the Expense of a Loss of Clinical Judgement
?23: Are We Going Forward or Standing Still?; 23.1 Where Should We Look for Improvement?; 23.2 What We Should Be Worried About?;
24: Please Take Your Time: A Research Perspective;
25: What's in It for Me?;
26: Social Media in Sports Medicine; References;
27: Biologic and Regenerative Medicine: The Balance Between Promise and Proven;
28: There Are No Facts, Only Interpretations;
29: Increased Incidence of Sports Trauma in Children. Is It Time to Worry?
30: Persistent Lack of Patient Treatment Outcome Information for Patients, Therapists, and Surgeon
s31: The Perils and Potentials of Biologic Therapies;
32: Am I a Robot or a Surgeon?; 32.1 Prevention Is Better than Cure!;
33: Who Will Guard the Guardians?;
34: Don't Wait to Worry!; Reference;
35: The Threat of Fake News!; References;
36: The Big Bang and Its Fall Out;
37: First the Process, Then the Art of Medicine? The Gruyère Theory;
38: The Complexity of a 'Rope';
39: If You Don't Know Where You Are Going, Any Road Will Take You There!; References;
40: What's the Use in Worrying?
41: High-Technology Technicians Versus Bedside Doctors; 41.1 Reducing or Eliminating the Hospital Stay: The New Paradigm; 41.2 From Navigation to Robotics; 41.3 Biological Treatments: The New Frontier;
42: Surgery Is Overvalued and Rehabilitation Undervalued Following Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury; 42.1 Rehabilitation Is Undervalued; References;
43: The Professional Responsibility of Orthopaedic Sports Medicine Surgeons as Advocates for Sports Injury Prevention; References;
44: Digitalization and Machine Learning;
45: Worried About the Vision; 45.1 Perspective; 45.2 Prevention; 45.3 Advocacy.Digital Access Springer 2020
Popular Books
- Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine
- AAP Red Book Online
- Robbins & Cotran Pathologic Basis of Disease
- Sabiston Textbook of Surgery
- Nelson's Textbook of Pediatrics
- Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics
- Mandell, Douglas, & Bennett's Principles & Practice of Infectious Diseases
- Red Book Online
- ICU Book
- Primary Care Medicine
- Campbell-Walsh Urology
Access restricted to Stanford community
Lane Library Bookmarklet
To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.
Bookmark on Other Websites
- To Install, Right Click this Button.
- Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
- From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
- Once installed it will look like this
- Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
- Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
Can't Find It?
Browse by Publisher
Biomedical Publishers
- AccessMedicine
- Springer Protocols
- Books@Ovid
- ClinicalKey
- MyiLibrary
- Stat!Ref
- Lange Series
- National Academy Press
- NCBI Bookshelf
- PsychiatryOnline
- CogNet
- Thieme Atlases
Bioresearch Publishers
- Safari Tech Books
- SpringerLink
- CRCnet base
- MyiLibrary
- ebrary
- EBSCOhost (Choose Research Databases... eBook Collection)
Beyond Stanford
A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.
Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.
MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.
Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.
Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.
Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.
Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.
Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.
In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.
A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.
Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.
Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.
Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.
Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.